The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutPermit D13-003 - HELZBERG DIAMONDS - TENANT IMPROVEMENTHELZBERG DIAMONDS 601 S OUTh CENTER MALL D13-003 City Tukwila iioN Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-431-2451 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Address: 601 SOUTHCENTER MALL TIIKW Suite No: Project Name: HELZBERG DIAMONDS Permit Number: D13-003 Issue Date: 02/14/2013 Permit Expires On: 08/13/2013 Owner: Name: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT Address: PO BOX 130940 , CARLSBAD CA 92013 Contact Person: Name: JON WAYNICK Address: 10955 LOWELL AV, STE 700 , OVERLAND PARK KS 66210 Contractor: Name: WESTWOOD CONTRACTORS INC. Address: 951 W 7 ST , FORT WORTH TX 76102 Contractor License No: WESTWCI088BF Lender: Name: HELZBERG DIAMONDS Address: 1825 SWIFT , N KANSAS CITY MO 64116 Phone: 913 649-8181 Phone: 817 877-3800 Expiration Date: 10/30/2014 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: NEW TENANT: TENANT FINISH OF EXISTING SPACE IN MALL Value of Construction: $150,000.00 Fees Collected: $3,113.76 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKL RS/AFA International Building Code Edition: 2009 Type of Construction: HB Occupancy per IBC: 0019 Electrical Service Provided by: PUGET SOUND ENERGY **continued on next page** doc: IBC -7/10 D13-003 Printed: 02-14-2013 • Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: N N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Start Time: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Start Time: End Time: Fill 0 c.y. End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non -Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: N Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions attached to this permit. Signature: Date:.,` .,`V/ 3 Print Name: /5 pe.))25 �'- This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ***BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS*** 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431-3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 6: Fire retardant treated wood shall have a flame spread of not greater than 25. All materials shall bear identification showing the fire performance rating thereof. Such identification shall be issued by an approved agency having a service for inspection at the factory. doc: IBC -7/10 D13-003 Printed: 02-14-2013 7: Special inspection for sprayed fire-resit materials applied to structural elements an- cks is required. Special inspections shall be based on the fire -resistance design as designated in the approved construction documents. 8: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 9: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 10: Ventilation is required for all new rooms and spaces of new or existing buildings and shall be in conformance with the International Building Code and the Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Code. 11: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 12: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 13: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 14: ***FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS*** 15: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 16: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3-2.1) 17: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand-held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand-held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 18: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 19: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 20: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NEPA 10, 4-3, 4-4) 21: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 22: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 23: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 24: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) doc: IBC -7/10 D13-003 Printed: 02-14-2013 25: Exits and exit access doors shall be mark y an approved exit sign readily visible from direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by rea sable exit signs in cases where the exit or ath of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupan s. Exit sign placement shall be such that no poi in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 26: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 27: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on-site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 28: Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of 1 foot-candle (11 lux) and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot-candle (1 lux) measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot-candle (6 lux) average and a minimum at any point of 0.06 foot-candle (0.6 lux) at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to -minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. (IFC 1006.4) 29: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 30: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 31: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13-8.6.5.3.3) 32: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2327). 33: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2328. 34: Maintain fire alarm system audible/visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible/visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2328) 35: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2328) (IFC 104.2) 36: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 37: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 38: Post address on storefront per approved Westfield standards. 39: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 40: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2327 and #2328) 41: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 42: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. doc: IBC -7/10 D13-003 Printed: 02-14-2013 CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://ww‘v.TukwilaW.A.gov Building Permit No. Project No. Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** SITE LOCATION 0 Site Address: ZU So.srt4.w King Co Assessor's Tax No.: V/02 - Tenant Name: -A-1E4--Z.1'35-1z. CS. Thi AMo,..+NS ODt o Suite Number: 5-7 to Floor: PROPERTY OWNER Name: JoNt WPei' t.)tL4.. Address: Ibei S6- LL'W1✓1.1.- Name: 4}Ei-z1zc> •b\.4las, c».tt,S Phone: Fax: 913. tai 9 . a: r 9 /3. G099. I Z"7 Email: • oil . W,4,0-1te..x t( 1CLovf+1NE. ►v�T Address: I 62S- `.-,N I FT City: -1-' r State: T,13 D Zip: D City: State: N • VAN5A'S c tr{ __moo Zip: Zip: I Up CONTACT PERSON - person receiving all project communication Name: JoNt WPei' t.)tL4.. Address: Ibei S6- LL'W1✓1.1.- City: State: Zip: OV t --i ._ KS. (062z1 d Phone: Fax: 913. tai 9 . a: r 9 /3. G099. I Z"7 Email: • oil . W,4,0-1te..x t( 1CLovf+1NE. ►v�T GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: 1' i*C- kF--t-cw•t;✓T- Aret.-1-'ttEl�" Company Name: Address: 101 s5- L vJEt_t--A-v S.,n-E -70o Address: Phone: Fax: 9434d19.81Rl 9t3.Cd19.IZ7 5 - I T-� City: -1-' r State: T,13 D Zip: D Phone:.*15� Fax: .ris D Contr Reg No.: -11-31 Exp Date: 13 n Tukwila Business License No.: Thr i Ii:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised- 8-9-1 I.docx Revised: August 201 1 bh New Tenant: ® Yes ❑..No ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: 1' i*C- kF--t-cw•t;✓T- Aret.-1-'ttEl�" Architect Name: Address: 101 s5- L vJEt_t--A-v S.,n-E -70o t City: State: Zip; r -S _ WS Lo(oZl o Phone: Fax: 9434d19.81Rl 9t3.Cd19.IZ7 5 - Email: ,\o✓\ . W po.f 1 t c•k..0 -ov er— . r`,�T ENGINEER OF RECORD Company Name: ►-'i cF�So4..N Vah.11.1vogeglzS 11N1 Engineer Name: Address: 834 s" i r1E A 1-P. S..)rrV -3e9 c, t City:State: Zip: ti ..)(,,,,vKS. (doZI -1 Phone: Fax: i13.'742.So, c.p 913..1L1Z. SeoI Email: LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.09955)x,/+ Name:41204.c e z7 p -pr ir►t` Vim' ,_, �n,� ;� Address:44w ' 02L•'' ) ( City: ,1� A _ _ D Zip: 441' �CFState: Page I of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION - 206-431-3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $__ s'c.V1 c.9vp Describe the scope of work (please provide detai led information): '1154"-Ar+"r" --i1--,iS14 c., -F E etsrtNlySP/1.<c.p_ t M MAu—.�Me--.44fsr►.,tL<iL- -1.--e-e---11Z-4 ct t. -PI—L./Ars) % -t- - t Ne_t—, 1 1J 1 N Sc...+ 1'F IIA 0 Pe—Y1— Existing Building Valuation: $ Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes IST.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Ni A. Compact: NA Handicap: 1-4k Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes 0 No If"yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: PSprinklers Ef Automatic Fire Alarm 0 None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? 0 Yes Jj No If 'yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2"x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On-site Septic System - For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line \201 1 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 5-9-1 I.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 or4 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC 15t Floor t� "(o Z$ M>Ejc rn1,.E rd Floor 1 3rd Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Ni A. Compact: NA Handicap: 1-4k Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes 0 No If"yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: PSprinklers Ef Automatic Fire Alarm 0 None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? 0 Yes Jj No If 'yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2"x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On-site Septic System - For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line \201 1 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 5-9-1 I.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 or4 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review - Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF P RJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OW ER 0 : UT IZED AGENT: Signature: Date: vl. c 9. 13 Print Name: £ r^ �l le--1.-,oV Day Telephone: Cl 13. !aL'I c1. S 1 S 1 Mailing Address: 109 SS 1--0W 6x-4-- 4,0.. OvWC-r°tNIJ 111.1(o(oZI 0 City State Zip 1fi1.- tom$ CON.1- 4-r JoN W,104 e. -)t M‘ k..t3- 'PS7rcDwr..) \.t 1T'H— PrN Y Q v ESTI cans S Ar 5 1-S . Cd -I C(. S t $1 H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line\201 I Applications\Permit Application Revised- 8-9-I I.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 4 of 4 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov RECEIPT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Permit Number: D13-003 Address: 601 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 01/07/2013 Applicant: HELZBERG DIAMONDS Issue Date: Receipt No.: R13-00820 Payment Amount: $1,888.90 Initials: JEM Payment Date: 02/14/2013 03:11 PM User ID: 1165 Balance: $0.00 Payee: WESTWOOD CONTRACTORS, INC. TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 11634 1,888.90 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts BUILDING - NONRES 000.322.100 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 640.237.114 Total: $1,888.90 1,884.40 4.50 PrinfPrl• n2_14-�n1 • A City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov RECEIPT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Permit Number: D13-003 Address: 601 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: PENDING Suite No: Applied Date: 01/07/2013 Applicant: HELZBERG DIAMONDS Issue Date: Receipt No.: R13-00071 Payment Amount: $1,224.86 Initials: JEM Payment Date: 01/07/2013 02:45 PM User ID: 1165 Balance: $1,888.90 Payee: H C KLOVER ARCHITECT TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 2136 1,224.86 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.830 1,224.86 Total: $1,224.86 D.iefed• Al n7.9n1Q 5 INSPECTION NO. • INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit •;1k3-003 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila: WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 r" Project:.Type 1- E_ I-2, G E-RCD 3)n10=R of Inspection: Ns --11\1 A ( _ Address: 251%-eG-- 3G7 ► Date Called: am€\6EQC L1 I-i6l1T Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. — 2 -- 1 p.m. Requester: Phone No: ai-7 - &q,- 3 k 7 / l'Approved per applicable codes. ElCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: , g te‘ gP-6g oti I11 cc, t-{ i »v tS — A pP QdvW\ OCQ.tls3INPLI -0 Pe0\/e (Inspe'e or: Date: [REIISPECTION FEE REE UIRED. Prior�to next inspection, fee must be `paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NC/7.-e" CITY OF.TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION (206) 431-3670 ti=:t,t Dt 3-66z. 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila: WA 98188 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Pro ect: 14c aeCZC, 1. a.t1, Type of Inspection: riN3o.c_- Address: 1tn0 1 S.C - in'i L, L_- Date Called: 61.12-;-06 Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. 27 ..w.rry� J (a.m.,LI— p.m. Requester: - Pone No: ' Approved per applicable codes. Colreeti. s required equired prior to approval. L COMMENTS: �1J G-LAzil.)(- L��PRCnJ�C( • E-Avc>‹,r. (4-Ustil;tipx - I pe 6r: --)64A.A.s.,. C Date r .. REINSPECTION FEE REQUI ED. Prior to net inspection, fee 'must be Imo 'at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Callao schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila: WA 98188 it., (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 3-cDo3 Project: t LZ Hr_1.3 K Type of Inspection: t- (2 Ail\,r.,LSiNgtd.6Efl Address: (n01 ) C vrat-L-- Date Called: — Pt? `aQ r Special Instructions: A. c ic pacc. iO "---) Date Wanted:. L -i- 1`e - 15 La:m p.m. Requester: IVAs r 1- wt.teL Phone No: 17— &S — 3 C7' pr n Approved per applicable codes. ,Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: (() rRAvv ,iQ , — Pt? `aQ r c LAZ .1 IVAs r 1- wt.teL , e(Ieo+ae i(,ck b pr n Rf,lLk►mac U f: n I'EI NSPECTION FEE REQUITED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paicjfat 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: la -1-Z INSPECTION RECORD Retain a.copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 IL (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 i)13_6 Project: /-/ LL.OF'( J7`�4WoAvj Type of Inspection: SesXA4L di -AA Address: % D/ So 0A)7*— in /9 // Date Called: 'z� Special'Instructions: Date Wanted:. C� / ?rr�: — JP.m. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. ElCorrections required prior to approval. a COMMENTS:A i ii re/i'tDp v, a 9 / i° A,,, ' (We",C- r / Date' IpEIN''PECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to nyxt inspection, fee must be paid 6300 Southcenter Blvd!, Suite 100..Call to schedule reinspection. .I.NSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION (206) 431-367 ,h(3 -©©,3 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Project: 1-4-91223 e,1, 0,1� �d Type of.Inspection:1\ f J A_ A. (v\c, Address: t S C- A A (,/� 1 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted:a_ rte., �—�� P.m. Requester: Phon o: ! (, 30� 1 !!am' 0 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: / p/ P to s i _. D . A �` -QTS f Inspector: Date13 r REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD. Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila: WA 98188 '• (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 t�1-1-Oo Project: E -1q LLL E .iv 1 r\evits Type of Inspection: _ m > c-G-kP ss (,,, CO FPA-»aiv\tb —0p/d.l� ill 1kkiliS 5-idef i Address: 0I SrJC'Nr VAr6(1 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. _ t - 1-.2 3 3 ..- p.m. Requester: Phone No: q 617-e ❑ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: p a.. CO FPA-»aiv\tb —0p/d.l� ill 1kkiliS 5-idef i giSOc»` sz/ i C04 7'd PL ",-.i74 / K Ins pet, cof: / -7 REINSPECTION FEE REQ�IRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter lvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: 3 -4-i- INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 Project: 1/ ek 1 t 1E7 J . Type of Inspectio : Kir-e...c;;)�/ Address:Contact Suite #: 60/ s�,,,e¢%,- t Noir Person: Special Instructions: Pre -Fire: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: F; ,7,1 d o OK Needs Shift Inspection: • Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: Re__ Date: W2:31/3 Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit /3,005 $3- S- 098 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 :J 206-575-4407 Proje • Wel. L -It Da?p'ijdS Type of Inspgction: t 4aef Address: Suite #: 60 D ‘i-4ee c 411 ,p c.,41kt-r Contact Person: Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: int Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: Ct--jrfs7 7 Date: V/la Z' Hrs.: / a' $100.00 REINSPECTION, FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 1,`` 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Project Summary PRJ-SUM 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Info Project Address 2800 Southcenter Mall #576 Date 1/4/2013 TUKWILA WA For Building Department Use Applicant Name: HENDERSON ENGINEERS INC Applicant Address: 8325 LENEXA DR, LENEXA KS 66214 Applicant Phone: (913) 742-5000 FILE COPY REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 18 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED "ITV tsr -r!vW4 A JAN 0 7 2013 rEHMIT CENTER D13- D(�3 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Interior Lighting Summary LTG -INT 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Info Project Address 2800 Southcenter Mall #576 Date 1/4/2013 TUKWILA WA For Building Department Use Applicant Name: HENDERSON ENGINEERS INC Applicant Address: 8325 LENEXA DR, LENEXA KS 66214 Applicant Phone: (913) 742-5000 Project Description ❑ Plans Included requirements. ❑ New Building ❑ Addition ✓ Alteration Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive 0Q Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting and space use not changed ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location (floor plan/room #) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft2 ** Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed x Area RETAIL1.33 34 1860 2474 RETAIL - JEWELRY ALLOWANCE 2.50 720 1800 RETAIL - BASE ALLOWANCE 1.00 1000 1000 D - 2 LAMP (39W CMH) W/ 1 LAMP (21W T5) - RECESSED 1 128 128 E - 1 LAMP - 14W T5 - RECESSED WALL WASHER 3 18 54 ** From Table 15-1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts 5274 Proposed Lighting Wattage Location (floor plan/room #) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed A/A1 - 1 LAMP - 39W CMH ADJUSTABLE RECESSED 34 45 1530 B - 2 LAMP - 39W CMH ADJUSTABLE RECESSED 29 90 2610 C - 3 LAMP - 39W CMH ADJUSTABLE RECESSED 4 135 540 D - 2 LAMP (39W CMH) W/ 1 LAMP (21W T5) - RECESSED 1 128 128 E - 1 LAMP - 14W T5 - RECESSED WALL WASHER 3 18 54 F - 4 LAMP - 28W T5 - 2X4 RECESSED TROFFER 1 115 115 G - 2 LAMP - 28W T5 - 1X4 SURFACE WRAP 1 56 56 J - 3 LAMP - 15W CFL - PENDANT 4 45 180 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts 5213 Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts/Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For line voltage track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. For low voltage track lighting list the transformer rated wattage. 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave Watts/Fixture blank. 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Interior Lighting Summary (back) LTG -INT 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouse or Parking Garage 0 Other Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type is "Other" and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. If not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: (Section 1521) Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. 1. Fluorescent fixtures with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector or louvers, c) 5-60 watt T-1, T-2, T-4, T-5, T-8, or CFL lamps, and d) hard -wired electronic dimming ballasts. Screw-in CFL fixtures and tracking lighting do not qualify. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps <=150w c) electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. TABLE 15-1 Unit Liahtina Power Allowance (LPA Use' LPA (W/ft`) Use' LPA` (W/ft`) Automotive facility 0.85 Office buildings, office/administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches)5 0.91 Convention center 1.10 Parking garages 0.20 Courthouse 1.10 Penitentiary and other Group 1-3 Occupancies 0.90 Cafeterias, fast food establishments', restaurants/bars5 1.20 Police and fire stations 0.90 Dormitory 0.85 Post office 1.00 Dweling Units 1.00 Retail70, retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.33 Exercise center 0.95 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.00 Gymnasia, assembly spaces 0.95 Theater, motion picture 0.97 Health care clinic 1.00 Theater, performing arts 1.25 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group 1-1 and 1-2 Occupancies 1.20 Transportation 0.80 Hotel/motel 1.00 Warehouses 0.50 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified "laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) 1.62 Workshops 1.20 Laundries 1.20 Libraries' 1.20 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.20 Main floor building lobbies' (except mall concourses) 1.10 Museum 1.00 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.80 Footnotes for Table 15-1 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 20 feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 12 feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 9 feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft2 with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.1 w/ft2 may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W/ft2. 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three -quarter -height partitions (transparent or opaque) and lighting for free-standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional lighting power allowance is allowed for merchandise display luminaires installed in retail sales areas that are specifically designed and directed to highlight merchandise. The following additional wattages apply: i. 0.6 watts per square foot of sales floor area not listed in items ii and iii below; ii. 1.4 watts per square foot of furniture, clothing, cosmetics or artwork floor area; or iii. 2.5 watts per square foot of jewelry, crystal or china floor area. The specified floor area for items i, ii, or iii above, and the adjoining circulation paths shall be identified and specified on building plans. Calculate the additional power allowance by multiplying the above LPDs by the sales floor area for each department excluding major circulation paths. The total additional lighting power allowance is the sum of allowances for sales categories I, ii, or iii plus an additional 1,000 watts for each separate tenant larger than 250 square feet in area. The additional wattage is allowed only if the merchandise display luminaires comply with all of the following: (a) Located on ceiling -mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). (b) Adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed and automatically controlled, separately from the general lighting, to be turned off during nonbusiness hours. This additional power shall be used only for the specified luminaires and shall not be used for any other purpose. 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Lighting Power Allowance Adjustments LTG -LPA 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Address 2800 Southcenter Mall #576 Date 1/4/2013 Use this form if you are claiming any ceiling height adjustments for your Lighting Power Allowances for interior lighting. The Occupancy Description should agree with the "Use" listed on Code Table 15-1. Identify the appropriate Ceiling Height Limit (9 feet, 12 feet or 20 feet) on which the adjustment is based. The Adjusted LPA is calculated from this number and from the Allowed Watts per ft2. Carry the Adjusted LPA to the corresponding "Allowed Watts per ft2" location on LTG -SUM. Adjusted Lighting Power Allowances (Interior) Location (floor plan/room #) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft2** Ceiling Height for this room Ceiling Height limit for this exception** Adjusted LPA Watts per ft2 ** From Table 15-1 based on exceptions listed in footnotes 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential %. Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Address2800 Southcenter Mall #576 Date 1/4/2013 The following information is in the 2009 Washington State necessary to check a Nonresidential Ene permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements gy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) Yes 1513.1 Local control/access Schedule with type, indicate locations E1 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch El N.A. 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features, indicate locations vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans Yes 1513.4 Display/exhib/special Indicate separate controls El N.A. 1513.5 Exterior shut-off Schedule with type and features, indicate location (a) timer w/backup Indicate location (b) photocell. Indicate location Yes 1513.6 Inter. auto shut-off Indicate location Yes 1513.6.1 (a) occiip-sensors Schedule with type and locations El 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back-up, override capability); Indicate size of zone on plans N.A. 1513.7 Hotel/motel controls Indicate location of room master controls 1513.8 Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning EXIT SIGNS (Section 1514) Yes 1514 Max. watts Indicate watts for each exit sign El LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1530-1532) Yes 1531 Interior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture N.A. 1532 Exterior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture MOTORS (Section 1511) Yes 1511 Elec motor efficiency MECH-MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) N.A. I 1540 (Transformers !Indicate size and efficiency I I If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: `PERMIT COORD COP/IL PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP • ACTIVITY NUMBER: D13-003 PROJECT NAME: HELZBERG DIAMONDS DATE: 01/07/12 SITE ADDRESS: 601 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: I'F3 PM/ 01'it-Itli Building Division 1167 DtiiiG Public Works /i Awc1-11(40- I 3 Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division ■ ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete tgi Incomplete ❑ DUE DATE: 01/10/13 Not Applicable ❑ Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg 0 LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Fire 0 Ping 0 PW 0 Staff Initials: TUESITHURS ROUTING: Please Route REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required ❑ DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Approved with Conditions IS DUE DATE: 02/07/13 Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg 0 Fire 0 Ping 0 PW 0 Staff Initials: PLAN REVIEW CHECKLIST - (Nonstructural) By: Date: 4— 4 -if r Permit App. 0/.7— IBC Edition d % & State Amend. Project title: lie /24x, Die;,44a +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Classify the building or portion thereof in accordance with Chapter 3 Determine the type of construction of the building in accordance with Chapter 6. Determine if the location of building on the site and clearances to property lines and other buildings on the site plan are in accordance with code provisions. Review for conformity with General building height and area limitations in accordance with Chapter 5. f Review for conformity with special detailed requirements based on use and Occupancy. 1® Review for conformity with Type of Construction requirements of Chapter 6. ( Review for conformity with Fire and Smoke protection features of Chapter 7. Tr Review for conformity with requirements of interior finishes of Chapter 8. X Review for conformity with requirements for fire protection systems of Chapter 9. O Review for conformity with requirements for means of egress requirements of Chapter 10 (kr Review for conformity with requirements of accessibility in accordance with Chapter 11, and ICC A117.1 15)-- Review for conformity with Washington State Energy Code. ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ ✓ In circle = topic has been reviewed for the application. X In circle = topic is not relevant to proposed scope of work. Contractors or Tradespeople jnter Friendly Page General/Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L&I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name Phone Address Suite/Apt. City State Zip County Business Type Parent Company WESTWOOD CONTRACTORS INC 8178773800 951 W 7Th Street ATTENTION: JOAN LITZMAN Fort Worth TX 76102 Out Of State Corporation UBI No. 601011419 Status Active License No. WESTWCI088BF License Type Construction Contractor Effective Date 1/6/1992 Expiration Date 10/30/2014 Suspend Date Specialty 1 General Specialty 2 Unused Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date NATIONAL REGISTERED AGENTS INC Agent 10/29/2010 Bond Amount BENDA, JOAN M Member 10/29/2010 5112154 BENDA, ROBERT D Member 01/01/1980 CHASE, DAVID E 09/25/2012 01/01/1980 06/11/2002 BENDA, JOAN M 08/27/2002 01/01/1980 06/11/2002 Bond Information Page 1 of 2 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 6 Suretec Insurance Company 5112154 05/06/2011 Until Cancelled $12,000.0005/13/2011 09/25/2012 5 TRAVELERS CAS & SURETY CO 071S103526909BCM 08/27/2002 Until Cancelled $12,000.00 09/03/2002 Assignment of Savings Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Insurance Information Insurance Company Name Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 16 Valley Forge Ins Co 5086642646 10/01/2012 10/01/2013 $1,000,000.00 09/25/2012 15 Travelers Cas & Surety Co C06805L487 10/01/2010 10/01/2012 $1,000,000.00 10/05/2011 14 TRAVELERS INDEMNITY CO OF AME C06805L487 10/01/2007 10/01/2010 $1,000,000.00 10/13/2009 13 TRAVELERS LLOYDS CO C00642L112 06/30/2007 06/30/2008 10/12/2007 $1,000,000.00 07/03/2007 12 ZURICH AMERICAN INS CO CP0399432403 06/30/2005 06/30/2007 $1,000,000.00 06/30/2006 Summons/Complaint Information Cause County Complaint Judgment Status Payment Paid By 10.2.20235-8SEA MACDONALD MILLER FACILITIES SOLUTIONS INC KING Date: 06/08/2010 Amount: $4,450.00 Date: Amount: $0.00 Dismissed Date: Amount: https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/bbip/Print.aspx 02/15/2013 :❖:❖:•sw-*❖:❖. ................44 ................4 ................4 ................. ................. SEPARATE PERMIT sMIT REQUIRED FOR: rchanicai lectrical lumbing Cas Piping City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Ff .E COPY Perft o. pij 3 S 1 3 qtr rr At3Iw approval is subject to errors and omi s! ns. ' ! & construction documents does nct Guth ti v:: a 'iofn el any adopted code or ordinance. Ra ipt o roved Fi yjgoYr "r 1 41: Date.* SOUTHCENTER MALL 2800 SOUTHCENTER MALL, SPACE #576 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON, 98188 REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. V C T Z: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may y include additional plan review fees. U N CI tjr Of lbkwlla BUILDING DIVISION 50" ,.,..r . / %/ l'•I/ .iui%/, :'J fJ//rn.rn/F,F%unh''.i BRICK CONCRETE GRAVEL WOOD BLOCKING FINISH WOOD CEILING TILE PLYWOOD STEEL 1,0936MC$o 0.4 0 gin On ei '_oCEnr Pnr-Pnr1Prv-Por Pr >- CONCRETE BLOCK EARTH SAND DIMENSIONAL LUMBER BATT INSULATION GYPSUM BOARD RIGID INSULATION METAL STUD WALL IIID I uu -11111 ILII IIU 6 BOXES: ARCHITECTURAL: 000.0 0000 STORE NUMBER ID/ Co O O 0/ • O O O SPACE # 576 EXAMPLE DETAIL # 9/AXXX APPLICABLE CODES: ALL WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS, AND SHALL SATISFY ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS OF ALL GOVERNING BODIES INVOLVED. ALL PERMITS AND LICENSES NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER EXECUTION OF THE WORK SHALL BE SECURED AND PAID FOR BY THE CONTRACTOR INVOLVED. APPLICABLE CODES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: CODE RESEARCH: BUILDING STRUCTURAL: PLUMBING: MECHANICAL: ELECTRICAL: FIRE/LIFE SAFETY: ACCESSIBILITY CODE: INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE ANSI 117. I ISSUED REV I REVISION DATE REV 2 REV 3 REV 4 REV 5 2009 2009 2009 2009 2009 2003 BUILDING DATA: NUMBER OF FLOORS: OCCUPANCY TYPE: CONSTRUCTION TYPE: TOTAL GROSS AREA S.F. = 2 M MERCANTILE 2B 1,856 S.F. SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ARE DESIGN BUILT BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ALL FIRE SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM DRAWINGS BY SEPARATE PERMIT AS A DEFERRED SUBMITTAL NOTE: DETAIL NUMBERS ARE DETERMINED BY THE BOTTOM RIGHT HAND BOX, PLEASE SEE SAMPLES ABOVE FOR DETERMINING DETAIL NUMBERS OCCUPANT LOAD: SALES AREA IN S.F. WORK AREA IN S.F. TOTAL BUILDING CODE AREA 5.F. TOTAL ALLOWED OCCUPANCY LOAD: EXIT CALCULATION: OCC. LOAD 500 OR LESS = I ,GOG S.F. (GROSS) / 30 = 54 OCCUPANTS GG S.F. (GROSS) / 300 = I OCCUPANT 1,672 S.F. 55 CVR GI 00 A001 A100 Al 10 Al 20 Al30 A200 A300 A400 A410 A420 A500 A5 1 0 AGOO AG I0 A700 A800 51'100 SP101 51'102 NORTH ARROW INDICATOR XXAXX XXAXX 4 -WAY ELEVATION TAG 2 REQUIRED EXIT PER IBC 402.4.2: TRAVEL DISTANCE TO THE MALL IS LESS THAN 75 FEET ( X A DRAWING KEYNOTE TAG WALLTYPE TAG DOOR TAG FINISH NOTE TAG COLUMN GRID BUBBLE AND LINE REQUIRED EGRESS WIDTH (55 X 0.15) =8.25" PROVIDED = 4 EXITS 33T (PROVIDED) RESTROOM FIXTURE COUNT: I (PROVIDED) ALL FINISHES COMPLY WITH FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS REQUIRED FOR CORRIDORS AND ROOMS. SEE FINISH KEY FOR FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT RATINGS. T.O. SLAB ELEV. 100'-0" ELEVATION HEIGHT TAG X AFF ACT ACOUST ADJ AHJ ALUM AMB ANC ANOD ARCH ASSY BD BFG 8FF BLDG BLK'G BM BOT DRG 55 BTWN CAB CJ CL CLG CLO CLR CMU COL CONC CONT CONST CT DBL DEMO DIA DN DR DS DTL DWG EA BPS EF EJ EL ELEC ELEV EQ EQUIP EW EWC EXIST EXP EXT FDD Above Finished Floor Acoustical Ceiling Tile Acoustical Adjustable Authority Having Jurisdiction Aluminum Air -moisture barrier Anchor Anodized Architect(ural) Assembly Board Below Finished Grade Below Finished Floor Building Blocking Beam Bottom Bearing Both Sides Between Cabinet Control Joint Center Line Ceiling Closet Clear Concrete Masonry Unit Column Concrete Continuous Construction, Construct Ceramic Tile Double Demolition Diameter Down Door Downspout Detail Drawing Each Exterior Insulation and Finish System Exhaust Fan Expansion Joint Elevation Electrical Elevator Equal Equipment Each Way • Electric Water Cooler Existing Expansion Exterior Fiber Board FB0 FD FE FEC FFE FIN FLUOR FLR FRP FRT FS FSE FT FV GA GALV GC GL GYP BD HC HM HT HDWD HR HVAC IN INSUL INT JST LAM LAV LLH LLV MANUF MAX MECH MEP MILL MIN MISC MLD MO MTD MIL MUL NIC NOM NTS OC OD OFCI OPNG OPT OTS PBD Furnished by Others Floor Drain Fire Extinguisher Fire Extinguisher .t Cabinet Furniture, Fixtures * Equipment Finish Fluorescent Floor Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Fire Retardant Treated Floor Sink Food Service Equipment Feet Field Verify Gage Galvanized General Contractor Glass Gypsum Board Hollow Core Hollow Metal Height Hardwood Hour Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Inch Insulation, Insulate Interior Joist Laminated Lavatory Long Leg Horizontal Long Leg Vertical Manufacturer Maximum Mechanical Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing Millwork Minimum Miscellaneous Molding Masonry Opening Mounted Metal Mullion Not In Contract Nominal Not To Scale On Center Outside Diameter Owner Furnished, Contractor Installed Opening Optional Open to Structure Particle Board PL PLAM PLYWD PLUMB PNL PR PREP PREFIN PTD QT QTY RA RAD RCP REF RECPT REFL REINF RELOC RED REV R0 RTU SC SF SHT SHTH S5 SCHED SIM SM SPEC'D STD STL STRUCT SUSP TBD TEMP T*B TYP VCT VERT VWC UNO WI WIO WC WD WH WDW WP WSCT wr WWF Plate Plastic Laminate Plywood Plumbing Panel Pair Preparation Prefinished Painted Quarry Tile Quantity Return Air Radius Reflected Ceiling Plan Reference Receptacle • Reflected, Reflecting Reinforced, Reinforcing Relocate Required Revision, Reversed Rough Opening Roof Top Unit Solid Core Square Foot Sheet Sheathing Stainless Steel Schedule Similar Sheet Metal Specified Standard Steel Structural Suspended To be determined Tempered Top and Bottom Typical Vinyl Composition Tile Vertical Vinyl Wall Covering Unless Noted Otherwise With Without Water Closet Wood Water Heater Window Waterproofing or Waterproof Wainscot Weight Welded Wire Fabric X X' -X" X X X REVISION TAG DEMOLITION TAG CEILING MATERIAL AND HEIGHT TAG ROOM NAME AND NUMBER TAG SECTION CUT TAG ELEVATION TAG COVER SHEET INDEX GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION DEMOLITION PLAN FLOOR PLAN FIXTURE PLAN FINISH PLAN REFLECTED CEILING PLAN STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS STOREFRONT SECTIONS DETAILS DETAILS FRAMING DETAILS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS RESTROOM PLAN AND ELEVATIONS SCHEDULES, FINISHES DETAILS WALL TYPES DISPLAY CASE DETAILS GRAPHICS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL: M- I M-2 MP- I MP -2 MP -3 MP -4 MP -5 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS MECHANICAL / PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL / PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL / PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL / PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL/ PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS P- I PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN P-2 SCHEDULES AND DETAILS ELECTRICAL: E- I LIGHTING PLAN E-2 POWER PLAN E-3 SPECIAL SYSTEMS PLAN E-4 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS E-5 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E -G ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E-7 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS /r ,•, yam./ • DETAIL BOX TAG PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT LOCATION XXXX OWNER: HELZBERG DIAMONDS 1825 SWIFT NORTH KANSAS CITY, MO 6411 G T: 816.627.1436 F: 81 6.627 1 495 CONTACT: TODD BODENSTAB y:. ARCHITECT: H,C. KLOVER ARCHITECT 10955 LOWELL AVE., SUITE 700 OVERLAND PARK, K5 66210 T: 913.649.8 181 F: 913.649.1275 CONTACT: JON WAYNICK DETAIL CIRCLE TAG LANDLORD: WESTFIELD, LLC 2800 SOUTHCENTER SEATTLE, WA 98 188 MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL: HENDERSON ENGINEERS, INC 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KS 66214 T: 913.742.5000 F: 913.742.5001 CONTACT: HARVEY WARD REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 18 2013 MVI sty of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION WAYNE E. JOHNSON, AIA, LEED AP PROJECT MANAGER/TENANT CON C17(ATION 206.714.3485 RECEIVED elTv r)r 'TUKWILA JAN 0 7 20131 PERMIT CENTER lib ces-a-0 O Co co a. cc 0 cc O 0 0 ti w I w z w J LUrn 0 cJ oi M co oooi cra C') C) Q THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project, All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect, Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for ony port of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architect s services ore undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obtgation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: Thig Drawing is a single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all lows, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work unR all permils and required approvals ore obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS anddimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of o material or equipment tem to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work, and assumption of responsibility for Satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ore to finish lace of a materiel unless otherwise indicated, GLCULtIE & MEASURE dmeisons - DO R&M drawings odea otfierr'se directed, p .r'o''j e c t t i t I e U. A —I r:r) w 1cn CN www.Q (–hu) : 9 O8 O co c," (NI p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007,042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawing revisions No. Description: Date: rofessionalseal OVER SHINGTON d r a w i n g t i t l e COVER SHEET * INDEX d r a w i n g n u m b e r STORE NUMBER 259 MALL NAME Southcenter Mall STATE Washington SPACE # 576 STORE TYPE Mall Store STORE SQUARE FOOTAGE GROSS 1,856 1,856 NET SALES SF 1,606 1,606 NON -SALES SF 250 0 250 NON -SALES % 13.47% 0.00% 13.47% SHOWCASE LINEAR FOOTAGE - (TL) 161 0 161 STRAIGHT (LF) 135 0 135 CORNERS (#) 0 0 0 FIXTURES (LF) 18 0 18 WALKUP (LF) 8 0 8 GOLD WALLS (LF) 0 0 0 CNV (LF) & LOWER UNITS 8 0 8 # TOWERS 0 0 0 # FILLERS 16 0 16 BRIDAL WALL UNIT /LF 15 0 15 VENDOR SIGNAGE PANELS 0 0 0 AWNINGS (LF) 36 0 36 TOTAL LF STOREFRONT 53 0 53 PORTALS (#) 3 0 3 PORTALS (LF) 35 0 35 OPENINGS (LF) 28 0 28 RESTROOMS # PUBLIC YES (Enter# to the Right) 1 0 1 JEWELER'S ROOM NO 0 0 0 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 18 2013 MVI sty of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION WAYNE E. JOHNSON, AIA, LEED AP PROJECT MANAGER/TENANT CON C17(ATION 206.714.3485 RECEIVED elTv r)r 'TUKWILA JAN 0 7 20131 PERMIT CENTER lib ces-a-0 O Co co a. cc 0 cc O 0 0 ti w I w z w J LUrn 0 cJ oi M co oooi cra C') C) Q THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project, All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect, Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for ony port of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architect s services ore undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obtgation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: Thig Drawing is a single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all lows, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work unR all permils and required approvals ore obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS anddimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of o material or equipment tem to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work, and assumption of responsibility for Satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ore to finish lace of a materiel unless otherwise indicated, GLCULtIE & MEASURE dmeisons - DO R&M drawings odea otfierr'se directed, p .r'o''j e c t t i t I e U. A —I r:r) w 1cn CN www.Q (–hu) : 9 O8 O co c," (NI p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007,042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawing revisions No. Description: Date: rofessionalseal OVER SHINGTON d r a w i n g t i t l e COVER SHEET * INDEX d r a w i n g n u m b e r THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision os an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. M Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect, Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for any part of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architect s services ore undertoken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obfigotian is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is o single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described, Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work unt8 all permits and required appravols ore obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of o moteriol or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish lace of a maferiol unless otherwise indcoled, CALCOIAIE & NEASUNE dmensoas - CO NOT SCALE drawings unless olherrse Erected. p r o j e c t t i t l e _I .o 04m44 L% 7,1 CN r.T.„1 Lo oth) 1 133: Z� Lll O Do C/)" projectnumber. 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal 6628 EGISTERED I = CT R HINGTON d r a w i n g t i t I e GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION d r a w i n g n u m b e r TURNOVER REQUIREMENTS: GENERAL NOTES: 1, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS AND FURNISH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE WITH THE 1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL LOCAL LAWS, CODES AND REGULATIONS OF ALL CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. GC i5 ALSO TO PROVIDE A TYPE -WRITTEN LIST OF NAMES, ADDRESSES AND PHONE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. IN CASE OF CONFLICT BETWEEN REQUIREMENTS, THE MOST RESTRICTIVE NUMBERS OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIAL SUPPLIERS. SHALL APPLY. 2, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAVING THE ENTIRE STORE CLEANED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AT THE TIME OF CARPET, SHOWCASE AND FURNITURE INSTALLATION AND AT 2. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL VISIT THE JOBSITE AND VERIFY ALL FIELD CONDITIONS A5 NECESSARY TO TURNOVER. COMPLETE THE WORK AND COMPARE TO APPLICABLE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, REPORT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN FIELD CONDITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO 3. PRIOR TO THE STORE OPENING CONTRACTOR IS TO ARRANGE FORA NEER CERTIFIED INDEPENDENT BALANACING SUBMITTING BID. FAILURE TO REPORT DISCREPANCIES DOES NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR OF THE RESPONSIBILITY CONTRACTOR TO BALANACE THE HVAC SYSTEM AND PROVIDE A COPY OF THE BALANCING REPORT TO THE OWNER'S TO PROVIDE FINISHED PRODUCT TO THE INTENT OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND SHALL NOT RESULT IN REPRESENTATIVE * THE MALL MANAGER IN A FORMAT ACCEPTABLE TO THE MALL. ADDITIONAL TIME OR COMPENSATION OR REVISE THE ESTABLISHED CONTRACT AMOUNTS. 4. IF REQ'D BY LANDLORD, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE ANY NECESSARY APPROVALS FOR STORE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADHERE TO THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. SHOULD ANY ERROR OR INCONSISTENCY REQ'D BY LANDLORD'S INSURANCE CARRIER. APPEAR REGARDING THE MEANING OR INTENT OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL 5. CONTRACTOR TO TURN OVER ALL KEYS TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND MARK EACH KEY FOR IMMEDIATELY REPORT SAME TO THE ARCHITECT WHO WILL MAKE ANY NECESSARY CLARIFICATION, OR REVISIONS IDENTIFICATION AS REQUIRED. G. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SET ALL TIME CLOCKS, THERMOSTATS, ETC. PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT RELATED FEES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: CONSTRUCTION PERMIT FEES, SEWER AND WATER TAP FEES, ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT FEES, ETC. THE SELECTED QUALIFIED BIDDER WILL BE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE LINE -ITEM LIST OF ALL FEES 7, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXPLAIN THE OPERATION OF ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TO THE OWNER'S INCLUDED IN BID BASED ON APPROPRIATE SCHEDULES. REPRESENTATIVE AND PROVIDE COPIES OF OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND WARRANTY MANUALS, 5. CONTRACTOR AND HIS SUBCONTRACTORS AND AGENTS SHALL HOLD ALL APPLICABLE AND REQUIRED LICENSES 8. GC SHALL SUBMIT ONE COMPLETE SET OF REPRODUCIBLE DRAWINGS INDICATING ALL DISCREPENCIES, CHANGES, FOR THE JURISDICTION WHERE THE WORK WILL BE PERFORMED. ETC. it ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF CONCEALED WORK (I.E.: UNDERGROUND CONDUIT) TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. THE GC SHALL ALSO SUBMIT A PHOTOCOPY OF THE ACTUAL PANEL DIAGRAM, G. CONTRACTOR AND HIS AGENTS SHALL AQUATINT THEMSELVES WITH ALL LANDLORD/DEVELOPER REQUIREMENTS AND SHALL COMPLY FULLY WITH SUCH, 9. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL WARRANTY THE WORK FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY TENANT OF FINISHED WORK. 7, TO ENSURE COORDINATION BETWEEN DISCIPLINES, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY EACH SUBCONTRACTOR OR AGENT WITH A FULL SET OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FOR THEIR USE. 10. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL NEW FILTERS IN THE HVAC UNITS ONE WEEK PRIOR TO TURNOVER OF THE PROJECT. 8, MAINTAIN SAFE EXITING AND APPROPRIATE FIRE PREVENTION PROCEDURES AT ALL TIMES DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. 9. ALL WORK LISTED, SHOWN OR IMPLIED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE NOTED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLOSELY COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH THAT OF OTHER CONTRACTORS AND VENDORS TO ASSURE THAT ALL SCHEDULES ARE MET AND THAT ALL WORK IS DONE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. REMODEL NOTES: 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR ANY DAMAGE OCCURRING AS A RESULT OF THEIR OPERATIONS AT NO COST TO THE TENANT OR LANDLORD. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO ENSURE THAT THEIR OPERATIONS DO NOT INTERFERE WITH THE OPERATION OF THE REMAINDER OF THE DEVELOPMENT/MALL. I . IT SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FULLY EXAMINE THE TENANT SPACE, BARRIERS TO NOISE, DUST AND SECURITY BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION AREAS AND PUBLIC AREAS SHALL BE ALL EXISTING STRUCTURES AND ALL OTHER EXISTING STRUCTURE ON THE PROJECT SITE BEFORE COMMENCING ERECTED, MAINTAINED AND REMOVED PER THE DEVELOPMENT CRITERIA BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE WORK. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS (VERTICAL, HORIZONTAL * OTHERWISE), AS WELL A5 TO VERIFY THE CONDITION AND NATURE OF THE TENANT CONSTRUCTION, MATERIALS, AND AVAILABLE I I , CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE PROTECTION OF WORK, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. FROM L055, UTILITIES AND STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND TO NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, IN WRITING, OF ANY AND DAMAGE, FIRE, THEFT, ETC. ALL DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE SAID EXISTING CONDITIONS AND THESE DRAWINGS. FURTHER, IT SHALL BE THE JOINT 12. NO CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION AND/OR TIME SHALL BE MADE OR CONSIDERED VALID UNLESS RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS OF WRITTEN NOTIFICATION IS RECEIVED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND THE ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION MATERIALS TO SECURE ALL NECESSARY ADAPTATIONS TO SAME A5 REQUIRED FOR THEIR RESPECTIVE WORK PRIOR TO ORDERING, FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION OF ANY MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT OR COMPONENTS WHICH AND/OR TIME IS APPROVED IN ADVANCE OF PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. ARE TO BE INTEGRATED INTO THE WORK OF THIS PROJECT. NO CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION 13. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND PROVIDE ALL UTILITY CONNECTIONS (PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, GAS, ETC. IN THE SHALL BE MADE OR SHALL BE VALID UNLESS WRITTEN NOTIFICATION IS RECEIVED BY THE OWNER'S FORM OF SUPPLY AND DRAIN PIPES, CONDUIT AND PULLING WIRES, ETC.) RELATED TO EQUIPMENT AND REPRESENTATIVE AND THE ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION IS APPROVED IN ADVANCE OF PROCEEDING WITH THE APPLIANCES. WORK. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND FITTING NECESSARY TO ACHIEVE THE 2. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING THE EXISTING SALES CASES MOVABLE BY INSTALLING THE INTENT OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS CASES ON G.C. PROVIDED CASTERS AND THE CASES WILL THEN BE REARRANGED PER THE OWNER'S DIRECTION. 15. NEW WORK AT EXISTING CONDITIONS SHALL ALIGN WITH AND MATCH EXISTING WORK EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE THE CASES ARE MOVABLE TO ALLOW THE CASES TO BE MOVED TO HDS TEMPORARY SPACE. DIMENSIONED OR DETAILED. 3. THE STORE 15 TO BE CONSTRUCTED IN ONE PHASE AND NOT IN DISTINCT SECTIONS. A5 SUCH, THE HOURS OF I G. CONTRACTOR SHALL NEVER SCALE DRAWINGS. LOCATIONS FOR ALL PARTITIONS, WALLS, CEILINGS, ETC. WILL BE WORK SHALL INCLUDE THOSE OUTSIDE NORMAL MALL STORE HOURS FOR DEMOLITION, STRUCTURAL, SHEET DETERMINED BY DIMENSIONS ON THE DRAWINGS. ANY AREA OF THE PLANS MISSING REQUIRED DIMENSIONS MUST ROCK CEILINGS AND OTHER WORK WHICH CANNOT BE PERFORMED DURING STORE/MALL OPERATIONS. BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. 17. DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE Of FINISHED MATERIAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FOR DAILY CLEANUP AND CONTINUOUS HOUSE CLEANING AND TRASH REMOVAL. THIS WILL BE STRICTLY ENFORCED AND IN NO WAY COMPROMISED. COORDINATE TRASH REMOVAL AND DUMPSTER PLACEMENT WITH MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER. 18. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER AND TAKE MEASURES TO ENSURE THE PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT FROM DAMAGE DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE PRIOR TO AND AFTER EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION, 5. CONTRACTOR TO REPLACE FILTERS ON HVAC UNIT AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. TENANTS GENERAL 19. CONTRACTOR. SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING UTILITIES IN THE FIELD AND PROVIDE ADDITIONAL UTILITY SERVICE AS CONTRACTOR MUST HIRE THE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR FOR ALL ROOF REPAIR AND FINISHING OF REQUIRED TO MEET THE SCOPE AND INTENT OF THE WORK. PENETRATIONS AND EQUIPMENT CURBS. PROVIDE AIR BALANCE REPORT TO MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER. 20. VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION START. ANY AND ALL LOSSES OF G. THE OWNER SHALL PROVIDE STORE SECURITY AS REQUIRED. BUSINESS TO THE LANDLORD, DEVELOPER OR OTHER PARTY RESULTING FROM DAMAGE CAUSED BY CONTRACTOR OPERATIONS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. ANY UTILITIES DAMAGED DURING 7. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL AND PROPER DISPOSAL OF ALL CASES, SHELVING, CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPAIRED/REPLACED IMMEDIATELY AT THE SOLE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR.. STOREFRONT CLOSURE, LIGHTS, ETC. WHICH ARE NOT TO BE REUSED OR INSTALLED IN THE PROJECT. NO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION OR EQUIPMENT IS 21. ' CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE DRAFT/FIRE STOPS, A5 REQ'D BY GOVERNING CODES AND JURISDICTIONS. NEW TO BE REUSED UNLESS EXPRESSLY INDICATED A5 SUCH. AND EXISTING PENETRATIONS IN FIRE -RATED PARTITIONS OR DRAFT STOPS SHALL BE PROTECTED BY A SYSTEM 8. ALL SHOWCASES AND TRADE FIXTURES SHALL BE DESTROYED PRIOR TO DISPOSAL TO ELIMINATE THE LISTED BY A RECOGNIZED TESTING AGENCY. POTENTIAL FOR RESALE OR REUSE BY OTHER PARTIES. THE DEMOLITION CONTRACTOR MUST NOT CONSIDER 22. PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PER APPLICABLE CODES. VERIFY FINAL LOCATION WITH A.H,J, THE SALVAGE VALUE OF THE FIXTURES AND SHOWCASES DURING THE BIDDING PROCESS. 23. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WORK THAT AFFECTS THE ROOF WITH THE LANDLORD AND, IF REQUIRED BY THE 9. CONTRACTOR REQUIRED TO REMOVE SECURITY. EQUIPMENT, AND RETURN TO THE HELZBERG GENERAL OFFICE. LANDLORD, CONTRACT WITH THE SHELL ROOFING SUBCONTRACTOR TO PERFORM ALL WORK OF PENETRATING THE UNLESS OTHERWISE INSTRUCTED BY HELZBERG CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. ROOF FOR ANY AND ALL ITEMS ADDED ON THE ROOF AND PATCHING/SEALING OF SUCH PENETRATIONS DURING AND AFTER EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. 24. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE DIMENSIONS OF ALL EQUIPMENT IN THE PROJECT REGARDLESS OF THE SOURCE AND COORDINATE ACCESS TO THE SPACE AND VERIFY CLEAR FLOORSPACE IS PROVIDED AS REQUIRED TO 25. ENSURE EASE OF INSTALLATION, CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS AND VENDORS FURNISHING LABOR, MATERIALS, ETC, ON THE PROJECT TO ENSURE THE WORK A5 A WHOLE SHALL BE EXECUTED AND COMPLETED WITHOUT CONFLICT OR DELAY. 26. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANY AND ALL DRAWINGS INCLUDING ARCHITECTURAL, REVIEWED FOR MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, MILLWORK (CABINET) SKETCHES/DETAILS. ANY CONFLICTS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE CODE COMPLIANCE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO EXECUTION OF WORK. APPROVED 27. NO CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL OR DEBRIS SHALL BE PLACED IN ANY OF THE LANDLORD'S TRASH RECEPTACLES OR JAN 1 8 2013COMPACTORS AT ANY TIME. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE FOR A TRASH DUMPSTER, SIZE AND LOCATION OF WHICH IS SUBJECT TO LANDLORD'S APPROVAL, FOR THE REMOVE OF REFUSE. COORDINATE DUMPSTER MALL PLAN: PLACEMENT WITH LANDLORD/DEVELOPER. C! of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 28, CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THAT EQUIPMENT HAS APPROPRIATE CLEARANCES DURING INSTALLATION INCLUDING MAINTENANCE CLEARANCES; VERIFY THOSE WHICH INVOLVE CONFLICTING UTILITIES. 29. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARYINWALL FRAMING REQUIRED TO CARRY SHELF, HANGING, AND VALANCE LOADS, RAILINGS, ETC. AS PER PLANS.. MACYLS 30, PROVIDE SILICONE SEALANT AT ALL JOINTS AND INTERFACES OF ALL COUNTERTOPS, EQUIPMENT, BOOTHS, WALLS, ETC. 3 I . ALL JOINTS AND OTHER OPENINGS IN THE BUILDING ENVELOPE SHALL BE SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BUILDING CODE AND ENERGY CODE. NO 1 \D _ 32. 33. ALL WOOD IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE MASONRY SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED, MOISTURE RESISTANT WOOD. ALL WOOD TRIM OR OTHER PREFINISHED TRIM ITEMS SHALL BE CUT TO FIT AND RAW, EXPOSED SURFACES SHALL STRO M BE FINISHED TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH MATERIALS. 34. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING, BRACING AND NAILERS AS REQ'D FOR MILLWORK, EQUIPMENT, SHELVING, ETC. COORDINATE WITH TENANT. 35. GC TO' PROVIDE 5% ADDITIONAL STOCK OF FINISH MATERIALS OR A5 AGREED TO BY THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 36. ALL SURFACES WHICH ARE INDICATED TO BE FINISHED OR. PAINTED SHALL BE PREPARED, SANDED, TREATED, AND PRIMED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH COMMERCIAL QUALITY STANDARDS, AND IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH FINISH MATERIAL MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. JCPENNY 37. ALL FINISH SURFACES PENETRATED SUCH A5 CEILING TILES AND MILLWORK COUNTERS FOR ANY REASON MUST HAVE AN ASSOCIATED GROMMET APPROVED FOR THAT USE. 38. PROVIDE OCCUPANCY SIGN IN A CONSPICUOUS LOCATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE * LOCAL CODES. DESIGN TO BE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. 39. APPLICATION OF MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT INSTALLED BY OTHERS CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF THAT WORK, AND SEAS ASSUMPTION OF THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR. SATISFACTORY INSTALLATION AND PERFORMANCE. 40. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY BRACING TO STRUCTURE FOR INTERIOR PARTITIONS, SOFFITS, CELINGS, PLATFORMS, ETC. WHETHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR NOT. 4 I . EXISTING -UTILITIES ARE SHOWN GENERICALLY AND HAVE NOT BEEN SPECIFICALLY VERIFIED BY THE OWNER OR THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES BEFORE COMMENCING WORK, AND AGREES TO BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR. ANY AND ALL DAMAGES WHICH MIGHT OCCUR BY THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO EXACTLY LOCATE AND PRESERVE ANY AND ALL UTILITIES. 42. OWNER SHALL PROVIDE THE SCHEDULED PRE -FINISHED MILLWORK TRIM AS DESCRIBED AND DETAILED. THE HELZBERG DIAMONDS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE TO RECEIVE, CHECK AND CONFIRM THE MILLWORK'S ARRIVAL IN LEVEL I , . SPACE #576 GOOD CONDITION, AND IN SUFFICIENT QUANTITY AND SHALL NOTIFY OWNER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY RECEIVE DISCPREPENCIES. ALL PIECES ARE SENT UNASSEMBLED AND SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN A FIR�y OF 1`114Cp! A CLASS MANNER WITH A MINIMUM NUMBER OF JOINTS POSSIBLE. COPE ALL RETURNS, MITER ALL CORNERS AND USE SCARF JOINTS FOR END TO END JOINTING, NO BUTT JOINTS. REFINISH ALL CUTS AND DAMAGED AREAS AS I JAN 0 7 20131 REQUIRED. t) , 43. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, G.C. MUST SUBMIT ONE SET OF "AS -BUILT" REPRODUCIBLE DOCUMENTS FOR THE ERMITCENTER LANDLORD'S RECORDS. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision os an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. M Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect, Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for any part of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architect s services ore undertoken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obfigotian is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is o single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described, Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work unt8 all permits and required appravols ore obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of o moteriol or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish lace of a maferiol unless otherwise indcoled, CALCOIAIE & NEASUNE dmensoas - CO NOT SCALE drawings unless olherrse Erected. p r o j e c t t i t l e _I .o 04m44 L% 7,1 CN r.T.„1 Lo oth) 1 133: Z� Lll O Do C/)" projectnumber. 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal 6628 EGISTERED I = CT R HINGTON d r a w i n g t i t I e GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION d r a w i n g n u m b e r Li DE o NOT ALL KEYNOTES WILL USED i�rioN NoTEs NOTE: THIS IS A MASTER LIST AND ©1-=zo z u'S FURNISH Him zaz am- 6 IL NDNORD I TENANT I 6 m z DESCRIPTION I NEW LEASELINE, VERIFY EXACT LOCATION 2 REMOVE EXISTING FINISHES, STOREFRONT AND SIGN BAND UP TO EXISTING BULKHEAD 4 REMOVE EXISTING SLIDING GRILLE 5 REMOVE EXISTING DOOR 6 REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION 7 REMOVE ALL EXIST ING FLOOR MAT ERIALS (11LE, CARPET, ETC.) - PREPARE SURFACES TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES 8 REMOVE ALL EXISTING CEILING MATERIALS, LIGHT FIXTURES, WIRE AND CONDUIT BACK TO PANEL 9 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF ALL REMAINING DISPLAY CASES AND COUNTERTOPS. G.C. TO COORD. WITH H.D.S. CASES TO BE RELOCATED TO TEMP. SPACE. I 0 REMOVE ALL EXISTING RESTROOM FIXTURES 4 HOT WATER HEATER - CAP ALL REMAINING PIPES AS REQUIRED BY CODE II EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN 12 EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER TO REMAIN m a 14 REMOVE ALL EXISTING DUCTWORK AND MAIN TRUNK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED (RE: MECHANICAL DWG'S) 15 REMOVE ALL EXISTING ELECTRIC PANELS 4 SYSTEM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED (RE: ELECTRICAL DWG'S) m 17 CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE - VERIFY W/ MALL MANAGEMENT THAT THE BARRICADE DETAIL PROVIDED IS ACCEPTABLE 19 EXISTING COLUMN TO REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED 20 NEW PAIR 3'-0"x6'-8" LOCKABLE DOORS FOR ACCESS TO SPACE -VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH MALL 2 I G.C. TO INSTALL TENANT PROVIDED GRAPHICS TO BARRICADE DURING CONSTRUCTION - COORDINATE W/ TENANT. a 23 EXISTING STOREFRONT STRUCTURE TO BE REMOVED. > REPAIR ALL ADJACENT SURFACES, INCLUDING THE NEUTRAL PIERS AND MALL SOFFIT, WHICH MAY BECOME DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION AND/OR CONSTRUCTION. > GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO FIELD VERIFY REQUIRED DEMOLITION. DEMOLITION RESPONSIBILITIES ARE NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO THOSE LISTED ABOVE. > CONTRACTOR TO COMPLY WI REMODEL INSTRUCTIONS ON G 100 BEFORE ANY DEMOLITION OF EXISTING SPACE. REMODEL NOTES TAKE PRECEDENT OVER DEMOLITION NOTES WHEN CONFLICTING. a OW > REMOVE OR INSTALL MALL FLOOR TILE AS REQ. TILE TO BE OBTAINED FROM OR APPROVED BY LANDLORD PRIOR TO INSTALL. > G.C. TO VERIFY ON SITE REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDING FLUSH TRANSITION BETWEEN TENANT $ MALL TILE 4 REFLECT IN BID a MI B.O. HEADER gat 8'-4" A.F.F. DEMOLITION NOTES DOOR HEAD DETAIL SCALE: ADJACENT TENANT SCALE: 3"= Lou NOTES: I. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING BARRICADE. 2. BARRICADE MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY WORK BEGINNING WITHIN THE LEASED PREMISES. PROTECT EXPOSED MALL FLOOR TILE W/ MASKING TAPE OR EQUAL PRIOR TO LAYING PLYWOOD FLOORING. GC IS RESPONSIBLE TO REPAIR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED TO MALL OR ADJOINING TENANT FINISHES. 9.5) 24" O.C. 7C9-.2) "C" CHANNEL PLATE SECURED TO PLYWOOD �tfc' w • w NOT USED SCALE: 4A001 TYP. BARRICADE DETAIL SCALE: I/4"= I'-0" REFER TO MALL CRITERIA NOTE: I . DO NOT ABANDON ANY UTIUTIES OR MATERIALS WITHIN LEASE SPACE. REMOVE BACK TO SOURCE. 2. DO NOT REMOVE EXISTING TELEPHONE DEMARK. IF GC REMOVES EXISTING DEMARK, THE GC SHALL REPLACE THE DEMARK AT THE SOLE EXPENSE OF THE GC. ADJACENT TENANT MALL CONCOURSE 1:fil :.7,1.11A10 a.an cam." Cg7S@ MST MAT d67RTDIFORAM.. WCA?4014 CNTNESECOND LEVEL JUST OUTSIDE DILLMITS CONE Mit SA AT CM T6xia0RAW,LOCAx1O# °UTNE'SECOND LEVEL JUST OUTSIDE DILLASVOI NOTE: I . G.C. TO INSTALL GRAPHIC SECTIONS THAT ARE 8'-0" TALL X 10-0" WIDE. GRAPHICS TO BE SPACED EVENLY ALONG OUTSIDE FACE OF BARRICADE. 2. IMAGES SHOWN ARE SAMPLES OF GRAPHICS TO BE INSTALLED. EXACT WORDING ON GRAPHIC MAY BE REVISED. PAKKICADE GRAPhICS SCALE: MALL CONCOURSE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 18 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Q(3-60 3 DEMOLITION PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=1 -0" REFEKENCE NOTE: NOT ALL KEYNOTES USED 0 I.0 ‘.;tNtKAL DESCRIPTION FURNISH Z z o INSTALL, SEE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION I 2.0 SITE WORK SEE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION 2 4 DEMOLITION NOTES 3.0 CONCRETE 3. I PATCH CONCRETE SLAB @ PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL 4. MECHANICAL AS REQ'D 4.0 MASONRY 4. I PATCH 4 REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO MALL 1 ILE OR WALL MASONRY AS REQ'D. 5.0 METALS 5. I XISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN - GC TO VERIFY IN FIELD 5.2 3 5/8" STRUCT URAL STEEL -METAL STUD 5.3 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUD 5.4 ,3TYLMARK DIVIDER # 120064 5.5 1 5/8" COLD ROLLED CHANNEL 5.6 I "W x 3/4"D x %"L BLACK METAL REVEAL 5.7 1/8" ALUMN. EDGING ANGLE 5.5 STYLMARK J -MOLD #12004 I 5.9 STYLMARK 135° COLUMN TRIM #120066 5. 0 S]YLMAKK WALLMAKKLR HEAD # I 10360 5. I STYLMARK WALLMARKER SILL AND ANCHOR #110481 5. 2 b1YLMARK 90° COLUMN 1k1M # 120065 5. 3 ALUMINUM TRANSPARENCY FRAME. m €• oi 5. 4 (2) STYLMARK CAM LOCK TOP AND BOTTOM #510I99 5. 5 I/4X1/8 DIVIDER 5. 6 SCHLU1t1'51RIP KLNOU-V 5. 7 SCHLUTER STRIP RENOU-U 5. 8 DOUBLE "C" JOIST HEAD 4X12 GA. 5. 9 SCHLUTER STRIP RENO -TK Ii • 'Corr\ 6. I FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING 6.2 3/4" FIRE 11AItU PLYWOOD 6.3 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING FOR EXISTING CASE ROLLING ASSEMBLY. TIE ALL CASTOR ASSEMBLIES IN A SINGLE CASE RUN TOGETHER FOR LATERAL STIFFNESS. 6.4 2x8 ED DOUBLE 51 UD HEADER 6.5 3/4" HDWD. FRAME W/ I /2"x I -1 /2" STOP, PAINT TO MATCH ADJACEN1 SURFACE 6.6 I/2"xI 1/2" HARD WOOD MOULDING 6.10 Ix4 WOOD TRIM PIECE 6. I I 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD W/ NON-ABRASIVE 1/4" CUSHION BACKING 6.12 I/4" SHIM 6.13 1/2" MDF 7.0 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 NOT USED 7.5 NOT USED 7.6 3M VHB DOUBLE COATED ACRYLIC FOAM, #494 I 7.7 5"x3/8"x3" NEOPRENE PAD THERMAL 4 MOISTURE PROTECTION 4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY SECURED TO KICKERS 4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY TO COVER EXISTING MALL TILE BLACK NEOPRENE m m 8.0 DOORS 4 WINDOWS 8. I 1/2" TEMPERED CLEAR -GLAZING 8.6 OVERHEAD GRILLE AND TUBE STEEL SUPPORT 5.7 HOLLOW MEI AL DOOR FRAME 8.8 3/4" x 3/4" ALUM. TRACK FASTENED TO PLYWOOD TTTT; I 9.0 FINISHES 9.1 1/2'' GYP. BD. 9.2 -5/5" GYP. BD. 9.3 5/5" TYPE "X"GYP. BD. (COMPLIES WI ASTM C36) 9.4 -6" METAL STUDS 16" C. (MAX.), OR A5 NOTED 9.5 3 5/8" METAL STUJDS, 16" U.C. MAX. , OK A5 NOT ED 9.6 2 1/2" METAL STUDS, 16" O.C. MAX. , ORAS NOTED 9.7 1 5/8" METAL STUDS, 16" O.C. MAX. , OR AS NOTED 9.8 7/5" HAT CHANNEL 24" O.C. ( AX.), OR AS NOTED 9.9 8" DEEP LEG TRACE; 9. 0 6" WIDE "STAY LONG TAPE" (BLUE) INSTALLED AT LEASE LINE 9. I 3-5/5" SLIP 1 RACK 9. 2 SEALANT AND BACKER ROD 9. 9. 9. 9. 9. iaa V ' IP•. . V'T, 4 3/8" WATER RESISTANT G . BOAD 5 5/5" MET ALJ 1 KIM 6 LIGHT GA BUILT UP BEAM 7 3 5/8" x 20 GA MET AL SI UU WIT H 15/8" I-LANGE. I 6" 0.0. 8 (4) #12- 14 TEK SCREWS 9. 9 12" x 12 GA 1 RACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE 9.20 3 5/8" x 20 GA TRACK WITH I 1/4" FLANGE. 9.21 14 GA. CLIP ANGLE 9.22 8 GA WIRE TIED TO STRUCT. AND COLD ROLLED CHANNEL 9.23 3 5/8' LIGHT GA BUILT UP COLUMN 9.24 6" X 20 GA TRACK W/ I 5/8" FLANGE. 16" O.C. 9.25 2-3/4" WOOD CASING 9.26 PREFINISHED MDF PANEL 9.27 1/4" GYP. BOARD 9.28 1/2" CEMENT BOARD 0.0 SPECIAL] IES 0. I CIRCULAR LOUVRES - LESLIE LOCKE 2"DIA. - #RLSC2 0.2 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY 1 I/4"DIA.x36" SATIN FINISH - 8322-00136 0.3 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY 1 I/4"DIA.x42" SATIN FINISH - 8322-00142 0.4 l ILT MIRROR WITH STAINLESS -5 IEEL-I-RAME -BOBRICK 18" W x 3011- #B-293 1830 0.5 PAPER 1 OWEL DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNT ED I I "Wx 15 5/ 16"1x4"D - 250-15 0.6 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED 141 m ;f SINGLE ROLL - 5084 0.7 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED 8"Wx1 I I/2"1 -1x 0.8 SOAP DISPENSER -BRADLEY 24 FL. OZ. -6501 0.9 TOWEL DISPENSER - BOBRICK B-253 0.10 GRAB BAR - BRADLtY I I /4"UTA.x l 8" SATIN FINISH - 8322-001 18 0. I I EXIST ING MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN 0.12 EXISTING MALL FLOOR SLAB TO REMAIN 0.13 -EXIST ING MALL FLOUR 1 ILE 10 REMAIN 0.14 MULTI -DIRECTIONAL ROLLING CASTOR 0.15 .080 ALUM. CAbINEI FACE W/ SEMI- GLOSS BLACK FINISH -PAINT INTERIOR OF CABINET WHITE 0.16 INSULAILU UKAIN COVER 0.19 ALUMINUM CABINET: .063 ALUMINUM W/ SL T:GLOSS BLACK I-INISH 0.20 BACK PANEL PIANO HINGE FOR SERVICE ACCESS 0.21 1/4" 1 tMPERED GLAZING 0.22 HELZBERG GRAPHIC 0.23 HELZBERG PROMISE SIGN 0.24 STOREFRONT SIGN - RE: SIGN DRAWINGS 0.25 FULL LENGTH MIRROR: BOBRICK - 60"x20", B-290 2060 0.26 24"1-1 x 36"W SHELF, SCREWS TO WALL ON TOP OF SAFES 0.27 CUSIUM AWNING 4 m m 1' m'p m .0 EQUIPMENT .1 SALES DISPLAY CASES CON] RAC.1 UR TO LAY OUT .2 DIAMOND ROOM DESK AND CHAIRS .3 O1-HCE DESK WITH S1 ORAGE .4 DIAMOND ROOM CABINET .5 JEWLffKITS ROOM FLOOR SAFE .6 NOT USED .7 GOLD CASES W/ STORAGE - ELEC. CONNECTION BY G.C. .13 LARGE STORAGE SAFE 35 I /2"Dx43"Wx72" I1 (4,4241125 . 13a SMALL STORAGE SAFE 25"Wx30 I /2"Dx42"H (1,779 lbs) .14 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx48"W .15 51OKAG SHELVES I2"Dx36"W .16 LAYAWAY CABINET AND FAX SHELF WITH STORAGE AND LA 4' I •.x' w .17 NOT USED .18 PLASMA 1.V. m "11'5•1' m No m 15.0 MECHANICAL (REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) 5•r 16.0 16.1 ELEC1kICALKt1-tXtNCE ELECT KICAL DRAWINGS) SECURITY EQUIPMENT IIISC ENED cliff c*,,r-TtAaantA 'JAN 0 7 20131 PERMIT CENT;: no loverarchitect 0 Co CO Y cc a_ Z cc W 0 0 0 h W F- W Z W J J a) THIS DRAWING hos been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision os an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project, All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments psed for any port of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architects services ore undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obtgatian is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of arty other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is o single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may offecl the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all lows, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities hoeing jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if opplicoble, Do nal start Work untl all permits and required approvals are obtained, VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work instated by others constitutes acceptance of that Work,,and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to fn'dlr face of a material unless otherwise indcoled. CACUTATE d t ci ensors - CO NOT SCN.E drawings Urias otherwise Erected. p r o j e c t t i t l e J .o _J 11K VD 0C1 cn � N c<3 N0 L11 z! ISL Z .I ()(-)L JE 9 ac, ccs) cf)N p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal d r a w i n g t i t l e DEMOLITION PLAN d r a w i n g n u m b e r 0 52'-4" 1 52'-0 1/4" V.I.F. LEASE LINE TO GYP. BD. NOTE: I . ALL DIMENSIONS TO L SELINE OR COLUMN LINE UNLESS OTHERWISE N TED. 2. UPON COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION THE G.C. MUST VERIFY THE OVE LL DIMENSIONS AND AREA OF THE SPACE AND FAX A CONFIRMATION COPY OF THIS DRAWING TO THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE. 0 N 4'-4" 12'-0 3/4" I I '- I I 1 /4" U m 1 1'- 0 m 0 w w 0 113/4" 12'-0 1/2" V.I.F. ✓ \ ► 5 V.I.F. 38'-4" V.I.P. V.I.F. FO V.I.F. 14'-0" V.I.F. • 1' o U v- > LAYOUT DIAGRAM SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" - 113/4" 8'-5" HOLD NOT USED SCALE: NOTES: I . UPON COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION, THE G.C. MUST VERIFY THE OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND AREA OF THE SPACE AND FAX A CONFIRMATION COPY OF THIS DRAWING TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. (RE: PROJECT DIRECTORY). 2. G.C. TO VERIFY WITH LANDLORD BEFORE BIDDING IF ANY FIREPROOFING AND OR SMOKE EVACUATION SYSTEM IS REQUIRED. THE G.C. IS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL DRAFT STOP MATERIAL SUCH AS DRYWALL, FRAMING MATERIAL, FOAM SEALANT, ETC. PER THE LANDLORD AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS AT G.C. EXPENSE. 3. G.C. TO BUILD STOREFRONT SOFFIT UP TO EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD 4. WALL TYPE DESIGNATION EXTENDS TO NEAREST PERPENDICULAR WALL SURFACE. IF THERE ARE ANY QUESTIONS, CONTACT THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION 5. G.C. TO REFER TO THE FIXTURE PLAN AND LAY OUT ALL CASES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION OF THE WALLS. NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REP. OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 6. G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL TYPE ABC 10 LD. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL. 7. DIMENSIONS ARE NOTED FROM FACE OF FINISHED WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 8. G.C. TO PREP ALL EXISTING WALLS THAT REMAIN FOR NEW FINISHES. 9. RE: A420 FOR STRUCTURAL FRAMING DETAILS. 10, G.C. TO PATCH AND REPAIR ANY PENETRATIONS IN THE DEMISING WALL TO ENSURE A 1 -HR FIRE RATING. I I . RE A6 I 0 FOR WALL TYPES 12. ALL KEY STATIONS FOR ROLLING GRILLES ARE TO BE ON INTERIOR OF STORE COOaD. WITH FIXTURE WORK BRIDAL ROOM 1-1/2" FURRING CHANNEL DIAMOND ROOM 7A410 3A500 I2A410 5A4001 WORK AREA SALES AREA TOILET ROOM 2'-4 1/2" 2'-I 1/4" r 'ftW4wS45zPAmmm AdA4 ”wmmwAAk. IIA400 IA500 9A400 5A400 SIM. 6A400 I'- I 1/2" NOTE: /2" NOTE: I . DIMENSIONS ARE TO FINISH FACE OF WALL 2. RE: I I A100 FOR LEASE LINE DIMENSIONS GENERAL NOTES SCALE: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 18 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION FLOOR FLAN SCALE: 1/4" = I -0" REFERENCE NOTE: NOT ALL KEYNOTES USED O DESCRIPTION FURNISH INSTALL Z Z lU . J. z I.0 GtNLI<AL SEE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION I 2.0 SITE WORK SEE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION 2 4 DEMOLITION NOTES 3.0 CONCRt1 s 3. I WATCH CONCRETE SLAB @ PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL AS REQ'D 4.0 MASONRY 4. I PATCH 4 REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO MALL TILE OR WALL MASONRY AS REQ'D. 5.0 METALS 5. I EXISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN - GC TO VERIFY IN FIELD 5.2 3 5/8" STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUD 5.3 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUD 5.4 STYLMARK DIVIDER # 120064 5.5 1 5/8" COLD ROLLED CHANNEL 5.6 I'W x 3/4"D x 96"L BLACK METAL REVEAL 111104 5.7 1/8" ALUMN. EDGING ANGLE 5.8 5TYLMARK J -MOLD #120041 no 5.9 STYLMARK 135° COLUMN TRIM #120066 5. I 0 STYLMARK WALLMARKER HEAD # 110360 ied 5. I I STYLMARK WALLMARKER SILL AND ANCHOR #1 1048 I 5.12 STYLMARK 90° COLUMN TRIM # 120065 5.13 ALUMINUM TRANSPARENCY FRAME. 5.14 (2) STYLMARK CAM LOCK TOP AND BOTTOM #510199 5.15 1 4X1/8 DIVIDER 0 5.16 SCHLUTER STRIP RENOU-V 5.17 SCHLUTER. STRIP RENOU-U 5.15 DOUBLE "C" JOIST HEAD 4X 12 GA. 5.19 SCHLUTER STRIP RENO -TK 6.0 rARPENTRY 6. I FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING 6.2 3/4" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD 6.3 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING FOR EXISTING CASE ROLLING ASSEMBLY. TIE ALL CASTORA55EMBLIES IN A SINGLE CASE RUN TOGETHER FOR LATERAL STIFFNESS. 6.4 2x8 FIRE TREATED DOUBLE STUD HEADER 6.5 3/4" HDWD. FRAME W/ 1/2"x I -1/2" STOP, PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE 6.6 I/2"xI 1/2" HARD WOOD MOULDING 6.10 I x4 WOOD TRIM PIECE 6.1 I 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD W/ NON-ABRASIVE 1/4" CUSHION BACKING 6.12 1/4" SHIM guici1/2" MDF 7.0 THERMAL 4 MOISTURE PROTECTION 7. I 4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY SECURED TO KICKERS 7.2 4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY TO COVER EXISTING MALL TILE 7.3 LACK NEOPRENE 7.4 NOT USED 7.5 NOT USED 7.6 3M VHB DOUBLE COATED ACRYLIC FOAM, #494 I 7.7 8"x3/8"x3" NEOPRENE PAD 8.0 DOORS * WINDOWS 5. I 1/2" TEMPERED CLEAR GLAZING 8.6 OVERHEAD GRILLE AND TUBE STEEL SUPPORT 8.7 HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME 8.8 3/4" x 3/4" ALUM. TRACK FASTENED TO PLYWOOD 9.0 FINISHES 9. I I /2" GYP. BD. 9.2 5/8" GYP. BD. 9.3 5/8" TYPE "X"GYP. BD. (COMPLIES W/ ASTM C36) 9.4 6" METAL STUDS 16" O.C. (MAX.) OR AS NOTED 9.5 3 5/8" METAL STUDS, 16" O.C.MAX.', OR AS NOTED 9.6 2 1/2" METAL STUDS, 16" O.C. MAX. 9.7 I 5/8" METAL STUDS 16" O.C. OR AS NOTED 9.9 7/8" HATEP CHANNEL EG TRACT, 24 O.C. ( AX.), MAX.„bR AS NOTED , OR AS NOTED 9.10 6" WIDE "STAY LONG TAPE" (BLUE) INSTALLED AT LEASE LINE 9.1 I 3-5/8" SLIP TRACK 9.12 SEALANT AND BACKER ROD 5 9.13 8" METAL STUDS 12" O.C. (MAX.) 9.14 3/8" WATER RESISTANT GYP. BOARD 9.15 5/8" METAL J 1 KIM 9.16 LIGHT GA BUILT UP BEAM 9.17 ,3 5/8" x 20 GA METAL STUD WITH 1 5/8" FLANGE. 16" O.C. 9.18 (4) # 12- 14 TM -SCREWS 9.19 1 2" x 12 GA TRACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE 9.20 3 5/8" x 20 GA TRACK WITH I I/4" FLANGE. 9.21 14 GA. CLIP ANGLE 9.22 8 GA WIRE TIED TO STRUCT. AND COLD ROLLED CHANNEL 9.23 3 5/8" LIGHT GA BUILT UP COLUMN 9.24 6" X 20 GA TRACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE. 16" O.C. 9.25 2-3/4" WOOD CASING 9.26 rREFINISHED MDF PANEL 9.27 1/4" GYP. BOARD 9.28 1/2" CEMENT BOARD 10.0 ,SPECIALTIES 10. I CIRCULAR LOUVRES - LESLIE LOCKE 2"DIA. #RLSC2 10.2 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY I I/4"DIA.x36" SATIN FINISH - 8322-00136 10.3 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY I 1/4"DIA.x42" SATIN FINISH - 8322-00142 10.4 TILT MIRROR WITH STAINLESS STEEL FRAME -BOBRICK 18" W x 3011 - #5-293 1830 10.5 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED I I "Wx 15 5/ 16"Hx4"D - 250-15 10.6 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED SINGLE ROLL - 5084 10.7 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED 8"Wx I I I/2"Hx 10.8 SOAP DISPENSER - BRADLEY 24 FL. OZ. -6501 10.9 TOWEL DISPENSER - BOBRICK B-253 10. I U'GRAB BAR - BRADLEY I I /4"DIA.x 18" SATIN FINISH - 8322-001 18 10. I I EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN 10.12 EXISTING MALL FLOOR SLAB TO REMAIN 10.13 EXIST ING MALL FLOOR TILE 10 REMAIN 10.14 MULTI -DIRECTIONAL ROLLING CAST OR 10.15 .080 ALUM. CABINET FACE W/ SEMI- es GLOSS BLACK FINISH -PAINT INTERIOR OF CABINET WHITE 10.16 INSULATED DRAIN COVER 10.19 ALUMINUM CABINET: .063 ALUMINUM W/ SEMI -GLOSS BLACK FINISH la XI 10.20 BACK PANEL PIANO HINGE FOR SERVICE ACCESS 10.2 I 1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING 10.22 �HELZBERG GRAPHIC S 10.23 HEIZBERG PROMISE SIGN 10.24 STOREFRONT SIGN - RE: SIGN DRAWINGS 10.25 FULL LENGTH MIRROR: BOBRICK - 60"x20" B-290 2060 10.26 24"H x 36"W SHELF, SCREWS TO WALL ON 'TOP OF SAFES 10.27 CUSTOM AWNING a 11.0 EQUIPMENT I I . I SALES DISPLAY CASES CONTRACTOR TO LAY OUT I I.2 DIAMOND ROOM DESK AND CHAIRS I I.3 OFFICE DESK WITH STORAGE I I.4 DIAMOND ROOM CABINET I I.5 JEWELER'S ROOM FLOOR SAFE a I I.6 NOT USED S I I.7 GOLD CASES W/ STORAGE - ELEC. CONNECTION BY G.C. 11.13 LARGE STORAGE SAFE 35 I /2"Dx43"Wx72"H 4 424 lbs) I I.13a SMALL STORAGE SAFE 25"Wx30 I /2"Dx42"H (1,779 lbs) 11.14 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx48"W wa 11.15 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx36"W 11.16 LAYAWAY CABINET AND FAX SHELF WITH STORAGE S AND LATERAL FILE 20"d x 42"w 11.17 NOT USED 11.18 PLASMA T.V. 15.0 MECHANICAL (REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) S 16.0 ELECTRICAL (REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) 16.1 SECURITY EQUIPMENT REcaniED COT" or: Tt p hate, 4, .IA V 0 7 1013 f CENTk I O T CD (0 co cc IZ Z W 0 • O o W Lu Z W J O J LO rn O THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision os an instrument of service and is intended far use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHRECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments psed for any part of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architect s services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Foibre to review and integrate the design intent of the while of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing o complete Project. COMPLY WITH all lows, codes, ardinonces and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if op Dcoble. Do not start Work unit all permits and required approvals ore obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of o material or equipment item to Work instated by others constitutes acceptance of that Work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DRIENSONS SHOWN ore to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated. CALCOIATE & MEASURE dmesiom - DO NOT SCkE droiags udess °Itemise drected, p r o j e c t t i t l e 0 _J Q w CSO• a WLo a- C° N4212°2 =1°( NR`&11-3R- CD(,)6:5 Wcr;--)-E.-'1 �tn O� 0 (f„ " p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal d r a w i n g t i t l e FLOOR PLAN d r a w i n g n u m b e r I . SPECIAL EMPHASIS SHOULD BE GIVEN TO PROTECT SALES AREA FROM BOTH DIRT AND HAZARD. REFER TO DIVISION 1, SECTION 01000 - PROTECTION OF FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT. 2. G.C. TO LAY OUT THE ENTIRE STORE (WALLS, CASES, CEILING, FIXTURES, ETC.) PRIOR TO STARTING ANY CONSTRUCTION. IF THERE ARE ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE LAYOUT AND THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, CONTACT THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IMMEDIATELY. NOTE: NOT ALL CASES MAY BE USED SC -01 REFERENCE BF -1 BRIDAL FILLER (0" OF DISPLAY) LOOSE FIXTURE LOOSE FIXTURE (1'-0" OF DISPLAY) (ILO" OF DISPLAY) SHOWCASE FIXTURE (4'-0" OF DISPLAY) TOWER (I'-0" OF DISPLAY) LOOSE FIXTURE (30'-0" OF DISPLAY) 3. WHEN LAYING OUT CASES, G.C. TO ACCOUNT FOR AN "EP" END PANEL WHEREVER A CASE MEETS A WALL OR COLUMN. THERE ARE TWO "EP" END PANELS WHERE A STANDARD CASE MEETS THE HANDICAP CASE. 4. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF LARGE SAFES PRIOR TO FINISHING FRAMING OF SALES AREA. 5. RE: SHEET A5 I 0 FOR RESTROOM FIXTURE DETAILS. G. RE: SHEET A420 FOR RESTROOM STRUCTURAL DETAILS. 7. SECURE ALL STORAGE SHELVING TO WALLS. 8. UPON COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION, THE G.C. MUST VERIFY THE OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND AREA OF THE SPACE AND FAX A CONFIRMATION COPY OF THIS DRAWING TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 9. G.C. TO COORDINATE EXACT TYPE AND LOCATION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WITH LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL. 10. OBTAIN FROM OWNER TEMPLATES AND VERIFY CASEWORK MEASUREMENTS IMMEDIATELY UPON RECEIPT OF MANUFACTURER'S DRAWINGS. DISPLAY CASE TEMPLATES SHALL BE TAPED TO FLOOR AND PERMANENTLY OUTLINED IN ORDER TO LOCATE CEILING LIGHTS, STOREFRONT COLUMNS AND WALLS. COORDINATE WI OWNER TO REVIEW ENTIRE STORE BEFORE INSTALLATION OF WALLS. BRIDAL CASE (2'-0" OF DISPLAY) 5C-03 SP -3(L) SHOWCASE FIXTURE (I'-0" OF DISPLAY) STANDARD CASE (3-0" OF DISPLAY) LOOSE FIXTURE LOOSE FIXTURE (2'-0" OF DISPLAY) (16'4" OF DISPLAY) SP -4(L) P-1OIM LOOSE FIXTURE (30'-0" OF DISPLAY) BRIDAL CASE (3'-0" OF DISPLAY) SHOWCASE FIXTURE (1'-0" OF DISPLAY) STANDARD CASE (4'-0" OF DISPLAY) LOOSE FIXTURE (191-G" OF DISPLAY) SP -5(L) BR -4(L) P- 102C SC -0G BRIDAL CASE (4'-0" OF DISPLAY) STANDARD CASE (5'-0" OF DISPLAY) LW-4(LL) BR -5 (L) SHOWCASE FIXTURE ( 8'-0" OF DISPLAY) LOW -WALL FIXTURE (4'-0" OF DISPLAY) LOOSE FIXTURE (19'4" OF DISPLAY) PH PAD® ER BRIDAL CASE (5'-0" OF DISPLAY) SC -07 LW-5(LL) MR -ST MIRROR STANDING LOOSE FIXTURE (12-0" OF DISPLAY) , SHOWCASE FIXTURE (4'-0" OF DISPLAY) LOW -WALL FIXTURE (5'-0" OF DISPLAY) NOT USED GENERAL NOTES CASE LEGEND SCALE: SCALE: I A700 SECURITY MONITOR LW-4(LL) SIGNAGE FILLER 9__ I BRIDAL ROOM BRIDAL 105 50 LF BR -4(L) - MR 13R -4(L) 5R -4(L) BR -4(L) MR 5R -4(L) BR -4(L) V IOA700 DIAMOND ROOM ELECTRIC PANEL SALES AREA P -3(L) K SP -4(L) FILLER SP -5(L) FILLER "HELZDERG DIAMONDS" SIGNAGE LOCATION @ FRONT OF SHOWCASE "HELZBERG DIAMONDS" SIGNAGE LOCATION @ FRONT OF SHOWCASE I'-6" GATES EY CASE 3'11 1/4" LI H TOILET I i / ROOM H i k 103 H e.. a u.,... u..... e...... It i 1P� a,WA9Y,„,dPdhh5 1'-6" GA700 TYP. FILLER SP -5(L) i'- SP -5(L) FILLER "HELZBERG DIAMONDS" SIGNAGE LOCATION @ FRONT OF SHOWCASE "HELZBERG DIAMONDS" SIGNAGE LOCATION @ FRONT OF SHOWCASE Q NOTE: G. C. TO PROVIDE $500 ALLOWANCE FOR SHELVING IN WORK AREA. COORDINATE WITH OWNER. "HELZBERG DIAMONDS" SIGNAGE LOCATION @ FRONT OF SHOWCASE SCALE: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED ' JAN 18 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION NOTE: ALL FIXTURES, SHOWCASES, CASHWRAPS, SACK ISLANDS, 4 MILLWORK TO BE COORDINATED WITH FIXTURE MANUFACTURER FIXTURE PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = I'-0" 1.0 \GtNtNAL DESCRIPTION SEE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION I 2.0 511E WORK NOTE: NOT ALL KEYNOTES USED SEE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION 2 $ DEMOLITION NOTES 3.0 CONCRETE 3. I -PATCH CONCRETE SLAB @ PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL AS REQ'D 4.0 ASONRY 4. I 'ATCH 4 REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO MALL 1 ILE OR WALL \1ASONRY AS REQ'D. 5.0 METALS 5. I EXISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN - GC TO VERIFY IN FIELD 5.2 3 5/8" Si RUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUD 5.3 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUD 5.4 STYLMARK DIVIDER # 120064 5.5 1 5/8" COLD ROLLED CHANNEL 5.6 1'W x 3/4"D x 96"L BLACK METAL REVEAL 5.7 1/8" ALUMN, EDGING ANGLE 5.8 'STYLMARK J -MOLD #120041 5.9 STYLMARK 135° COLUMN TRIM #120066 5 ER -HEAD # I 10360 5. I I STYLMARK WALLMARKER SILL AND ANCHOR #1 1048 I 5.12 STYLMARK 90° COLUMN 1 KIM # 120065 5.10 Y•y r v. 5 13 ALUMINUM TRANSPARENCY FRAME. 5.14 (2) STYLMARK CAM LOCK 10P AND BOTTOM #510199 5.15 I/4X1/8 DIVIDER 5.16 SCHLUTERSTRIP RENOU-V 5.17 SCHLUTER STRIP RENOU-U 5.18 'DOUBLE "C" JOIST HEAD 4X 12 GA. FURNISH O INSTALL Q CD e- a z z cj i-: 6.0 CARPEN1 KY G. I FIRE TREA 6.2 -3/4" FIRE 1 REAL ED PLYWOOD 6.3 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING FOR EXISTING CASE ROLLING ASSEMBLY. TIt ALL CASTOR ASgEMBLIES IN A SINGLE CASE RUN TOGETHER FOR LATERAL STIFFNESS. ass 6.4 2x8 FIRE 1REATED DOUBLE 51UD HEADER 6.5 3/4" HDWD. FRAME W/ I/2"x I - I /2" STOP, PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE 6.6 I/2"xI 1/2" HARD WOOD MOULDING 6.10 I x4 WOOD 1 RIM PIECE 6. I 1 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD W/ NON-ABRASIVE 1/4" CUSHION BACKING 6.12 I/4" SHIM 6.13 I/2" MDF 7.0 `THERMAL 4 MOISTURE PROTECTION 7. I 4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY SECURED TO KICKERS 7.2 4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY TO COVER EXISTING MALL TILE 7.4 \JBOT USED 7.3 LACK NEOPRENE 7.5 OT USED 7.6 M VHS DOUBLE COATED ACRYLIC FOAM, #494 I 7.7 8"x3/8"x3" NEOPRENE PAD Wirt 8.0 DOORS 4 WINDOWS 8.1 1/2" TEMPERED CLEAR GLAZING 8.6 OVERHEAD GRILLE AND TUBE STEEL SUPPORT 8.7 HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME 113 8.8 3/4" x 3/4" ALUM. TRACK FASTENED TO PLYWOOD 9.0 FINISHES 9. I 1/2" GYP. BD. 9.2 5/8" GYP. BD. 9.3 5/8" TYPE "X"GYP. BD. (COMPLIES W/ ASTM C36) 9.4 6" METAL STUDS 16" O.C.MAX.) OR AS NOTED 9.5 3 5/8" METAL STUDS, 16" .C.MAX.), OR AS NOTED 9.6 2 1/2" METAL STUDS 16" O.C. MAX.), OR AS NOTED 9.7 1 5/8" METAL STUDS' 16" O.C. MAX. OR AS NOTED 9.8 5.9 718" HAT EP LCHHANNEL TTRACE; 24" O.C. (MAX.),XbR AS NOTED 9.10 6" WIDE 'STAY LONG TAPE" (SLUE) INSTALLED AT LEASE LINE 9.1 13-5/8" SLIP 1}4N -CK 9.12 SEALANT AND BACKER ROD 9.13 5" Mt. IAL51UD5 12" O.C. (MAX.) 9.14 318" WATER RESISTANT GYP. BOARD 9.15 5/8" MET AL J WJM 9.16 LIGHT GA BUILT UP BEAM 9.17 3 5/8" x 20 GA METAL 51 UD WIT H 157&TTANGL. 16" O.C. 9.18 (4) #I2- 14 TEK SCREWS 9.19 12" x 12 GA TRACK W/ 15/8" FLANGE 9.20 3 5/8" x 20 GA TRACK WITH I 1/4" FLANGE. 9.2 I 14 GA. CLIP ANGLE 9.22 8 GA WIRE TIED TO STRUCT. AND COLD ROLLED CHANNEL 9.23 3 5/8" LIGHT GA BUILT UP COLUMN 9.24 6" X 20 GA TRACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE. 16' O.C. 9.25 2-3/4" WOOD CASING 9.26 PREFINISHED MDF PANEL 9.27 1/4" GYP. BOARD 9.28 1/2" CEMENT BOARD as 10.0 SPECIALTTE5 10.1 CIRCULAR LOUVRES - LESLIE LOCKE 2"DIA. - #RLSC2 10.2 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY 1 I/4"DIA.x36" SATIN FINISH - 8322-00136 10.3 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY 1 I/4"DIA.x42" -5A1 IN FINISH - 8322-00142 HO 10.4 TILT MIRROR WITH STAINLESS STEEL FRAME-BOBRICK 18" W x 30"H - #5-293 1830 10.5 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED I I "Wx 15 5/ 16"11x4"D - 250-15 10.6 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED SINGLE ROLL - 5084 10.7 SANITARY NAPKIN DI51-U 'AL - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNT ED 8"Wx I I I /2"Hx 10.8 SOAP DISPENSER - BRADLEY 24 FL. OZ. -6501 10.9 TOWEL DISPENSER - BOBRICK 5-253 10.10 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY I I /4"DIA.x 18" SATIN FINISH - 8322-001 18 10. I I EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN 10.12 'EXISTING MALL FLOOR SLAB 10 REMAIN I0.13 EXISTING MALL fWORIILE TO REMAIN 10.14 MULTI -DIRECTIONAL ROLLING CASTOR 10.15 .080 ALUM. CABINET FACE W/ SEMI- GLOSS BLACK FINISH -PAINT INTERIOR OF CABINET WHITE 10.16 INSULATED DRAIN COVER LU! 10.19 ALUMINUM CABINET: .063 ALUMINUM W/ MI SEMI -GLOSS SLACK FINISH 10.20 BACK PANEL PIANO HINGE FOR SERVICE ACCESS gg 10.2 I 1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING 10.22 HELZBERG GRAPHIC 10.23 HELZBERG PROMISE SIGN 10.24 STOREFRONT SIGN - RE: SIGN DRAWINGS 10.25 FULL MIRROR:10.26 2411 xENGTH 36"W SHELF, SCREWSICK TO WALL OON"- TOP OFF SAO EOS 10.27 CUSTOM AWNING MI 11.0 EQUIPMENT I I . I SALES DISPLAY CASES CONTRACTOR TO LAY OUT I I.2 DIAMOND ROOM DESK AND CHAIRS 11.3 OFFICE DESK WITH STORAGE UM I 1.4 DIAMOND ROOM CABINET I I.5 JEWELER'S ROOM FLOOR SAFE 11.6 NOT USED I I.7 GOLD CASES W/ STORAGE - ELEC. CONNECTION BY G.C. 11.13 LARGE STORAGE SAFE 35 I /2"Dx43"Wx72" H (4,424 lbs) I I .13a SMALL STORAGE SAFE 25"Wx30 I /2"Dx42"H (1,779 lbs) 11.14 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx48"W MI 11.15 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx36"W 11.16 LAYAWAY CABINET AND FAX SHELF WITH STORAGE u; AND LATERAL FILE 20"d x 42"w 11.17 NOT USED 1 1.18 PLASMA T.V. ®s<<::;. 15.0 MECHANICAL (REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) 16.0 ELECTRICAL (REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) . 16.1 SECURITY EQUIPMENT AWED/ED ( VTV OF'rf.lo4W4..A JAN 0 7 20131 FERE T CFL f Ir:o- THIS DRAWING hos been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as on instrument of service and is intended far use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments ysed for ony port of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architects services ore undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity, RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of an integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions o1 the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described, Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ardinonces and regulations with outhorilies having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work ung all permits and required approvals are obtained, VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation, DIUENSI@IS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indcated, CALCULATE & UEA41RE 6nwnsiors - CO NOT SERE dro+rngs unless uthersibe drecled, p r o j e c t t i t l e gli _! 44( w 2L.°ccii (NIL --2 u'izc! w.� ' O wZWr:1---= ,_ 12(,) 15 r), 0 o 0 co CP) N p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal d r a w i n g tit l e FIXTURE PLAN d r a w i n g n u m b e r NOTUSED I NOT USD RE RE N V NOTE: NOT ALL L KEYNOTES USED O NOTE:FURNISH ouj INSTALL I. ALL ATTIC STOCK TO BE LABELED AND STORED ABOVE RESTROOM. 2. REFERENCE DRAWING 4A410 FOR INTERIOR BASE DETAIL. 3. ALL CARPET IS TO BE INSTALLED BY THE G.C. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND SUPERVISE THIS INSTALLATION TO INSURE THAT A FIRST CLASS JOB I5 ACHIEVED. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR I5 ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR CREATING AND ADMINISTERING A CARPET INSTALLATION PUNCHLIST. 4. G.C. TO PATCH ALL AREAS WHERE FLOOR I5 NOT LEVEL OR TRUE PRIOR TO FLOORING INSTALLATION W/ AN UNDERLAYMENT MATERIAL. FLOOR SHALL BE LEVEL TO 1/4" IN 10' 0". 5. G.C. TO VERIFY APPROPRIATE METHOD OF LEVELING TENANT FLOORING W/ MALL FLOORING. ANY REQUIRED ADDITION TO OR REMOVAL FROM THE MALL FLOOR SLAB SHALL BE ACCOUNTED FOR IN THE BID. G. IF SPACE IS ON AN UPPER LEVEL OF A MALL A WATERPROOF MEMBRANE MUST BE INSTALLED ON RESTROOM FLOOR. THE MEMBRANE MUST BE COMPATIBLE WITH FLOOR TILE AND GROUT, AND MUST EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 6" UP WALL. 7. G.C. TO VERIFY ALL CONTROL 4 EXPANSION JOINT LOCATIONS 4 PROVIDE UNDERLAYMENT BENEATH THE TILE WHICH ALLOWS FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF THE JOINT WITHOUT AFFECTING THE TENANTS TILE. 8. G.C. TO VERIFY ACTUAL TILE DIMENSIONS (21" X I 3") AND MAINTAIN GROUT SPACING OF: 1/4" ON FLOOR TILE > AND I/8" ON WALL TILE m 0z1 DESCRIPTIONQ na-26'• o o Q w-66 1.0 GtNtI<AL SEE SPECIFICATION5, DIVISION z 2.0 SITE WORK SEE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION 2 4 DEMOLITION NOTES 3.0 CONCRETE 3.1 PATCH CONCRETE SLAB @ PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL Tom: 4 MECHANICAL AS REQ'D 4,0 MASONRY 4.1 PATCH It REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO MALL TILE OR WALL #NI` lin MASONRY AS REQ'D. 5.0 METALS '-:7 ,- 5. I G STRUCTURE TO REMAIN - GC TO VERIFY IN FIELD rwi 5.2 3 5/8" 5/8" STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUD 5.3 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUD tri: 5.4 STYLMARK DIVIDER # 120064 m ",„, imli 5.5 1 5/8" COLD ROLLED CHANNEL 5.6 1"W x 314"D x 96"L BLACK METAL REVEAL ®-; 5.7 1/8" ALUMN, EDGING ANGLE Aai: 5.8 -STYLMARK STYLMAKK J -MOLD # 12004 I®'"' s 5.9 135° COLUMN TRIM #120066 m ,- 5. 10 STYLMARK WALLMARKER HEAD # I 10360 m f 5.1 I STYLMARK WALLMARKER SILL AND ANCHOR # I 1048 I m w <> 1* 5.12 S1YLMAKK 90° COLUMN TRIM # 120065 111' II 5.13 ALUMINUM TRANSPARENCY FRAME. m NOT USED 8 (2) STYLMARK CAM LOCK 10P AND BOTTOM #5 10199 m GENERAL NOTES � 55.14 .15 )//4X1/8 DIVIDER 5.16 SCHLUTER Si RIP RENOU-V iii gpr SCALE: SCALE: SCALE: 5.17 ,SCHLUTER STRIP RENOU-U lea far: SCALE: SCALE= NTS '5. 5.18 DOUBLE "C" JOIST HEAD 4X12 GA. , * .0 '116.3 INTERIOR MATERIALS FRAMINGG Interior wall and classified in accordance interior finish materials classes in accordance developed indexes. Class A: Flame spread index Class B: Flame spread index Class C: Flame spread index 450. Construction framing cabinetry and plastics material requirements and smoke-developedrw this specific buildings (IBC CHAPTER 603.1.7, ?� FOR WALL AND CEILING AND FINISHES ceiling finish materials shall be with ASTM E 84 or UL 723. Such `a shall be grouped in the following with their flame spread and smoke- 0-25; smoke -developed index 0-450. 26-75; smoke -developed index 0-450._ 76-200; smoke -developed index 0- materials, interior finishes, shall comply with non-combustible or meet self -ignition temperature-'" index as specified in the code for P type of construction classification. 8 & 26) 'I 4 I 9 CHLUTER STRIP RENO-fK 6.0 CARPENTRY . 6.1 FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING Ifi; 6.2 3/4" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD pitI 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING FOR EXISTING ROLLING uaf. CASE S EMBLIESSTIFFINA SINGLE ASSEMBLY. TIE HER RLAASSEMBLIES CASE RUN FOR 6.4 2x8 FIRE 1REATED DOUBLE S1 UD HtADERLI[ iii 6.5 3/4" HDVVD. FRAME W/ 1/2"x I - I /2" STOP, PAINT TO MATCH err ADJACENT SURFACE ` -" 6.6 I/2"xI I/2" HARD WOOD MOULDING >W l 6.10 !x4 WOOD 1kIM f IkGE 'tila 6.1 I 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD W/ NON-ABRASIVE >ra; rmr 1/4" CUSHION BACKING , 6.12 I/4" SHIM >nf; jai 6.13 1/2" MDF tri; % 7.0 THERMAL 4 MOISTURE PROTECTION 7.1 4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY SECURED TO KICKERS poi 7.2 4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY TO COVER EXISTING MALL TILE xmi> 7.3 -NOT BLACK NEOPRENE m :..:: Timit 7.4 USED et tz, 7.5 NOT USED 7.6 3M VHB DOUBLE COATED ACRYLIC FOAM, #4941 7.7 8"x3/8"x3" NEOPRENE PAD i 8.0 DOORS 4 WINDOWS 8.1 1/2" TEMPERED CLEAR GLAZING flrj 8.6 OVERHEAD GRILLE AND TUBE STEEL SUPPORT y ;- m 8.7 'HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME CI 8.8 3/4" x 3/4' ALUM. TRACK FASTENED TO PLYWOOD 9.0 FINISHtS 9.1 1/2" GYP. BD. 9.2 5/8" GYP. BD. fi 9.3 5/8" TYPE "X"GYP. BD. (COMPLIES W/ ASTM C36) Tadf iii; 9.4 6" METAL STUDS 16" O.C. (MAX.) OR AS NOTED ii: tri POL- I ABOVE 9.5 3 5/8" METAL STUDS, 16" O.C. M'AX. , OR AS NOTED w 9.6 2 1/2" METAL STUDS 16" 0.C. MAX. , OR AS NOTED tai AP- I TRIM I ( ( 9.7 1 5/8" METAL STUDS] I C" O.C. MAX. OR AS NOTED T-7 BELOW _ 9.8 7/8" HAT CHANNEL 24" O.C. ( AX.), bR AS NOTED ` Ll. iii �I 1 9.9 8" DEEP LEG TRACE; iii; 9.10 6" WIDE "STAY LUNG IAPE" (BLUE) ,. INSTALLED AT LEASE LINE �� - "T• II } + - - + + �rTlr IL+ + + + + + + �+ + + + �+ + 9.1 13 5/8" SLIP TRACK tIIW1 Ifni �� + + ., 9.12 SEALANT AND BACKER ROD MI II+ +Ili L J + i +� + + II® + + + + + + + + + + + + + +_ =a --r- , + + P�I0AL + + + +�� + +-+M-+-+-g 71:+-4. 9.13 8"Mt1AL51UD5 I2"O.C. MAX.) iMLi! "" +-+ ILS- _ + + r-+gli + + + + + -+ -+ + +ROAM + + + �+ + + +->,..+,+11+ + 9.14 3/8" WATER RESISTANT GYP. BOARD > POL-3 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + c- + • + + + +� +11 + + I + + 9.15 5/8 METAL J T kIM gat • `l. + P 3 P_ + + + ' + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 105 + + + + + + ,+ + +y + � P_ ptioND 9.16 'LIGHT GA BUILT UP BEAM + + + + + + + + + + + + - + FRAM + + + + + + + + + + + + + + -RIM+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +� + + - + +' + +�f R� + / + �+ + + + + + + 9.17 3 5/8" x 20 GA METAL STUD WITH 15/8" FLANGE. 16" O.C. + + + WO I + + + + + + + + + I I t + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + It l� NI t02+ +/ + + 9.18 4 # 12 14 TEK SCREWS fMrl + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +/ + 9.19 12" x 12 GA TRACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE POL-2 L SNC+I + Vi'/C-t � + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 9.20 3 5/8" x 20 GA TRACK WITH I I/4" FLANGE. iwr. • + - t+ -r. + + + + + + + + -+-+ T- I:- +-+ -� + +___+__ + -7-T-7-116x'7-T�-1--T�� .� .�. + + + + +-7-+-+-�-+-+---- --1 + + + + + + + r � + + + ter- + + + 9.21 14 GA. CLIP ANGLE + + I +�� + + 9.22 8 GA WIRE TIED TO STRUCT. AND COLD ROLLED CHANNEL # 1. .(7-=)7 + + 1� + + + + + + + + + + + t + + + + + + + + �`+-'+ + + 1+ +-)1+++++++1+++11++++++++111++++++++1++++++++1++++++ L+-+ + +SII+ + + + 19+ + + + + \ + + + + + 9.23 3 5/8" LIGHT GA BUILT UP COLUMN 9.24 6 X 20 GA TRACK W/ ! 5/8 FLANGE. 16 O.C. tier try (T-5 + + + + 1 A OC} 41 + + + + + + + + + + +-+-+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + +-+ + +-+ + + + + + + ® + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + __ + ± + + + + + + + + + + + ___+ + + + + - + + + + + + + + 4- + + \ �+ + + + + + + 9.25 2-3/4 WOOD CASING 1L mil U--+ . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + WC + 9.26 PREFINISHED MDF PANEL +414+44++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + -1+ 9.27 1/4" GYP. BOARD 2A600 TYP. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +,,,,,4m.+ + +++ +++++ + +S4L S + + + + + + + + + + + + + -1-11+ + + 9.28 1/2" CEMENT BOARD wr + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + AREA+ 4 + + + + + + + + + + ++ + + + + + + - + + + + + +++++++++++++++++++++ + +++++++++(-1,_+ 2' I'-9" `++++++++++++++++++++++++y+++++++++++RFfrf-I- + A2004*,A500-FOR+ ++ 1,01+ ++1++-++ +++++ + + + + + + + + + + +ADDITIONAL FINISH CALL OUTS + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + I I I 10.0 SPECIALTIES + + + + + + + + I I I I I I I 10. I CIRCULAR LOUVRES LESLIE LOCKS 2"DIA. #RLSC2 m + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +� �I + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 1 + + + ANORK + + + + + POL-2 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +C_2 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 10.2 GRAB BAR- BRADLEY I I/4"DIA.x36" "<< + + + + + + + + + + +- + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ARS+ SATIN FINISH - 8322-00136 GM+ + + + + + + ++++++++++++, + ++++++, + + + + + + + + + + + + + A ,0 + - + + + + + C 2+1 F)A5_++++++++++++++++++++++ + + + + + + + + -_ + -4 1104+ + + + I0.3 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY I I/4"DIA.x42" m tau W� + + + + + + + + + + 4.7 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + SATIN FINISH - 8322-00142 - 4- .� + + + + �+ + + + + + + + + I+ +--I + + + + + -'- --y + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + G-2+ + + + - 10.4 TILT MIRROR WITH STAINLESS STEEL FRAME BOBRICK m "`( m"� + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +li��+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + POL-3 + + + + +!1111 + + + + -�I +1 + + + + + + + + + + + ! + + + + + + +MIS + l- + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + + 18" W x 30"H #B 293 1830 i 1d+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + �I + + + + + t +_+_._.+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 10.5 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER -BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED m "' w.1 + + IIS _� -, ql�+� + + + + + + ti- + + + + + +-+ + + + + + + + ++� + + + + + + + + + + + „ I I Wx l 5 5/ 16 Hx4 D - 250-15 AP'141+++++++++++++++++1+++++++++++ +` +- + + + + + + + + + ++4+4A+++++++, alll + + + + + ++++++++++++++1++++14+ + y/yC_ t + + + + I + + 10.6 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED m+ + I 1 +++++++++ + + + + 4.4.14.4. + + + + + �- I + + - SINGLE ROLL - 5084 + + + + 1tl + + + +1++ + + + + + + + 1+ + + + + + + + + I+ + 1-t + + + + + + - + + + + 4-++ +I ++++++++++++++++7 + + + + +I + +I I+ + + + + + II -I + + + + + + + +1++ +11 + + +:: ......,q I0.7 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL - BRADLEY ® II + 4-++++++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + -+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + SURFACt MOUNTED 8"Wx I I I /2"Hx POL- I ABOVE . + +III + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 1 1+1 1+ + + + + + + + + +I + +I I + + + :: IIIIII,III IIIIII RESTROOM FINISH MATERIALS 10.8 SOAP DISPENSER - BRADLEY 24 FL. OZ. -6501 m _ API TRIM + + II + +11 + I + + + + + + + + + + + + + + �_+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + -� + + + + + + + + + -� � + + + + t + + (� + + + + + -+ + -_ +++++++++++ + + + + + + I + +I 1 + + + + PROVIDED AND f N INSTALLED 10.9 TOWEL DISPENSER - BOBRICK B 253 m r .:.. ��/ _, opera: 10. I 0 GRAB DAR - BRADLEY I I /4"DIA.x 18" ® poi; T 7 BELOW I- ffi 1 I 1� '� �' 1111 BY THE G.C. SATIN FINISH - 8322-001 18 t II �- 'I • + �+ W +++4-11++++1++++++++++++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + I I+ + , + + + + + + + ' I ID„ 10.1 1 EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN m + + ++++++ I + + + + + I I + + + + + + �1 + + + + + +-- + + + -- ��'I� ��Q�� .' II 10.12 EXISTING MALL FLOOR SLAB TO REMAIN m r !I +I + +-2+ gA + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + I I + I I+ + Bp�E+ + + + 1 + !! 'I I U. 13 EXIST LNG MALL FLOOR TILE TO REMAIN m "> C T-7 + + 1 It- 1 + + + + - + + , + +11 + + + + + + ` + + + + I + + +1+111+ + 11+ • I + + + ll Lt 1 i � 10.14 MULTI DIRECTIONAL ROLLING CASTOR : + ! + ! + + + + + + 11+ + 11+ + t 11 + + l 10.15 .080 ALUM. CABINET FACE W/ SEMI- m "I<< ;; (T-5) y T T T T + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 1+ + + 14 �'� + + + + + + + +III+ + 11+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + GLOSS BLACK FINISH -PAINT INTERIOR OF CABINET WHITE fi I4i _- ; ++++++%+++++1++++14 .Ili 1� 10.16 INSULATED DRAIN COVER m + + + + 4- 1114- + p+ + + + + +- + + + -..----1-.4-1.L+ + + +++++ + %';;� ■„"I"" 10.19 ALUMINUM CABINET: 063 ALUMINUM W/ m + + - + + + + -� i.+- + + + + + �7 + + + + + ++1+++++++++++++4,- -4+-.A. + + -4 + + + + %'4• - �- - - SEMI -GLOSS BLACK FINISH � \ , Al ,, '%,�„lt,,,, 10.20 BACK PANEL PIANO HINGE FOR SERVICE A I ACCESS m :<;., m > + + - - + + + �- + + + + + + + + + + + + + '--1-j-1- + + + + + + ,,,,,,,,,,,,..,.,,, ,,,,,,, ,,,,,, "1 i " + + _,:-4.-1-_+++++++4r4+4+++,_+4.4-4.4-, + + + + .4c++++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + �__ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + I- + + + + + + + + + + + . t- + + + + + + + + VW- 10.21 1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING iii 10.22 HEl1BERG GRAPHIC m 2 I -9 + 1+ + + + + + + + + + + + + i_ �� + + + + + + + + + + + + 10.23 HELZBERG PROMISE SIGN Ar 4++1++++++++++++++1t+++11++++++++++++++ +++ +++++++++++++++++++++ 1 + I~1 + 4 + + + + + + + +N(,• + ' + + + + + + + + + + + II + + +� + + + + + + + Iv + + + + + 11+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 1+ + It + + + H- + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 11+ + i -F + + + + + + + + + + +N.........4- + + + + + + + + + + +N + + + + N+ + + + + + + + +,, + +sir + + + + + + + + \+ 10.24 STOREFRONT SIGN - RE: SIGN DRAWINGS 10.25 FULL LENGTH MIRROR: BOBRICK - 60"x20" 8 -290 2060 m 'TOP I `'; ' " 10.26 24"H x 36"W SHELF, SCREWS TO WALL ON OF SAFES m 2A600 TYP. + + + + + + + + + + + + + 11+ + 11+ -+ + + + + + + + + + + + + I+ + + - -- + + + r -1- -+!-+-+7 + + + + + + 1+ + +1 + + + + 4 1+1+ + �1 + I I+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 44-4_4 + + + + + + + + 10.27 CUSTOM AWNING m ; '. tali -, 4- + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 1 + +d + + + + + + + + +I + + 1 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +.� + + + + -W +I + +Ifi t--+-----1_1+ ++ + + + + + \ + + + . - II 11+1 + + + + 11+ 11+ + + + + + + + + + + + + 1+ + + + + + + + 4' + + + + 1-4.4-.4.+ N + + \+ + + 11.0 EQUIPMENT • 11 + pi + + + + + + + + + + + + �11+ + 11+ + + + + + + + + + -I- + + + + + + + + i+ + R„.++++++++++++++++%+,_ + + + + 14+4+ + + + + ++++++++++++++++4. + 4\4_+4. + + d+. \ ++ + + + + + I I . I SALES DISPLAY CASES CONTRACTOR TO LAY OUT m ;>< m 11.2 DIAMOND ROOM DESK AND CHAIRS m1 its -ij- + ISI + + + + +III+ + 11+ + + + + + I+ + If + + + + + + + + i +11+ + + + + + + + + 'z, + + + ,1 �� ` \�- ---s- 11.3 OFFICE DISK WITH STORAGE m I ,. + + Q0 + + + + + + + fill+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + I+ I� + +1 + + + + + + + + z + + `$t II4 DIAMOND ROOM CABINET m fit 1 �, + + + + + II+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +1 + + + + + + + + ®BAH + +o + +�+ Vi , �• ' REVIEVVED FOR 11.5 JEWELER'S ROOM FLOOR SAFE m 6 - + Ii + + + 8 + + + + + + 8 + + + + + / ;- ' , • ij = = + + + + + -+ -+ -+ +'fit �r + + + + + + {y+ + + + + + + + +- +- +- -I- + -I- -1---I- -I- F- + + -� + + -+ + + + + + Lo + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - '' `N `� , > POL- I ABOVE CODE Ct�MPLIANCE 11.6 NOT USED m E ;, til' • '+ _ II �+ ►,, .--' AP- I TRIM j APPROVED I .7 GOLD CASES W/ STORAGE -RSONNECTION BYG.C. m ELEC.:WI MET • . I3 LARGE STORAGESAFE35 I/2 Dx4x72 H(4,4241bs)m m+Il11�11 + + ++j + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + �� --"'� POL-3 �}- - r ® BELOW s I I , 13a SMALL STORAGE SAFE 25 Wx30 1 /Dx42 H (I ,779 lbs) - ®®® ®� ® � 1 !JAN I I.14 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx48"Wm�,`��, ��'��! „�-��'''POL-2 �:; 18 2013 I! I.15 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx36"W:�,�i .16AND N I x 42SWELF TH STORAGE m <r oil _ �,��''®I �i POL-2 0- ® LA ERALBFILE 20"d i,�' ® NOT USED AT.V.m POL-3 POL-2 ® POL-2 POL-3 I City of Tukwila 1 1.17 PLAS m ;< POL- I ABOVE ® POL- I ABOVE ® PIli OL -3 BUILDING DIVISION `, AP- I TRIM o co AP- I TRIM oN POL-I ABOVE T-7 BELOW N T-7 BELOW N AP- I TRIM I 15.0 MECHANICAL (REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) T-7 BELOW'. killiS■ars..16.1 16.0 ELECTRICAL (REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) `" SECURITY EQUIPMENT m € «= m REQS 1-< 93iT'YYC��'�"1JT^',A,°99.� I I F IN I f I 5H PLAN JAN 0 7 2013 SCALE: 1/4" = 1-0" 1"Ca±la1T Craar.r "I (•••) (1) W cD CO Y • YN cc a o CL Lo ON • O O o8 N.6 Crj H a) C/) • U La' T O Z w c-,-3 > sr?. a� J • Cr) W •r O -E - to U, 0) O THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as on instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, orrongement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments psed for any port of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architects services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obfgation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may offect the Work described, Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WRH all lows, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if opppOcoble. Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals are obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a moteriol or equipment tem la Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work,.ond assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installobon. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ore la finish lace of a materid unless olherwise iodated. &UCUU1E t MEASURE dmensors - DD NOT SCALE drosngs unless olherrse dated. p r o j e c t t i t l e J .o c!Pd _J w ;;;; Of) ]:=E 14.) cno0 NWQo i---�� wzw CL�wzQ O w U � 6.4 cse)0 O o 0 (f� CV p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal 6628 I ) ED ECT HENRY 4, 7sVER STATE OF NGTON d r a w i n g t i t l e FINISH PLAN d r a w i n g n u m b e r EQ EQ FRONT OF CASE TT - I T - CASE BELOW -1'P. CASE LIGATING SCALE: I" = I'-0" CEILING LEGEND: RECESSED METAL HALIDE DOWNLIGHT- ONE (I) LAMP RECESSED METAL HALIDE DOWNLIGHT- TWO (2) LAMP RECESSED METAL HALIDE DOWNLIGHT- TWO (3) LAMP PENDANT MOUNTED CHANDELIER 0 0 I' 'I SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT RECESSED METAL HALIDE DOWNLIGHT- TWO (2) LAMP AND FLUORESCENT SURFACE MOUNTED STAGGERED STRIP FLUORESCENT 2X4 LIGHT M MOTION SENSOR O(1 SECURITY CAMERA 0 EXIT SIGN RE: ELECT. DWGS. 9 SPEAKER 18"x18" ACCESS PANEL CEILING FIXTURE LEGEND SCALE: NTS NOT USED SCALE: NTS NOTE: I . IN LOCATING CEILING ELEVATION DIMENSIONS, FIRST LOCATE, THEN MAKE ALL MEASUREMENTS FROM THE HIGH POINT OF THE FINISH FLOOR. RE: A I I 0 FOR ADDITIONAL LAYOUT NOTES. STOREFRONT 4 TRIM TO BE LEVEL. 2. SIZE FOR LAY -IN CEILING SOFFITS IN SALES AREA IS NOMINAL. COORDINATE W/ MANUFACTURER ACTUAL SIZE OF REQUIRED OPENING, IN MOST CASE, IT WILL BE APPROXIMATELY 5/8" LARGER. 3. COORDINATE THE FINAL LOCATIONS OF THE J -BOX 4 CONDUIT FOR THE SECURITY SYSTEMS WITH THE SECURITY SYSTEM CONTRACTOR. 4. ACT -1 TILE 4 GRID TO COME PRE -FINISHED FROM THE MANUFACTURER - WHITE 5. RESTROOM HAS A GYP. BOARD CEILING WITH PLATFORM. RE: 34 7 ON A420 FOR DETAILS. G. LIGHTING TAKES PRECEDENT OVER HVAC AND SPRINKLER EQUIPMENT. 7. G.C. TO PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS PER LANDLORD OR PROJECT MANAGERS REQUEST. 8. ALL SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATION ADJUSTMENTS TO BE MADE BY LANDLORD'S SUBCONTRACTOR AT TENANT'S EXPENSE. 9. DOWN LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE LOCATED IN BAR CEILING AS SHOWN. LIGHTS TO BE ALIGNED WITH FACE OF CASE BELOW. WHEN ALLIGNMENT I5 NOT POSSIBLE, LOCATE PER PLAN. 10. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES IN GYPSUM BOARD SOFFITS TO BE LOCATED PER DIMENSIONS ON THE PLAN. 1 I . SUPPORT WIRES FOR CEILING SUSPENSION GRID MUST NOT BE CONNECTED TO ANY ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL PLUMBING OR FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT. 12. OBTAIN FROM OWNER TEMPLATES AND VERIFY CASEWORK MEASUREMENTS IMMEDIATELY UPON RECEIPT OF MANUFACTURER'S DRAWINGS. DISPLAY CASE TEMPLATES SHALL BE TAPED TO FLOOR AND PERMANATELY OUTLINED IN ORDER TO LOCATE CEILING LIGHTS, STOREFRONT COLUMNS AND WALLS. COORDINATE W/ OWNER TO REVIEW ENTIRE STORE BEFORE INSTALLATION OF WALLS. 13. G.C. TO PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED FIRE RETARDENT BLOCKING FOR ALL CEILING AND WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES. GENERAL NOTES SCALE: NTS REFERENCE NOTE: NOT ALL KEYNOTES USED uJ Deal DESCRIPTION FURNISH INSTALL Q z r2 I GtNtKAL 'SEE SPECIFICAI IONS, DIVISION I 2.0 SITE WORK SEE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION 2 4 DEMOLITION NOTES 3.0 CONCRETE 3. I PATCH CONCRETE SLAB @ PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL AS REQ'D 4.0 MASONRY 4. I PATCH 4 REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO MALL TILE OR WALL MASONRY AS REQ'D. 5.0 METALS 5. I EXISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN - GC TO VERIFY IN FIELD 5.2 3 5/5" STRUC11J AL STEEL M TAE STUD 5.3 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUD 5.5 1 5/8" COLD DIVIDER ROLLED CHANNEL 5.6 1"W x 3/4"D x 96"L BLACK METAL REVEAL 5.7 1/8" ALUMN. EDGING ANGLE 5.8 STYLMARK J -MOLD #12004 I i i D 5.9 STYLMARK 135° COLUMN TRIM # 120066 5.10 S1 YLMAKK WALLMAKKLK1I AD #1 10360 5. I 1 STYLMARK WALLMARKER SILL AND ANCHOR # 11048 I MI 5.12 STYLMARK 90° COLUMN TRIM #120065 5.13 ALUMINUM TRANSPARENCY FRAME. 5.14 (2) STYLMARK CAM LOCK 10P AND BU1 I OM #5 I 0199 5.15 I%4X1/8 DIVIDER 5.16 SCHLUTER-STRIP REN O U -V 5.17 SCHLUTEK STRIP RENOU-U 0 m GYP START CEILING AT THIS POINT ISTART CEILING AT THIS POINT SECURITY MONITOR. GYP START CEILING AT THIS POINT I A300 SIM. 5A300 SIM. DIAMOND ROOM I 0-0" START CEILING AT THIS POINT I 0-2" 10'-0" SALES AREA 101 I A300 SIM. 2A400 2'-8" WORK AREA LIGHT FIXTURE SURFACE MOUNTED TO TOILET ROOM CEILING 0 N WORK AREA TRACK TO EXTEND OVER MECHANICAL PLATFORM. 10-2" ,.R. Pair �,tih11011111w- ,� 9A300 SIM. I A300 5IM. GYP 10-0" (POL-2 I 10'-0" ( P-2 ) 10-0" (P-2) w 0 01 0 0 7A200 00 NOTE: I . ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE CENTER OF LIGHT FIXTURES. 2. ALL LIGHTING TO BE LOCATED PARALLEL TO FRONT FACE OF CASE, 3. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS A5 REQUIRED FOR MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND ALL LANDLORD EQUIPMENT ABOVE CLG. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 18 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION D �3003 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 114" = 1 -0" 5.15 DOUBLE "C" JOIST HEAD 4X12 GA 5.19 SCHLUTER STRIP RENO -TK 6.0 CARPENTRY 6.1 -FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING 6.2 3/4" FIRE 1 REATED PLYWOOD 6.3 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING FOR EXISTING CASE ROLLING ASStM113LY. I IE ALL CASTOR ASSEMBLIES IN A SINGLE CASE RUN TOGETHER FOR LATERAL STIFFNESS. 6.4 2x8 FIRE TREATED DOUBLE STUD HEADER 6.5 3/4" HDWD. FRAME W/ 1/2"x I -1/2" STOP, PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACt 6.6 I/2"xI 1/2" HARD WOOD MOULDING 6. I 0 I x4 WOOD TRIM PIECE 6. I I 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD W/ NON-ABRASIVE 1/4" CUSHION BACKING 6.12 I/4" SHIM 6.13 I/2" MDF 7.0 THERMAL 4 MOISTURE PROTECTION 7. I 4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY SECURED TO KICKERS 7.2 4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY TO COVER EXISTING MALL TILE 7.3 BLACK NEOPRENE 7.4 NOT USED 7.5 NOT USED 7.6 3M VHB DOUBLE COATED ACRYLIC FOAM, #4941 7.7 , 8"x3/8"x3" NEOPRENE PAD 8.0 DOORS 4 WINDOWS 8. I 1/2" 1 tMP I tD CLEAR GLAZING 8.6 OVERHEAD GRILLE AND TUBE STEEL SUPPORT 8.7 HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME 8.8 3/4" x 3/4" ALUM. TRACK FASTENED TO PLYWOOD 9.0 FINISHtS 9.1 1/2" GYP. BD. 9:2 -3/8" GYP. BD. 9.3 5/8" TYPE "X"GYP. BD. (COMPLIES W/ ASTM C36 9.4 6" METAL STUDS 16" D.C. (MAX.) OR AS NOTED 3 5/8" METAL STUDS, 16" O.C. MAX. , OR AS NOTED 9.6 2 1/2" Mt1AL STUDS 16" O.C. MAX. , OR AS NO1LD OR AS 9.8 7/8" HAT CHANNEL, STUDS,4" O.0 ( AX.), bR NOTEDD 9.9 8" DEEP LEG TRACE; 9.10 6" WIDE "STAY LONG TAPE" (BLUE) INSTALLED AT LEASE LINE 9.1 13-5/8" SLIP TRACK 9.12 SEALANT AND BACKER ROD 9.13 8" METAL STUDS 12" O.C. (MAX.) 9.14 3/8" WATER RESISTANT GYP. BOARD 9.15 3/8" METAL J TRIM 9.16 LIGHT GA BUILT UP BEAM 9.17 3 5/8" x 20 GA METAL STUD WITH 1 5/8" FLANGE. 16" O.C. 9.18 (4) #12- 14 TEK SCREWS 9.19 12" x 12 GA TRACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE 9.20 3 5/8" x 20 GA TRACK WITH I 1/4" FLANGE. 9.21 14 GA. CLIP ANGLE 9.22 8 GA WIRE TIED TO STRUCT. AND COLD ROLLED CHANNEL 9.23 3 5/8" LIGHT GA BUILT UP COLUMN 9.24 6" X 20 GA TRACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE. 16" O.C. 9.25 2-3/4" WOOD CASING 9.26 PREFINISHED MDF PANEL 9.27 114' GYP. BOARD 9.28 I /2" CEMENT BOARD 10.0 SPECIALTIES 10.1 CIRCULAR LOUVRES - LESLIE LOCKE 2"DIA. - #RLSC2 10.2 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY 1 I/4"DIA.x36" SAl IN FINISH - 8322-00136 Iffi 10.3 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY I I /4"DIA.x42" SATIN FINISH - 8322-00 142 41 10.4 TILT MIRROR WITH STAINLESS STEEL FRAME-BOBRICK 18" W x 3011 - #B-293 1830 10.5 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED I I "Wx 15 5/ 16"1x4"D - 250-15 10.6 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUN1 tD co ,,, SINGLE ROLL - 5084 10.7 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUN1W7'WxI I I/2"Hx 10.8 SOAP DISPENSER - BRADLEY 24 FL. OZ. -6501 10.9 TOWEL DISPENSER - BOBRICK B-253 10.10 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY I I /4"DIA.x 18" SATIN FINISH - 8322-00118 E, 10. I I EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN m 10.12 EXISTING MALL FLOOR SLAB TO REMAIN 10.13 EXIS1 ING MALL FLOOR 1 ILE TO RtMAIN 10.14 MULTI -DIRECTIONAL ROLLING CASTOR I 0.15 .080 ALUM. CABINET FACE W/ SEMI- tto �„r GLOSS BLACK FINISH -PAINT INTERIOR OF CABINET WHITE 10.16 INSULATED DRAIN COVER 10.19 ALUMINUM CABINET: .063 ALUMINUM W/ SEMI -GLOSS BLACK FINISH 10.20 BACK PANEL PIANO HINGE FOR SERVICE ACCESS 10.21 1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING 10.22 HELZBERG GRAPHIC El 10.23 HELZBERG PROMISE SIGN 10.24 STOREFRONT SIGN - RE: SIGN DRAWINGS 10.25 FULL LENGTH MIRROR: BOBRICK - 60"x20" B-290 2060 10.26 24"H x 36"W SHELF, SCREWS TO WALL ON 'TOP OF SAFES 10.27 CUSTOM AWNING 11.0 EQUIPMENT I I . I SALES DISPLAY CASES CONTRACTOR TO LAY OUT I I.2 DIAMOND ROOM DESK AND CHAIRS I I.3 OFFICE DESK WITH STORAGE I I.4 DIAMOND ROOM CABINET m I I.5 JEWELtk'S ROOM FLUOR SAFE m 11.6 NOT USED at I I.7 GOLD CASES W/ STORAGE - ELEC. CONNECTION BY G.C. 11.13 LARGE STORAGE SAFE 35 I /2"Dx43"Wx72"H (4,424 lbs I I.13a SMALL STORAGE SAFE 25"Wx30 I /2"Dx42"H (I ,779 lbs)) I I.14 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx48"W m MI 11.15 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx36"W I I.16 LAYAWAY CABINET AND FAX SHELF WITH STORAGE AND LATERAL FILE 20'd x 42"w 11.17 NOT USED MI 11.18 PLASMA T.V. 15.0 MECHANICAL (REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) 16.0 ELLC`1 FtktNCE ELLC1kICAL DRAWINGS) 16.1 SECURITY EQUIPMENT m RECmt MTV Or jpuntA PPRIWIT U THIS DRAWING hos been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision os on instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect, Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments psed for ony part of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architect s services ore undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obbgation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all lows, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the landlord, if oppbcoble. Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals ore obtoined, VERIFY ACTUAL. CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of moteriol or equipment Rem to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated, CALW AlE & MEASURE dmensons - DO NOT SCALE drowngs unless otherwise drected. p r o j e c t t i t l e J % w �•i7 � cn o0 N LU g 5., 8 w FE Lie Z Oow C/) 1--- 0 p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal 6628 R ISTERED CHIT CT HENRY STATE 0 R GTON d r a w i n tit l e REFLECTED CEILING PLAN d r a w i n g n u m b e r A130 0 10 3/4'x_0 0 0 In 0 0 Co 0 0 m 0 0 cQn 11'43" 3/411'-5 1/2" 1 1 /4" / 1/2" TYP. 21-1 1 /2" j'- 11 /4' I'-5 1/2" l 2'-4 1/2" n % 6 EQ @ 2'-5" 2'-4 1/2" u? 04 L In cn m \ PROVIDE FRT PLYWOOD BACKER BEHIND SIGN ALL FINISHES TO RETURN TO GRILL OPENING, TYP. (POL-3) TYP. (POL-2) TYP. AP -I) G.C. TO CUT TIGHT TO CORNER MOLDING TYP. (AP- G.C. TO CUT TIGHT TO CO MOLDING TYP. } (T-7 ) TYP. BOTTOM TILE TO BE CUT AS REQUIRED (TYP.) "HELZDERG DIAMONDS" SIGNAGE LOCATION @ FRONT OF SHOWCASE BOTTOM TILE TO BE CUT AS REQUIRED (TYP.) "HELZBERG DIAMONDS" SIGNAGE LOCATION @ FRONT OF SHOWCASE BOTTOM TILE TO BE CUT AS REQUIRED (TYP.) STOREFRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 3/8" = I'-0" 0 0 a Il' -0 3/4" 5 I /2"Th. '-1 1/2" 1'-9 3/4" '-1 1 /2" 4 31 /4" I3A400 N EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER in LI -3 U PROVIDE FRT PLYWOOD BACKER BEHIND SIGN TYP. ALL FINISHES TO RETURN TO GRILL OPENING, TYP. Al'- I G.C. TO CUT TIGHT TO CORNER MOLDING TYP. (T-7 ) TYP. (POL-2) TYP. 15A400 BOTTOM TILE TO BE CUT AS REQUIRED (TYP.) "HELZBERG DIAMONDS" SIGNAGE LOCATION @ FRONT OF SHOWCASE BOTTOM TILE TO BE CUT A5 REQUIRED (TYP.) Tn io > STOREFRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 3/8" = I'-0" REFERENCE NOTE: NOT ALL KEYNOTES USED O 1.0 GtNtKAL DESCRIPTION FURNISH INSTALL Z Z 0 ¢c)ZLjozLjo zLiF--C65it! SEE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION I 2.0 SITE WORK SEE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION 2 * DEMOLITION NOTES 3.0 CONCRETE 3. I PATCH CONCRETE SLAB @ PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL 4 MECHANICAL AS REQ'D 4.0 'MASONRY 4. I PATCH 4 REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO MALL TILE OR WALL MASONRY AS REQ'D. 5.0 ALS 5. I XISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN - GC TO VERIFY IN FIELD 5.2 3 5/8" STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUD 5.3 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUD 5.4 STYLMARK DIVIDER #120064 5.5 1 5/8" COLD ROLLED CHANNEL 5.6 I "W x 3/4"D x 96"L BLACK METAL REVEAL 5.7 1/8" ALUMN. EDGING ANGLE 5.8 STYLMARK J -MOLD # 12004 I D 5.9 STYLMARK 135° COLUMN TRIM #120066 5.10 STYLMARK WALLMARKEI�HEAD #110360 m 5. I I STYLMARIC WALLMARKER SILL AND ANCHOR # 11048 I 5.12 STYLMARK 90° COLUMN TRIM #I20065 5.13 ALUMINUM TRANSPARENCY FRAME. ma 5.14 (2) STYLMARK CAM LOCK TOP AND BOTTOM #510I99 5.15 4X1/8 DIVIDER 5.16 SCHLUTERSTRIPRENOU-V 5.17 SCHLUTER STRIP RENOU-U 5.18 DOUBLE "C" JOIST HEAD 4X 12 GA. 5.19 SCHLUTER STRIPRENO-TK 6.0 CARPEN 6. I . FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING 6.2 3/4" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD 6.3 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING FOR EXISTING CASEROLLING ASSEMBLY. TIE ALL CASTOR ASSEMBLIES IN A SINGLE CASE RUN TOGETHER FOR LATERAL STIFFNESS. 6.4 2x8 FIRE TREATED DOUBLE STUD HEADER 6.5 3/4" HDWD. FRAME W/ 1/2x1-1/2" STOP, PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE 6.6 I/2"x I 1/2" HARD WOOD MOULDING 6.10 I x4 WOOD TRIM --PIECE 6.11 1/2 FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD WI NON-ABRASIVE 1/4" CUSHION BA 6.12 I/4" SHIM 6.13 1/2" MDF wt 7.0 THERMAL 4 MOISTURE PROTECTION 7. I 4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY SECURED TO KICKERS 7.2 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY TO COVER EXISTING MALL TILE 7.3 LACK NEOPRENE 7.4 OT USED 7.5 OT USED 7.6 3M VHS DOUBLE COATED ACRYLIC FOAM, #494I 7.7 8"x3/8"x3" NEOPRENE PAD 8.0 DOORS 4 WINDOWS 5.1 1/2" TEMPERED CLEAR GLAZING 8.6 OVERHEAD GRILLE AND TUBE STEEL SUPPORT 8.7 HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAMt 8.8 3/4" x 3/4" ALUM. TRACK FASTENED TO PLYWOOD 9.0 FINISHES 9.1 1/2" GYP. BD. 9.2 5/8" GYP. BD. EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER I 1/4' 10 2 10 10 0 In 0 0 101-1 1/2 1/4' I'-5 1/2" 1'-5 1/2" 1/2" (TYP. I '-8 114" y 7 EQ @ 2-5" I'-7 3/4" LANDLORD COMMENTS: I . PROVIDE 3/4" METAL REVEAL AT PERIMETER OF TENANT'S STOREFRONT FINISH. 2. STOREFRONT TO BE SELF SUPPORTING. 3. SUBMIT SIGN SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL. I3A400 PROVIDE FRT PLYWOOD BACKER BEHIND SIGN TYP. 17'-3" ALL FINISHES TO RETURN TO GRILL OPENING, TYP. (POL- TYP. G.C.TOCLT TIGHT TO CORNER MOLDING TYP. POL-3 TYP. (POL-2) TYP. AP -1 G.C. TO CUT \- TIGHT TO CORNER FT) ® MOLDING TYP. U - I 5A400 BOTTOM TILE TO BE CUT AS REQUIRED (TYP.) BOTTOM TILE TO BE CUT AS REQUIRED (1W.) "HELZBERG DIAMONDS" SIGNAGE LOCATION @ FRONT OF SHOWCASE "HELZBERG DIAMONDS" SIGNAGE LOCATION @ FRONT OF SHOWCASE BOTTOM TILE TO BE CUT AS REQUIRED (IYP.) REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 18 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION G -v-. STOREFRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 3/8" = I -0" 9.3 5/8" TYPE "X"GYP. BD. (COMPLIES W/ ASTM C36 9.4 6" METAL STUDS I G" 0.C. MAX.) ORAS NOTED 9.5 3 518" METAL STUDS 16" C) C kA'AX , OR AS NOTED , ORAS NOTED 9.7 15/8" METAL STUDS, 16" O.C. AX., ORAS NOTED 9.8 7/8" HAT CHANNEL 24" O.C. ( AX.), bR AS NOTED 9.9 8" DEEP LEG TRACE; 9.6 2 I/2" METAL STUDS' 16" O.C. MAX.', a a 9.10 6" WIDE "STAY LONG TAPE" (BLUE) INSTALLED AT LEASE LINE 9.11 3-5/8° SLIP 1 RACK 9.12 SEALANT AND BACKER ROD 9.13 8" METAL STUDS, 12" 0.C. (MAX.) 9.14 3/8" WATER RESISTANT GYP. BOARD 9.15 3/8" ME1 AL J l RIM 9.16 LIGHT GA BUILT UP BEAM 9.17 3 5/8" x 20 GA METAL STUD WITH 1 5/8" FLANGE. 16" 0.C. 9.18 4 #12-I4 TEK SCREWS 9.19 " x 12 GA TRACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE 9.20 3 5/8" x 20 GA TRACK WITH I 1/4" FLANGE. 9.21 14 GA. CLIP ANGLE 9.22 8 GA WIRE TIED TO STRUCT. AND COLD ROLLED CHANNEL 9.23 3 5/8" LIGHT GA BUILT UP COLUMN 9.24 6" X 20 GA TRACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE. 16" O.C. 9.25 2-3/4" WOOD CASING 9.26 PREFINISHED MDF PANEL 9.27 I/4" GYP. BOARD 9.28 1/2" CEMENT BOARD 10.0 SPECIALTIES tit 10.1 CIRCULAR LOUVRES - LESLIE LOCKE 2DIA. - #RLSC2 10.2 GRAD BAR - BRADLEY I I/4"DIA.x36" SATIN FINISH - 8322-00136 10.3 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY I I/4"DIA.x42" SATIN FINISH - 8322-00142 10.4 TILT MIRROR WITH STAINLESS STEEL FRAME -BOBRICK m 18" W x 30"H - #B-293 1830 10.5 "APER TOWEL DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED 1 I "Wx 15 5/ 16"Hx4"D - 250-15 10.6 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED SINGLE ROLL - 5084 10.7 SANITARY NAPKIN 015Th 'AL - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUN1ED 8"Wx1I 1/2"Hx 10.8 SOAP DISPENSER - BRADLEY 24 FL. OZ. -6501 10.9 TOWEL DISPENSER - BOBRJCK 5-253 • 10.10 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY I I /4"DIA.x 18" SATIN FINISH - 8322-00118 10. I I EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN 10.12 EXISTING MALL FLOOR SLAB TO REMAIN 10.13 EXISTING MALL FLOOR TILE TO REMAIN m 10.14 MULTI -DIRECTIONAL ROLLING CASTOR 10.15 .080 ALUM. CABINET FACE W/ SEMI- GLOSS BLACK FINISH -PAINT INTERIOR OF CABINET WHITE 10.16 INSULATED DRAIN COVER I0.19 ALUMINUM CABINET: .063 ALUMINUM WI 511 SEMI -GLOSS BLACK FINISH 10.20 BACK PANEL PIANO HINGE FOR SERVICE ACCESS m m 10.2 I 1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING 10.22 HELZBERG GRAPHIC 10.23 HELZBERG PROMISE SIGN 10.24 STOREFRONT SIGN - RE: SIGN DRAWINGS 10.25 FULL LENGTH MIRROR: BOBRICK - 60"x20" 5-290 2060 10.26 24"1-1x 36"W SHELF, SCREWS TO WALL ON TOP OF SAFES 10.27 CUSTOM AWNING ■ 4.44 m 11.0 EQUIPMENT I I . I SALES DISPLAY CASES CONTRACTOR TO LAY OUT I I.2 DIAMOND ROOM DESK AND CHAIRS I I.3 OFFICE DESK WITH STORAGE m I 1.4 DIAMOND ROOM CABINET I I.5 JEWELt1b ROOM FLOOR SAf t m 11.6 NOT USED m 11.7 GOLD CASES W/ STORAGE - ELEC. CONNECTION BY G.C. a 11.13 LARGE STORAGE SAFE 35 I/2"Dx43"Wx72"H (4,4241125) I I.13a SMALL STORAGE SAFE 25"Wx30 I /2"Dx42"H (1,779 Ibs) 11.14 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx48"W m m I 1.15 STORAGE STIELVES 12"Dx36"W I I.16 LAYAWAY CABINET AND FAX SHELF WITH STORAGE AND LATERAL FILE 20"d x 42"w 11.17 NOT USED 11.18 PLASMA T.V. 15.0 MECHANICAL (REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) 16.0 ELECTRICAL (REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) 16. I SECURITY EQUIPMENT PPCFJVFp MTV nf= Ti nnnroyjtk IJAN 07 2013 PFR"4IT Mat' . I U O T CO CO Y CC CL Z CC LU 0 O O ti LU N LLJ W J J J N THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepored under his direct supervision as on instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project, All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs,, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and compositiion of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments psed for any port of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architects services ore undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefif of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requiremenls, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project, COMPLY WITH oil laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if oppp(cable. Do not start Work until all permits and required opprovals are obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work instated by others constitutes acceptance of that Work, and ossumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to Fish lace of a material runless olherwisee indicated. CA CULAIE & MEASURE dmensaa - CO NOT SOLE drowngs udess ottereise dated. p r o j e c t t i t l e -i J rn :%Monst %(-) 0/Ivo < LUaQ ®WZw� LUJ OPIAE Cn�=1- cO0 0 0 p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal d r a w s nig t i t I e STOREFRONT ELEVATION d r a w i n g n u m b e r rummi EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN PORTION OF EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD TO BE DEMOLISHED - EXISTING BEAM AS NEEDED RE: A130 RE: A130 RE: A200, A 120, AND A500 FOR FINISHES. RE: A420 FOR STRUCTURAL CONNECTIONS / DETAILS RE: I A300 FOR TYP. DIMENSIONS. NOT USED SCALE: WHERE ADJACENT TO BOX COLUMN, HORIZONTAL MEMBER MUST BE ATTACHED TO BOX COLUMN. - CLG. PER PLAN OD 4, (iii Fp RE: A 130 II I II II II 14A400 \ MUNI 3/4" 2A410 BASE PER PLAN 0 -sr v AP- I T-7 U- L NOT USED SCALE: EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAI N WHERE ADJACENT TO BOX COLUMN, HORIZONTAL MEMBER MUST BE ATTACHED TO BOX COLUMN. STOREFRONT SECTION SCALE: 1" = I -0" PORTION OF EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD TO BE DEMOLISHED - EXISTING BEAM AS NEEDED I CLG. PER PLAN RE: A130 RE: A130 RE: A200, A 120, AND A500 FOR FINISHES. RE: A420 FOR STRUCTURAL CONNECTIONS / DETAILS RE: I A300 FOR TYP. DIMENSIONS. I RE: A130 1 737 3 (I/2") BEHIND SIGN PANEL ONLY SIGN PANEL 3A410 9.2 BASE PER PLAN S Q STOREFRONT SECTION SCALE: I " = I -0" \ 1• NOT USED SCALE: j EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN WHERE ADJACENT TO BOX COLUMN, HORIZONTAL MEMBER MUST BE ATTACHED TO BOX COLUMN. NOT USED SCALE: 14A400 PORTION OF EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD TO BE DEMOLISHED - EXISTING BEAM AS NEEDED CLG. PER PLAN -4$ RE: A130 RE: A130 �3- RE: A200, Al 20, AND A500 FOR FINISHES. RE: A420 FOR STRUCTURAL CONNECITONS / DETAILS I5A410 I4A4I0 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 18 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 3 13 A4I0 REFERENCE NOTE: NOT ALL KEYNOTES USED DESCRIPTION FURNISH INSTALL (±."2 o Z p Q�zU�zCU� z � H cA V- c.6 I .0 GtNtK L SEE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION I 2.0 SITE WORK SEE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION 2 t DEMOLITION NOTES 3.0 CONCRETE 3. I PATCH CONCRETE SLAB t ME Q'D PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL 4.0 MASONRY 4.1 PATCH 4 REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO MALL TILE OR WALL MASONRY AS REQ'D. 5.0 /ALS 5.1 IS -TING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN - GC TO VERIFY IN FIELD 5.2 3 5/8" STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUD 5.3 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUD 5.4 STYLMARK DIVIDER # 120064 5.5 1 5/8" COLD ROLLED CHANNEL 5.6 I "W x 3/4"D x 96"L BLACK METAL REVEAL 5.7 1/8" ALUMN. EDGING ANGLE 5.8 STYLMARK J -MOLD #12004 I 5.9 STYLMARK 135° COLUMN TRIM #120066 m 5. 0 51YLMARK WALLMARKER HEAD # I 10360 5. 1 STYLMARK WALLMARKER SILL AND ANCHOR # 11048 Im 5. 2 STYLMARK 90° COLUMN TRIM #120065ma im 5. 3 ALUMINUM TRANSPARENCYFRAME. 5. 4 (2) STYLMARK CAM LOCK TOP AND BOTTOM #510199 5. 5 1/4X1/8 DIVIDER 5. 6 SCHLUTER Si RIP RENOU-V 5. 5. 7 SCHLUTER STRIP RENOU-U 8 DOUBLE "C" JOIST HEAD 4X12 GA. 9 CHLUTER. STRIP RENO -TK 6.0 CARPENTRY 6.1 ,FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING 6.2 6.3 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING FOR EXISTING CASE ROLLING �SSEMBLY. 11E ALL CASTORAASEMBLIES IN A SINGLE ASE RUN TOGETHER FOR LATERAL STIFFNESS. 6.4 2x8 FIRE TREATED DOUBLE STUD HEADER wow 6.5 3/4" HDWD. FRAME W/ 1/2"x1-1/2" STOP, PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT SURt-ACE 6.6 6.10 6.11 /2"x1 1/2" HARD WOOD MOULDING x4 WOOD TRIM PIECE /2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD W/ NON-ABRASIVE /4" CUSHION BACKING 6.12 /4" SHIM 6.13 /2" MDF 7.0 THERMAL * MOISTURE PROTECTION 7. I 4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY SECURED TO KICKERS 7.2 4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY TO COVER EXISTING MALL TILE 7.3 PLACK NEOPRENE 7.4 NOT USED m 7.5 tlOT USED m 7.6 3M VHB DOUBLE COATED ACRYLIC FOAM, #4941 7.7 ,5"x3/8"x3" NEOPRENE PAD 8.0 DOORS 4 WINDOWS 8. I 1/2" TEMPERED CLEAR GLAZING 8.6 OVERHEAD GRILLE AND TUBE STEEL SUPPORT 5.7 tiOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME 8.8 3/4" x 3/4" ALUM. TRACK FASTENED TO PLYWOOD 9.0 FINISHES 9.1 1/2" GYP. BD. 9.2 5/8" GYP. BD.9.3 (COMPLIES 9.4 6"B METAL STUDS B6 O(MAXjNOR AS NOASTM TED 9.5 3 5/8" METAL STUDS I 6" 0.C. (M'AX.), OR AS NOTED 9.6 2 1/2" METAL STUDS; 16" 0.C. (MAX.), OR AS NOTED 9.7 1 5/8" METAL STUDS, 16" 0.C. OR AS NOTED 9.8 7/8" HAT CHANNEL 24" O.C. (MAX.), (MAX.),R AS NOTED 9.9 5" DEEP LEG TRACK 9.10 6" WIDE "STAY LONG TAPE" (BLUE) NSTALLED AT LEASE LINE 9. I ,3-5/8" SLIP TRACK 9. 2 SEALANT AND BACKER ROD 9. 3 8" METAL STUDS 12" O.C. (MAX.) 9. 4 3/8" WATER RESISTANT GYP. BOARD 9. 5 5/8" METAL J TRIM cI 9. 6 LIGHT GA BUILT UP BEAM 9. 7 ,3 5/8" x 20 GA METAL STUD WITH 1 5/8" FLANGE. 16" 0.C. 9. 8 (4) #12- 14 TEK SCREWS 9. 9 12" x 12 GA TRACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE 9.20 3 5/8" x 20 GA TRACK WITH I 1/4" FLANGE. fat 9.21 14 GA. CLIP ANGLE 9.22 8 GA WIRE TIED TO STRUCT. AND COLD ROLLED CHANNEL 9.23 3 5/8" LIGHT GA BUILT UP COLUMN 9.24 6" X 20 GA TRACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE. 16" 0.C. 9.25 2-3/4" WOOD CASING 9.26 REFINISHED MDF PANEL 9.27 1/4" GYP. BOARD 9.28 1/2" CEMENT BOARD 0.0 bPECIAL11ES 0. I CIRCULAR LOUVRES - LESLIE LOCKE 2"DIA. - #RLSC2 0.2 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY 1 I/4"DIA.x36" SATIN FINISH - 8322-00136 0.3 GRAD BAR - BRADLEY I I/4"DIA.x42" SATIN FINISH - 8322-00142 0.4 TILT MIRROR WITH STAINLESS STEEL FRAME-BOBRICK 18" W x 30"H - #8-293 1830 0.5 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTtD I I "Wx l 5 5/ 16"Hx4"D - 250-15 0.6 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED SINGLE ROLL - 5084 0.7 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED 8"Wx I I I /2"Hx 0.8 ,SOAP DISPENSER - BRADLEY 24 FL. OZ. -6501 0.9 TOWEL DISPENSER - BOBRICK B-253 0. 0 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY I I /4"DIA.x 18" SATIN FINISH - 8322-001 18 0. I EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD 10 REMAIN MI 0. 2 EXISTING MALL FLOOR SLAB TO REMAIN 0. 3 EXISTING MALL FLOOR TILE 10 REMAIN 0. 4 MULTI -DIRECTIONAL ROLLING CASTOR 0. 5 .080 ALUM. CABINET FACE W/ SEMI - GLOSS BLACK FINISH -PAINT INTERIOR OF CABINET WHITE 0. 0. 6 INSULATED DRAIN COVER 9 ALUMINUM CABINET: .063 ALUMINUM WI SEMI -GLOSS BLACK FINISH 0.20 BACK PANEL PIANO HINGE FOR SERVICE ACCESS 0.2 I 1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING 0.22 HELZBERG GRAPHIC 0.23 HELZBERG PROMISE SIGN 0.24 STOREFRONT SIGN - RE: SIGN DRAWINGS 0.25 FULL LENGTH MIRROR: BOBRICK - 60"x20" 5-290 2060 0.26 24"H x 36"W SHELF, SCREWS TO WALL ON rTOP OF SAFES 0.27 CUSTOM AWNING .0 EQUIPMENT .1 SALES DISPLAY CASES CONTRACTOR TO LAY OUT .2 DIAMOND ROOM DESK AND CHAIRS .3 OFFICE DISK WITH STORAGt .4 DIAMOND ROOM CABINET .5 JEWELER'S ROOM FLOOR SAFt .6 NOT USED m .7 GOLD CASES W/ STORAGE - ELEC. CONNECTION BY G.C. m 13 LARGE STORAGE SAFE 35 I/2"Dx43"Wx72"H (4,424 lbs) Iia SMALL STORAGE SAFE 25"Wx30 I/2"Dx42"H (1,779 lbs) .14 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx48"W .15 STORAGE 51-1ELVtS 12"Dx36"W .1 LAYAWAY CABINET AND FAX SHELF WITH STORAGE AND LATERAL FILE 20"d x 42"w .17 NOT USED .18 PLASMA T.V. STOREFRONT SECTION SCALE: I " = I -0" r. 15.0 MECHANICAL (REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) 16.0 ELEC-RICAL (REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) 16.1 SECLRITY EQUIPMENT RECEIVED nc TO J:<w1LA JAN -04-2-011 ' HMI CC'NTFP O Ki co Co Y cC0 Z W O . 0 O N- W I_ LU Z LU J W O LO O to N Oi c) cogtr o o O cO cY) r O a THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as on instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. 'CLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments psed for anyport of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. Te Architects services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obtgotion is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is o single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all lois, codes, ardinonces and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work unit all permits and required approvals are obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of o material or equipment item to Work instated by others constitutes occeptonce of that Work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ore to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated. CCM d WEE dmensors - DO NOT SCALE drawings udess olherrse directed. p r o j e c t t i t l e p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: protesstonalseal d r a w i n g tit l e STOREFRONT SECTIONS d r a w i n g n u m b e r Z ‘j 1/2 FIRE TREATED NOTE: NOT ALL REfERENCL KEYNOTES USED NOTE: ) w w m � z DESCRIPTION FURNISH INSTALL I, G.C. TO PROVIDE I! 2" CEMENT BOARD BACKER AT ALL TILE LOCATIONS 2. G.C. TO FULLY ADHERE SOLID POLYMER PANELS TO GYP.BOARD BACKER 3 RE A 120, A200 A500 FOR FINISHES � ZD Z �'[ TENANTI G.C. o E t - w F- U LA WD WORD 0 I 0 I .0 GtNtKAL \ R®420 SEE SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION PLYWOOD BEHIND SIGN 9,5 GO OR Eat)\ 2.0 :ITE WORK SEE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION 2 4 DEMOLITION NOTES 1� I' 3.0 ONCRtfE pATCH (POL 3) 3, I CONCRETE SLAB _@ PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL t MECHANICAL AS REQ'D / //�l (///////////////I//////////////////////////// ////////////!///////////////!//////////////////////!///////////. 4,0 4.1 "MASONRY MASONRY WATCH 4 REPAIR ANY -DAMAGE TO MALL TILE OR WALL s# PAINT SCREW \ N C AS REQ D. TO MATCH s 1 np SIGN PANEL (POL- I �� N 5.0 METALS imprAm �,Y �� N♦ -� 5.1 XISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN - GC TO VERIFY IN FIELD >Mmf;wi: 5,2 ,3 5/8" STRDC I 1, V AL STUD Vii' gal ----z 5,3 1G" STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUDY %< '7,:,''',,', -- -" - \ I SIGN PANEL POL-3) 5.4 STYLMARK DIVIDER # 120064 1 ( �� 5.5 15/8" COLD ROLLED CHANNELl! - 0.2 I„ 11?„ 1„ 5.6 I 'W x 3/4"D x 961 BLACK METAL REVEAL m , (1/2") PORTAL TO PANEL THAN I5ITION / / DETAIL 4 5.7 8" ALUMNI. EDGING ANGLE STYLMARK 'N BEHIND SIGN PANEL ONLY 5.8 J -MOLD # 2 04 I m 5.9 TYLMARK 135° COLUMN TRIM #120066 m % at 5.10 TYLMARK WALLMARKER HEAD # I 10360 m 2" f 5. I I TYLMARK WALLMARKER SILL AND ANCHOR # I 1048 I sw_ 5,12 STYLMARK 90° COLUMN TRIM # 12065 m ;>_ MI" I 9.18 5,13 ALUMINUM TRANSPARENCY FRAME, m TRIM DETAIL @ COLUMN 8 NOT USED 5.14 ,2 STYLMARK CAM LOCK TOP AND BOTTOM #510199 . <« CI TRIM DETAIL I I A' : rrl• - 5.16 SCHLUTER Sl RIP RENOU V pit ) l SCALE: FULL SCALE: HALF SCALE: 5.17 SCHLUTER 51 RIP RENOU-U at 'viii SCALE: HALF 5.18 •OUBLE "C" JOIST HEAD 4X 12 GA. ::• 0_ <;• rai NEUTRAL neR MALL 4111) SIDE LEASE LINE FINISH PER ELEVATIONS RE: A 120 FOR FINISHES ' FINISHES 411.111 430 0.?_ RE: I I A420 15A400 • •; • . , ED ;7 NOTE: 6.0 CAKI ENl KY "" I. G.C. TO PROVIDE I/ 2" CEMENT BOARD BACKER AT ALL TILE LOCATIONS 2. G.C. TO FULLY ADHERE SOLID POLYMER PANELS TO GYP, BOARD BACKER 3, RE: A 120, A200, A500 FOR FINISHES G. I FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING 6.2 3/4" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD :aai i•oi 6.3 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING FOR EXISTING -CASE ROLLING oft. ASSEMBLY. SS,SINGLE < - ` RUN TOGETHER FOR LATERALnSTIIFFNES % POL-3 6.4 2x5 FIRE TREATED DOUBLE STUD HEADER • ' 6.5 3/4" HDWD. FRAME W/ 1/2"x I -1 /2" STOP, PAINT TO MATCH 'mmu aft, ADJACENTl �` OR QED _ G,6 /2l/2" HARD WOOD MOULDING Yit a 6.10 1x4 WOOD 11<fM 'LCE , . � •. \ 6, I 1 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD W/ NON-ABRASIVE Ami I!4 CUSHION BACKING 6.12 1/4" SHIM 6.13 1J2 MDF •tr . t ,....... ., • • •'• • •a " .METAL J i i / / / i ; ° GO `a , - •a 7.0 THERMAL 4 MOISTURE PROTECTION , 7.1 4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY SECURED TO KICKERS t•Irt aF ® ® 7.2 4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY TO COVER EXISTING MALL TILE :,'',a1, 10A400 r,. �i1 ® ✓�A w tiiiiiii A ` r" 2, BURGUNDY INNER A 31A•• (POL-2) FRAME A -5 'it 6 EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER TO REMAIN BRONZE PORTAL FRAME (POL-3) BLACK NEOPRENE m <; It 7,4 NOT USED m 7.5 NOT USED 7,6 3M VHB DOUBLE COATED ACRYLIC FOAM, #4941 Imr Pia 7.7 5"x3/8"x3" NEOPRENE PAD t(a1iIfii , ;fir: 8,0 DOORS 4 WINDOWS 8.1 1/2" 1 LMPERED CLEAR GLAZING :•i NOTE: RE: A 120, A200, FOR FINISHES. , A500 8,6 'OVERHEAD GRILLE AND TUBE STEEL SUPPORT W DOOR FRAME •• - 8,8 30'' x0 3/4" ALUM. TRACK FASTENED TO PLYWOOD , -' 9,0 FINISHES '%' ..NOTE: 9' 1 I/2 GYP' BD, T Ami 0 I , G.C. TO PROVIDE 112" CEMENT BD, BACKER AT ALL TILE LOCATIONS. 9.2 5/8" GYP, BD. 9.3 5/8" TYPE "X"GYP, BD. (COMPLIES W/ ASTM C36) TRIM M DETAIL @ COLUMN DETAIL O IF TILE TOE -KICK @ PORTAL 2• G.C. TO FULLY ADHERE SOLID POLYMER PANELS. 3. RE: I AI 00 FOR DIMENSION OF OPENING. COLUMN DETAIL 9.4 6' METAL STUDS 16",C. MAX.) NOTED `api gni TRI % I V DETAIL 9,5 .ORAS : • , _ •. , , , •- ' • r iwr 9,6 2 1/2" METAL STUDS 16" O.C, AX, ,ORAS NO1 t• SCALE: FULL SCALE: HALF 4. RE: A 120, A200, A500 FOR REMAINDER OF FINISHES. -. SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" 9,7 - 15/8" METAL STUDS 16" 0.C, MAX, ORAS NOTED dmrk f•w+ SCALE: HALF 9.8 /5" HAT CHANNEL 24" O.C. AX. bR AS NO it z• • . ' ® TENANT SPACE ® RE: A 120 FOR FINISHES " • *ID +i + QED 1 48" O.C. � AT LIGHT LOCATION 9. 6" WIDE "STAY LONG TAPE" (BLUE) i 43) to INSTALLED AT LEASE LINE 9. 113-5/5" SLIP TRACK ie•i IiAf 9.12 SEALANT AND BACKER ROD rw 9.13 8" MtIAL S1UU Ti L" U.G. (MAX.) 9.14 3/8" WATER RESISTANT GYP. BOARD (iirrf •< • 9.15 5/5" METAL J TRIM f POL-I CLG. PER PLAN - CLG, PER PLAN 9.16 LIGHT GA BUILT UP BEAM 0 8 5/8" " i 0A400 9.17 5/8 x 20 GA METAL STUD WITH 15/8 FLANGE. 16 O.C. 9. 89. (3 14 TEK SI 2"x112 I OA400 �i o 9 14 GA TRACK W/ 5/8" FLANGE N RE: 6A420 9.20 3 518" x 20 GA TRACK WITH I 1/4" FLANGE. 01, '.• •r I /,"7q-• B.O. CLG �L B.O.CLG \ 9,21 14 GA, CLIP ANGLE + L A I RE 30 + ( RE: A130 P- I 9,22 8 GA WIRE TIED TO STRUCT. AND COLD ROLLED CHANNEL • �a 8.6 "' ��„ I �- I i �` +�!"` ��, ® 8.6 RE: I I A420 �` BURGUNDY INNER 9.23 3 5/8" LIGHT GA BUILT UP COLUMN ani ii ® + < 6" % 3" y '9,24 6" X 20 GA TRACK W/ 15/8" FLANGE, 16" O.C, rta 9.25 2-3/4" W00 CASINGjl ® 41110 + q / a) 9,26 PREFINISHED MDF PANEL t nit 0 9,27 1/4" GYP, BOARD WC 3 -•EQ 9.28 I/2 CEMENT BOARD EQ 9.7 >;<<; FRAME z / (POL 2) TYP. I 430 .� BRONZE PORTAL 10.0 SPECIALTIES 7A400 FRAME (POL 3) 10. I CIRCULAR LOUVRES LESLIE LOCKS 2"DIA. #RLSC2 m <<; 2"x4„ /2 10,2 GRAB BAR -BRADLEY 1 I!4"DIA.x36" m -�--> ,`: I' 1318" �, -1 5113 T ( h POL- I SATIN FINISH 8322-00136 9, 12 J -MOLD TRIM @ PORTAL ONLY 9.1 OR ®SURFACE I 9,25 10.3 'GRAB BAR- BRADLEY I I/4"DIA.x42" m;;: 1 1 9.5 TYP.+ + TYP SATIN FINISH 8322-00142 'TILT A<; «; 1 10,4 MIRROR WITH STAINLESS STEEL FRAME-BOBRICK m <<=; iii; + + + P-3) 1 1 18 W x 30"H #B-293 1830 B.O. CLG c- - - - 10.5 'APER TOWEL DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED 1 RE: A130 T I I "Wx 15 5116"Hx4"D 250 15 ;;, 1 I i 1 10.6 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED mt<u> It / a 410 RCP413) RE: I A130 SINGLE- 5084 LE I U.7 RLL SAN DISPOSAL BRADLEYIn 71 MOUNTED 8"Wx I I I /2"Hx NOTE: I ROLLING GRILLE { MALL CONCOURSE SUPPORT DETAIL 0 10,8 SOAP DISPENSER - BRADLEY 24 FL, OZ. -6501 a I . G.C. TO PROVIDE 112" CEMENT BD. BACKER AT ALL TILE LOCATIONS. 2, G.C.TO FULLY ADHERE SOLID POLYMER PANELS, 3. RE: I AI 00 FOR DIMENSION OF OPENING. 4, RE: AlAI 20, A200, A500 FOR REMAINDER OF FINISHES. COLUMN DETAILG 10.9 TOWEL DISPENSER - BOBRICK B-253 a / 10.10 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY I I /4 18 m •DIA.x iai 'SATIN FINISH - 8322-00118 RE: BRIDAL SOFFIT LIGf1T ALCOVE IO.IISIINGMALLBULKHEADTOREMAIN m ``% t;>" TRIM DETAIL I LI-DDITIONAL 10.12 EXISTING MALL FLOOR SLAB TO REMAIN m 1;:13 �;S11N� MALL �;UOR:�L;1U REMAIN m SCALE: 314 - I -0 - SCALE: HALF FINISH CALL OUTS - " SCALE: I I/2 - I =0 • SCALE: HALF 10,15. ,080 ALUM, CABIN Y IT - 5.6 NEUTRAL PIERI MALL SIDE LEASE FINISH LINE PER ELEVATIONS I, 6„ GLOSS BLACK FINISH -PAINT INTERIOR OF CABINET WHITE °' NOTE: 10.16 INSULATED DRAIN COVER mT mtlr NOTE: ur I. G.C. TO PROVIDE 1/2" CEMENT ALL TILE LOCATIONS. 2. G.C. TO FULLY ADHERE SOLID 3. RE: I A100 FOR DIMENSION BD. BACKER AT POLYMER PANELS. OF OPENING. 10.19 ALUMINUM CABINET: .063 ALUMINUM W/ m , m : / 8 3/4" 10A400 I , G.C. TO PROVIDE 1/2" CEMENTil BD. BACKER ALL TILE LOCATIONS, 2. G.C. TO FULLY ADHERE SOLID POLYMER PANELS. 3, RE I A100 FOR DIMENSION OF OPENING, 4 RE Al 20, A200, A500 FOR REMAINDER «.y,,,.,t „<,.: :, .: ,a..,,,, , u ,M , �:...:.. BURGUNDY INNER / AT OF FINISHES ... ...v,a:. a.: I'-6" SEMI -GLOSS BLACK FINISH 10.20 BACK PANEL PIANO HINGE FOR SERVICE ACCESS m 4 m / 8,6 _. .... l 10.2 I 1/4 TEMPERED GLAZING Ott "•I%I 10.22 HELZBERG GRAPHIC m „ air 4, RE: A 120, A200, A500 FOR REMAINDER OF FINISHES. REVIEWED FOR 10,23 HELZBERG PROMISE STEN mt,"1- limit. \ (_ fill 10,24 STOREFRONT SIGN - RE: SIGN DRAWINGS m stair - -� ' I1---(572) CODE COMPLIANCE 10.25 FULL LENGTH MIRROR: BOBRICK - 60"x20",_B-290 2060 a „> EXISTING NEUTRAL APPROVED ® 9.23 RE: I I A420 RE: A120 FOR FINISHES 10.26 24"H x 36'W SHELF, SCREWS TO WALL ON SOP OF SAFES m ; I U.27 CUSTOM AWNING m E"' ' PIER TO REMAIN JAN 1 8 2013 (POL 2� FRAME ,c 11.0 EQUIPMENT BRONZE PORTAL 5 3/4" 11.1 SALES DISPLAY CASES CONTRACTOR TO LAY OUT In= m ,,i,,,,,,,,'I 11,2 DIAMOND ROOM DESK AND CHAIRS m mlfr. /CD City of Tukwila "'• I OA400 (POL 3) FRAME ® 11.3 OFFICE DESK WITH STORAGE at. 11.4 DIAMOND ROOM CABINET m war \ 1. ,(BUILDING I5A400 DIVISION I I.5 JEWELER'S ROOM FLOOR SAFE _\ I • ~ 43) I I ,6 NOT USED at 3: •mit - - v,� ® RE IIA420 8,6 = 11.7 GOLD CASES W/ STORAGE - ELEC. CONNECTION BY G.C. m 1.13 LARGE STORAGE SAFE 35 112"Dx43"Wx72"H 4,424 lbs) m i• m C" m "' `�- ® ® RE I I A420 "' o ® I OA400 I.13a SMALL STORAGE SAFE 25"Wx30 I /2"Dx42"H (I ,779 lbs) m at 11,14 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx48"W 4 ® 1 ® ' RE: I IA420 RE: A 120 FOR 11.15 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx36"W ®" 1 • I 1.16 LAYANDAWAY AND SHELF WITH STORAGE ... LAI ARAB LE 2U"d x 4ET \ _ r • •R r , FINISHES 11.17 NOT USED m r -s; 24./ I ® I J2" 11.18 PLASMA T.V. E< < ni - �! -'P 9.5 A 00 BURGUNDY INNER €:«< 7 4 I' -C" / FRAME 7A400 8 3/4" I OA400 15,0 MECHANICAL (REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) €,./,' BRONZE PORTAL ® 9.5 NOTE: RE: A 120, A200, A500 FOR FINISHES. '� '� 75iteft. to)1003 3'-4" / FRAME POL-3 - \ \ / 16.0 ELECTRICAL (KEI-E1tNLEIL CTRICAL DRAWINGS) 16. I SECURITY EQUIPMENT m - m NOTE: �' ��,� •! •. ' C;RECErT y Ilq \ - L RE: A 120 FOR I , G.C. TO PROVIDE 1/2"CEMENT BD, BACKER AT ALL TILE LOCATIONS. BRONZE PORTAL \ \ FINISHES �� Q 2°'3 2, G.C. TO FULLY ADHERE SOLID POLYMER PANELS, 3. RE: IA100 FOR DIMENSION OF OPENING. COLUMN DETAIL COLUMN DETAIL TR M DETAIL (POL 3) FRAME 8 3/4" COLUMN DETAIL fiD I •A400 BURGUNDY INNER 41Y(, Pik 'A 4, RE: A 120, A200, A500 FOR REMAINDER OF FINISHES. SCALE: 314"= I' 0" SCALE: 314" = I' 0" SCALE: HALF FRAME I' 6" 5 3/4" SCALE: - " (P01-2) / 3/4 - ILO' U THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as on instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. M Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for ony port of fhls Project which do not bear the Architect's seal. The Architect s services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions at the Contract, General Requirements, Specificotions and other Drawings moy affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work unci all permits and required approvals are obtained, VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Aopleation of a material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of [hot Work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to fn'sh face of a malarial unless otherwise indicated. CJLplbliE & MEASURE doe ons - DO NOT STALE drae rgs unless d¢rr'se drected• p r o j e c t t i t I e Cs:.. -I W glIKV)Cr•Q) cn co Ri Lll 0 L_i z w LLwz� O w - - ei 1-- m Lim4 12 Og cr)CV p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal d r a w i n 'g t i t I e DETAILS d r a w i n g n u m b e r PAINTED MDF SECTION @ DIAMOND ROOM SCALE: CV 3"=1'-0" NOTE: FULLY ADHERE STOREFRONT FINISH MATERIAL TO BACKER. RE: A200 FOR STOREFRONT FINISHES. STORE FRONT DETAIL SCALE: FULL PAINTED MDF DIAMOND ROOM DETAIL SCALE: I I/2"= I'-0" NOT USED SCALE: SECTION @TYPICAL INTERIOR WALL REFERENCE NOTE: NOT ALL KEYNOTES USED U Dzu1 m DESCRIPTION FURNISH INSTALL z V- <6 1.0 'tNtKAL SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION I 2.0 .ITE WORK • EE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION 2 4 DEMOLITION NOTES 3.0 ONCRETE 3.1 ATCH CONCRETE SLAB @ PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL AS REQ'D 4.0 ASONRY 4.1 ATCH 4 REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO MALL TILE OR WALL ASONRY AS REQ'D, 5.0 ALS 5. I ISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN - GC TO VERIFY IN FIELD 5.2 5/8" STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUD 5.3 STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUD 5.4 •1YLMARK DIVIDLR #120064 5.5 1 5/8" COLD ROLLED CHANNEL 5.6 I' W x 3/4"D x 96"L BLACK METAL REVEAL IOP 5.7 I/8" ALUMN, EDGING ANGLE ;af 5.8 •1YLMARK J -MOLD #12004 I 5.9 .TYLMARK 135° COLUMN TRIM #120066 5.10 •TYLMARK WALLMARKER HEAD #110360 0,11 D 5. I I . MARK WALLMARKER SILL AND ANCHOR # 11048 I 5.12 .TYLMARK 90° COLUMN TRIM #120065 5.13 ` LUMINUM TRANSPARENCY-FRAAME. 5.14 , 2 51YLMARK CAM LUCK TOP AND BOTTOM #510199 r!r 1"ITAMMIMMIIMIEMI • 1 ' ' ' • • 1-1 H Ar 4XI2 GA. P-5 RE: 6A420 LEASE LINE ENLARGED PLAN DETAIL @ CASEWORK SCALE: I I/2"= I -0" NOTE: FULLY ADHERE STOREFRONT FINISH MATERIAL TO SACKER. RE: A200 FOR STOREFRONT FINISHES. GROUT FULL SECTION @ COLUMN SCALE: FULL NOTE: FULLY ADHERE STOREFRONT FINISH MATERIAL TO BACKER, RE: A200 FOR STOREFRONT FINISHES. GROUT FULL EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR aQ A 4 SECTION COLUMN SCALE: FULL RE: A 120 AND A500 FOR FINISHES ti RE: RC 6.1 2x4 (48" O.C.) AT LIGHT LOCATIONS B.O. CLG RE: A130 CF B.O. SOFFIT AL RE: A130 PAINT PER RCP C-2 C- I SECTION @CASEWORK SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" NOTE: G.C. TO PROVIDE A SAMPLE OF FOR HELZBERG APPROVAL T FIRST TIME THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER VISITS SITE. TYP. 5.0.CEILING RE: A130 DIAMOND ROOM NOTE: G.C. TO PROVIDE A SAMPLE OF FOR HELZBERG APPROVAL T' FIRST TIME THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER VISITS SITE. TYP. L 48" 0.C.) TO STRUCT. ABOVE PAINT PER RCP BRIDAL ROOM 2"x6" 5.0. SOFFIT RE: A130 GLASS PARTITION @ SOFFIT SCALE: I 1/2' =I'-0" ICL -L) 4111) Goo 8.6 6" 7" OPENING REQUIRED IF DOOR IS OVER 20' J 5 3/4 J -MOLD TRIM @ PORTAL ENTRY ONLY 1 3/4" POL-2 SECTION @GRILLE OPENING SCALE: 12" WIDE LEASE LINE 6' 5 3/4" 7" OPENING REQUIRED IF DOOR IS OVER 20' IA4I0 421) I'-0" POL- RE: 6A420 3'=1'-0" 5.0. AWINING RE: A200 NV AWNING DETAIL SCALE: I I /2= I'-0" 6.0 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 r• " II • ARPENTRY r ►I ••r /4" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD 2x4 WOOD BLOCKNG FOR EXISTING CA4SE ROLLING SSEMBLY. TIE ALL CASTOR ASSEMB�I IN A SINGLE ASE RUN TOGETHER FOR LATERAL 5 IFFNESS. x8 FIRE TREATED DOUBLE STUD HEADER /4"1-10 P. f / "x1 -I/ "ST•' PTT• AT H n rI 1- . IIP.�t7■1.11ir1►�l••Irl�[illllr7lr<[ ••r •�- EN I4 ' r ' '►I••1 IT \•\ `: V 1/4" CUSHION BACKING 2 •V Tr a 7.0 HERMAL 4 MOISTURE PROTEC1 ION 7. I ' MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY SECURED TO KICKERS 7.2 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY TO COVER EXISTING MALL TILE >ar LACK NEOPRENE : • • 1 r i\ • 1 r iltaffoltillIC0711001T•13111501101AMMINIIIIIIM , . ••n `1 x /8x3 \E is : �• l/ •*'• Fri\ • x 1V, /' 4. r •''►►•• r 9.0 INI H 9.2 9.3 9.4 /8" GYP. BD. /8" TYPE "X"GYP. BD. (COMPLIES W/ ASTM C36 " METAL STUDS -I G" O.C. (MAX.) OR AS NO 5/8" METAL STUDS, 16" O.C. MM. , OR AS NOTED 1/2" METAL STUDS 16" O.C. MAX OR AS NOTED 9.5 9.6 ummlaimagult. EarEggesixamoongi tan �•IiG1\I1f� 9[•�ia '�• •]:�F•�1C•I��•� -y, .. r • " WIDE "STAY LONG 1 APt �a�-srul�r>,��1�-palm `I�\ �1/ :` ' '•r 1 9.14 " METAL STUDS 12" O.C. (MA)4 . /:" `T ' : I ANT YP : •A r 6 • V ` • V IGHT GA BUILT UP BEAM 11,14.1 111..07.091( 1■GS UJP Willi■■.y:711A11 ma!Y[ m Fllmilima 7frlelaiL2:1441■.yfjiilI:11[eI • ��.yf:]IL!i'.L•ZlL�1:��•lt►Alli■■ILlfi�111[!7 Eim - ,1 1 5/8" LIGHT GA BUILT UP COLUMN " X 20 GA TRACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE. 16" U.C. -3/4" WOOD CASING EFINISHED MDF PANEL 9. 9.24 9.25 pot is all 9.28 :•`•r 1/2" CEMEN1 BOARD •• • :War L•]111:44'U11.71 a1•I•1;1J P] 11K)SK•14111= • *. :.`r - r .x SATIN FINISH - 5322-00136 • ' B BAR - BRADLEY I I/4"DIA.x42" PECIALTIES ATIN FINISH - 8322-00142 •' 10.5 x AP ' T • • I P N :- . :D M • ►T iumbiggingememmmil • . 1[•]1110 JF g11•BUMMI:] :1r11-a'b7IJAITK;av[•]1111100 • I. 10.7 . • • : • ANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL - BRADLEY URFACE MOUN1ED 8"Wx I I 1/2"11x OAP DISPENSER - BRADLEY 24 FL. OZ. -6501 a a • ' II•RMINC[.71alisi 'air.1,i [•L" :b$% • •' :I,• I -r .x. :' ' ' • i •• a 10.1 I EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD 10 REMAIN m 10.12 a ISTING MALL FLOOR SLAB TO REMAIN m 10.13 EXISTING MALL FLOOR TILE TO REMAIN m 10.14 MULTI DIRECTIONAL ROLLING CAS •- 10.15 .080 ALUM. CABINET FACE W/ SEMI - NOTE: HOLD TRIM AND DRYWALL UP 3/5" FOR CARPET. I2A410 C -I 1111111 1 PAINTED MDF STYLMARK # I 10481 SILL SMMARK #1 10358 ANCHOR ATTACH W/ TAPCON SCREWS EMBEDED 1-1/2" MAX IIIIIIII11 1 I11111111111 BASE @ GLASS PARTITION SCALE: I I /2"=1 -0" (FOL- I) LEASE LINE • i1' " \ • .,1 1 -•.• ,;1 ►. 1:00 m op 10.16 INSULATED DRAIN COVER 10.19 ALUMINUM CABINET: .063 ALUMINUM W/ SEMI -GLOSS BLACK FINISH m f m 10.20 BACK PANEL PIANO HINGE FOR SERVICE ACCESS m 10.21 1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING 10.22 HELZBERG GRAPHIC 10.23 HELZBERG PROMISE SIGN m `f«` 10.24 STOREFRONT SIGN - RE: SIGN DRAWINGS 10.25 FULL LENG1 H MIRROR: BOBRICK - 60"x20" 5-290 2060 a 10.26 • •' ' • • • 10.27 USTOM AWNING REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 18 2013 fi City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION bB003 SECTION @GRILLE OPENING QUIPMENT ALES DISPLAY CASES CONTRACTOR TO LAY OUT IAMOND ROOM DESK AND CHAIRS FFICE DESK WITH STORAGE IAMOND ROOM CABINET • ••Y ••• m m .6 NOT USED .7 GOLD CASES W/ STORAGE - ELEC. CONNECTION BY G.C. 1.13 LARGE STORAGE SAFE 35 I/2"Dx43"Wx72"H (4,424 lbs) I.13a SMALL STORAGE SAFE 25"Wx30 I /2"Dx42"H (1,779112s) 1.14 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx48"W m m 11.15 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx36"W I I . I C LAYAWAY CABINET AND FAX SHELF WITH STORAGE AND LATERAL FILE 20"d x 42"w 11.17 NOT USED 11.18 PLASMA T.V. 15.0 MECHANICAL (REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) 16.0 ELECTRICAL (REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) 16.1 SECURITY EQUIPMENT IAN 0 7 20131 CD co CC a. cc • LU co LU • CD Cti THIS DRAWING has been prepored by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as on instrument of service and is intended for use only on this projgct, All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, farm, arrangement, and composition of spoces and elements portrayed, constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. 0 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments ).ised for any port of this Project which do not bear the Architect s seal. The Architect s services ore undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obfigotion is assumed by the kchitect for the benelit of ony other entity. REIATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is o single component of on integrated set of Construction Documenls, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications ond other Drawings may affect the Work descrbed. Foikrre to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve -the Contractor from providing o complete Project. COMPLY WITII all laws, codes, ordinonces and regulations with outhorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not stad Work unti all permils and required approvals are obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement oi work constitutes verification and acceptance of oll exisling conditions. Application of a material or equipment item la Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work, ond ossumption ot responsibility for satisfactory instollation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ore to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated. CALCUWE & MEASURE Limerrsions - CO NOT SOLE drags unless arise drected. projecttitle cir) L( -;c3 (NI co LIE1 Lll LTi sz Cr) CNI projectnumber 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal drawingtitle DETAILS drawingnumber A4 1 U 0 T CV CO Co co cc c_ 0 Z cc LU 0 0 0 w I- LU LU Q J J LU O LO THIS DRAWING hos been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision os on instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect, Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for any part of 111s Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architect s services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obtgatian is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is o single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the while of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work until all permils and required approvals ore obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment tem to Work instated by others constitutes acceptance of that Work, and ossumplion of responsibility for satisfactory installation, DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indxpted. CALCIIAIE & MEASURE do as - DO NOT SCALE drawings unless demise drecled, p r o j e c t t i t l e gii _IN Low ailLICACIr!g_ w2c-Ni ':°) m _ i:Li.223,04-i NIV:2"EEA. 0 w w a: 1 Cn E- ,_ F- O occ§ Com) " p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuanc.e PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal d r a w i n g t i t l e FRAMING DETAILS d r a w i n g n u m b e r NOTE: NOT ALL REFERENCE KEYNOTES USED ANGLE WITH sLorrED HOLES AT TUI5E TYP. BOTH SID • NNECT _ ANGLESATTACH REFERENCE NUMBER DESCRIPTION iniMit!G.C. LANDNORD - TENANT MiEnieki G.C. IANDNORD 1155 3"x3" OVE • r DOOR ANGLES• TOGETHER1.0 HILTI • r NEKAL .EE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION I • : • - H55 COLUMN PER PLAN BOX COLUMN RE:1 1/M20 / 2.0 :ITE WORK .EE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION 2 4 DEMOLITION NOTES »> • :CHORD • 1/4" ANGLE •11111 • • - 3.0 ONCRETE 3.1 'ATCH CONCRETE SLAB @PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL AS REQ'D' _ J...4.01 HILTI X -ED 4. ONRY !'ATCI14 REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO MALL TILE OR WALL ASONRY AS REQ'D. 3-5/8" x 18 GA. METAL STUD. ATTACH TO BOX COLUMN WIT " ANGLE GR. 36 (4) # I 0 SCREWS. 5.0 ALS "s'sL ROOF J• 5. I ISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN - GC TO VERIFY IN FIELD war regi 5.2 e 5/8" STRUCTURAL STttLM IAL STUD i( 5.3 ." STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUD 3"x3"x6" LG 14 GA. CLIP ATTACH CLIP TO STUD ANGLE. ATTACH TO 1155 WITH (4) # I 0 SCREWS. COLUMN WITH (3) # I 0 SCREWS. 5.4 .TYLMARK DIVIDER # 120064 ®< 5.5 15/8" COLD ROLLED CHANNEL )w 5.6 I "W x 3/4"D x 96"L BLACK METAL REVEAL 5.7 I /8" ALUMN. EDGING ANGLE OVERHEAD r. • - SU -••- 5.8 .TYLMARK J -MOLD # 12004 I ® «_ 5.9 •TYLMARK I • • 1T1 *7 :I O•.. no 5.10 :TYLMARK WALLMARKER HEAD # I 10360 5. I I •.TYLMARK WALLMARKER SILL AND ANCHOR # I 10481 as 5.12 •:1YLMARK 90° COLUMN TRIM # 120065 '>, t191h . , I .T USED 5.13 , LUMINUM TRANSPARENCY FRAME. . CONNECTION STRUCTURE NNE TI N FROM BOX COLUMN TO 1155 4 5.14 , 2 STYLMARK CAM LOCK TOP AND BOTTOM #510199 '• : 0 V• - I �• •CHLUTER STRIP RENOU-V ' I ' • - 1 191-1 t„ „ , • SCALE: 3' = I'-0" DOUBLE "C" JOIST HEAD 4X 12 GA. EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD2) I lit 6.10 � � 5.18 18 GA. � � HLUTER STRIP RENO -1`K MAX.• • • ' •FLOOR 8. 5.3 9.3 6.2 6.0 ' ARPENTRY 6.1 IRE 1REATED WOOD BLOCKING 6.2 t/4" I-IKt 1 REATED PLYWOOD 6.3 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING FOR EXISTING CA5ERO LING • UNDERSIDE • RE: DETAILS I 3-16 ON A420 FOR ADDITIONAL ::: j ' SSEMBLY. TIE ALL CASTOR IN A SINGLE ASE RUN TOGETHER FOR LATERAL S11FNESS. :.: 6.4 x8 FIRE UD HEADER Doan INFORMATION •STOREFRONT 6.5 /4" HDWD. FRAME W/ I /2"x I ! /2" STOP, PAINT TO MATCH DJACENT SURFACE --' �• • • STRUCTURE . 6.6 /2"x I 1/2" HARD WOOD MOULDING 6.10 x4 WOOD TRIM PIECE iiia a 6.1 1 /2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD W/ NON-ABRASIVE /4" CUSHION BACKING 6.12 /4" SHIM r IC C . WITH . - •' r :• •8. 8. 6. I3 /2" MDFoi, - . ++ + + H55 COLUMN LAN ++ m ` + , - - • • r •8. 7.0 ERMAL 4 MOISTURE PROTECTION T NO ES I . RESTROOM PLATFORM DESIGNED FOR A 125 LB./S.F. LIVE LOAD. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR RESTROOM CEILING HEIGHT STORAGE ROOM CEILING HEIGHT. 2. INSTALL SPRINKLERS IN THIS AREA AS INDICATED IN SPECIFICATIONS AND IN CONFORMANCE W/ LOCAL CODES. S A. .. EXTEND • - • : • • II , • • • • ;• • •N. FLANGE. • (TYP 130TH SIDES) 6" • . 0. NOTES: - • • - • • , , • - , PLAN �- RESTROOM VE r r STORAGE -,• CEILING HEIGHT. SPRINKLERS2. INSTALL - INDICATED IN • r • •LOCALBUILDING 7. I -MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY SECURED TO KICKERS iar 7.2 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY TO COVER EXISTING MALL TILE irr; 7.3 :LACK NEOPRENE aril ijCOLUMN ( - • I I 7.4 OT USED 7.5 OT USED 7.6 M VI -15 DOUBLE COATED ACRYLIC FOAM, #494 I iwt aaa, 7.7 :"x3/8"x3" NEOPRENE PADi it BOX COLUMN RE: /A420 r• - .. • HEADER 8.0 r00R5 WINDOWS AA IN EACH TRACK D. rCODES. 8.1 1/2" TEMPERED CLEAR GLAZING 111 111 ;. - 8.6 OVERHEAD GRILLE AND TUBE STEEL SUPPORT 8.7 OLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME rtr i1 8.8 /4" x 3/4" ALUM. TRACK FASTENED TO PLYWOOD . A 9.0 INISHES`' 9.1 1/2" GYP. BD.ai 9.2 /8" GYP. BD. air BUILT UP COLUMN RESTROON/ FRAMING SECTION RE5TR00M FRAMING SECTION 9.3 /8"TYPE "X COMPLIESW/ASTM C36 "" UDS DETAIL @ COLUMN CONNECTION 9.4 ." METAL UDS 16T I6 0.C. (MAX.) ORAS NOTED 9.5 5/8" METAL STUDS, 16" O.C. MAX. ,ORAS NOTED •1/2" INFILL STUD SCALE: _ - �� I 0 • 9.6 1/2' METAL STUDS 16" O.C. MA(. ORAS NOTE 9.7 1 5/8" METAL STUDS 16" O.C. MAX. ORAS NOTED M w:7nrizoirl�I1t��.LII[Om • �O]:�mormomm %, .�. ■■E ■■ ■ • • 1 NSTALLED AT LEASE LINE x 14 GA. TRACK NOTE: WITH 2" FLANGE. (TYP TOP TUCK BOX COLUMN' - • 1/\3-5/8" ANGLE • 9. 2 .E�CLANT AND ROD I) MAX. SPAN OF BOX 25'-0". HEADER IS AND BOTTOM) 9. 3 ." METAL STUDS 12" U.C. (MAX.) 9. 4 /8" WATER RESISTANT GYP BOARD 9. 5 /8" METAL J TRIM 2) RE: DETAILS 13- 16 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON STOREFRONT STRUCTURE ON A420 9. 6 GH7 GA BUILT UP BEAM 9. 7 5/8" x 20 GA METAL STUD WITH 15/8" FLANGE. 1 6" O.C. 9. 8 ,4) #1 2 14 TEK SCREWS 9. 9 12" x 12 GA TRACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE :O _ - • 9.20 5/8" x 20 GA TRACK WITH I 1/4" FLANGE. 9.21 14 GA. 1 8 x 14 GA. METAL 9.22 GA WIRE TIED TO STRUCT. AND COLD ROLLED CHANNELCa 9.23 X/ I GA BUILTGHT X5/8" 9.24 ." 201 GA TRACK W/ FLANGE. 1 6" O.C. 9.25 2-3/4" WOOD CASING 9.26 'REFINISHED MDF PANEL 9.27 1/4" GYP. BOARD STUD WITH I -5/8" FLANGE. (TYP BOTH SIDES) #10 SCREWS @ 6" O.C. IN EACH TRACK FLANGE. 9.28 1/2" CEMENT BOARD 10.0 .PECIALTIES 10. I IRCULAR LOUVRES - LESLIE LOCKE 2"DIA. - #RLSC2 10.2 RAD BAR- BRADLEY I I/4"DIA.x36" SATIN FINISH - 8322-00136 / k CRIPPLE STUD 10.3 RAD BAR - BRADLEY I I/4"DIA.x42" on ATIN FINISH - 8322 001 42 10.4 ILT MIRROR WITH STAINLESS STEEL FRAME BOBRICK 18" W x 30"H #B 293 1830 I I "Wx 15 5/1 G"Hx4"D - 250-15 HEADER TRACKS HEADER MEMBERS (6) # 10 TECK SCREW PER ' I 44110' 4,0.0r#1.°1°)Ill" + X + 1 �/\ ,) --4-'-'*. / CRIPPLE STUD JAMB 0.6 OILET PAPER DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED SINGLE ROLL 5084 0.7 ANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL - BRADLEY .URFACt 8"WxI 1 1 /2"Hx 0.8 ENSEIED :OAP DISPENSER - BRADLEY 24 FL. OZ. -6501 0.9 TOWEL DISPENSER - BOBRICK 8-253 U. 0 RAB BAR - BRADLEY I I /4"DIA.x 18" . NOT USED 1 • BUILT UP BEAM CO ATIN FINISH 8322-001 18 HEADER 0 COLUMN CONNECTION 1 4 0. I S11NG MALL BULKHEAD 10 REMAIN 0. 2 EXISTING MALL FLOOR SLAB TO REMAIN SCALE: HALF • 0. 3 EXISTING MALL FLUOR TYLE 10 REMAIN 0. 4 MULTI -DIRECTIONAL ROLLING CASTOR (♦(♦ 0. 5 .080 ALUM. CABINET FACE W/ SEMI- gy(♦(♦(♦ CIE GLOSS BLACK FINISH -PAINT INTERIOR OF CABINET WHITE , SCREW ATTACHMENT te r JOIST 411 i 111 JOIST STUD / I (ALIGNED STUD TYP END ( WEB AT EACH OF JOIST. ► x t �- STIFFENER SCREW ATTACHMENT 10.16 INSULATED DRAIN COVER 10.19 ALUMINUM CABINET: 063 ALUMINUM W/ SEMI -GLOSS BLACK FINISH O . O BACK PANEL PIANO HINGE FOR SERVICE ACCESS 0.2 I 114" TEMPERED GLAZING 0.22 HELZBERG GRAPHIC 0.23 HELZBERG PROMISE SIGN >reNl HEADER. PLACE (2) AT EACH END AND (2) IN THE MIDDLE. 0.24 STOREFRONT SIGN RE: SIGN DRAWINGS I�ir 0.25 FULL LENGTH MIRROR: BOBRICK 60"x20" B-290 2060 `rOP 0.26 24"H x 36"W SHELF, SCREWS TO WALL ON OF SAFES 0.27 CUSTOM AWNING 0 EQUIPMENT 5% I SALES DISPLAY CASES CONTRACTOR TO LAY OUT 3 518" BUILT UP BOX COLUMN. RE: I I IA420 {2) # I 0 SCREWS (TMP.) 2 DIAMOND ROOM DESA`; AND CHAIRS tap 3 OFFICE DESK WITH STORAGE R��IIEWED FOR CODE CpMPLIANCE APPROVED 'JAN 1 8 ��'� City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION / 1111/111 4 DIAMOND ROOM CABINET 5 JEWELER'S ROOM FLOOR SAFE 6 NOT USED igai 7 GOLD CASES W/ STORAGE - ELEC. CONNECTION BY G.C. 13 LARGE STORAGE SAFE 35 I /2"Dx43"Wx72"H 4,424 lbs) I I.13a SMALL STORAGE SAFE 25"Wx30 I /2"Dx42"H I ,779115) + + 3"x3"x 14 GA. CLIP ANGLE EACH SIDE OF COLUMN. T.O. EXISTING SLAB 14 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx48"W Oar STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx36"W 11.16 LAYAWAY CABINET AND FAX SHELF WITH STORAGE AND LATERAL FILE 20"d x 42"w 1 1.17 NOT USED I I.18 PLASMA T.V. ori CUT BOTTOM OF POST SQUARELY SUCH THAT THERE I5 POSITIVE CONTACT BETWEEN ALL LIGHT GUAGE MATERIAL AND CONCRETE. n ^� (2) 3/ 16 XXXH 1.083x,p I TAPCONS W/ I "MIN. EMBED OR (2) HILTI X DNI W/ I" MIN.(3' EMBED. 15.0 MECHANICAL (REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) ADDITIONAL ANCHORAGE @ JAMB , 16.0 ELECTRICAL (REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) 16. I SECURITY EQUIPMENT ECE Cir i Q� TRACK WITH JOIST ABOVE) RESTROOM' FRAMING DETAIL �'�N ° 2013 COLUMN V N VAS PLATE STRUCTURAL FRAMING ELEVATION SCALE: 3" = I' 0" SCALE: 3/4" = 10" SCALE: 3" = I' 0" ERM' CEt ✓<L ,,4 U 0 T CV CO Co co cc c_ 0 Z cc LU 0 0 0 w I- LU LU Q J J LU O LO THIS DRAWING hos been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision os on instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect, Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for any part of 111s Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architect s services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obtgatian is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is o single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the while of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work until all permils and required approvals ore obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment tem to Work instated by others constitutes acceptance of that Work, and ossumplion of responsibility for satisfactory installation, DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indxpted. CALCIIAIE & MEASURE do as - DO NOT SCALE drawings unless demise drecled, p r o j e c t t i t l e gii _IN Low ailLICACIr!g_ w2c-Ni ':°) m _ i:Li.223,04-i NIV:2"EEA. 0 w w a: 1 Cn E- ,_ F- O occ§ Com) " p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuanc.e PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal d r a w i n g t i t l e FRAMING DETAILS d r a w i n g n u m b e r NOT USED SCALE: NOT USED SCALE: NOT USED SCALE: NOT USED SCALE: REFERENCE NOTE: NOT ALL KEYNOTES USED DESCRIPTION FURNISH INSTALL ZE.Z Z 0 Qc z (j zW ( z�5V2(F- (5 1.0 tNtI<AL SEE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION I 2.0 SITE WORK SEE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION 2 * DEMOLITION NOTES 3.0 CONCRETE 3. I -PATCH CONCRETE SLAB @ PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL AS REQ'D 4.0 MASONRY 4.1 BATCH 4 REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO MALL TILE OR WALL MASONRY AS REQ'D. 5.0 METALS 5. I EXISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN - GC TO VERIFY IN FIELD 5.2 3 5/8" STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUD 5.3 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUD 5.4 STYLMARK DIVIDER #120064 5.5 1 5/8" COLD ROLLED CHANNEL 5.6 I "W x 3/4"D x 96"L BLACK METAL REVEAL 5.7 1/8" ALUMN. EDGING ANGLE 5.5 ,STYLMARK J -MOLD #120041 5.9 STYLMARK 135° COLUMN TRIM #120066 m 5.10 SIYLMAKK WALLMAKKklk ' AD # I 10360 5. I I STYLMARK WALLMARKER SILL AND ANCHOR # I 1048 I 5.12 STYLMARK 90° COLUMN 1RIM # 120065 5.13 ALUMINUM TRANSPARENCY FRAME. El 5.14 (2) STYLMARK CAM LOCK TOP AND BOTTOM #5 10199 5.15 I//4XI/8 DIVIDER 5.16 SCHLUTER STRIP RENOU-V 5.17 'CHLU1 ER STRIP RENOU-U NOT USED SCALE: (WC -2 (WC- I (WC -1) (POL-2)-\1 T-5 m VENDOR SIGNAGE BY OWNER a SECURITY MONITOR ( C-2 RE: I A800 FOR DIAMOND ROOM GRAPHIC NOTES AND DIMENSIONS, NOT USED SCALE: WC - I) z--(POL-2) NOTES: DIAMOND ROOM GRAPHIC 1. LASER CUT AVERY ETCHMARK (A586 I -5) TRANSLUCENT VINYL APPLIED TO SECOND SURFACE OF GLASS PANEL. GRAPHIC KNOCKED OUT TO BE CLEAR. 2. GRAPHIC INSTALLER TO ENSURE THAT LOGO 15 CENTERED HORIZONTALLY ON GLASS PANEL, 3. GRAPHIC FABRICATOR TO COORDINATE WITH GC TO ENSURE THAT GRAPHIC IS AT LEAST AS WIDE AS GLASS PANEL. 4. GRAPHIC PROVIDED BY HOS, INSTALLED BY GC INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = I'-0" f- -t--N I I/ \ I I / I/I I �I /I I , / J I /1 // I // I / II// 1 I / / I / I / 111_IJ P-3 TRIM INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1-0' 5.18 DOUBLE "C" JOIST HEAD 4X12 GA. 5.19 SDILUTER STRIP RENO -1`K 6.0 CARPtNIRY 6. I FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING ENE 6.2 3/4" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD 6.3 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING FOR EXISTING CASE ROLLING ASSEMBLY. TIE ALL CAS1 ORASSEMBL�IE IN A SINGLE CASE RUN TOGETHER FOR LATERAL STIFFNESS. 6.4 2x5 FIRE P POP: TUD HEADER 6.5 3/4" HDWD. FRAME W/ I /2'x I -1/2" STOP, PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE 6.6 I/2"xI 1/2" HARD WOOD MOULDING 6.10 I x4 WOOD 6.1 I 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD W/ NON-ABRASIVE 1/4" CUSHION BACKING 6.12 I/4" SHIM 6.13 I/2" MDF 7.0 THERMAL 4 MOISTURE PROTECTION 7. I 4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY SECURED TO KICKERS 7.2 4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY TO COVER EXISTING MALL TILE 7.3 SLACK NEOPRENE 7.4 NOT USED m m 7.5 NOT USED m 7.6 3M VHB DOUBLE COATED ACRYLIC FOAM, #4941 7.7 8"x3/8"x3" NEOPRENE PAD 11M 8.0 DOORS * WINDOWS 8.1 1/2" 8.6 OVERHEAD GRILLE AND TUBE STEEL SUPPORT 8.7 HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME 5.8 314" x 3/4" ALUM. TRACK FASTENED TO PLYWOOD 9.0 FINISHES 9. I 1/2" GYP. BD. (WC -5, (POL-2 ( T-5 C- P-3 - P-3) INTERIOR ELEVATION fill d5 S cT') S N S cT) S a cf') o - IND y I AWNING 7WC5) WC -1 I ._..,„1/4_1 AWNING _\_ o AWNING BEYOND OPEN TO -IOPEN MALL BEYOND o BEYOND TO I ' MALL BEYOND �� I --\---BEYOND �-( WC -5) (G// OPEN TO r MALL BEYOND 9 WC -5 POL-2 WC -5 7' �� 1)--- , C- P-3 - P-3) INTERIOR ELEVATION fill On 10: 1138 IND AWNING 7WC5) �� I --\---BEYOND 9 POL-2 WC -5 ( TO / MALL BEYOND WC- I OPEN TO OPEN TOOPEN r MALL Vi BEYOND / MALL BEYOND °O (T5 C-2 (C-2 ® (C-2 POL-I) AP- I) T-7 ) TYP. SCALE: 1/4" = I -0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED i, JAN 18 9ml City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Cs•--- 003 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: I /4" = I'-0" 9.2 5/5" GYP. BD. 9.3 5/8" TYPE "X" : r OMPLIES W/ ASTM C36 9.4 6" METAL STUU3 T6" *. ) OR AS NOTED 9.5 3 5/8" METAL STUD 16" .C. M'AX.), OR AS NOTED 9.6 2 1/2" METAL STUDS 16" O.C. MAX.), OR AS NOTED 9.7 I 5/8" METAL STUDS 16" O.C. MAX.) OR AS NOTED 9.8 7/8" HAT CHANNEL 24" O.C. ( AX.), bR AS NOTED 9.9 8" DEEP LEG TRACT: 9:10 6" WIDE "STAY LONG TAPE" (BLUE) INSTALLED AT LEASE LINE El 9. 113-5/8" SLIP TRACK 9.12 SEALANT AND BACKER ROD 11 9.13 8" MEl AL S1 UDS 12" O.C. (MAX.) 9.14 3/8" WATER RESISTANT GYP BOARD 9.15 5/8" METAL J TRIM 9.16 LIGHT GA BUILT UP BEAM 9.17 3 5/8" x 20 GA METAL STUD WITH 1 5/5" FLANGE. 16" O.C. 9.18 (4) #12- 14 TEK SCREWS 9.19 12" x 12 GA TRACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE 9.20 3 5/8" x 20 GA TRACK WITH I 1/4" FLANGE. 9.2 I 14 GA. CLIP ANGLE 9.22 8 GA WIRE TIED TO STRUCT. AND COLD ROLLED CHANNEL 9.23 3 5/5" LIGHT GA BUIL1 UP COLUMN 9.24 6" X 20 GA TRACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE. 16" O.C. 9.25 2-314" WOOD CASING 9.26 PREFINISHED MDF PANEL 9.27 1/4" GYP. BOARD 9.28 1/2" CEMENT BOARD 10.0 SPECIALTIES 10.1 CIRCULAR LOUVRES - LESLIE LOCKE 2"DIA, - #RLSC2 10.2 GRAB BAR- BRADLEY I I/4"DIA.x36" SATIN FINISH - 8322-00136 10.3 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY I 1/4"DIA.x42" SATIN FINISH - 8322-00142 10.4 TILT MIRROR WITH STAINLESS STEEL FRAME-BOBRICK f{n 18" W x 30111-1- #B-293 1830 10.5 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED I I "Wx 15 5/ 16"Hx4"D - 250-15 10.6 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUN1 tU m SINGLE ROLL - 5084 10.7 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED 8"Wx1I I/2"Hx 10.8 SOAP DISPENSER - BRADLEY 24 FL. OZ. -6501 10.9 TOWEL DISPENSER - BOBRICK B-253 10.10 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY I I/4"DIA.x 18" SATIN FINISH - 8322-00115 10. I I EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN 10.12 -EXISTING MALL FLOOR SLAB TO REMAIN Em 10.13 EXISTING MALL FLOOR TILE 10 REMAIN Et 10.14 MULTI -DIRECTIONAL ROLLING CASTOR 10.15 .080 ALUM. CABINET FACE W/ SEMI - GLOSS BLACK FINISH -PAINT INTERIOR OF CABINET WHITE 10.16 INSULATED DRAIN COVER 10.19 ALUMINUM CABINET: .063 ALUMINUM W/ SEMI -GLOSS BLACK FINISH E l 10.20 BACK PANEL PIANO HINGE FOR SERVICE ACCESS 10.2 I 1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING 10.22 H LZBERG GRAPHIC 10.23 HELZBERG PKOMI5t3IGN 10.24 STOREFRONT SIGN - RE: SIGN DRAWINGS Ell 10.25 FULL LENGTH MIRROR: BOBRICK - 60"x20",_5-290 2060 10.26 2411 x 36"W SHELF, SCREWS TO WALL ON 'IDP OF SAFES 10.27 CUSTOM AWNING E l 11.0 EQUIPMENT I I . I SALES DISPLAY CASES CONTRACTOR TO LAY OUT I I.2 DIAMOND ROOM DESK AND CHAIRS 11.3 OFFICE DESK WI1H I ORAGL 11.4 DIAMOND ROOM CABINET I I.5 JEWELER'S ROOM FLOOR SAFt 11.6 NOT USED 11.7 GOLD CASES W/ STORAGE - ELEC. CONNECTION BY G.C. I I.13 LARGE STORAGE SAFE 35 I/2"Dx43"Wx72"H (4,424 lbs) I I.13a SMALL STORAGE SAFE 25"Wx30 I /2"Dx42"H (1,779 Ibs) 11.14 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx48"W m MI 11.15 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx36"W 11.16 LAYAWAY CABINET AND FAX SHELF WITH STORAGE . AND LATERAL FILE 20"d x 42"w 11.17 NOT USED Mel 4, 11.18 PLASMA T.V. 15.0 MECHANICAL (REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) 16.0 ELECTRICAL (REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) 16.1 SECURITY EQUIPMENT ALr0EIVFO r rry nr;rkn?tegr m ' .' 1 JAN 0 7 201 3 PERI`); I •- U THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. M Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments psed for ony part of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architect s services ore undertoken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obfgotion is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings moy affect the Work described, Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all lows, codes, ordinances and regulations with outhurities holing jurisdiction and with requirements of the landlord, if oppficoble, Do not start Work unit all permits and required approvals are obtained, VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of o moterial or equipment tem to Work instated by others constitutes acceptance of that Work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. ONIENSIONS SHOWN ore to finish face of a moledol unless otherwise indicated, f11WUlE ik MEASURE efrnenuors - TO NOT SCtE drawings udess otfedse (frested. p r o j e c t t i t I e J .o J �7 W rir,io C CSI W ®--41 w LJw 04' 0UW = t/) 0� Cr) CV p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal 6628 HEN STATE OF EGISTE D �iRC T ` •1f tV OVER INGTON d r a w i n g t i t l e INTERIOR ELEVATIONS d r a w i n g n u m b e r NOT USED SCALE: NOT USED SCALE: NOT USED SCALE: NOT USED SCALE: II ADA ROOM IDENTIFICATION SIGN (1/4" THICK) DOOR MOUNTED SIGN (I/4" THICK CALIFONIA ONLY) ADA SIGNS GI 4, GRADE 2 6„ BRAILLE GRADE 2 BRAILLE LATCH SIDE OF DOOR GRADE 2 BRAILLE DOOR MOUNTED SIGNS CALIFORNIA ONLY NOTES: 1. CHARACTERS AND SYMBOLS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND, 2. IDENTIFICATION SYMBOLS ARE TO BE ON WALL ADJACENT DOOR 60" ABOVE FLOOR AND ARE TO BE DISTINCTLY DIFFERENT FROM DOOR AND WALL IN COLOR AND CONTRAST. 3. PROVIDE ROOM IDENTIFICATION SIGN ON LATCH SIDE OF DOOR. 4. LETTERS 4 NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32" MIN., SHALL BE A MIN. OF 5/8" HIGH 4 SHALL BE SANS -SERIF UPPERCASE CHARACTERS. A.D.A. SIGNAGE ACCOMPANIED BY GRADE 2 BRAILLE. 5. REGULATORY SIGNS TO BE TYPICALLY ADA COMPLIANT TACTILE 3-D PLAQUES PER CODE REQUIREMENTS. SIGNS TO BE A TYPICAL ONE PIECE INJECTION MOLDED FABRICATION WITH RAISED SECOND SURFACE GRAPHICS. 6. ALL SIGNS SHALL BE DROWN RESTROOM SIGN DETAIL SCALE: NOT USED SCALE: REFERENCE NOTE: NOT ALL KEYNOTES USED 0 DESCRIPTION FURNISH INSTALL z (1). w U oatz O L 0 S I.0 GENERAL SEE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION I 2.0 SITE WORK SEE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION 2 4 DEMOLITION NOTES 3.0 OONCRETE 3. I PATCH CONCRETE SLAB @ PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL AS REQ'D 1r 4.0 MASONRY 4. I ,PATCH 4 REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO MALL TILE OR WALL 'MASONRY AS REQ'D. 5.0 M TALS 5. I EXISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN - GC TO VERIFY IN FIELD 5.2 3 5/8" STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL Si UD 5.3 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUD 5.4 STYLMARK DIVIDER #120064 5.5 1 5/8" COLD ROLLED CHANNEL ® '. Li 5.6 I'W x 3/4"D x 96"L BLACK METAL REVEAL 5.7 I/8" ALUMN. EDGING ANGLE 5.8 TYLMARK J -MOLD # 12004 I 5.9 TYLMARK 135° COLUMN TRIM # 120066 5.10 TYLMARK WALLMARKER HEAD # 110360 5. I 1 TYLMARK WALLMARKER SILL AND ANCHOR # 11048 I 5.12 TYLMARK 90° COLUMN TRIM # 120065 5.13 LUMINUM TRANSPARENCY FRAME. 5.14 '2 STYLMARK CAM LOCK TOP AND BOTTOM #5 10199 5.15 ‘1/4X1/8 DIVIDER 5.16 SMUTER STRIP RENOU-V 5.17 ISCHLUTER STRIP RENOU-U 5.18 'DOUBLE "C" JOIST HEAD 4X12 GA. 5.19 SCHLUTER STRIP RENO -1`K 6.0 ''ARPENTRY 6. I FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING 6.2 3/4" FIRE TREA ED PLYWOOD 6.3 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING FOR EXISTING CASE ROLLING ASSEMBLY. TLE ALCCASTORASSEMBLIES INA SINGLE CASE RUN TOGETHER FOR LATERAL STIFFNES. 6.4 2x8 FIRE TREATED DOUBLE -STUD HEADER 6.5 3/4" HDWD. FRAME W/ I /2"x I -1 /2" STOP, PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE 6.6 I/2"xl 1/2" HARD WOOD MOULDING 6.10 I x4 WOOD TRIM PIECE 6. I I 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD W/ NON-ABRASIVE 1/4" CUSHION BACKING 6.12 I/4" SHIM 6.13 1/2" MDF 7.0 THERMAL 4 MOISTURE PROTECTION 7. I 4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY SECURED TO KICKERS 7.2 L4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY TO COVER EXISTING MALL TILE 7.3 LACK NEOPRENE 7.4 NOT USED 7.5 NOT USED 7.6 3M VHB DOUBLE COATED ACRYLIC FOAM, #4941 7.7 8"x3/8"x3" NEOPRENE PAD 8.0 DOORS * WINDOWS 5. I 1/2" TEMPERED CLEAR GLAZING 8.6 OVERHEAD GRILLE AND TUBE STEEL SUPPORT 8.7 HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME 8.8 3/4" x 3/4" ALUM. TRACK FASTENED TO PLYWOOD 9.0 FINISHES • 9.1 1/2" GYP. BD. 9.2 -5/8" GYP. BD. • C 4) 46" A.F.F. TO BOT. OF UNIT r INSULATE HOT WATER PIPES 4 DRAINS - 8" MIN KNEE CLEARANCE'S // / 17 MIN. DEPTH 'f6 MAX N \ \ TOE CLEARANCE RESTROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = I -0" ( T-4) 4�TI) 6" MAX.. a U 16 RESTROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = I -0" 40" A.F.F. (MAX) TO B.O. REFLECTIVE SURFACE 0 GFI OUTLET ;t - co // k 15" �l MIN. A RESTROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = I -0" RESTROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1-0" NOTE: A WATERPROOF MEMBRANE MUST BE INSTALLED ON RESTROOM FLOOR AND UNDER AND AROUND MOP SINK. MUST BE COMPATIBLE WITH FLOOR TILE AND GROUT, AND MUST EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 6" UP THE WALL. RESTROOM FINISH MATERIALS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE G.C. cm O N m rr 1'-0" MIN. 4 -40 .413 .10 3 -40 i C W/ SOUND INSULATION / 4 1 F9A5 100 E 1-2 jl 3A5 I fj II \ 4'-8" MIN. WI SOUND :.J lgr 1i%%WiWM Y. Tel % W.1111111111v 4tha4 INSULATION 2'-8 3/4" 2'-5 I /4" WI SOUND INSULATION 2' 6" MIN. 6'-2 1/2" 7A420 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED, (JAN 18 ')m' City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION D�3 003 ENLARGED TOILET BOON PLAN SCALE: 1 /2"= I'-0" 9.3 5/8" TYPE "X"GYP. (COMPLIESA5TM C3 9.4 6" METAL STUDS, B 6' 0 C (MAX.)NOR AS NOTED 9.5 3 5/8" METAL STDS IG" O. . AX. , OR AS NOTED 9.6 2 1/2" METAL STUDS 16" O.C. MAX. OR AS NOTED v PP . •. •- A • r I . 9.10 ." WIDE "STAY LONG TAPE" (BLUE) INSTALLED AT LEASE LINE 9.1 13-5/5" SLIP TRACK 9.12 SEALANT AND BACKER ROD 9.13 8" METAL S1 UDS, 12" O.C. (MAX.) 9.14 ,3/8" WATER RESISTANT GYP. BOARD 9.15 15/5" METAL J TRIM 9.16 L�HT GA BUILT UP BEAM 9.17 3 5/8" x 20 GA METAL STUD WIT H 15/8" FLANGE. 100.C. 9.18 (4) #I2- 14 TEK SCREWS 9.19 12" x 12 GA TRACK W/ 15/8" FLANGE 9.20 3 5/8" x 20 GA TRACK WITH I 1/4" FLANGE. 9.21 14 GA. CLIP ANGLE 9.22 8 GA WIRE TIED TO STRUCT. AND COLD ROLLED CHANNEL 9.23 3 5/8" LIGHT GA BUILT UP COLUMN 9.24 6" X 20 GA TRACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE. 16" O.C. 9.25 2-3/4" WOOD CASING 9.26 INISHED MDF PANEL 9.27 1/4" GYP. BOARD 9.28 1/2" CEMENT BOARD 10.0 SPECIALTIES 10. I CIRCULAR LOUVRES - LESLIE LOCKE 2"DIA. - #RLSC2 10.2 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY I I/4"DIA.x36" SATIN FINISH - 8322-00136 10.3 GRAS BAR - BRADLEY I I /4"DIA.x42" SATIN FINISH - 8322-00142 Is. JOI 10.4 TILT MIRROR WITH STAINLESS STEEL FRAME-BOBRICK 18" W x 30"H - #5-293 1830 10.5 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED I I "Wx 15 5/ 16"Hx4"D - 250-15 10.6 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED SINGLE ROLL - 5084 10.7 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED 8"Wx I I I /2"Hx 10.8 SOAP DISPENSER - BRADLEY 24 FL. OZ. -6501 10.9 TOWEL DISPENSER - BOBRICK B-253 1 0.10`GRAB BAR - BRADLEY 1 I /4"DIA.x 18" I II SATIN FINISH - 8322-00115 10. I I EXIS1 ING MALL BULKHEAD IU k MAIN 12 IE 10.12 EXISTING MALL FLOOR SLAB TO REMAIN 10.13 EXISTING MALL FLOOR TILE TO REMAIN 10.14 MULTI -DIRECTIONAL ROLLING CASTOR 10.15 .080 ALUM. CABINET FACE W/ SEMI- GLOSS BLACK FINISH -PAINT INTERIOR OF CABINET WHITE 10.16 INSULATED DRAIN COVER 10.19 ALUMINUM CABINET: .063 ALUMINUM W/ SEMI -GLOSS BLACK FINISH 10.20 BACK PANEL PIANO HINGE FOR SERVICE ACCESS 10.2 I 1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING 10.22 HELZBERG GRAPHIC 10.23 HELZBERG PROMISE SIGN 10.24 STOREFRONT SIGN - RE: SIGN DRAWINGS El 10.25 FULL LENGTH MIRROR: BOBRICK - 60"x20",_13-290 2060 m 10.26 24111 x 36"W SHELF, SCREWS TO WALL ON TOP OF SAFES 10.27 CUSTOM AWNING II.0 EQUIPMENT I I . I SALES DISPLAY CASES CONTRACTOR TO LAY OUT I I.2 DIAMOND ROOM DESK AND CHAIRS I 1.3 OFFICE DESK WITH STORAGE Eft • I I.4 DIAMOND ROOM CABINET 11.5 JEWELER'S ROOM FLOOR 5Att 11.6 NOT USED Ili I I.7 GOLD CASES W/ STORAGE - ELEC. CONNECTION BY G.C. •h� 11.13 LARGE STORAGE SAFE 35 I /2"Dx43"Wx72"H (4,424 lbs) I I.13a SMALL STORAGE SAFE 25"Wx30 I /2"Dx42"H (I ,779 lbs) I 1.14 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx48"W or El 11.15 STORAGE SH rx r I I.16 LAYAWAY CABINET AND FAX SHELF WITH STORAGE 111 AND LATERAL FILE 20"d x 42"w 11.17 NOT USED 11.18 PLASMA T.V. Pm lel 15.0 MECHANICAL (REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) 16.0 ELECTRICAL (REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) 16. I SECURITY EQUIPMENT RECEIVED C°r' r r UKvvput JAN 0 7 2013' r'FRrj1IT CENTFP • , I U THIS DRAWING hos been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments psed for any port of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architects services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Controctor from providing o complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulation with authorities honing jurisdiction and with requirements of the landlord, if oppptcoble. Do not start Work unit all permits and required approvals ore obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Appl'cotion of a material or equipment tem to Work instated by others constitutes acceptance of That Work and assumption 01 responsibility for satisfactory installation. OIMIENSI011S SUM ore to finish lace of a material unless otherwise heicaled, CAIWUIE & IIEASIALE dmensons - DO NOT StilE drowngs ales otherwise drKled, p r o j e c t t i t l e _! .0 PhAii -I W (iclDoo w dieb c;), fa-, 603 asiltF-L---Itcl NwZ� Q LLi 04 O W U E =1-,>-)-,_=_F_ Z =,(,, O O ," p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal 6628 EGISTERED R - ITECT . KLOVER INGTON d r a w i n g t i t l e RESTROOM PLAN * ELEVATIONS d r a w i n g n u m b e r GO 54" MIN. r / \ I'-0" r 42" MIN. / \ 39" MIN. \ 4 I "MAX. / \ \ tit \ Z \ / - o Z / 1t :i1 / - U Q / I~ ‘.J RESTROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1-0" NOTE: A WATERPROOF MEMBRANE MUST BE INSTALLED ON RESTROOM FLOOR AND UNDER AND AROUND MOP SINK. MUST BE COMPATIBLE WITH FLOOR TILE AND GROUT, AND MUST EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 6" UP THE WALL. RESTROOM FINISH MATERIALS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE G.C. cm O N m rr 1'-0" MIN. 4 -40 .413 .10 3 -40 i C W/ SOUND INSULATION / 4 1 F9A5 100 E 1-2 jl 3A5 I fj II \ 4'-8" MIN. WI SOUND :.J lgr 1i%%WiWM Y. Tel % W.1111111111v 4tha4 INSULATION 2'-8 3/4" 2'-5 I /4" WI SOUND INSULATION 2' 6" MIN. 6'-2 1/2" 7A420 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED, (JAN 18 ')m' City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION D�3 003 ENLARGED TOILET BOON PLAN SCALE: 1 /2"= I'-0" 9.3 5/8" TYPE "X"GYP. (COMPLIESA5TM C3 9.4 6" METAL STUDS, B 6' 0 C (MAX.)NOR AS NOTED 9.5 3 5/8" METAL STDS IG" O. . AX. , OR AS NOTED 9.6 2 1/2" METAL STUDS 16" O.C. MAX. OR AS NOTED v PP . •. •- A • r I . 9.10 ." WIDE "STAY LONG TAPE" (BLUE) INSTALLED AT LEASE LINE 9.1 13-5/5" SLIP TRACK 9.12 SEALANT AND BACKER ROD 9.13 8" METAL S1 UDS, 12" O.C. (MAX.) 9.14 ,3/8" WATER RESISTANT GYP. BOARD 9.15 15/5" METAL J TRIM 9.16 L�HT GA BUILT UP BEAM 9.17 3 5/8" x 20 GA METAL STUD WIT H 15/8" FLANGE. 100.C. 9.18 (4) #I2- 14 TEK SCREWS 9.19 12" x 12 GA TRACK W/ 15/8" FLANGE 9.20 3 5/8" x 20 GA TRACK WITH I 1/4" FLANGE. 9.21 14 GA. CLIP ANGLE 9.22 8 GA WIRE TIED TO STRUCT. AND COLD ROLLED CHANNEL 9.23 3 5/8" LIGHT GA BUILT UP COLUMN 9.24 6" X 20 GA TRACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE. 16" O.C. 9.25 2-3/4" WOOD CASING 9.26 INISHED MDF PANEL 9.27 1/4" GYP. BOARD 9.28 1/2" CEMENT BOARD 10.0 SPECIALTIES 10. I CIRCULAR LOUVRES - LESLIE LOCKE 2"DIA. - #RLSC2 10.2 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY I I/4"DIA.x36" SATIN FINISH - 8322-00136 10.3 GRAS BAR - BRADLEY I I /4"DIA.x42" SATIN FINISH - 8322-00142 Is. JOI 10.4 TILT MIRROR WITH STAINLESS STEEL FRAME-BOBRICK 18" W x 30"H - #5-293 1830 10.5 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED I I "Wx 15 5/ 16"Hx4"D - 250-15 10.6 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED SINGLE ROLL - 5084 10.7 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED 8"Wx I I I /2"Hx 10.8 SOAP DISPENSER - BRADLEY 24 FL. OZ. -6501 10.9 TOWEL DISPENSER - BOBRICK B-253 1 0.10`GRAB BAR - BRADLEY 1 I /4"DIA.x 18" I II SATIN FINISH - 8322-00115 10. I I EXIS1 ING MALL BULKHEAD IU k MAIN 12 IE 10.12 EXISTING MALL FLOOR SLAB TO REMAIN 10.13 EXISTING MALL FLOOR TILE TO REMAIN 10.14 MULTI -DIRECTIONAL ROLLING CASTOR 10.15 .080 ALUM. CABINET FACE W/ SEMI- GLOSS BLACK FINISH -PAINT INTERIOR OF CABINET WHITE 10.16 INSULATED DRAIN COVER 10.19 ALUMINUM CABINET: .063 ALUMINUM W/ SEMI -GLOSS BLACK FINISH 10.20 BACK PANEL PIANO HINGE FOR SERVICE ACCESS 10.2 I 1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING 10.22 HELZBERG GRAPHIC 10.23 HELZBERG PROMISE SIGN 10.24 STOREFRONT SIGN - RE: SIGN DRAWINGS El 10.25 FULL LENGTH MIRROR: BOBRICK - 60"x20",_13-290 2060 m 10.26 24111 x 36"W SHELF, SCREWS TO WALL ON TOP OF SAFES 10.27 CUSTOM AWNING II.0 EQUIPMENT I I . I SALES DISPLAY CASES CONTRACTOR TO LAY OUT I I.2 DIAMOND ROOM DESK AND CHAIRS I 1.3 OFFICE DESK WITH STORAGE Eft • I I.4 DIAMOND ROOM CABINET 11.5 JEWELER'S ROOM FLOOR 5Att 11.6 NOT USED Ili I I.7 GOLD CASES W/ STORAGE - ELEC. CONNECTION BY G.C. •h� 11.13 LARGE STORAGE SAFE 35 I /2"Dx43"Wx72"H (4,424 lbs) I I.13a SMALL STORAGE SAFE 25"Wx30 I /2"Dx42"H (I ,779 lbs) I 1.14 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx48"W or El 11.15 STORAGE SH rx r I I.16 LAYAWAY CABINET AND FAX SHELF WITH STORAGE 111 AND LATERAL FILE 20"d x 42"w 11.17 NOT USED 11.18 PLASMA T.V. Pm lel 15.0 MECHANICAL (REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) 16.0 ELECTRICAL (REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) 16. I SECURITY EQUIPMENT RECEIVED C°r' r r UKvvput JAN 0 7 2013' r'FRrj1IT CENTFP • , I U THIS DRAWING hos been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments psed for any port of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architects services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Controctor from providing o complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulation with authorities honing jurisdiction and with requirements of the landlord, if oppptcoble. Do not start Work unit all permits and required approvals ore obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Appl'cotion of a material or equipment tem to Work instated by others constitutes acceptance of That Work and assumption 01 responsibility for satisfactory installation. OIMIENSI011S SUM ore to finish lace of a material unless otherwise heicaled, CAIWUIE & IIEASIALE dmensons - DO NOT StilE drowngs ales otherwise drKled, p r o j e c t t i t l e _! .0 PhAii -I W (iclDoo w dieb c;), fa-, 603 asiltF-L---Itcl NwZ� Q LLi 04 O W U E =1-,>-)-,_=_F_ Z =,(,, O O ," p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal 6628 EGISTERED R - ITECT . KLOVER INGTON d r a w i n g t i t l e RESTROOM PLAN * ELEVATIONS d r a w i n g n u m b e r U C • Lo N T ci M O) • co cooi M L a THIS DRAWING hos been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision os an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or ony documents, drawings or other instruments psed for any port of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architect s services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner, No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of ony other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings moy affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing o complete Project. COMPLY WITH all lows, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities honing jurisdiction and with requirements of the landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work unit all permits and required approvals ore obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Appfcotion of o moterial or equipment item to Work instated by others constitutes acceptance of that Work and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. OIIIENSONS SHOWN ore to fins!) face of a material unless otherwise indicated. CILCDUIE & MEASURE dmensas - DO NOT SGLE drorings unless otherwise dated. p r o j e c t t i t I e p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal d r a w i n g t i t l e SCHEDULES, FINISHES t DETAILS d r a w i n g n u m b e r -URN1511 INSTALL NOTE: THIS ISA MASTER LIST AND NOT FF C� H FURNISH INSTALL, R F E ISE N C KEYNOTES TALL USED O m I TENANT I LANDLORD I TENANT °� DOOR 5 C II E D U LE 0 z ALL MATERIALS WILL BE USED. ! I N I I I KEY "' r - z c� z N cU (DJ DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER LINE COLOR COLOR # R FLAME SPREAD SMOKE DEVEL. CLASS REMARKS z oz a LOCATION ROOM DOOR MATERIAL FRAME HARD- "' FURNISH INSTALL Z w PI W "-_ `off z DESCRIPTION cb Z `n 5 TENANT G.C. LANDWORD 1- z a I- v c� 0 o z VB -I ® 0 VINYL COVE BASE JOHNSONITE TRADITIONAL 4" BROWN 47 8 o Q to v - v z NO. WIDTH HEIGHT THICK TYPE HEAD JAMB TYPE FINISH WARE LABEL REMARKS CI ® ® SALES AREA CARPET CONSTANTINE CARPET CUSTOM R220070(J82)I #534G > 0.45 WATTS/CM-2 PAD BACKER IS HARDWARE PLUS (EB) I A 0 0 :' ENTRY TO SALES AREA 101 -10'-0 1/21' 10'-0" • A ALUMINUM a aa A (1) (2) (5) SEE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION I u C2 ® o SALES AREA CARPET BASE CONSTANTINE CARPET CUSTOM R220070(J82) #5346 > 0.45 WATTS/CM-2��ENtKAL I 6 HIGH W/ FINISHED EDGE I B ® ® ENTRY TO SALES AREA 101 16' 10" 10' 0" A ALUMINUM * * A (I) (2) (5) €''>I C3 ® ® WORK ARPEAREA T LE CARPN I INC GUST OM PPR 159744 #320 > 0.45 WATTS/CM-2 I G.C. TO PROVIDE ADHESIVE I C 0 0 ENTRY TO SALES AREA 101 -131-10 1/2' 10'-0" • A ALUMINUM * * A (I) (2) (5) 2.0 SITE WORK <„ P-1 0 0 GENERAL WALL PPG PAINT EGGSHELL CHINA WHITE 515-1 VARIES W/ SURFACE ID 0 0 ENTRY TO SALES AREA 101 - 18'-0" 10'-0" • A ALUMINUM a * A (I) (2) (5) • I P I V • 1 : P I • 111 l • L. P-2 0 0 GENERAL CEILING PPG PAINT FLAT CHINA WHITE 515-1 VARIES W/ SURFACE IE 2 0 0 0 0 ENTRY TO SALES AREA WORK AREA 101 104 -10-11 3/4i 3'-0" 10'-0" 7'-0" • 13/4 A B ALUMINUM MTL 0 9AGOO 9A600 * HM * P-3 A B (1) (2) (5) (3) (4) • • 1 0- P-3 0 0 PEARL TRIM PPG PAINT SEMI GLOSS BONE WHITE 516-3 VARIES Wl SURFACE MECHANICAL AS REQ'D 3 0 ® TOILET ROOM 103 3'-0" 7'-0" 1314" B MTL 9AGOO 9A600 HM P- I C P-4 ® ® STOREFRONT TRIM PPG PAINT EGGSHELL STONINGTON 4 16 4 VARIES Wl SURFACE (I) *SPECIFIC DOOR DETAILS (2) ALL KEY STATIONS ARE PROVIDED BY DOOR FABRICATOR (N.I.C.) - REFER TO TO BE ON INTERIOR OF STORE SHOP DRAWINGS. (3) G.C. TO INSTALL PEEP HOLE IN DOOR (4) PAINT SALES SIDE PER ELEVATION. PAINT ROOM (5) ALL BATTERIES FOR OVERHEAD GRILLS ARE LOCATED SIDE P- I . IN B.0.H. • •• A '.' • l'' • "ATCH 4 REPAIR ANY DAMAGE 1 U MALL 1 LLE OR WALL P-5 0 0 RECESSED GRILLE TRACK PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS FLAT TRIGON BLACK 6258 VARIES W/ SURFACE ASONRY AS REQ'D. P 6 0 0 STOREFRONT PPG PAINT EGGSHELL MERLOT 435-7 VARIES W/ SURFACE ( -URNISH INSTALL NOTE: THIS IS A MASTER LIST AND NOT • mi ALL HARDWARE SETS WILL BE USED. ii AI�DWA�E SCHEDULE �' "1 1 • - IT-{ ' r aw ACT- I 0 ® SALES ACOUSTICAL CEILING - 2' x 2' x 3/4" ARMSTRONGWHITE GRID PRELUDE TILES - -DUNE 0 25 CLASS A GRID CONCEALED T SUSPENSION SYSTEM; 15 /I6" GRID FACE TILE - ANGLED TEGUTAR EDGE # 17743 518" STRUCTURAL STEEL METAL STUD -METAL >qoN 5.3 6 STRUCTURAL STEEL -STUD in _ a � z r= n � �- z a z � • �? � o o z g � z a w � • c i � 0 o z g ITEM QUANTITY /DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER FINISH REMARKS 5.4 STYLMARK DIVIDER # 120064 ® ""' tai a ACT -2 0 0 WORK ROOM ACOUSTICAL CEILING - 2' x 4' x 3/4" ARMSTRONG GRID - PRELUDE TILES -DUNE WHITE 0-25 CLASS A GRID - 15 / 16" GRID FACE TILE - ANGLED TEGULAR EDGE # 1774 : • Ir ' • P � � 5.6 I "VV x 3/4"D x 96"L BLACK METAL REVEAL 5.7 I/8" ALUMN. EDGING ANGLE ACRYLIC PANEL AP- I 0 0 EXT. ACRYLIC BAND OWNER SUPPLIED RED APPLY TO MALL SIDE OF STOREFRONT ONLY A 0 0:: OVERHEAD GRILLE 1DWR. SATIN CHROME ALL HARDWARE SUPPLIED W/ DOOR SYSTEM INSTALLED BY OTHER 5.8 SIYLMARK J -MOLD # 12004 I 5.9 SIYLMARK 135° COLUMN TRIM # ! 20066 ® B 0 ® HINGES THREE (3) PAIR BUTT HINGES HAGER BBI 279 4x4 SATIN CHROME 5.10 i1'11�/141h •1iii•/1;��•7lif•�V1J •7cI i es Mi GIAss FILM SF -3 0 ® DIAMOND ROOM FILM ON GLASS OWNER SUPPLIED . ®.: 0 DOOR HANDLE ONE (I) STANLEY 93K7D 15D S3 626 SATIN CHROME - 5.12 SIYLMAKK 90° COLUMN TRIM # 120065 171111' � � ••••4 � - �• � 0 0 SILENCERS ONE (I) IVES 5864 SATIN CHROME PL -I 0 0 FIXTURE LAMINATE WILSONART FINE GRAIN PREMIUM FINISHo0 ZAFFRAN 793 178 CONTACT TERESA HUMPHREY @ WILSONART ,2 STYLMARK CAM LOCK TOP AND BOTTOM #510199 • - ® *1 ® FLOOR STOPONE (I)IVESF517SATIN CHROME5.16 - : r P SCHLUTER Sl KIN KLNOU-V El -1- g PL 2 0 0 FIXTURE LAMINATE WILSONART FINE GRAIN PREMIUM FINISH PEARL BISQUE 15D485 7 CONTACT TERESA HUMPHREY @ WILSONART 5.17 SCHLUTER STRIP RENOU U ® ® KICKPLATE TWO (2) IVES I0" HIGH - 8400-532D SATIN CHROME - 5.19 DOUBLE "C"JOIST EN4X 12 GA. SCHLUTER STRIP RENO -K T I 0 ® TOILET ROOM WALL TILE DAL TILE SEMI GLOSS GLAZED WALL TILE ALMOND K 1655.19 61x6", OR tQUACFROM LOCAL SUPPLIER; GROUP: CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS #382 BONE. G.C. TO SUBMIT SAMPLE TO OWNER FOR APPROVAL BEFORE INSTALL. 0 0 PEEP HOLE WORK AREA ONLY T 2 ® ® TOILET ROOM FLOOR TILE DAL TILE GOLD RUSH MOSAICS GOLDEN NUGGET PEPITE DORADA #5208 2'x2", OR EQUAL FROM LOCAL SUPPLIER; GROUT: CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS #156 FAWN. G.G. TO SUBMIT SAMPLE TO OWNER FOR APPROVAL BEFORE INSTAL C 0 ® HINGES THREE (3) PAIR BUTT HINGES - HAGER 13131279 4x4 SATIN CHROME 6•0 CARPENTRY ig 1 • • Tf • • r i • ' 1 ® 0 DOOR HANDLE ONE (I) SCHLAGE #AL4OS F76 NEP-626 SATIN CHROME PRIVACY LOCK p T-3 0 0 NOT USED - • /4" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD torr" 6.3 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING FOR Mb ING CASE ROLLING ria ® ® SILENCERS ONE (I) IVES SR64 SATIN CHROME T-4 0 0 TOILET ROOM WALL TILE DAL TILE SEMI GLOSS GLAZED WALL TILE ALMOND K 165 2" x 6" ACCENT 5T KIP, UK EQUAL FROM LOCAL SUPPLIER GKUUI : CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS #382 BONE ASSEMBLY. TIE ALL CASTOR ASIN A SINGLE _$EMBLIES CASE RUN TOGETHER FOR LAT KRAAL STIFFNESS. 0 0 FLOOR STOP ONE (I) IVES f517 SATIN CHROME 6.4 -3/4" 2x8 FIRE TREATED DOUBLE STUD HEADER •let poi T-5 0 0 BORDER TILE CONCEPT SURFACES SUPREME CHOCOLATE 12" x 12" ; CUT TO 2" x 12" SATIN FINISH; GROUT: LATICRETE #35 MOCHA 6.5 HDWD. FRAME W/ I/2"x I -1/2" STOP PAINT TO MATCH . ® 0 CLOSER ONE (I) WI HOLD OPEN LCN LCN 1460 SATIN CHROME ADJACENT SURFACE T 6 0 0 NOT USED 6.6 1/2"x1 1 /2" HARD WOOD MOULDING f ifdt o� 0 0 1VCKPLATE ONE (I) IVES 10" HIGH - 8400-532D SATIN CHROME RESTROOM SIDE 6.10 1x4 WOOD 1K 7 NT (,tA 110. T-7 0 0 EXT. FACADE STONE CONCEPT SURFACES SEA SHELL GRID RG 201 C5 21"x13"; GROUT CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS #386 OYSTER GRAY 6.Ii 1/4"I TEDPLYWOOD W/NON-ABRASIVE FINISH SCHEDULE DOOR TYPES 1/4" CUSHION CBACKING WC -1 0 0 CUSTOM SCROLL MURAL KOROSEAL MOHAVE II CUSTON SCROLL BY SINGER CONTRACT GROUP 6.12 1/4" SHIM T� ; G. 13 I/2" MDF gal WC -2 0 0 LINEA PEARL MDC WALL COVERING COLUMNS Q E WC -3 0 0 BLUE XOREL CARNEGIE XOREL STRIE 6423 WI22 z v 7.0 THERMAL MOISTURE PROTECTION ` �, ROOM w o z Q ua 0 o o WC -4 ® ® BURGANDY XOREL CARNEGIE XOREL METEOR 6427 W228 ��4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY SECUKtD 10 KICKtRS mN N0. ROOM NAME o 3 3 t-' REMARKS 7.2 4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY TO COVER EXISTING MALL TILE laiM on WC -5 0 0 GENERAL WOLF GORDON RADAR LIGHTHOUSE RDR 7-3868 7.3 LACOT K 101 SALES AREA ACT- I P- I RE: ELEV N/A RE: PLAN C-2 C- I RE: ELEVS * PLANS FOR FINISH LOCATIONS SED Es POE- I ® ® MALL STOREFRONT FACADE KMDI MICROLITE - CUSTOM WHITE FULLY ADHERED TO SUBSTRATE 102 VARIES RE: ELEVS * PLANS FOR FINISH LOCATIONS 7.5 OT USED = 0 DIAMOND ROOM ACT I P ! N/A NIA C-2 C I 7.6 M VHB DOUBLE COATED ACRYLIC FOAM, #494 I- fwi 7.7 81x3/8"x3" NEOPRENt PAD cz M V o POL-2 0 ® MALL STOREFRONT FACADE KMDI MICROLITE - CUSTOM BURGANDY FULLY ADHERED TO SUBSTRATE 103 TOILET ROOM P- I N/A P-1 T- I/T-4 N/A T- I T-2 104 WORK AREA ACT -2 N/A P-1 N/A N/A C-2 C-3 POL 3MALL ® ® STOREFRONT FACADE SDI MICROLITE CUSTOM BRONZE FULLY ADHERED TO SUBSTRATE 8.0 DOORS t WINDOWS 105 BRIDAL ROOM ACT- I RE: ELEV RF: PLAN N/A N/A C-2 C- I RE: ELEVS S PLANS FOR FINISH LOCATIONS 8.1 I /2" T tMPERED CLEAR GLAZING tai • qj 8.6 OVERHEAD GRILLE AND TUBE STEEL SDt5fst5PZl ® o TYPE "A' DOOR TYPE "Bir DOOR = ? SS- I 0 ® MALL STOREFRONT FACADE VERONA MARBLE COMPANY LEGACY QUARTZ POMPEII I 1/2" x 55" x 120" SLABS, FULLY ADHERED TO SUBSTRATE WITH LATAPDXY 3I 0 STONE ADHESIVE 8.7 HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME 8.8 3/4" x 3/4" ALUM. TRACK FASTENED TO PLYWOOD fir haw OVERHEAD GRILLE METAL DOOR m MTL I 0 0 BREAK METAL BY OWNER BURGANDY - - �. IEVIED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 1 g10.2 ,f11i City � Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 9.0 TIN15Ht5 9.1 1/2" GYP. t3U. e NOTE: THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL STORE THE REMAINING FINISH MATERIALS INA MANNER THAT ALLOWS FOR EASY STORAGE - LABEL SEAL CANS, LABEL # WRAP FABRIC/ MARBLE. ** A CONTINUOUS WATERPROOF MEMBRANE MUST BE INSTALLED UNDER THE TILE FLOOR. EXTEND UP THE WALLS A MIN. OF 6"- ONLY NEEDED IF STORE IS LOCATED ON AN UPPER FLOOR. ENSURE TILE AND GROUT INSTALLATION ARE COMPATIBLE WITH MEMBRANE 9.2 5/8" GYP. BD, 9 4 TUDSP. BD. COMPLIES W/ ASTM C3-6`) ll 9.4 -3 6" METAL 6" METAL STUDS 16" O.C�MAX.) OR AS NOTED 9.5 5/8" METAL STUDS, 1 6" .C. MAX. , OR AS NOTED ii tui 9.6 2 1/2" MtI AL Sl UDS l 6" O.C. MAX.), OR AS NOT LD *tf 9.7 1 5/8" METAL STUDS 16" O. . AX.,OR AS NOTED 9.8 7/8 HAT CHANNEL 24 O.C. ( AX.), R AS NO ED IltOpti 9.9 8" DEEP LEG TRACE 1•w •sa 9. I 0 6" WIDE "STAY LONG TAPE" (BLUE) i(pi til` INSTALLED AT LEASE LINE r.;I 9. 113-5/8" SLIP 11KACK drift11 9.12 SEALANT AND BACKER ROD 9.13 5" METAL STUDS 12" O.C. (MAX.) 9.14 3/8" WATER RESISTANT GYP. BOARD 9.15 5/8" METAL lkIM lNmr; 9.16 LIGHT GA BUILT UP BEAM rtr iepG 9.17 3 5/8" x 20 GA METAL STUD WITH 15/8" FLANGE. 16" O.C. - pj 9.18 (4) #I2- 14 TEK SCREWS 9.19 12" x 12 GA TRACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE Vit` tore; 9.20 3 5/8" x 20 GA TRACK WITH I 1/4" FLANGE. rar 9.21 I4 GA. CLIP ANGLE 9.22 8 GA WIRE TIED TO STRUCT. AND COLD ROLLED CHANNEL iprr 9.23 3 5/8" LIGHT GA BUILT UP COLUMN 9.24 6" X 20 GA 1 RACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE. 16" U.C. `rw 9.25 2-3/4" WOOD CASING 9.26 ?REFINISHED MDF PANEL 9.27 1/4" GYP. BOARD LI 9.28 1/2" CEMENT BOARD ww so4 / 10.0 SPECIALTIES 10.1 CIRCULAR LOUVRES - LESLIE LOCKE 2"DIA, - #RLSC2 GRAB BAR- BRADLEY I I/4"DIA.x36° ®€€€€ SATIN FINISH - 8322-00136 10.3 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY I I /4"DIA.x42" ®` SATIN FINISH - 8322-00142 10.4 TILT MIRROR WITHSTEEL FRAME BOBRICK TAIN93 TLESS 830 10.5 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED ®"' 1 I "Wx 15 5/ 16" 1x4"D - 250- 15 10.6 TOILET PAPER DISPtN5dt - :SOD ttY SURFACE MOUN1 tD ®-'i SINGLE ROLL - 5084 "' 10.7 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL BRADLEY o %'�` ALIGN. ALIGN. SURFACE MOUNT ti b'Wxl I I/2"Hx 10.8 SOAP DISPENSER -BRADLEY 24 FL. OZ. 6501 0 "i 10.9 TOWEL DISPENSER - BOBRICK B-253 m (µ 10. I OURAB BAR - BRADLEY I I /4 DIA.x 18 ®"II TILE PER PLAN 2" MARBLE THRESHOLD CARPET TILE PER PLAN TILE PER PLAN ® ,��, '�' NOT USED I 4 NOT USED 0 SATIN FINISH - 8322-00 I l 8 -- 10. I 1 EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD 10 REMAIN -EXISTING m v. 10.12 MALL FLOOR SLAB TO REMAIN m SCALE: SCALE: 10.13 EXISTING MALL FLOOR TILE TO REMAIN In 10.14 MULTI DIRECTIONAL ROLLING CASTOR jai rent 10. 15 .080 ALUM. CABINET FACE W/ SEMI- ®s% r �� ► •;i,- GLOSS BLACK FINISH PAINT INTERIOR OF CABINET WHITE iiiii d / / 10.16 INSULATED DRAIN COVER it o a. - 1 I I I I I .. ' ... . .a � 10.19 ALUMINUM CABINET: .063 ALUMINUM W < SEMI GLOSS BLACK FINISH ♦ q . e e . a ♦ ... d a: ♦ 8 ♦ ," a .• e ,. o. e.. <.. ♦ a e .. a .e 4 0 ♦ ... a e a 10.20 BACK PANEL PIANO HINGE FOR SERVICE ACCESS ®; .....:. ®<; 10.21 I /4" TtMPERED GLAZING +•ie 10.22 HELZBERG GRAPHIC ®€;I 10.23 HELZBERG PROMISE SIGN ®-<I 10.24 STOREFRONT SIGN - RE: SIGN DRAWINGS ®: 10.25 FULL LENGTH MIRROR: BOBRICK - 60"x20" 5-290 2060 m 'FOP y, 10.26 2411 x 3C"W SHELF, SCREWS TO WALL ON OF SAFES m ti 10.27 CUSTOM AWNING ®< jai BATf1 ROOM TILE / CARPET TILE TRANSITION TILE / MALL TRANSITION i 1 NOTE: I I.0 EQUIPMENT SCALE: FULL SCALE: FULL I I . I SALES DISPLAY CASES CONTRACTOR TO LAY OUT ®<« ® ' REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR CORRECT WALL TYPE.I 8.7 11.2 DIAMOND ROOM DESK AND CHAIRS ® al< 1.3 OFFICE DESK WITH STORAGE ® ,t--- - >< CARPET TILE PER PLAN CARPET PER PLAN CARPET PER PLAN t3.141111AN. 0011.6 3 5.15 LLE PER PLAN i 1 1.4 DIAMOND ROOM CABINET a 4,:$,:: far 11.5 JEWELERS ROOM FLOOR SAFE a < NOl USED fr. 1� I I.7 GOLD CASES W/ STORAGE - ELEC. CONNECTION BY G.C. mL i'!,,,:I,,,';:.i "' np Il� ) 11.13 LARGE STORAGE SAFE 35 I /2"Dx43"Wx72°H (4,424 lbs) ®; ® 4 11.13a SMALL STORAGE SAFE 25 Wx30 I /2 Dx42 H (1,779112s) ®; > ®<; I 1.14 STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx48"W vis `0 I 1.15 STORAGE 511tLVES 12"Dx36"W ®": p; I 1.16 LAYAWAY CABINET AND FAX SHELF WITH STORAGE ® {-;< AND LATERAL FILE 20"d x 42"w j" I 1.17 NOT USED 15- I I.I8 PLASMA1.V.c» ;ft %;, ° .. .e 15.0 MECHANICAL (REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) o ° e 4 da 16.0 LL CTRICAL (REFt1LNC,t t1_ CTRICAL DRAWINGS) 16.1 SECURITY EQUIPMENT a AR ® RECEIVED rit ,, Ttlatw!U CPlhr rar NOT USED JAN/I5 / N EAD DETAIL CARPET / CARPET TILE TANSITI ON CARPET /TILE TRANSITION 'JAN 07 2013 SCALE: SCALE: 3" = I'-0" SCALE: FULL SCALE: FULL .T•:--' U C • Lo N T ci M O) • co cooi M L a THIS DRAWING hos been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision os an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or ony documents, drawings or other instruments psed for any port of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architect s services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner, No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of ony other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings moy affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing o complete Project. COMPLY WITH all lows, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities honing jurisdiction and with requirements of the landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work unit all permits and required approvals ore obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Appfcotion of o moterial or equipment item to Work instated by others constitutes acceptance of that Work and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. OIIIENSONS SHOWN ore to fins!) face of a material unless otherwise indicated. CILCDUIE & MEASURE dmensas - DO NOT SGLE drorings unless otherwise dated. p r o j e c t t i t I e p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal d r a w i n g t i t l e SCHEDULES, FINISHES t DETAILS d r a w i n g n u m b e r U ti N_ A) CV) oi0) co co CO c) (7 THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision os on instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments ?ised for any port of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architect s services ore undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents. Generol and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all lows, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities booing jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if apppfcoble. Do not start Work tint& all permits and required approvals ore obldined. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verificotion and acceptance of all existing conditions. Apprcation of a material or equipment tem la Work installed by others constitutes occeptance of that ttork, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish lace ala material unless alhertise indbaled, GLDIIAiE & NEARDD dlrensors - DO NOT SCAE drain; udess demise Erected. p r o j e c t t i t l e 041,, Q W dok al it F_u_Q� Www O W Z U E o� O CZ) c`i p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal drawing title WALL TYPES d r a w i n g n u m b e r A610 1 \E NOTE: NOT ALL I E RE N C E KEYNOTES USED O FURNISH J INSTALL FURNISH INSTALL J FURNISH INSTALL z bin `�= �z DESCRIPTION Q�W� zLI1-6• i -- G.C. LANDNORD a W�= o F WALL TYPE '4. z I TENANT GC LANDLORD TENANT G.C. LANDLORD WALL TYPE z Zz c �5 zvzzd HW- c�• oz ILANDLORD I I.0 'GtNtKAL SEE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION I €- O © lif 1.) Floor 4 Ceiling wide, I - I /4" legs attached to floor 24" o.c. Runners - Shaped runners, 3-5/8" formed from 18 msg. galv. steel, ceiling w/ fasteners spaced @ O 0 III I ,) Floor Ceiling wide, 1- I /4" legs attached to floor 24" o.c. Runners Shaped runners, 3-5/8" formed from 18 msg. galv. steel, ceiling w/ fasteners spaced @ 2.0 ITE WORK SEE SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION 2 DEMOLITION NOTES ~., 3.0 CONCRETE 2.) Steel Studs I -1 /4" legs, 3/8" 18 msg. galv. steel - Channel shaped, 3-5/8" wide, folded back returns, formed from spaced 1 2" o.c. max.1110 Ilr r 2.) Steel Studs I I/4" legs, 3/8" 18 msg. galv. steel Channel shaped, 3 518" wide, folded back returns, formed from spaced 12" o.c. max. 3. I PATCH CONCRETE SLAB @ PLUMBING,, ELECTRICAL aaia: aaYl' * MECHANICAL AS REQ'D 4.0 MASONRY 1 11 fi 3.) Wall Board Gypsum 4'-0" wide, attached ceiling track w/ spaced 8" o.c. along in the field of the and staggered on Use water resistantgypsum will receive tile. (One side only) - 5/8" thick, to steel studs and floor 4 I "long Type "5" self tapping screws edges of board and 12" o.c. board. Joints oriented vertically opposite sides of the assembly. board on all walls which rPirl i i 1r t / / 3.) Wall Board Gypsum attached to steel I "long Type "S" along edges of board the board. Joints on opposite sides pp resistant gypsum tile. - 5/8" thick, 4'-0" wide, studs and floor 4 ceiling track w/ self tapping screws spaced 8" o.c. and 12" o.c. in the field of oriented vertically and staggered of the assembly. Use water y board on all walls which will receive 4.1 PATCH 4 REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO MALL TILE OR WALL it MASONRY AS REQ'D. 5.0 METALS 5. I EXISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN GC TO VERIFY IN FIELD 5.2 3 5/8" I URAL Sl METAL STUD i eft 5.3 STRUCTURAL METAL 6" STRUCTURAL STEEL STUD rail 5.4 SiYLMARK DIVIDER # 120064 m ,.; 5.5 15/8" COLD ROLLED CHANNEL mat: 5.6 I W x 3/4 D x 96 L BLACK METAL REVEAL m, rwl 4.) Joint Tape 4 joint compound, p screw heads. Paper first layer of compound Compound Vinyl, dry or pre mixed applied in two coats tojoints and5.8 Pp tape 2" wide, embedded in over all Joints. 0 0 4.) Joint Tape * joint compound, screw heads. Paper first layer of compound Compound - Vinyl, dry or pre mixed applied in two coats to joints and tape 2" wide, embedded in over all Joints• 0 0 5.7 1/8" ALUMN. EDGING ANGLE rair mw SIYLMARK J -MOLD # 12004 I so 5.9 STYLMARK 135° COLUMN TRIM #1 20066 m ; aim 5.10 STYLMARK WALLMARKER HEAD #1 10360 m 5.12 -SMMARK STYLMARK WALLvlARKER SILL AND ANCHOR #1 10481 5. 90° COLUMN 1KIM # 120065 m 5.13 ALUMINUM TRANSPARENCY FRAME. m ' ; ilml / % Q 5.) Finish wall surface Finish Plans, Keys, as re wired era applicable q p pp or Schedules. I ff ✓ Q 5.) Finish wall surface Finish Plans, Keys, as required per applicable or Schedules. 5.14 (2) STYLMARK CAM LOCK TOP AND BOTTOM #510199 m 5.15 I/4X 1/8 DIVIDER 5.16 SCHLUTER STRIP RENOU-V ERN © 0 6.) Wall system above finished ceiling. to deck. Studs max. and allow for point of attachment. to extend from floor slab to 6" If there is no ceiling, extend to extend to structure 4'-0" o.c. 2" of vertical movement at the 5.17 SCHLUTER STRIP RENOU-U aMai �� '. ©/j 0 © 6.) Wall system above finished ceiling. to deck. Studs max. and allow for point of attachment. to extend from floor slab to 6" If there is no ceiling, extend to extend to structure 4' 0" o.c. 2" of vertical movement at the 0 5.18 DOUBLE "C" JOIST HEAD 4X 12 GA. 5.19 SCHLUTER STRIP RENO 1`K iii riaf " 6.0 CARPENTRY 6. I FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING Vii: ri�f 6.2 3/4" FIRE TREAT D PLYWOOD w/�I �•� 0 6.3 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING FOR EXISTING CASE ROLLING lrr: wr �� O ASSEMBLY. 11E ALL CASTORASSEMBLIE INNA SINGLE CASE RUN TOGETHER FOR LATERAL STIFFNESS. 6.4 2x8 FIRE TREATED DOUBLE STUD HEADER fit iii; 6.5 3/4" HDWD. FRAME W/ I/2"x I -1 /2" STOP, PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE 6.6 1/2"x 1112" HARD WOOD MOULDING fir:ft 6.10 1x4 WOOD TRIM PIECE 6. I I 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD W/ NON-ABRASIVE 1/4" CUSHION BAC:KTNG 6.12 i/4" SHIM 6.13 I/2" MDF II FURNISH INSTALL FURNISH INSTALL 7.0 THERMAL 4 MOIS1 URE PROTECTION lir E WALL TYPE z o P• E TENANT o o TENANT • LANDLORD RR V WALL TYPE ¢-v z .0 i- Z ¢ 1.-`--' • `' LANDLORD Z ¢ V ~ • • `� o 0 7.1 4 MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY SECURED TO KICKERS mmi jai 7.2 4 MIL.TRANSLUCENT POLY TO COVER EXISTING MALL TILE irr: 7.3 ISLACK NEUPRLNE m apt. 7.4 NOT USED m 7.5 NO1USED ® 7.6 3M VHB DOUBLE COATED ACRYLIC FOAM, #4941 mea amt: Q O I .) Floor 4 Ceiling Runners - Shaped runners, 3-5/8" wide, I I/4" legs formed from 20 msg. galv. steel, attached to floor 4 ceiling w/ fasteners spaced @ 24" o.c. 0 O I .) Floor 4 Ceiling Runners - Shaped runners, 6" wide, 1- 1 /4" legs formed from 20 msg. galv. steel, attached to floor 4 ceiling wit fasteners spaced @0 16" o.c. G.C. to provide 5/8" Type "X" gyp. on both sides to metal deck. 0 7.7 8"x3/8"x3" NEOPRENE PAD iatf> , 8.0 DOORS * WINDOWS ;:. 8. I I/2" TEMPERED CLEAR GLAZING 8.6 OVERHEAD GRILLE AND TUBE STEEL SUPPORT m m , Ir 2.) Steel Studs - Channel shaped, 3-5/8" wide, I I/4" legs, 3/8" folded back returns, formed from 20 msg. galv. steel spaced 16" o.c. max. 111 2.) Steel Studs Channel shaped, 6" wide, 1114" legs, 3/8" folded back returns, formed from 20 msg. galv. steel spaced 16" o.c. max. 0 0 Si HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME 8,8 3/4" x 3/4" ALUM. TRACK FASTENED TO PLYWOOD rssr tam: 9.0 FINISHES 0 '' 3.) Wall Board Gypsum (One side only) 5/8" thick, 4'-0" wide, attached to steel studs and floor 4 ceilingtrack w/ 1" long Type "5" self tapping screws" gyppp g spaced 8" o.c• along edges of board and 12" o.c. in the field of the board. Joints oriented vertically and staggered on opposite sides of the assembly. Use water resistant gypsum board on all walls which will receive tile. t / 3.) Wall Board Gypsum - 5/8" thick, 4'-0" wide, attached to steel studs and floor 4 ceiling track w/ " I"long Type S self tapping screws spaced 8"o.c. along edges of board and 12" o.c, in the field of the board. Joints oriented vertically and staggered on opposite sides of the assembly. Use water resistant gypsum board on all walls which will receive tile. 9.1 1/2" GYP• BD. tar 9.2 5/8" GYP. BD. 9.3 5/8" TYPE "X"GYP, BD. (COMPLIES W/ ASTM C36 Tata: tall 9.4 6" METAL Sl UDS 16" O.C.O.C. MAX.) OR A5 NOTED i s 9.5 3 5/8" METAL STUDS, 16" CS.C. M'AX. ,ORAS NOTED 9.6 2 1/2" METAL STUDS 16" O.C. MAX.), OR AS NOTED 9.7 1518" METAL STUDS' 16" O.C. MAX.) OR AS NOTED Vit: i#f; 9.8 718" HAT CHANNEL 24" O.C. ( AX.), OR AS NOTED iar: 9.9 8"DEEP LEG TRACK 9.1 0 6" WIDE "STAY LONG TAPL' (SWE) Erg INSTALLED AT LEASE LINE 4.) Joint Tape 4 Compound Vinyl, dry or pre mixed Joint compound, applied in two coats to joints and screw heads. Paper tape 2 wide, embedded in first layer of compound over all joints. - 9.1 1 3-5/8" SLIP TRACK 4.) Joint Tape * Compound Vinyl, dryor re mixed pp Y f joint compound, applied in two coats to joints and screw heads. Paper tape 2" wide, embedded in0 first layer of compound over all joints. 9.12 SEALANT AND BACKER ROD gar;2.1 9.13 8" METAL S1 UDS 12" O.C. (MAX.) . tp` 9.14 3/8" WATER RESISTANT GYP. BOA D go 9.15 5/8" METAL J TRIM imii, 9.16 LIGHT GA BUILT UP BEAM aaw; oar; 9.17 3 5/8" x 20 GA METAL STUD WIT H 1 5/8" FLANGE. 16" O.C.aP: 9.18 (4) #1 2-1 4 TEK SCk WS rsa: miYi' 0 5.) Finish wall surface as required per applicable Finish Plans, Keys, or Schedules. 0 0 Q 5.) Finish wall surface as required per applicable Finish Plans, Keys, or Schedules. 0 0 9.19 I " x 12 GA 1 RACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE 9.20 3 5/8" x 20 GA TRACK WITH I 1/4" FLANGE. oat; i 9.2 I 14 GA. CLIP ANGLE ©point Q 0 6 J Walls tem to extend from floor slab to 6" � above finished ceding. If there is no ceding, extend to deck. Studs to extend to structure 4-0" o.c. max. and allow for 2" of vertical movement at the of attachment. 0 o © 0 Q 6.) Wall system to extend from floor slab to 6" Y above finished ceiling. If there is no ceiling, extend to deck. Studs to extend to structure 4'-0" o.c. max. and allow for 2" of vertical movement at the point of attachment. 0 0 9.22 8 GA WIRE I IED TO STRUCT. AND COLD ROLLED CHANNEL oast 9.23 3 5/8" LIGHT GA BUILT UP COLUMN ti: 9.24 6" X 20 GA TRACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE. 16" O.C. oar' iqw, 9.25 2-3/4" WOOD CASING 9.26 PREFINISHED MDF PANEL11,1,1! oar: 9.27 1/4" GYP. BOARD 9.28 1/2" CEMENT BOARD .� 0 0 10.0 SPECIAL1 S """ 10. I CIRCULAR LOUVRES - LESLIE LOCKE 2"DIA. - #RLSC2 m oar 10.2 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY I 1 /4"DIA.x36" m SATIN FINISH - 8322-00136 10.3 GRAB BAR - BRADLEY I 1/4"DIA.x42" m' ri` SATIN FINISH - 8322-00142 10.4 TILT MIRROR WITH STAINLESS STEEL FRAME-BOBRICK m ‘1 18" W x 30"H - #5-293 1830 'PAPER 0.5 TOWEL DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUN1 tD m >ri I I "Wx 15 5/1 6"1-1x4"D - 250- 15 10.6 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNTED ••` - SINGLE ROLL - 5084 FURNISH INSTALLFURNISH INSTALL 10.7 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL - BRADLEY ® "' ` D WALL TYPE ¢ z z N z ~ �i •`� o z TENANT ci • o z SURFACE MAN 1 ED 8"Wx I I I /2"Hx © .•:::::::::::::: :�:�: .•:�:=:�:=: �; .•;•;•;; •.;: �� A WALL TYPE z ¢ iW- LANDLORD ¢ P. �? 0 o 10.8 SOAP DISPLNStR - BRADLEY 24 FL. OZ. -650 I ® f` 1 0.9 1UWEL DI51'tNStR BOBRICK 13-253 m 10, I ORAB B BRADLEY/4"DIA.x 18" m SATIN FINISH 00 TO . 10.1 1 EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD REMAIN m " Q OIII 1.) Floor 4 CeilingRunners - Shaped runners, 3-5/8"0• I I /4" legs from 20 msg. galv. steel, wide,..... attached to floor 4 ceiling w/ fasteners spaced @ 24"o.c. •.� .•;•;•;•;•;•;•;•;•;•• •�••••••••••••••••••.10.13 •..��!��!• • ••••••.•.!•••••••• :;:••••• • �;�;�;� .;•; CLIP ANGLE SHELF TO WALL ON EACH SIDE NOTE: ONE (I) SETS OF SHELVES, ONE SET ON EACH SAFE, TO BE INSTALLED BY G.C. SECURE SHELVING TO TO WALL. REFERENCE NOTE: NOT ALL KEYNOTES USED C) MUSIC EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION VCR RE: ELEC. NOTE: INTERIOR SHELVING TO BE SET BY G.C. 25" SAFE HEIGHT - 42" SAFE WEIGHT - 1779112s CUBIC CAP. - 7.70 INTERIOR SHELVES - 2 NOT USED SCALE: NOT USED SAFE /SHELF DETAIL SCALE: SCALE: I/2"= I'-0" tNtKAL Eg SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION I • 2.0 .ITE WORK SPECIFICATIONS, DIVISION 2 DEMOLITION NOTES 3.0 ' ONCRETE 3. I ''ATCH CONCRETE SLAB @ PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL AS REQ'D U) C a) O 4.0 A50NRY 4. I ATCH 4 REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO MALL TILE OR WALL ASONRY AS REQ'D. 5. I ISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN - GC TO VERIFY IN FIELD 5.2 5/8" STRUCT URAL STEEL METAL Si UD 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.10 5.1 I 5.12 5.13 5.15 5.16 5.17 -1--1 V Ir .TYLMARK DIVIDER #120064 1 5/8" COLD ROLLED CHANNEL I "W x 3/4"D x 96"L BLACK METAL REVEAL 1/8' ALUMNI. EDGING ANGLE :TYLMARK J -MOLD # 12004 I TYLMARK WALLMARKER HEAD # I 10360 TYLMARK WALLMARKER SILL AND ANCHOR #I 1048 I TYLMARK 90° COLUMN TRIM # 120065 LUMINUM 1 RANSPARENCY FRAME. 2) STYLMARK CAM LOCK TOP AND BOTTOM #5 I 0 199 GG4X I /8 DIVIDER QQUU CILUT: S'ZP .i\OU-U 0 : " " •I T 4X12 GA. ■■■D■■D■ ■■■1■■■ ,il►� ilii �4fr �aii > M 11b(: ;Tial: iaii i 1fp1 tips 1811 11111 Lib! ■■■D■■D■ ■■■D■■D■ I1111Il lb I» lirlili ■D■! I': Heim" Y'. 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.3 BLK'G AS REQ'D FOR CAB. INSTALLATION 6.6 6.10 6.1I ARPENTRY IRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING /4" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING FOR EXISTING CASE ROLLING SSEMLY. 11E ALL CASTOR ASE RUN TOGETHER FOR LAT RAL STIIFFNES SS.SINGLE 2x8 FIRE TREATED DOUBLE STUD HEADER /4" HDWD. FRAME W/ 1/2"x I -1/2" STOP, PAINT TO MATCH DJACENT SURFACE /2"xl 1/2" HARD WOOD MOULDING x4 WOOD TRI1VrPIEC /2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD W/ NON-ABRASIVE /4" CUSHION BACKING /4" SHIM /2" MDF 1 1/2" FURRING CHANNEL DECORATIVE MIRROR PANELS FAX MACHINE PHONE FOR FAX 4 QUAD OUTLET COOLER SHOWN DASHED NOT USED SCALE: NOT USED SCALE: 7.0 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 8.0 8.1 8.6 HERMAL k MOISTURE PROTECTION MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY SECURED TO KICKERS MIL. TRANSLUCENT POLY TO COVER EXISTING MALL TILE LACK NEOPRENE OT USED OT USED M VHB DOUBLE COATED ACRYLIC FOAM, #4941 "x3/8"x3" NEOPRENE PAD DORS WINDOWS 1/2" TEMPERED CLEAR GLAZING VERHEAD GRILLE AND TUBE STEEL SUPPORT LLOW METAL DOOR FRAME /4" x 3/4" ALUM. TRACK FASTENED TO PLYWOOD DETAIL ELEV @ BRIDAL WALL SCALE: I /2"= I'-0" 9.0 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 9.6 9.7 9.8 9.10 9.1I 9.12 /8" TYPE "X"GYP. BD. (COMPLIES W/ ASTM C36) " METAL STUDS 16" O C.(MAX.)'OR AS NOTED 5/8" METAL STUDS, 16" O.C. MAX.), OR AS NOTED 1/2" METAL STUDS 16" O.C. MAX,); OR AS NOTED 1 5/8" METAL STUDS I 6" O.C. MAX.)OR AS NOTED /8" HAT CHANNEL 24" O.C. AX. bR AS NOTED WIDE "STAY LONG 1APE" (BLUL) NSTALLED AT LEASE LINE -5/8" SLIP TRACK ALANT AND BACKER ROD TY, 5/8" METAL J TRIM I 8" FLUORESCENT SIDE MOUNT LIGHT FIXTURE 9.17 9.18 9.19 9.20 9.21 9.22 9.23 5/8" x 20 GA METAL STUD WITH I 5/8" FLANGE. 16" O.C. 4 #12- 14 TEK SCREWS 2" x 12 GA TRACK W/ 1 5/8" FLANGE 5/8" x 20 GA 1 RACK WIT H I 1/4" FLANGE. 14 GA. CLIP ANGLE GA WIRE TIED TO STRUCT. AND COLD ROLLED CHANNEL 5/8" LIGHT GA BUILT UP COLUMN " X 20 GA 1 RACK W/ 15/8" FLANGE. 16" O.C. 2-3/4" WOOD CASING EFINISHED MDF PANEL 1/4" GYP. BOARD 1/2" CEMENT BOARD FAX MACHINE 9.27 9.28 HOLE THRU FOR FAX CABLES COOLER SHOWN DASHED 10.0 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 CIALTIES IRCULAR LOUVRES - LESLIE LOCKE 2"DIA. - #RLSC2 SATIN FINISH - 8322-00136 RAB BAR - BRADLEY I 1/4"DIA.x42" ATIN FINISH - 8322-00142 LT MIRROR WITH STAINLESS STEEL FRAME -BOBRICK 18" W x 30"H - #8-293 1830 APER TOWEL DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUNT t I I "Wx 15 5/ 16"Hx4"D - 250-15 ILET PAPER DISPENSER - BRADLEY SURFACE MOUN SINGLE ROLL - 5084 ANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL - BRADLEY URFACE MOUNTED 8"Wx I I I /2"Hx 4 5/8" TOWEL DISPENSER - BOBRICK B-253 PLAN DETAIL @BRIDAL WALL PANEL SCALE: TYPICAL CASE ELEVATION TYPICAL CASE SECTION SECTION @ BRIDAL WALL SCALE: I" = I'-0" SCALE: I" = I'-0" 111 .x .x ATIN FINISH - 8322-001 18 151 ING MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN 10.12 i ISTING MALL FLOOR SLAB TO REMAIN U EMAIN MULTI-DIRECTIONAALSTING MALL OROLLING R TILE CASTOR j�•Y•I�11 U :I L ET A E W/ 1 - RE: A100 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 18 �n�a 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.27 INSULATED DRAIN COVER ALUMINUM CABINET: .063 ALUMINUM W/ SEMI-GLO5S BLACK FINISH BACK PANEL PIANO HINGE FOR SERVICE ACCESS 1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING ELZBERG GRAPHIC HELZBERG PROMISE SIGN STOREFRONT SIGN - RE: SIGN DRAWINGS FULL LENGTH MIRROR: BOBRICK - 60"x20" B-290 2060 24"H x 36"W SHELF, SCREWS TO WALL ON TOP OF SAFES CUSTOM AWNING 14A700 STORAGE STORAGE STORAGE .13 I.13a .14 .15 .16 EQUIPMENT SALES DISPLAY CASES CONTRACTOR TO LAY OUT DIAMOND ROOM DESK AND CHAIRS OFFICE DESK WITH STORAGE DIAMOND ROOM CABINET JEWELER'S ROOM FLOOR SAFE NOT USED GOLD CASES W/ STORAGE - ELEC. CONNECTION BY G.C. LARGE STORAGE SAFE 35 I /2"Dx43"Wx72"H (4,4241195) SMALL STORAGE SAFE 25"Wx30 I /2"Dx42"H (1,779 lbs) STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx48"W STORAGE SHELVES 12"Dx36"W LAYAWAY CABINET AND FAX SHELF WITH STORAGE AND LATERAL FILE 20"d x 42"w NOT USED PLASMA T.V. 0 U THIS DRAWING hos been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision os an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project, All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs,, including the overall layout, farm, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portroyed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KI.OVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments psed for o port of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architects services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. REIATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is o single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specilicotions and other Drawings moy affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate Ike design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all lows, codes, ordinonces and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the landlord, if oppTcable. Do not start Work until all penults and required approvals ore obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of o material or equipment item to Work instated by others constitutes acceptance of that Work, aid assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ore to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated, ULULATE & MEASURE drtwnuvoas - CO NOT SCALE droaags udess otherrse directed. p r o j e c t t i t l e x p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: rofessionalseal R ;GISTERED RCHITECT HENRY LOVER STATE OF HINGTON I'-10" MECHANICAL (REFERENCE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) ELECTRICAL (REFERENCE tLECI1 ICAL DRAWINGS) SECURITY EQUIPMENT NOT USED SCALE: ENLARGED PLAN @ BRIDAL / HERITAGE WALL SCALE: 1/2"= I'-0" guru r Ti M hflLA ENLARGED PLAN @ BRIDAL /HERITAGE WALL SCALE: 112"= I'-0" 'JAN 07 2013 d r a w i n g t i t I e DISPLAY CASE DETAILS d r a w i n g n u m b e r U O Y a. Z 5 ccW 0 • 0 O r- W v/ W Z W J J O J In O N • A/ Y 1 N T cri 0) • aiMT cc M E a. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as on instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for ary port of this Project which do not bear the Architect's seal. The Architects services ore undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of awry other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations oak authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work ell al permits and required approvals ore obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a moterial or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of thot nark, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIWENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated. CAkOJIAIE ik YFASURE (benches - DO N01 SCALE drawings udess otherwise deeded, p r o f ec t t i t I. e ..o (2.,,h,i4 J ,r) Q W 911 n cc=5. 02 e..4 i#FL---1 L Z r! fWzQ O W �U= (4 a) (17,1--- 'O 0 o C.") cN p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007,042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Dote: professionalseal HENR STATE OF d r a w i n g t i t l e GRAPHICS d r a w i n g n u m b e r A800 118" "1_ 2' 0" / 2'-10" 10" / "1 ,jr4'/ �4'/ �� 411 411 �s HELZ' DIAMONDS I,_ �� -5.ii r z 0 �: .A ;.,1 .• l LP £ w /`II 211 I I_6 211 21_411 G "" � I'-6 1/2" 4 "I 1 3/4"/I I.3/4"/ 2'-2 1/2" / n 0 m — — DIAMOND ROOM (HERITAGE WALL) LOW WALL CASES SCALE: 1/2" = I'-0" SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" q 4, 2'-2 1/2" 4,5" 5" 20 2'0 -• \ VIP N 1,4" 4" T` 1'61/2" DIAMOND ROOM(DSII K WALL) CERTIFICATES 0 SCALE: I /2 = l'-0" SCALE: 1/2" = I'-0" ./ IF MORE THAN 4' / NOTES: DIAMOND ROOM GRAPHIC 1. LASER CUT AVERY ETCHMARK (A556 I -5) TRANSLUCENT VINYL APPLIED TO SECOND SURFACE OF GLASS PANEL. USE 2 EQUAL PANELS / GRAPHIC KNOCKED OUT TO BE CLEAR. 2. GRAPHIC INSTALLER TO ENSURE THAT LOGO 15 CENTERED HORIZONTALLY ON GLASS PANEL. 3. GRAPHIC FABRICATOR TO COORDINATE WITH GC TO ENSURE THAT GRAPHIC IS AT LEAST AS WIDE A5 GLASS PANEL. 4. GRAPHIC PROVIDED BY HDS, INSTALLED BY GC REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED `:{t"V:'::;• P P. AS+ .q,p�, :eea'}iii I?1i> IS'm�aW.: "'e } N Y 1 i w• f• +.+ ••••.•. . •.�.•••.wia }::. ^4t:.....»»....... ie.»: iii•. "r; l:!l1 :V:.. .. .}. .�. ...tt } P d �.,i :ie:::::;;' SLap s�i✓l L'5. 'iii: e:v.;::;_. -. �. Q S •ey 'll:hit:tt:::.•a".`:l `�•t eve;...: .....�••••• .•.�.�..«...... Y -.i.••:.••..:»........ x......�v•iii Q � JAN 1 V 2013 • City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION / 0 CV RECEIVED cm( OF TUKKWIL,A I JAN 0 7 20131 4' -OIL pLs4r.:'1. CENTER 1� / MAX 3 DIAMOND ROOM GLASS D ETA I L NOT USED 9b SCALE: (i SCALE: 1/2" = I'-0" U O Y a. Z 5 ccW 0 • 0 O r- W v/ W Z W J J O J In O N • A/ Y 1 N T cri 0) • aiMT cc M E a. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as on instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for ary port of this Project which do not bear the Architect's seal. The Architects services ore undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of awry other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations oak authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work ell al permits and required approvals ore obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a moterial or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of thot nark, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIWENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated. CAkOJIAIE ik YFASURE (benches - DO N01 SCALE drawings udess otherwise deeded, p r o f ec t t i t I. e ..o (2.,,h,i4 J ,r) Q W 911 n cc=5. 02 e..4 i#FL---1 L Z r! fWzQ O W �U= (4 a) (17,1--- 'O 0 o C.") cN p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007,042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Dote: professionalseal HENR STATE OF d r a w i n g t i t l e GRAPHICS d r a w i n g n u m b e r A800 SECTION 00 22 13 — SUP. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: AIA DOCUMENT A701-1997 "INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS" is included as a part of these documents by this reference. Copies are available from The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue N. W., Washington, D. C. 20006, or the local AIA office. Note that Paragraph 2.1.3 requires that each bidder visit the site prior to submitting a bid/proposal. THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS modify, delete from, and/or add to the above referenced Instructions to Bidders, as if originally written therein. Where any Article of the Instructions is modified, or where any Paragraph, Subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by the following Supplementary Instructions, the unaltered provisions shall remain in effect. ADD the following paragraph to Article 1 — Definitions: "1.10 STIPULATED SUM amounts shall include all costs to the Contractor for materials, labor, equipment, testing and any and all items of expense (including phone calls), fees, taxes, overhead and profit for the Contractor's full and complete performance of the Work as set forth in the Contract Documents." REPLACE Paragraph 2.1.4 to read as follows: "Any deviations from or exceptions to the Specifications, Drawings, Terms and Conditions and/or any other Bid Document must be clearly defined and set forth in the Bidder's Proposal. If no exceptions are shown in the proposal, none will be considered at the time of Contract Award." REPLACE Paragraph 3.3.2 to read as follows: "3.3.2 Substitutions proposed by a Bidder ore not to be included in the Base Bid, but may be appropriately itemized on the Bid Form or as an attachment thereto as a "Contractor's Voluntary Alternate" with the corresponding odd or deduct amount included." ADD New Paragraph: 4.1.8 as follows: "4.1.8 Bids shall remain in effect for a period of no less than THIRTY (30) days after submittal. The proposed price(s) shall include all costs to the Contractor for materials, labor, equipment, testing and any and all items of expense (including phone calls), fees, taxes, overhead and profit for the Contractor's full and complete performance of the work as set forth in the Contract Documents." ADD New Paragraph: 4.1.9 as follows: "4.1.9 Provide a complete line—item breakdown of all development or construction related fees included within the proposed Contract Sum, either on the Bid Form, or as a separate attachment if necessary. " DELETE Paragraph 4.2 in its entirety — no bid security will be required. ADD Paragraph: 5.3.3 as follows: "5.3.3 Bidders ore hereby advised that Proposals for this Work are being invited from other bidders." DELETE subparagraph 7.1.1 and ADD the following: "7.1.1 Costs for Performance and Labor and Material Payment Bonds shall be indicated as an alternate cost on the Bid Form, and shall not be included within the Bose Bid amount. The Owner reserves the right to require such bonds to be furnished upon execution of the Contract (or subsequent to contract execution as a change order) in the amount specified on the Bid Form. SECTION 00 73 00 — SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS: AIA Document A 201-1997 Edition: "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction" is included as a part of the Contract Documents by reference. Copies are available from the American Institute of Architects (1-800-242-3837). Participation in the Work of this Project is considered acknowledgement of the participants understanding of, and agreement with, all requirements of the Contract for Construction, THE FOLLOWING "SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS" modify the "General Conditions" as if originally written therein. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in full effect. The General Conditions may also be modified elsewhere in the Contract Documents by provisions located in other Sections of the Specifications. ARTICLE 1 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ADD to paragraph 1.1, DEFINITIONS, the following: "1.1.8 'FURNISH': Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. 1.1.9 'INDICATED': Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including 'shown', 'noted', 'scheduled', and 'specified' have the same meaning as 'indicated'. 1.1.10 'INSTALL': Operations at the Project Site including but not limited to unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations, 1.1.11 'LANDLORD' (LL): The entity possessing legal title of the Project Site, including designated management representatives including 'Developer', or 'Shopping Center Manager' and their agents legally authorized to act in their behalf. 1.1.12 'PROJECT SITE' (or SITE): The designated interior space or property upon which construction activities will be performed. The extent of the Project Site is indicated on the Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.1.13 'PROVIDE': Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. 1.1.14 OWNER (and/or TENANT): The entity financially responsible for procurement of construction. If a "tenant", that entity has negotiated a "lease" of the Project Site for a limited period of time from the property owner or Landlord — but while leasing, that entity is considered to be a "Tenant" and not an "agent" o the Property Owner. ADD to paragraph 1.2, CORRELATION AND INTENT , • the following: "1.2.4 Notes written in the imperative mood refer to action(s) to be performed by the Contractor, .the words 'the Contractor shall' are always implied, unless otherwise noted within the Construction Documents. 1.2.5 Figured dimensions and marked data shall take precedence over scaled measurements, and details shall take precedence over smaller scale general drawings." 1.2.6 In case of conflict in or between contract requirements (General and Supplementary Conditions), General Requirements (Division -1 Specification Sections), Drawings, Specifications or manufacturer's product requirements, the Contractor will be deemed to hove estimated on, and agreed to provide, the greater quantity and better quality of materials and Work." 1.2.7 If Work is required in conditions making it impossible to execute in an reasonably acceptable manner considering normal industry trade—practices, request an interpretation and clarifications from the Owner before proceeding. If no request is made, no excuses will be subsequently entertained for performance of unacceptable Work." REPLACE Paragraph 1.5.2 with the following: "1.5.2 Execution of the Contract for Construction by the Contractor is a representation that (1) the Contractor has carefully examined and understands the intent of the Contract Documents (including the Agreement Form, the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings); (2) that the Contractor has visited the project site and has reviewed the conditions under which the Work will be performed (including but not necessarily limited to labor availability, codes and regulations, hazards, procedures, construction means and methods necessary and weather conditions), (3) that the Contractor has correlated personal observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents; and (4) that the Contractor will comply with all requirements of the Construction Documents. No claims will be approved for additional time or costs resulting from the Contractor's lack of familiarization of the requirements of the Construction Contract." ADD to Paragraph 1.6 the following: "1.6.2 Electronic media files are considered "Instruments of Service" by the Architect, who retains all common law, statutory law and other rights, including the copyright. No representation is made regarding the accuracy or completeness of electronic media data. If obtained electronic media files are transferred from the Architect to the Contractor, the Contractor will not use the Electronic Media data for any purpose other than preparation of shop drawings, coordination drawings, or Record Drawings for this Project. 1.6.3 The Contractor agrees not to transfer the electronic media data to any entity not involved in the construction Work without the prior written consent of the Architect. The Contractor further agrees to waive all claims against the Owner and the Architect, resulting in any way from any use of the use of the electronic media data. Use of electronic media data does not reduce or minimize in any way the Contractor's responsibility to take field measurements, check dimensions, and to coordinate with other construction work at the Project Site. ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACTOR ADD to Paragraph 3.1 — GENERAL, the following: "3.1.4 DUTY OF COOPERATION: Issuance of the Construction Documents to the Contractor implies and anticipates ongoing communication between the Contractor and the Owner. The Contractor will be responsible for repair or correction costs if Work is executed with knowledge that the Work involves an error, inconsistency or omission without prior notice being made to the Owner. ADD to Paragraph 3.4.2 the following: "3.4.2.1 After the Contract has been executed, the Owner will consider written requests for substitution of products in place of those specified only under the conditions set in the General Requirements (Division 1 of these Specifications). 3.4.2.2. By making\ requests for substitutions based on Subparagraph 3.4.3 above, the Contractor: (.1) represents that he has personally investigated the proposed substitute product and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified, (.2) represents that the Contractor will provide the same warranty for the substitution that the Contractor would have provided for the specified product, (.3) certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under this Contract except the Architect's redesign costs, and waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently become apparent; and (.4) will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects." ADD to Paragraph 3.5 the following: "3.5.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTIES FOR SINGLE SOURCE PRODUCTS: The Contractor's usual warranties (express and implied) shall remain in full force and effect even if a material or equipment \ item is required by the Owner to be manufactured by a specific entity, and no other acceptable equivalent product manufactured by any other entity is acceptable." ADD to subparagraph 3.7.1 the following: "3.7.1.1The Contractor shall pay for all hook—up charges, 'tap—in' fees, permits and other related expenses related to the construction and full connection or hook—up of all utilities." ADD to Paragraph 3.10 the following: "3.10.4 In the event that the Contractor fails to adhere to the schedule, the Contractor will furnish such additional labor and/or services, or work sufficient overtime as may be necessary to make progress conform to the schedule. Failure to adhere to the schedule, or failure to take steps to regain the schedule, shall constitute default within the terms of the Contract." ARTICLE 4 — ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT OWNER ADMINISTRATION OF CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT: REVISE Article 4 from Paragraph 4.2, through Paragraph 4.6 inclusive, by substituting the word "Owner", wherever the word "Architect" is used, as the Owner will administer the Construction Contract. ARTICLE.5 — SUBCONTRACTORS ADD the following new Subparagraphs: "5.2.5 LANDLORD REQUIRED SUBCONTRACTORS: When indicated to be required by written construction requirements of the Landlord, sub—contract specific Work to entities approved, recommended or otherwise required to be used by the Landlord, to coordinate with existing building systems. 5.2.6 ROOFING SUB—CONTRACTOR: Sub—contract all roofing work, including penetrations for new HVAC units to an entity approved for use by the roofing system manufacturer, to maintain the Landlord's existing roofing warranty." ARTICLE 7 — CHANGES IN THE WORK ADD the following new Subparagraph: "7.1.4 WRITTEN APPROVAL of the Owner is required for any additional construction Work prior to its execution. Work performed without the written approval of the Owner will be considered as being originally included in the required scope of Work, without any obligation or responsibility for subsequent approval as an approved change by the Owner." ARTICLE 9 — PAYMENT AND COMPLETION ADD to Subparagraph 9.3.1, the following: "9.3.1.3 Unless otherwise indicated in the Owner — Contractor Agreement Form, The Owner will retain ten percent (10%) of the amount of each progress payment application until final payment. ARTICLE 11 — INSURANCE & BONDS ADD to Subparagraph 11.1.1 the following: "11 .1 .4 Liability insurance shall include all major divisions of coverage and shall be on a comprehensive basis with specified limits listed below maintained specifically for this project. Coverages shall include: Personal Injury Liability. with Employment Exclusion deleted, Contractual, including specified provisions for Contractor's obligation under Paragraph 3.18, Owned, non —owned and hired motor vehicles, and Broad Form Property Damage coverage. Premises—Operations, Independent Contractor's Protective, Products and Completed Operations, Owner's & Designers Protective Liability, and Broad Form Property Damage coverage. Property Damage Liability coverage shall provide X, C, and U coverages, with Completed Operations and Products Liability coverage maintained for two (2) years after final payment. The following minimum limits are applicable to each incident occurrence as well as for the total annual aggregates — which shall be dedicated specifically for this project only. Minimum coverage amounts shall be as listed below, or as required by law, whichever is greater: Worker's Compensation: Statutory General Employer's Liability: $ 1,000,000.00 Comprehensive General Liability, Contractual Owners & Contractor's Protective Liability, and Independent Contractors Protective Liability: $ 1,000,000.00 $ 1,000,000.00 Property damage: Bodily injury: Contractual Liability: Property Damage: $ 1,000,000.00 Bodily injury: $ 1,000,000.00 Comprehensive Automobile Liability: Property Damage: 1,000,000.00 Bodily injury: $ 1,000,000.00 Umbrella Excess Liability Insurance: $ 2,000,000.00 11.1.5 Any person engaged in construction Work at the site must be covered under applicable Workmen's Compensation insurance, either through the General Contractor's own policy, or that of appropriate sub—contractors. Workmen's Compensation Insurance policies must include an endorsement waiving all rights of subrogation against the Owner, the Landlord (when applicable), and the Architect." ADD to Subparagraph 11.1.3, the following: "11.1.3.1 All certificates of insurance required herein shall name the Owner, the Landlord (as applicable) and the Architect as additional insured." DELETE Paragraph 11.3 — Project Management Protective Liability Insurance, in its entirety. DELETE from Paragraph 11.4 — Property Insurance, Subparagraph 11.4.1: the word Owner„ and substitute the word "Contractor”, as the Contractor is hereby responsible to provide (Builder's Risk) Property Insurance. DELETE Subparagraph 11.4.1.2 in its entirety. DELETE Subparagraph 11.5.1 from Paragraph 11,5 — Performance Bond and Payment Bond, and ADD the following: "11.5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS MAY BE REQUIRED by the Landlord. When applicable, review the Landlord's requirements and provide bonds complying therewith. Submit notarized bond forms to the Owner and Landlord prior to start of construction," SECTION 01 00 00 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK THE WORK consists of limited demolition and new construction as indicated in the Construction Documents, and as indicated within the Responsibility Schedule on the Drawings PROVIDE SERVICE CONNECTIONS of HVAC, plumbing, gas or electric to casework, fixtures, signage, or equipment units indicated — whether installed as a part of this Work or by the Owner's separate contractors or suppliers. CAREFULLY STUDY AND COMPARE ALL DRAWINGS (including but not limited to Architectural, Structural, Mechanical or Electrical) and other Contract Documents with the existing conditions at the project—site. Report errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered for clarification. The Contractor will be responsible for repair or correction costs if work is executed with knowledge that it involves an error, inconsistency or omission — without the above notice. THE INTENT OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work — and to provide all products, materials, equipment or accessories required for proper operation, in accordance with their manufacturer's requirements. The Contract Documents are complementary — what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all. While prepared with due care and diligence, perfection is not possible. Design and construction are complex — every possible condition or contingency cannot be anticipated or fully indicated. SCHEDULE AND COORDINATE the Work of the complete Project, including Work performed by others at the project—site, to assure an efficient and orderly sequence of installation of all elements — with provisions for accommodating items to be installed later. Prepare general coordination drawings, schedules as appropriate, and control site—utilization, from the beginning of construction activities through project close—out. The Contractor is solely responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. PERFORM ALL WORK required for completion of the Project, except as otherwise indicated in the Responsibility Schedule included in the Drawings, CODES, ORDINANCES & CONTRACTOR ACTIONS: All Work for this project shall conform to applicable local, state, and national codes and ordinances and with applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association's "Life Safety Code" as administered by applicable authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ). Obtain all licenses (business, technical or otherwise) and permits required to perform the Work. Provide all required notices for inspections and approvals of the work ID/y the AHJ — the most restrictive code requirement § as interpreted by the AHJ will apply. OBTAIN THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA, Tenant Construction Manual, and other written construction requirements of the Landlord applicable to the Work of this Project, and acknowledge receipt to the Owner. Become familiar with all construction rules and regulations of the Landlord, maintain a printed copy at the Project Site, and comply with all requirements of the Landlord. No additional costs will be allowed for the Contractors neglect of these requirements. A REFUNDABLE CONSTRUCTION DAMAGE DEPOSIT may be required of the Contractor by the Landlord prior to start of construction activities. This deposit is refundable to the Contractor upon successful completion — unless there is damage to the Landlord's facilities. The amount of the deposit will be considered on overhead expense of the Contractor, and is not considered as a cost of the Work. OWNER'S SEPARATE CONTRACTORS OR SUPPLIERS: COORDINATE WITH the Owner's separate contractor(s) or suppliers for Work indicated as being Not—In—Contract (NIC) — cooperating with them so that their work can be performed smoothly, without interfering with or delaying the Work of this Contract. REVIEW SHOP DRAWINGS prepared by separate contractor(s) or suppliers for'general conformance with the intent of the Construction Documents, and for service—connections and clearances if required. Verify that required rough—ins, connections and clearances will be provided, and report any discrepancies. PROVIDE SCHEDULED DATES for delivery and installation to Separate Contractors or suppliers, and notify them when construction is ready for their delivery and installation. Provide openings, delivery access, and staging space for installation. Contact the Owner if scheduling or communication problems arise regarding separate contractor(s). OWNER FURNISHED — CONTRACTOR INSTALLED (OFCI)- PRODUCTS: COORDINATE WITH AND INSTALL all Owner—Furnished products, including but not limted to providing scheduling, receiving at site, verifying receipt, handling, storage on—site, and mechanical/electrical/plumbing service connections, as applicable. The Owner will pay directly for the product costs including delivery to the Project Site. Provide all OFCI suppliers with an accurate address with accurate delivery directions and instructions. AT DELIVERY, INSPECT PRODUCTS FOR DAMAGE at the Project Site. If items are damaged, defective or missing, mark the bill of lading as necessary. Contact the freight line and request a damage inspection of the items and submit a damage claim. Notify the owner within five (5) days of receipt of any missing, damaged or otherwise defective products — or replace/repair items at no cost to the Owner. PROTECT PRODUCTS from damage, including damage from exposure to the elements. Replace or repair items damaged as a result of Construction operations. Damage resulting from inappropriate storage or handling, including but not limited to environmental conditions, will be the responsibility of the Contractor. No claim for additional costs due to damage to stored products or equipment will be considered. Repair damage to Owner—furnished products caused by construction operations to the Owner's satisfaction. CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES: ADJACENT EXISTING FACILITIES MAY BE OCCUPIED or in use by the Landlord or separate Tenants during the entire period of construction of this Work. Perform the Work so that it will not interfere with adjacent facilities or operations, and to facilitate ongoing use and existing occupancy, as applicable. Coordinate this Work of the Project with other contractors at separate construction projects within the same development, so that this construction Work will not interfere with or delay their construction operations. USE OF EXISTING BUILDING: Limit construction activities to occur within the Project Site, or within other areas designated or approved for use by the Owner or Landlord. If not within the project site, make connections to existing utilities in the most expeditious manner possible, with minimal disturbance of existing construction elements. MAINTAIN THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION in a safe and weather tight condition throughout the construction period. Access to existing public areas is subject to control by the Landlord for purposes of protecting the existing finishes from damage and for security. Maintain public areas such as hallways, stairs, and existing toilet rooms free from accumulation of waste material, rubbish or construction debris. Take all precautions necessary to protect the building and its occupants during the construction period. Maintain existing means of egress and exits during construction per requirements of the AHJ. Repair all damage to the existing building caused by construction operations. MAINTAIN EXISTING SERVICES, including electrical, phone, water, HVAC, fire—protection, alarms or control systems in full and unrestricted operation to the greatest extent feasible. Make all disconnects of existing services only during non—business hours and only with the Landlord's approval. PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES IN EXISTING BUILDINGS: Do not impose any load, temporary or permanent, on any part of the Landlord's existing roof or structure without their written approval. Do not cut any hole in existing floors, walls or the roof without the Landlord's approval and compliance with requirements herein. Attachments to the roof deck are not permitted, and do not attach to plumbing or sprinkler piping, or to electrical conduit. Do not install combustible materials above finished ceilings or in any other concealed spaces. Use of common area electricity is not be permitted. All carts and dollies shall have rubber tires. Do not transport wet concrete through existing finished spaces without prior approval of the Landlord and without extensive protection of the existing floor finish. EXISTING ROOFING COORDINATION: Use the Landlord's designated roofing contractor for any penetrations or other modifications to the existing roof membrane. Existing roof access may be restricted to the Landlord's personnel or their designated sub—contractors only. Obtain the Landlord's written approval for other workers to be on the existing roof, if applicable. Existing public areas of the Landlord may not be used by construction personnel for lounging, eating or work—breaks. PARTIAL OWNER OCCUPANCY: The Owner reserves the right to occupy and place and install equipment in completed areas prior to Substantial Completion provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Placing of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work, PROJECT COORDINATION 8c ADMINISTRATION: SCHEDULE AND COORDINATE THE WORK of the complete Project to assure an efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items to be installed later. Prepare general coordination drawings, schedules, and control site utilization, from beginning of construction throughout project close—out. VERIFY AND UPDATE applicable Construction Documents and other required information and directives from the Owner's Electronic Project Management Program (Buzzsaw) at not less than weekly intervals, and provide hard—copy paper documents to the Project Site for field use and reference. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF EXISTING UTILITY SERVICES serving the project before starting Work. Locations of existing utilities noted on the Drawings are approximate, and may be based on unverified information. Provide all connections required at the existing utility connection points at no additional cost to the Owner. ROUGH—IN REQUIREMENTS: Verify final locations for mechanical, electrical and plumbing rough—ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected, prior to start of installation. COORDINATE SPACE REQUIREMENTS and installation of mechanical and electrical Work which are indicated diagrammatically on the Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduits, as closely as practical; make runs parallel with lines of the building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, equipment operation and for repairs. Conceal pipes, conduits and similar elements whenever possible within the new construction, in finished areas. 003 MAINTAIN A RECORD—SET of Construction Documents indicating differences between Construction Documents and the actual installed Work. Mark revisions made during construction with colored pencil — do not conceal any Work before revisions hove been recorded. Note actual routing of under—slab plumbing and utility lines, if different from design drawings. In addition, maintain copies of the following related drawings or documents prepared by others: Construction Requirements of the Landlord Casework shop drawings prepared by the Casework fabricator Sig nage shop drawings prepared by the Signage Contractor, and Sprinkler shop drawings DO NOT construct or install any portion of the Work related to these drawings at any time without such drawings being available at the site. TEMPORARY FACILITIES & CONTROLS PROVIDE ALL TEMPORARY utilities, temporary facilities and temporary controls required for completion of the construction Work. Provide protection of construction materials from loss, damage, fire or theft. Connect to existing systems at the project site to provide for temporary water, electrical power, lighting and heat for construction operations, unless otherwise indicated. PROVIDE TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL POWER including a grounded power distribution system with overload protection. Size system to accommodate use of power tools, electrical heating, lighting, and start—up testing of permanent electric—powered equipment prior to its permanent connection. Locate multiple outlets (minimum of 4—gang) spaced so that the construction area can be _ reached by power tools on a single extension cord of 50' maximum length. PROVIDE TEMPORARY LIGHTING fixtures in areas where ceilings and existing fixtures are removed. Re—use existing lighting fixtures when possible and suspend from the existing structure. Remove temporary lighting fixtures when permanent fixtures are operational. PROVIDE SANITARY FACILITIES including temporary toilets, wash facilities and drinking water dispensers for the use of all workers. Existing public toilet facilities cannot be used by construction personnel. Provide separate facilities for male and female personnel when both sexes are working. Comply with all applicable codes and regulations and health department requirements for the type, number, location, operation and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups and similar disposable materials for each facility. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION to maintain adequate environmental conditions to facilitate progress of the Work, to meet specified minimum conditions for the installation and proper curing of materials, to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity, and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors or gases. Once new systems are operational, they may be used for temporary heating and cooling only if: (1) all registers diffusers and filters are cleaned before substantial completion, and (2) warranty periods remain unchanged, starting from the date of Substantial Completion. PROVIDE TEMPORARY FIRE—PREVENTION MEASURES and procedures, Including Type ABC fire—extinguishers at locations reasonably effective in extinguishing fires and as acceptable to the local AHJ. Comply with NFPA No. 10. Post warning and quick—instructions at each extinguisher, and instruct personnel on proper use. Post fire department call number on each telephone at project site. PROVIDE TEMPORARY COMMUNICATION SERVICE including local phone service (wired or wireless — 1 line minimum) with a phone handset. Provide either a separate "fax" phone line with fax machine or broadband internet service with a computer configured for internet communications. Allow use of communications equipment for the Owner, Architect and for sub—contractors, with long—distance costs to be paid for by the party making the calls. PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRIERS, fences and other controls required to prevent public entry to construction areas and to protect construction workers and the public from the hazards of construction operations. Provide secure, temporary enclosures between work areas and existing occupied spaces to limit any objectionable noise, vibration, odors or dust, that could cause affect use of facilities or loss of the Landlord's or their existing tenant's business. PROVIDE TEMPORARY ENCLOSURE SCREEN (when applicable) separating the leased space from "Mall" or other common—use areas, in compliance with Landlord requirements. The enclosure screen is to completely enclose the store opening from the mall floor to the ceiling, allow construction work to proceed without interfering adjacent operations, and to act as a dust and noise barrier. Do not install more than four (4) feet into the mall from the existing lease line, or from the new lease line of o "pop—out" store, unless written approval is obtained from the Landlord. No signs or graphics are allowed other than that indicated within the Drawings and as approved by the Landlord. Relocate temporary enclosure screen as required to facilitate construction operations. Completely remove screen at completion of the Work and arrange for legal disposal. PROTECT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION and adjacent properties from damage by construction operations, and repair any existing work that is damaged by construction operations. Where wet concrete or other large equipment or materials will pass through existing finished spaces, protect existing walls and floor surfaces with a minimum of 6 mil poly and all floors with 1/2" plywood or particle board panels. SCAFFOLDING: Provide all scaffolding and construction aids required, including guard rails, lights and platforms necessary for the completion of the Work, and for the protection of the workmen and the public. ACCESS TO WORK: Utilize the existing service corridors for access to the project site when possible. Repair all damage to existing property, corridors, roads and parking areas by job related vehicles or personnel at no cost to the Owner. Limit parking for construction personnel to existing spaces approved for and/or designated for use by the Landlord. PROGRESS CLEANING: At all times, keep the project site free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by construction operations. Provide suitable waste receptacles for trash and construction debris, and arrange for transportation and legal disposal of materials off site. PROVIDE DUMPSTERS AND COLLECT WASTE from construction operations daily. Comply with Landlord requirements for size and location of waste receptacle. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste material and debris. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days when the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. Handle hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste by containerizing properly. Dispose of material in a lawful manner. Do not use the Landlord's or other tenant's waste receptacles. FIELD OFFICE: Maintain an area within the leased space for the management of the Work. Provide space to review project drawings, for project meetings, and storage of documents. FIELD ENGINEERING SURVEY THE EXISTING BUILDING prior to the start of construction, to document any existing conditions such as cracks, sags, loose materials or other defects of the existing construction. This record shall serve as a basis for determination of subsequent damage resulting from the Contractor's operations at the site. FIELD—VERIFY EXISTING DIMENSIONS of the Project Site after selective demolition is completed, and forward a drawing with verified dimensions to the Owner. Note size and locations of columns, chases, pipes, conduits, doors and storefront or window openings and other objects that affect layout of the Work. Report inconsistencies to the Owner for resolution before commencing Work. WORK LAYOUT: Establish and maintain chalk—lines and other markers necessary to locate all elements of the project, including partitions, casework, electrical and plumbing connections and "fixed" casework or fixtures. Calculate and measure required dimensions. CASEWORK FIXTURE TEMPLATES of each type of unit will be furnished by the manufacturer to the Project Site. Layout and permanently mark with spray—paint on the floor all casework prior to the start of construction operations. ESTABLISH & MAINTAIN new benchmarks and other markers to set lines and levels for the Work as needed to properly locate all elements of the Project. Calculate and measure required dimensions by instrumentation or other appropriate means. Do not scale the drawings to determine dimensions, unless directed by the Owner. TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS NO SUBSTITUTIONS are allowed when products or equipment items are indicated by ma nufactUrer, unless approved in advance by the Owner. PRODUCTS IN QUANTITIES shall be alike and interchangeable. Where additional amounts of a product are likely to be needed by the Owner at a later date for maintenance and repair, provide standard, domestically produced products which are likely to be available to the Owner at such later date. SUPPLY PRODUCTS COMPLETE with all standard devices, trim finish, and all accessories indicated in the latest edition of the manufacturer's catalog or brochure published at the date of the award of the Contract. Furnish such items complete with component parts necessary for the obvious and intended use and installation, whether or not descriptions or catalog numbers contain all supplemental information and/or numbers of such components. EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES: Provide permanent nameplates on each item of service connected or power operated equipment. Indicate manufacturer, product name, model number, serial number, capacity, speed, rating, and similar essential operating data. Locate nameplates on an easily accessible surface. LABELS: Locate required labels and stamps on an accessible surface which, in occupied spaces, is not conspicuous. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: Whenever products are required to be installed and/or perform in accordance with a specified manufacturer's instruction or procedure, procure, distribute and maintain at the site copies of such information. No allowance or consideration will be made for claimed ignorance as to what a cited standard contains, as each tradesman is considered to be experienced and familiar with the published standards of quality and workmanship for his own trade. STORE PRODUCTS in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, maintaining sensitive materials within temperatures and humidity ranges required by the manufacturer. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering; with ventilation to avoid condensation. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection. EXTRA STOCK: After completion of the Work, furnish replacement finishes (including paints) of at least 5% of the quantity installed of each type, color and material provided, exclusive of accessory components. Deliver extra stock to Owner's designated space, properly packaged (paper wrapped) and identified. GENERAL EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS INSTALLERS INSPECTION OF SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS: Before installation, inspect substrate material and the conditions under which the Work will be performed. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Application of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. Inspect each item of material or equipment immediately prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective items. PERFORM INSTALLATION WORK by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality, in accordance with manufacturer's printed installation recommendations and requirements. Install Work during conditions of temperature,humidity, exposure, forecasted weather, and status of the project completion which will ensure the best possible results for each unit of work. PROVIDE ATTACHMENT AND CONNECTION devices and methods for securing the work properly as it is installed, true to line and level. Isolate each unit of work from non—compatible work, as required to prevent deterioration. Make allowance for expansion, contraction, and building movements. Coordinate closing—in of work with required inspections and tests, so as to minimize the necessity of uncovering completed work. BRACE PARTITIONS, suspend ceilings orsoffits, and brace platforms, suspended items or similar construction only to structural elements — even if not specifically noted. Do not brace elements to the roof deck, plumbing / sprinkler pipes, ductwork, electrical conduit or similar elements. AT PROJECTIONS OF FINISHED SURFACES, including pilasters or thickened walls, return all exposed surface finishes back to the primary surface even if not specifically noted. ALIGN SURFACES of new finishes with existing finishes and match existing finish—surface conditions except as otherwise indicated. Patch existing surfaces and refinish to match adjacent existing surfaces, as applicable. VISUAL EFFECT Provide uniform joint widths in exposed work, organized for the best possible visual effect. . Recheck measurements and dimensions of the work, as an integral step of starting each installation. Refer questionable visual—effect choices to Owner for final decision of acceptability. MOUNTING HEIGHTS: Where mounting heights are not indicated within the Drawings, mount at industry—recognized standard mounting heights for applications indicated. Refer questionable mounting height choices to Owner's representative for final decision. AFTER INSTALLATION, provide coverings to protect installed products from damage from traffic and construction operations, remove when no longer required. Repair and replace damaged items, at no additional cost to the Owner. Additional time required to secure replacements and to make repairs will not be considered as justification for an extension of time to complete the Work. CUTTING & PATCHING DO NOT cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would reduce their load —carrying capacity or load—deflection ratio. Do not cut and patch operating elements or safety related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or result in increased maintenance, or decreased operational life or safety. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces, in a manner that would, in the Owner's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities, or result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace Work cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. USE MATERIALS that are identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not available or cannot be used where exposed surfaces are involved, use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect. Use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing materials. TAKE ALL PRECAUTIONS necessary to avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit or ductwork serving the building, but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been mode to bypass them. Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. CUT existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements to be retained or adjoining construction, PATCH with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JAN 1 8 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION FINAL CLEANING: PRIOR TO OWNER OCCUPANCY, clean all surfaces including fixtures and equipment, for use by the Owner. Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit of work to the condition expected from a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with the manufacturer's instructions for operations. CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES to a dust—free condition, free of dust, stains, films and similar noticeable distracting substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original reflective condition. Vacuum carpeted surfaces. Damp wipe walls, fixtures and equipment to be dust—free without stains, films and other distracting substances. CLEAN TRANSPARENT MATERIALS, including mirrors and glass in doorS and windows and plumbing fixtures to a polished condition without noticeable streaks. Remove putty and other substances which are noticeable as vision—obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT shall be wiped clean. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps. CLEAN THE PROJECT SITE, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas to a broom clean condition; remove stains, spills and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted, to a smooth even—textured surface. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES: SET ALL TIME CLOCKS, thermostats and similar devices to the current local time. Provide a printed list of names, addresses and phone numbers of all sub—contractors and material suppliers used. AFTER final cleaning operations have been completed, and when the Project is ready for owner occupancy, obtain an occupancy permit on behalf of the Owner, and approval by any other governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. SUBMIT a written request for inspection, stating that the Work is Substantially Complete and ready for the Owner's beneficial use and occupancy. Accompany notice with a listing of all items to be completed or corrected. OWNER'S ACTION: Following observation of the Work, the Owner will either prepare the certificate of substantial completion, or will advise the Contractor of work which must be performed before the certificate will be issued. Results of the observation report will form the initial "punch—list" for final acceptance. PREREQUISITES TO FINAL COMPLETION: COMPLETE ALL WORK ITEMS as expeditiously as possible, providing labor at times when the facility is not in operation, if necessary. Coordinate with the Owner's representative and perform the Work so that it will not interfere with the Owner's operations. COMPLETE FINAL TESTING of systems, and instruct Owner's personnel in the operation, adjustment, maintenance of all mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, monitoring and electrical systems. REMOVE TEMPORARY FACILITIES and controls, and temporary utility services from the project site, along with construction tools, field office, mock—ups and similar elements. TOUCH—UP AND REPAIR or restore marred exposed • f inishes. Deliver spare parts, tools, extra stock of materials and similar physical items. INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL: Arrange for each installer of operating equipment and other work that requires regular or continuing maintenance, to meet at the site with the Owner's personnel to provide necessary basic instructions in the proper operation and maintenance of the entire Work. Where installers are not experienced in the required procedures, include instruction by the manufacturer's representatives. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: Include the following types of information in operation and maintenance manuals: emergency instructions, spore parts listings, copies of warranties, wiring diagrams, inspection procedures, shop drawings and product data. FINAL CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS: ELECTRONIC CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS: In addition to 1 set of paper originals of the documents indicated below, provide Operation and Maintenance Data, Warranties, and the list of sub—contractors and material suppliers, in electronic media (CD) at close—out. Provide jewel—case covers and label each CD and cover with the printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project name, and subject matter of contents, as appropriate. Provide two (2) sets of electronic documents to the Owner. SUBMIT FINAL OCCUPANCY PERMIT, and other legal releases necessary for the Owner' complete and unrestricted use. SUBMIT WARRANTIES, guarantees, maintenance bonds, maintenance agreements, final product certifications and similar documents. SUBMIT MARKED—UP RECORD DRAWINGS, operations and maintenance manuals', damage or settlement survey, extra copies of drawings and specifications, and similar final record information. Provide one—set of half—size drawings at the Project Site for the Owner's use. , SUBMIT A • FINAL LISTING of all sub—contractors and_ material suppliers used on the project. 1JAM 07 2013SE.CIENED CITY' OF 11.1 t,eWlftA THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project, All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs,including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed, constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for any port of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architect's services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings moy affect the Work descnbed. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing o complete Project, COMPLY WITH all lows, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities hoving jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work unO all permits and required approvals ore obtained, VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement at work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face ala materiel unless otherwise indicated, C4CUIA1E & MEASURE imensioas - O NOT SCE drovings unless ethenise bated. project title C•ei < w Lc;), ffi qn,4 N LU Z LLI 111--1 0..IJ oue6 9, 0 CN1 pro ectnumber 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawIngrevisions No. Description: Date: professlonalseal 6628 ARCHEGISTERED TECT OVER drawingtitle SPECIFICATIONS drawingnumber S P 1 00 SUBMIT AN UPDATED FINAL STATEMENT accounting for additional changes (additions and deductions) to the Contract Sum. Identify amounts for change orders, liquidated damages (addition or deduction), deductions for uncorrected work, deductions for re—inspection payments, and previous payments. SUBMIT FINAL PAYMENT REQUEST with final unconditional lien releases from all sub—contractors and material suppliers, and other supporting documentation not previously submitted or accepted. SUBMIT FINAL LIEN RELEASE, contingent only upon receipt and bank clearance of final payment amount. SUBMIT THE PUNCH—LIST(s) with the Contractor's • signed statement indicating that all items have been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. SUBMIT EVIDENCE OF CONTINUING INSURANCE COVERAGE complying with requirement of the Contract Documents. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations when required. SUBMIT WRITTEN CERTIFICATION that: (1) the Contract Documents have been reviewed, (2) the Work has been inspected for compliance with the Contract Documents, (3) the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, (4) equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's representative and are operational, and (5) the Work is completed and ready for final inspection. OWNER'S ACTION: Following final inspection, the Owner will either prepare the certificate of final acceptance, or will advise the Contractor of work which must be performed before the certificate will be issued. REINSPECTION FEES: Should the Owner or Architect perform re—inspections (for either Substantial Completion or for Final Completion) due to the failure of the Work to comply with the claims of status of completion made by the Contractor, the Owner will compensate the Architect for such additional services and will deduct the amount of such compensation and the Owner's direct costs from the final payment to the Contractor. SECTION 02 22 00 - EXIST. CONDITIONS ASSESSMENT REVIEW EXISTING FLOOR SUBSTRATE elevations and conditions to verify if any of the following exist: Variation of over 1/2 inch or more over entire floor area Slopes of over 1/8th inch in 10 feet in any area Rough or un—stable flooring substrates requiring extensive repair REVIEW CONDITIONS of other existing construction elements to be reused in the new construction, and verify that they will provide an acceptable substrate for new materials and finishes indicated. REPORT all un—acceptable substrate or existing materials to the Owner in writing before proceeding with new construction Work. SECTION 02 41 19 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK INCLUDES removal and legal disposal of existing construction items specified to be removed herein, noted to be removed within the Drawings, or as otherwise required to be removed to facilitate construction activities. The Work includes all items indicated on the drawings to be removed or not intended to be reused, and the following, as applicable: Storefront and sign facade Existing ceilings, carpeting and raised platforms Existing casework and countertops HVAC, plumbing & electrical systems not utilized in remodeled building EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Owner assumes no responsibility for the actual condition of items or structures to be demolished. SALVAGEABLE ITEMS of value must be removed from the site as work progresses — storage or sale of removed items on site is not permitted. The Owner reserves the right to retain any salvageable item. PROTECTION: Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection to assure safe passage of persons around area of demolition work, and to protect people from injury. INSPECT areas in which work will be performed prior to commencement of demolition work. LOCATE, IDENTIFY, STUB OFF, AND DISCONNECT existing utility and service lines that are not to remain. Provide by pass connections as required to maintain continuity of service to other areas of the building, if necessary. PERFORM demolition work in a systematic manner. Use such methods as required to complete the work required in accordance with requirements of governing regulations. Provide shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement or collapse of adjacent construction to remain. Conduct operations by means and methods to prevent injury to persons or damage to adjacent buildings, structures, other facilities. Repair damage caused to adjacent construction at no cost to the Owner. CUT EXISTING CONCRETE SLABS only with masonry or concrete saws (pneumatic jacks—hammers are not permitted to be used unless written permission is obtained from Landlord). IF UNANTICIPATED utilities, structural elements, or hazardous materials are encountered, investigate and measure both nature and extent of the conflict. Submit report to the Owner in written, accurate detail. Pending receipt of directive from the Owner, rearrange selective demolition schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without delay. EXISTING RESILIENT FLOOR COVERINGS: Comply with "Recommended Work Practices for the Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings", as published by the Resilient Floor Covering Institute. Existing resilient floor covering materials may contain asbestos fibers that are not redily identifiable. Do not sand, dry scrape, beadblast or mechanically pulverize existing resilient flooring, backing, or lining felts. CLEAN UP: Upon completion of demolition work, remove tools, equipment and demolished materials from the site. SECTION 03 30 00 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PROVIDE concrete for new floor slabs (where required), for patching existing floor slabs, where installation of new plumbing and electrical lines require removal of existing concrete materials, and for concrete curbs when shown on the drawings. CONCRETE MATERIALS: ASTM C-150, Type 1, Portland cement, with ASTM C-33 sand and crushed stone aggregates, mixed to provide 3000 PSI minimum compressive strength at 28 days. WELDED WIRE FABRIC: ASTM A-185 welded steel wire fabric, min. 6 x 6 — W1.4/W1.4 MOISTURE BARRIER: 10 mil thick sheet meeting ASTM E 1745 — Class A, SELF—LEVELING FLOOR TOPPING: Provide ''Ardex" SD—L topping at all floor surfaces too rough or too un—even to finish with the indicated materials. Install topping in accordance with manufacturer's directions. INSTALLATION: Comply with ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete", and as herein specified. Install concrete Work to match and meet existing adjoining surfaces. TROWEL FINISH: Apply trowel finish to slab surfaces that are to be exposed to view and to slab surfaces that are to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile, wood flooring or other floor finishes. Provide finished—surface plane tolerance not exceeding 1/8" in ten (10) feet, in two different angles. PROTECT the freshly placed concrete from premature drying from wind, excessive cold and hot temperature, and maintain for a period of time necessary for hydration of cement and proper hardening. CURBS: Where concrete curbs are indicated on the Drawings, strip forms while concrete is still green and steel—trowel surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections and terminations slightly rounded. SECTION 05 40 00 — COLD—FORMED MTL FRAMING WORK INCLUDED: Provide cold—formed metal framing as shown on the drawings, as specified herein, and as needed to meet the requirements of the construction shown in the Contract Documents. SYSTEM COMPONENTS: Provide standard steel runner tracks, blocking, lintels, clip angles, shoes, reinforcements, fasteners, and accessories as recommended by manufacturer for applications indicated, and as needed to provide a complete metal framing system. STEEL FOR 0.042 INCH THICK (18 GAGE) AND LIGHTER UNITS: commercial quality steel sheet with a minimum yield point of 33,000 psi; per ASTM A-446, A-570, or A-611. PUNCHED "C" — SHAPE STUDS: standard load—bearing steel studs of size indicated, with 1.625" flange and flange return lip. Provide minimum 0.032 inch thick (20 gage) units, or as noted on drawings. PROVIDE PRIME COAT FINISH: one coat of shop—applied red—oxide, zinc—chromate, or other similar rust—inhibitive primer, unless otherwise noted. INSTALL in accordance with manufacturer's printed or written instructions and recommendations. Install runner tracks sized to match studs. Align accurately to layout at base and top. Secure track as recommended by manufacturer for type of construction involved, except do not exceed 24" o.c. spacing for nail or powder—driven fasteners, or 16" o.c. for other types of attachment. Provide fasteners at corners and ends of tracks. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for non—plumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. Anchor ends of stiffeners to supporting structure, where stud system abuts structural columns or walls. INSTALL SUPPLEMENTARY FRAMING, blocking and bracing in metal framing system wherever indicated to support fixtures, equipment, services, casework, heavy trim and furnishings, and similar work requiring attachment to the wall or partition. Where type of supplementary support is not otherwise indicated, comply with stud manufacturer's recommendations and industry standards in each case, considering weight or loading resulting from item supported. INSTALLATION OF WALL STUDS: Secure studs to top and bottom runner tracks by either welding or screw fastening at both inside and outside flanges. FRAME OPENINGS larger than 2'-0" square with double studs at each jamb of frame except where more than 2 are either shown or indicated in manufacturer's instructions. Install runner tracks and jack studs above and below wall openings. Anchor tracks to jamb studs with stud shoes or by welding, and space jack studs same as full—height studs of wall. Secure stud system wall opening I frame in manner indicated. INSTALL HORIZONTAL STIFFENERS in stud system, spaced no more than 4'-6" in vertical distance. Weld at each intersection. TOUCH—UP PAINTING in field using compatible primer for prime coated surfaces. SECTION 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS PROVIDE metol fabrications where shown on the drawings and as specified herein. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: Check actual locations of walls and other construction to which metal fabrications must fit, by accurate field measurements before fabrication; show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of Work. MATERIALS: Provide steel plate, shapes and bars meeting ASTM A36, steel pipe meeting ASTM A53 — grade A schedule 40, and steel tube meeting ASTM A500. For materials that will be exposed to view, provide materials that are free from surface blemished, pitting, rolled trade names, and roughness. FASTENERS shall be zinc—coated fasteners for exterior use or when built into exterior walls as follows: Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon head type, ASTM A-307, Grade A. Lag Bolts: Square Heat type, FS FF—B-561, Machine Screws: Cadmium plated steel, FS FF -5-92. Plain Washers: Round Carbon Steel FS FF—W-92. Toggle Bolts: Tumble wing type, FS FF—B-588, Type, class and style as required. Lock Washers: Helical spring type carbon Steel, FS FF --W-84. Drilled—In Expansion Anchors: Expansion anchors complying with FS FF—S-325, Group VIII (anchors, expansion, [nondrilling]), Type I (internally threaded tubular expansion anchor); and machine bolts complying with FS FF—B-575, Grade 5. SECURITY MESH (at all drywall demising partitions around store up to 10 ft AFF): Flattened expanded carbon—steel mesh constructed of .042 inch (18 gage) carbon steel with 1/2" spacing of perforated openings — in 10 foot tall units: "Ametco" Flattened 1/2" x # 18 (.039 inch thick flattened) or approved equal. WIRE MESH ABOVE 10 FT:• ASTM A-185 welded steel wire sheet (not rolled), min. 6 x 6 — W2.9 x 2.9 BURGLAR BARS: 3/8" diameter steel bars framed with an opening no greater than 8" x 8" to span any building opening larger than 12" x 12" or 12" in diameter, including openings for ductwork at all roof—top HVAC units, securely attached to building structure. SHOP PRIMER: Manufacturer's standard rust— inhibiting primer; compatible with finish coats of paint. Coordinate selection of metal primer with finish paint requirements specified in Division 9. FABRICATION and installation shall conform to the latest AICS Specifications, and perform all shop—welding by an A1SC—Certified steel fabricator. Form Work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approx. 1/4" unless otherwise shown. Weld corners and seams continuously, coping connections, unless otherwise indicated. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush to match and blend with adjoining surfaces. Provide shop coot of red oxide primer and touch—up at project site as required. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of type shown or, if not shown, Phillips flat—headed (countersunk) screws or bolts. ROUGH HARDWARE: Furnish bent or otherwise custom fabricated bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as required for framing, supporting or anchoring. PROTECT finishes of metalwork during construction period by use of temporary protective coverings. Remove protective covering at time of Substantial Completion. Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so that no evidence remains of correction work. Raurn items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop; make required alterations and refinish entire unit or provide new units. ISOLATE non—load bearing metal framing to structure with double, deep—leg U—shaped nested steel tracks typically. SECTION 06 10 00 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PROVIDE wood nailers, blocking, backing, and plywood required for completion of the Work, which is generally not exposed; where noted on the Drawings, and as specified herein. LUMBER: Comply with PS 20 of "American Softwood Lumber Standard" and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by the ALSC board of Review. Provide dressed lumber, S4S typically, seasoned with 19% moisture content for sizes 2" or less. FIRE—RETARDANT TREATED WOOD: Provide fire—labeled wood with minimum flame spread rating of 25, at the following locations: (1) blocking concealed within metal framed drywall partitions in non—combustible construction; (2) framing & blocking located above finished ceilings; and (3) blocking within fire—rated demising walls. PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS: For mounting electrical or telephone equipment, provide fire— retardant treated plywood, APA C—D PLUGGED INT with exterior glue, 3/4" thick. Provide minimum 3/4" plywood, or 2 x lumber material as a minimum for backing at grab bars. FASTENERS AND ANCHORS: Provide size, type material and finish as recommended by ?applicable standards. Provide fasteners and anchorages with a hot—dip zinc coating meeting ASTM A-153. PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT: Water borne preservatives complying with AWPB LP -2, kiln—dried to 19% maximum moisture content for lumber and 15% for plywood. Treat wood cants, nailers, curbs, blocking, stripping and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers and waterproofing. Treat wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. DISCARD UNITS of material with defects which might impair quality of work, and units which are too small to use in fabricating work with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement. SET rough carpentry Work accurately to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true and accurately cut and fitted. Securely attach carpentry Work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as required. Use common wire nails, except as otherwise indicated, Use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting of wood; predrill as required. Anchor and nail as shown, and to comply with Table 2304.9.1 — Fastening Schedule of the International Building Code. SECTION 06 20 01— FINISH CARPENTRY INSTALLATION INSTALL finish carpentry and casework where noted on the Drawings and as specified herein. Typically, finish carpentry items will be furnished un—assembled. QUALITY STANDARDS: Comply with "custom grade" requirements of applicable provisions of the Architectural Woodwork Institute (AW1) "Quality Standards". FASTENERS AND ANCHORAGES: Provide nails, screws and other anchoring devices of the type, size, material, and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment, concealed where possible, and complying with applicable quality standards. CONDITION wood materials to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas. Discard units of material which are unsound, warped, bowed, twisted, improperly treated, not adequately seasoned or too small to fabricate work with minimum of joints or optimum jointing arrangements, or which are of defective manufacturer with respect to surfaces, sizes or patterns. BACKPRIME all woodwork with a single sealer coat of lacquer or varnish, complying with applicable finishing requirements in Division — 9 Sections of these Specifications for primers and application. INSTALL the Work plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using concealed shims. Install •to a tolerance of 1/8" in 8'-0" for plumb and level, with 1/16" maximum offset in flush adjoining surfaces and 1/8" maximum offsets in revealed adjoining surfaces. Scribe and cut to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. INSTALL STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM with minimum number of joints possible, using full— length pieces to the greatest extent possible. Stagger joints in adjacent and related members. Cope at returns, miter at corners, and use scarf joints for end—to—end joints (butt—joints are not permitted), to provide tight fitting joints with full surface contact throughout length of joint. GRAIN MATCHING OF NATURAL FINISHED WOODS: When grain character or color variations ore noticeable, select and arrange woodwork components on each wall for the best visual matching of adjacent units, Install with uniform tight joints between members. ANCHOR to blocking or directly to substrate with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing where possible. Anchor to metal studs (where blocking does not exist) using adhesive and pre—drilled countersunk trim—head screws. Fill recess with wood putty to match surface finish of wood. INSTALL CASEWORK without distortion so that cabinet doors and drawers fit openings properly and ore accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors in openings and to provide free operation. Complete installation of hardware and accessory items indicated. Install tops securely to base units and other support systems. ANCHORAGE TO GLASS: Where woodwork is indicate to be mounted to glass, provide 3M's "VHB Double Backed Clear Tape". Clean glass with alcohol and remove all dust from wood trim with tack—cloth prior to installation. REPAIR DAMAGED and defective finish carpentry work wherever possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually, where not possible to repair properly, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. CLEAN UP exposed and semi—exposed surfaces. Touchup shop applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. ADJUST joinery for uniform appearance. Clean, lubricate and adjust hardware for smooth operation. Re—hang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely. Clean casework on exposed and semi—exposed surfaces. Touch—up shop applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. SECTION 07 50 01 - ROOFING MODIFICATIONS PERFORM CUTTING AND PATCHING of the existing roof membrane, to accommodate new construction, and to maintain the existing roofing warranty or guarantee, as applicable. CONTACT A REPRESENTATIVE of the existing roofing system manufacturer and perform all new roofing work to maintain the existing roofing warranty. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION to the Owner and Landlord that all conditions of installation, including but not limited to personnel involved, installation conditions, construction details, and materials used are in compliance with their requirements, and that the Work performed will be covered under the existing manufacturer's warranty without exceptions. SECTION 07 92 00 - JOINT SEALANTS PROVIDE sealants complying with requirements included herein, in order to establish and maintain airtight, vermin proof, and waterproof continuous seals on a permanent basis. Failures of installed sealants to comply with this requirement will be recognized as failures of materials and workmanship. PROVIDE SEALANTS where noted on the drawings and at the following locations: Control joints in ceilings, soffits and other overhead surfaces Joints at Ceramic Tile Work Joints between plumbing fixtures and walls, floors, and counters. Pipes, sleeves, conduits, duct and other wall penetrations ACRYLIC — LATEX SEALANT (metal door frames to drywall, & other interior joints): permanently flexible emulsion type, nonstaining and nonbleeding; recommended by manufacturer for general interior exposure. SANITARY SILICONE SEALANT (interior ceramic tile joints & at plumbing fixtures to wall surface): Comply with ASTM C 920 Type S (single—component) and Grade NS (nonsag), Class 25, white colored (unless otherwise indicated) mildew—resistant, acid—curing silicone sealant. Available Products include: Dow Corning Corporation; 786 Mildew Resistant GE Silicones; Sanitary SCS1700 Tremco; Tremsil 200 JOINT BACKER: Use only those back—up materials which are specifically recommended for this installation by the manufacturer or the sealant used, and which are non—absorbent and non—staining. INSTALLATION: Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation. Prime or seal joint surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. Fill sealant rabbet to a slightly concave surface, slightly below adjoining surfaces. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and vertical surface, fill joint to form a minimum 1/4" radius convex cove, so that joint will not trap moisture and dirt. CLEAN UP: Do not allow sealants to overflow joints or to spill onto adjoining Work, or to migrate into voids of exposed finishes. Clean adjoining surfaces by whatever means may be necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage. CURE AND PROTECT: Cure sealants in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength and surface durability. Replace or restore sealants which are damaged or deteriorated during construction period. Protect installed sealants from damage from construction operations until owner occupancy. SECTION 08 11 00 - METAL DOORS & FRAMES PROVIDE metal door frames and hollow metal doors, where noted on the Drawings and as specified herein. Comply with applicable requirements of the Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications: Standard Steel Doors and Frames." EXTERIOR DOORS: 1-3/4" thick insulating assembly, with 0.053 inch thick (16 gage) cold—rolled hot—dipped galvanized sheet steel faces both sides, flush type with top, bottom and all edges fully welded and ground smooth. Provide weep holes at bottom, to allow escape of entrapped moisture. Door panel shall provide thermal insulating resistance factor of not less than R-11. EXTERIOR FRAMES: 0.053 inch thick (16 gage) hot—dipped galvanized cold—rolled steel, fully welded. Provide minimum of 4 galv. wire type, corrugated sheet metal, or expansion type anchors per jamb. INTERIOR METAL DOORS: 1-3/4 in, thick, with minimum 0.042 inch thick (18 gage) cold—rolled sheet steel faces, flush type with visible edge seams. DRYWALL KNOCK —DOWN FRAMES: Minimum 0.053 (16 gage) cold—rolled steel, with 3 resilient bumpers on each strike jamb, units to be reinforced with integral tabs for secure locking of jamb to head, complying with SDI -100. Provide .043" (18 gage) drywall frame anchors welded to frame, 4 anchors per jamb minimum. GENERAL FABRICATION: Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle. Where possible, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Shop prime all hollow metal doors and frames. HARDWARE PREPARATION: Unless otherwise indicated, all doors and frames shall be mortised and reinforced for hardware in the factory. PREFIT doors at factory with clearance of 1/8" at vertical edges and at top, 1/8" in 2" bevel at lock edge, bottom clearance : 3/8" without threshold, 3/4" with threshold. INSTALL hollow metal doors and frames in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely. Fit doors accurately within frames, in accordance with clearances indicated herein. Sand smooth all rust or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch—up coat of compatible primer. SECTION 08 14 00 - WOOD DOORS PROVIDE wood doors where noted on the Drawings, as specified herein and in compliance with applicable requirements of AWI "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards". LABELS: Where noted in the Drawings, or where required by the Building Code to be constructed of fire—resistive construction, provide "UL" or "Warnock—Hersey" tested and labeled products that are acceptable to local authorities having jurisdiction. SOLID—CORE FLUSH WOOD DOORS: AW1 Custom Grade 5 Ply hardwood face veneer solid core units, as manufactured by VT Industries or equivalent, with species of face veneer as indicated on the Drawings INSTALL doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions. Fit doors to frames with uniform clearances and bevels. Machine doors for hardware, if required. Seal cut surfaces of door edges after fitting and machining. Refer to Division -9 section "Painting" for finishing requirements. ADJUSTING: Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely. Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation. PROTECT doors as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood doors will be without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. FIELD—FINISHED DOORS: Refer to Division -9 section "Painting" for finishing requirements. SECTION 08 31 00 - ACCESS DOORS & PANELS PROVIDE access doors for access to valves, controls, signage, and other concealed items requiring maintenance. ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES: 0.032 inch (20 gage) flush face panel door with 0.053 inch (16 gage) concealed flange frame for flush drywall installation, baked enamel finish inside and prime finished outside for field painting. Provide 10 x 10 inch minimum size unless otherwise indicated, as manufactured by Milcor, JL Industries or equivalent. Provide concealed spring—type hinge opening to 175 degrees minimum, with flush screw driver operated lock with metal cam. INSTALL plumb, level and square, in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Coordinate installation and filed finishing with work of other trades. Adjust hardware and operation. Repair or replace damaged units. SECTION 08 33 26.- OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES INSTALL Owner—furnished overhead coiling grilles where indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. Units will be a complete operating assembly including curtain, guides, locking hardware, operators and installation accessories where indicated. TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS and examine conditions of substrates, supports, and other site conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. INSTALL grille unit and operating equipment and controls complete with all necessary hardware, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Upon completion of installation including Work by other trades, lubricate, test and adjust unit to operate easily, free from warp, twist or distortion. INSTRUCT OWNER'S PERSONNEL in proper operating procedures and maintenance scheduling. SECTION 08 42 26 - ALUMN. FRAMED STOREFRONT INSTALL framing members with accessory ports and hardware as furnished by the Owner, and provide all glazing for aluminum—framed storefront, where indicated on the Drawings, and as specified herein. SAFETY GLASS STANDARD: Provide tempered gloss components that comply with ANSI Z 97.1 and testing requirements of CPSC 16 CRF Part 1201 for Category II materials. INSPECT COMPONENTS for damage upon delivery. Unless minor defects in metal components can be repaired to the Owner's satisfaction, remove and replace damaged components. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: Check opening dimensions by accurate field measurement before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of the work. Where necessary, proceed with fabrication without measurements, and coordinate fabrication tolerances to ensure proper fit. FASTENERS: Aluminum, non—magnetic stainless steel, or other materials warranted by manufacturer to be noncorrosive and compatible with aluminum components. Exposed fasteners shall match finish of members and hardware being fastened. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES AND SUPPORTS for compliance with requirements indicated, installation tolerances, and other conditions that affect installation of all gloss entrance. Correct unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding with the installation. INSTALL components in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and recommendations. Set units level, plumb, and true to line, without warp or rock of framing members, doors, or trim. Install all required blocking and bracing, whether specifically indicated on the Drawings or not. CLEAN surfaces promptly after installation, exercising care to avoid damage to glass and metal surfaces. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt, and other substances. SECTION 08 71 00 - DOOR HARDWARE WORK INCLUDED: Provide finish hardware throughout the Work as indicated in the Drawings, as specified herein and as required for a complete installation. PROVIDE finish hardware throughout the Work as needed for a complete installation and as specified herein. FIRE—RATED OPENINGS: Comply with NFPA Standard No. 80 and local codes for installation of hardware in fire—rated assemblies. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL or FM in compliance with requirements of door and door frame labels. FASTENERS: Provide necessary screws, bolts and other fasteners of suitable size and type to anchor hardware in position for long life under hard use. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when door is closed. KEYING: Provide all locksets keyed alike, masterkeyed to Landlord's system. Provide 6 total change—keys to Owner. AT FIRE—RATED DOORS provide UL—listed surface mounted closers and UL—listed head/jamb gasketing in addition to hardware indicated in Schedule below. CLOSERS: Provide units only with high—strength, cast—iron bodies, tamper resistant regulating screws for speed, back—check and latch speed, and with "all—temperature" fluid. STOPS: if a wall stop is not possible to install, provide a floor stop equal to "Ives" # 438 x 626 or equal where scheduled below. INSTALL hardware items at heights as recommended by the Door and Hardware Institute and as required by ADA, except as specifically required to comply with local codes. Install hardware in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Set units level, plumb and true. Consult with owner as to keying instructions, ADJUST and check operation of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly. SECTION 08 80 00 - GLAZING WORK INCLUDED: Provide glass and glazing as shown on the drawings, as specified herein, and as needed to meet the requirements of the construction. GLAZING STANDARDS: Comply with recommendations of Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA) "Glazing Manual" and "Sealant Manual" except where more stringent requirements are indicated, Refer to those publications for definitions of glass and glazing terms not otherwise defined in this section or other referenced standards. INTERIOR SINGLE—PANE SECURITY/SAFETY GLAZING: Provide in all "framed' glass doors, windows and storefront systems, consisting of 1 pane of laminated safety glass with a .030 inch thick clear polyvinyl butyl interplay layer (tempered gloss units are not acceptable). Minimize glazing unit sizes and provide heat strengthened units only where required by code. EXTERIOR DOUBLE—PANE SECURITY/SAFETY GLAZING: Provide in all exterior doors, windows or storefront systems, consisting of 1—inch thick dual—sealed insulated glass assembly constructed of two (2) each layers of laminated safety glass (each pane) with a .030 inch thick clear polyvinyl butyl interplay layer (tempered glass units are not acceptable). Provide a pyrolitic low—E coating on the # 2 surface of the assembly, providing a minimum 0.70 Solar Heat Gain Coefficient. Minimize glazing unit sizes and provide heat strengthened units only where required by code. Provide a 10—year minimum warranty on all insulating glass units. GLAZING TAPE: Preformed, butyl—based elastomeric tape with solids content of 100%, complying with ASTM C 1281 and MMA 800. MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS: Provide cleaners, primers and sealers, setting blocks, spacers and edge blocks of size and shape complying with referenced glazing standards, and with requirements of glass manufacturer for application indicated. WATERTIGHT AND AIRTIGHT INSTALLATION of each glass product is required, except as otherwise shown. Each installation must withstand normal temperature changes, wind loading, impact loading (for operating sash and doors), without failure including loss or breakage of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight, deterioration of glazing materials and other defects in the work. COMPLY with FGMA "Glazing Manual" and manufacturers instructions and recommendations. Use manufacturer's recommended spacers, blocks, primers, sealers, gaskets and accessories. CLEAN GLAZING CHANNEL and other framing members to receive glass, immediately before glazing. Remove coatings which are not firmly bonded to substrate. Remove lacquer from metal surfaces where elostomeric sealants are used. INSTALL gloss with uniformity of pattern, drew, bow and roller marks. Install sealants to provide complete wetting and bond and to create a substantial wash away from glass. Install pressurized tapes and gaskets to protrude slightly out of channel, so as to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets. INSTALL INSULATING GLASS UNITS to comply with recommendations by Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association, except as otherwise specifically indicated or recommended by glass and sealant manufacturers t)k-)D-- 003 PROTECT GLASS FROM BREAKAGE immediately upon installation, by use of crossed streamers attached to framing and held away from glass. Do not apply markers to surfaces of gloss. Remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. Cure sealants for high early strength and durability. REMOVE and replace damaged glass and glazing. Wash and polish glass on both faces not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled far inspections intended to establish date of substantial completion. Comply with glass product manufacturer's recommendations for final cleaning. SECTION 09 21 16 - GYPSUM -BOARD ASSEMBLIES PROVIDE screw—type gypsum drywall with metal framing system(s) where indicated on the drawings, as specified herein, and as needed to meet the requirements of the construction shown in the Contract Documents. METAL STUD FRAMING: Provide ASTM C 645 studs of 0,018 inch (25 gage) x 3-5/8" depth unless otherwise noted. Provide runners matching studs, of type recommended by stud manufacturer for floor and ceiling support of studs, and for vertical abutment of drywall work at other work. Provide 0.032 inch (20 gage) hat—shaped furring members per ASTM C 645. Provide stud manufacturer's standard clips, shoes, ties, reinforcements, fasteners and other accessories as needed for a complete stud system. SUSPENDED STEEL FRAMING — GENERAL: Comply with ASTM C 754 WIRE HANGERS: ASTM A 641 Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162 (8 gage) diameter wire at 4'-0" oc max typically or as otherwise indicated. CONCRETE FASTENERS: Post—installed, expansion type anchors fabricated from corrosion—resistant materials with holes or loops for attaching hanger wires and capable of sustaining a load equal to 5 times that imposed by construction per ASTM E 488 testing COLD—ROLLED CHANNELS: 0.053—inch (16 gage) bare steel thickness, with minimum 1/2—inch— wide flange, 1-1/2 inch deep typically. HAT—SHAPPED FURRING CHANNELS: 7/8 inch minimum deep ASTM C-645 rigid units of 0.0312 inch (20 gage) minimum commercial steel sheet with manufacturer's standard corrosion—resistant zinc coating. TYPICAL EXPOSED GYPSUM BOARD: Type X (fire resistant) with tapered long edges, 5/8" thickness, except where otherwise indicated, in maximum length available which will minimize end joints. TILE BACKER BOARD (behind all wall tile and tile base): 5/8" thick "DenShield Fireguard" by Georgia—Pacific in 4 foot wide panels by maximum length possible, complying with ASTM C 1177 with glass mats both sides and long edges, with water—resistant treated core. Provide Type S-12, bugle head, self—topping, rust—resistant, fine thread panel anchors. JOINT TREATMENT AT TILE BACKER: "Dow Corning" 795, "Pecora" 895, "GE" Silicone Silpruf Sealant, or "Tremco" Dymonic joint sealer with 2" wide 10 x 10 gloss mesh quick tape or equivalent, and finish with "G—P" Gypsum setting—type joint compound TRIM ACCESSORIES: Provide manufacturer's standard trim accessories of types indicated for drywall work, formed of galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated, with either knurled and perforated or expanded flanges for nailing and beaded for concealment of flanges in joint compound. Provide corner beads, L—type edge trim—beads, U—type edge trim—beads, special L—kerf—type edge trim—beads. Stapling of trim accessories will not be permitted. CONTROL JOINTS: Provide 2 — standard L—type edge trim beads, in lieu of manufacturer's standard one—piece control joint beads. JOINT COMPOUND: ASTM C 475; On interior work provide single, multi—purpose grade, ready—mixed vinyl—type, with perforated type paper joint tape. GYPSUM BOARD FASTENERS: Gypsum Board Screws: ASTM C 1002. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum drywall work of the type and grade recommended by the manufacturer gypsum boards. INSTALLATION PREPARATION FOR METAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS: Coordinate work with structural ceiling work to ensure that inserts and other, structural anchorage provisions hove been installed to receive ceiling hangers. Furnish steel deck hanger clips and similar devices to other trades for installation well in advance of time needed for coordination with other work. INSTALLATION OF WALL/PARTITION SUPPORT SYSTEMS: Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing to support fixtures, equipment, services, heavy trim, furnishings and similar work which cannot be adequately supported on gypsum board alone. ISOLATE STUD SYSTEM from transfer of structural loading to system, both horizontally and vertically. Provide slip or cushioned type joints to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading. Install runner tracks at floors, ceilings and structural walls and columns where gypsum drywall stud system abuts other work, except as otherwise indicated. Terminate partition stud system at ceilings, except where indicated to be extended to structural support or substrate above. SPACE STUDS 16" 0.0., except as otherwise indicated. Provide runner tracks of same material thickness as jamb studs. Space jack studs same as partition studs. AT DOOR OPENINGS, frame with 2 each 0.032 inch (20 gage) studs extending to structural support above at both jambs, securely attached by screws either directly to door frames or to jamb anchor clips on door frame. Install runner track sections (for jack studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. FRAME OPENINGS OTHER THAN DOOR OPENINGS in same manner as required for door openings; and install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. INSTALL SUPPLEMENTARY FRAMING, runners, furring, blocking and bracing at opening and terminations in the work, and at locations required to support fixtures, equipment, services, heavy trim, furnishings and similar work which cannot be adequately supported directly on gypsum board alone. GENERAL GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: INSTALL insulation where indicated, prior to gypsum board unless readily installed after board has been installed. Locate exposed end—butt joints as far from center of walls and ceilings as possible, and stagger not less than 1'-0" in alternate courses of board. Install ceiling boards in the direction and manner which will minimize the number of end—butt joints, and which will avoid end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger end joints at least 1 '-0". INSTALL WALL/PARTITION BOARDS vertically to avoid end—butt joints wherever possible. At stairwells and similar high walls, install boards horizontally with end joints staggered over studs. INSTALL EXPOSED GYPSUM BOARD with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged or damp boards. Butt boards together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16" open space between boards. Do not force into place. LOCATE either edge or end joints over supports, except in horizontal applications or where intermediate supports or gypsum board black—blocking is provided behind end joints. Position boards so that both tapered edge joints abut, and mill—cut or field—cut end joints abut. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions. ATTACH gypsum board to framing and blocking as required for additional support at openings and cutouts. Form control joints and expansion joints with space between edges of boards, prepared to receive trim accessories. Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum board in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chase walls which are properly braced internally. ISOLATE perimeter of non—load—bearing drywall partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4" to 1/2" space and trim edge with J—type semi—finishing edge trim. Seal joints with acoustical sealant. Do not fasten drywall directly to stud system runner tracks. SPACE FASTENERS in gypsum boards in accordance with referenced standards and manufacturer's recommendations. On partitions/walls apply gypsum board vertically (parallel), unless otherwise indicated, and provide sheet lengths which will minimize end joints. Fasten gypsum board supports with screws. DIRECT—BONDING TO SUBSTRATE: Where necessary to install gypsum board adhered directly to a substrate (other than studs, joints, furring members or base layer of gypsum board), comply with gypsum board manufacturers recommendations, and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum board until fastening adhesive has set. INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL TRIM ACCESSORIES: Where feasible, use the same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to the supports. Otherwise, fasten flanges by nailing in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendotions. Install metal corner beads at external corners of drywall work, INSTALL METAL EDGE TRIM whenever edge of gypsum board would otherwise be exposed or semi—exposed. Provide type with face flange to receive joint compound. Install L—type trim where work is tightly abutted to other work, and install special kerf—type where other work is kerfed to receive long leg of L— type trim. Install U—type where edge is exposed, revealed, gasketed, or sealant—filled (including expansion joints). INSTALL METAL CONTROL JOINTS above both sides of all door frames, and as otherwise required not to exceed a 30'-0" maximum uninterrupted surface. INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL FINISHING: Apply treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions), flanges of trim accessories, penetrations, fasteners heads, surface defects and elsewhere as required to prepare work for decoration. Prefill open joints and rounded or beveled edges, using type of compound recommended by manufacturer. Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where a trim accessory is indicated. Apply joint compound in three (3) coats (not including prefill of openings in base), and sand between last two (2) coats and after last coot. At water—resistant gypsum board base for ceramic tile, tape and finish joints with two (2) coats water—resistant joint material. PARTIAL FINISHING: Omit third coat (if specified) and sanding on concealed drywall work which is indicated for drywall finishing or which requires finishing to achieve fire resistance rating, sound rating or to act as air or smoke barrier, Refer to sections on pointing, coating and wall—coverings in Division 9 for decorative finishes to be applied to drywall work, PROTECTION OF WORK: Installer shall advise Contractor of required procedures for protecting gypsum drywall work from damage and deterioration during remainder of construction period. a) THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision os on instrument of service and is intended far use only on this project. All Drowings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, orrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed, constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect, Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments psed for any part of thIs Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architects sennces ore undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner, No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is o single component of on integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing o complete Project. COMPLY WITH oll laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals are obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDMONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation, CillENSIONS SON are to Finish face via material unless otherwise indicated, CALCUIAlE & MEASURE dinensims - DO NOT SCKE draings odes otherwise drected. projecttitle projectnunnber 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: REVIEIAED FOR CODE COI APLIANCE APPROVED JAN 1 8 2013 Cily of Tukwila BUILDING JIVISIO RECEIVED en'Y o Vf vvtfl IJAN 7 201 PERMIT CENT E ssionalseal GIST ED CT HENR STATE OF OVER INGTON draWingtitle SPECIFICATIONS drawingnumber $P101 SECTION 09 30 00 - TILING PROVIDE TILE. WORK where indicated on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed to meet the requirements of the construction shown in the Contract Documents. TILE MATERIALS & GROUT COLORS • Refer to the drawings for tile materials and grout colors. LATEX -PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR: ANSI A118.4 prepackaged dry mortar mix including manufacturer's standard dry -polymer additive for addition of only water at the job site. LATEX -PORTLAND CEMENT GROUT: ANSI A118.7 prepackaged mix including manufacturer's standard dry -polymer additive for addition of only water at the job site. TYPICAL TILE -EDGE TRIM AT CARPETING: "Schluter - Schiene AE" (satin anodized aluminum) in height require to match tile thickness. Provide typically between tile and carpeting. TILE GROUT SEALER: "Aucia- Mix Sealer's Choice 15 Gold" penetrating sealer or approved equal. MORTAR AND GROUTING SYSTEMS: THIN -SET FLOOR TILE (on concrete slab -on -grade): Comply with TCA Method No. F113 using latex Portland cement mortar per ASTM A108.5 withlatex-Portland cement grout in accordance with ANSI A108.10. Attach tile base to casework using a full -spread of organic adhesive with a notched trowel, or 3 continuous lines of construction adhesive. WALL TILE (on Glass -Mot Backer Board): Comply with TCA Method No W245 setting tile in latex Portland cement mortar per ANSI A108.5 with non -sanded latex Portland cement grout in accordance with ANSI A106.10. IN COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S instructions for mixing and installation or Materials. EXTEND tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures, to form a complete covering without interruptions, except as otherwise shown. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. ACCURATELY form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures and other penetrations so that plates, colors, or covers overlap tile. JOINTING PATTERN: Unless otherwise shown, lay tile in grid pattern. Align joints when adjoining tiles on fluri l2gn, cinci rim arq Nrri Lay9ut tile work and center tile fields in both directions in kh soch space or On Qgch wall orea, ust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise shown. CLEANING AND PROTECTION: CLEANING: Upon completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. Unglazed tile may be cleaned with acid solutions only when permitted by tile and grout manufacturer's printed instructions, but not sooner than 14 days after installation. Protect metal surfaces, cast iron and vitreous plumbing fixtures from effects of acid cleaning. Flush surface with clean water before and after cleaning. FINISHED TILE WORK: Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken un -bonded, or otherwise defective tile work. APPLICATION OF GROUT SEALER: Provide tile and grout seal coating in full strength (not diluted) in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Avoid overlapping, over -spraying, puddling and immediately wipe off all adjacent materials of overspray. Maintain sealed areas dry for not less than 12 hours after application. PROTECTION: When recommended by tile manufacturer, apply a protective coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed tile work with Kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent damage and wear. PROHIBIT foot and wheel traffic from using tiled floors for at least three (3) days after grouting is completed. BEFORE FINAL INSPECTION remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from tile surfaces. SECTION 09 51 00 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS WORK INCLUDED: Provide acoustical ceilings as shown on the drawings, as specified_ herein, and as needed to meet the requirements of the construction shown in the Contract Documents. TYPICAL ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS: Refer to drawings for schedule of ceiling materials ,and sizes. TYPICAL CEILING GRID: Armstrong Prelude 15/16 inch series, or equivalent by Chicago Metalic or USG, in standard white color except as indicated otherwise. CEILING SUSPENSION MATERIALS: Comply with ASTM C 635, as applicable to type of suspension system required for type of ceiling units indicated. Coordinate with other work supported by or penetrating through ceilings, including light fixtures, - HVAC equipment, and partition system (if any). ATTACHMENT DEVICES: Size for five (5) times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung. HAIM kAIIP[S e6i1VeiNt; Mlikb11 AWL ASTM A b41 soft tamper; pre—stretshod, yisld—stross lead of at least three (3) times design load, but not less than 12 gage (0.106''). EDGE MOLDINGS: Manufacturer's recessed channel molding for edges and penetrations of ceiling, with single flange of molding exposed, baked enamel finish to match balance of grid. EXPOSED SUSPENSION SYSTEM: Manufacturer's standard exposed runners, cross -runners and accessories, of types and profiles indicated, with exposed cross -runners coped to lay flush with main runners. Provide uniform factory -applied finish on exposed surfaces of ceiling suspension system, including moldings, trim, and accessories, in manufacturer's baked enamel finish, to match type of ceiling. INSTALLATION: MEASURE EACH CEILING AREA and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling, except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Avoid •use of less -than -half width units at borders, and comply with reflected ceiling plans wherever possible. COMPLY with manufacturer's printed instructions, and with governing regulations, fire -resistance rating requirements and with industry standards applicable to the Work. ARRANGE acoustical units and orient directionally -patterned units in the manner shown by reflected ceiling plans, with pattern running in one direction. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM to comply with ASTM C 636, with hangers supported only from building structural members. Locate hangers not less than 6" from each end and space 4-0"; along each carrying channel or direct -hung runner. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eye -Screws, or other devices which are secure and appropriate for substrate. INSTALL EDGE MOLDINGS at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and at locations where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical units. Screw -attach moldings to substrate at levels not over 16" ac. and not more than 3" from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to tolerance of 1/8" to 12' -0". Miter corners accurately and connect securely. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL PANELS in coordination with suspension system, with edges concealed by support of suspension members. Scribe and cut panels to fit accurately at borders and at penetrations. ADJUST AND CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension members; comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch-up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace work which cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. SECTION 09 65 00 - RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE PROVIDE vinyl composition tile flooring and resilient base, where noted on the drawings and as specified herein. FIRE PREFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: Provide resilient flooring materials meeting the following requirements as tested by UL or other testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, in accordance with the following ASTM requirements: CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX: 0.45 watts per square CM or more per ASTM E 648. SMOKE DENSITY: less than 450 per ASTM E 662. MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS: Submit manufacturer's recommended maintenance practices for each type of resilient flooring and accessory required. EXTRA STOCK: Deliver minimum of one (1) carton of resilient tile and twelve (12) lineal feet of base material, of each type and color of material installed. VINYL COMPOSITION FLOOR TILE: 12" x 12" x 1/8" thick products complying with ASTM F 1066, Composition 1 (non -asbestos formulated). Manufacturer(s) and product type as indicated on the Drawings. RESILIENT BASE: 4" high rubber, with integral coves, topset, type as required for compatibility with flooring material. If not indicated, base color will be selected by the Owner from manufacturer's standard color range, as manufactured by one of the following manufacturers: Burke Flooring Products Division, Flexco Division., Textile Rubber Co. Johnson Rubber Co., Inc. R. C. Musson Rubber Co., Inc. Roppe Rubber Corp. CONCRETE SLAB PRIMER: Nonstaining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer. TROWELABLE UNDERLAYMENTS AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS: Latex modified, portland cement based formulation provided or approved by tile manufacturer for applications indicated ADHESIVES (Cements): Latex water resistant type recommended by tile manufacturer to suit resilient floor tile products and substrate conditions indicated. METAL EDGE STRIPS: Extruded aluminum with mill finish, of height required to protect exposed edge of tiles, and in maximum available lengths to minimize running joints INSTALLATION: EXAMINE AREAS where installation of tiles will occur, with Installer present, to verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for tile installation and comply with tile manufacturer's requirements and those specified in this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION: Level One patch aulafloar USirlq compounds recommended by flooring manufacturer. Remove coatings from subfloor surfaces that would prevent adhesive bond, including curing compounds, adhesives, point, oils, waxes and sealers. Broom clean or vacuum subfloor surfaces and apply primer, if recommended by flooring manufacturer, prior to application of adhesive. DO NOT DRY SCRAPE OR SAND existing flooring materials, and do not dry scrape or dry sweep residual backing or felt lining materials. Such materials may contain asbestos fibers that are not readily identifiable. VERIFY that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and that slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials whose presence would interfere with bonding of adhesive. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by tile manufacturer. Verify that subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits of any kind. GENERAL INSTALLATION: Comply with manufacturer's printed installation instructions, and as specified herein. Extend resilient flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, and into closets and similar openings. Scribe,- cut and fit resilient flooring to permanent fixtures, built in furniture and cabinets, pipes, outlets and permanent columns, walls and partitions. ADHESIVE: Adhere flooring to substrates using full spread of woterproof, stabilized mastic recommended for use by flooring manufacturer to suit material and substrate conditions. INSTALLATION OF TILE FLOORS: Lay tile from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so that tile at opposite edges of room area of equal width. Adjust ciS necessary to avoid use of cut widths less than 1/2 tile at room perimeters. Lay tile square to room axis, unless otherwise shown. Match tiles for color and pattern by using tile from cartons in some sequence as manufactured and packaged if so numbered. Cut tile neatly around all fixtures. Broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles are not acceptable. ADHERE tiles to flooring substrates without producing open cracks, voids, raising' and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections in completed tile installation. Hand roll tiles where required. INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES: Apply wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required. Install base in lengths as long as practicable, with preformed corner units, or fabricated from base materials with mitered or coped inside corners, Tightly bond base to substrate throughout length of each piece. INITIAL CLEANING: Immediately after completing tile installation remove visible adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by tile manufacturers. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly. Do not wash floor until time period recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer has elapsed to allow resilient flooring to become well sealed in adhesive. Damp mop floor being careful to remove black marks and excessive soil. Remove any excess adhesive or other surface blemishes, using appropriate cleaner recommended by resilient flooring manufacturers. STRIP EXISTING FACTORY FLOOR FINISH by scrubbing with a single disk automatic scrubbing machine and by washing with a commercial stripping solution and worm water. Do not flood floor with stripping solution or rinse water. Remove stripping solution by mopping. Rinse with clean water and wet vacuum or mop dry. SECTION 09 68 00 - CARPET INSTALLATION WORK INCLUDED: Install sheet -type carpeting and provide all accessory materials, where indicated in the Drawings, as required herein, and as necessary for a complete and proper installation, The Work includes leveling and patching of concrete floors, installation of carpeting, providing adhesive for glue -'clown installation, and providing carpet accessories. REFERENCED STANDARD: "Carpet Specifiers' Handbook" by The Carpet and Rug Institute; complete with recommendations which can be reasonably applied to types of carpeting work required. LEVELING COMPOUND: Latex type as recommended by carpet manufacturer compatible with adhesive and curing/sealing compound on concrete. INSTALLATION ADHESIVE: Water-resistant, non -staining as recommended by carpet manufacturer, which complies with flammability requirements for installed carpet. SEAMING CEMENT: Hot -melt seaming adhesive or similar product recommended by carpet manufacturer, for taping seams and butting cut edges at backing to form secure seams and prevent pile loss at seams. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:. As recommended by manufacturers of carpet, cushions and other carpeting products; selected by Installer to meet project circumstances and requirements. SURFACE PREPARATION: All surfaces to receive carpet shall be clean and dry. Cracks 1/16" or more, holes, unevenness and roughness must be filled, leveled and made smooth with a compatible latex floor patching compound. Prior to filling, the floor must be swept clean. Feather a minimum of 4'-" where filling or leveling is required. After filling allow filler to dry. Damp mop the floor with warm water and allow to dry. Vacuum after. MOPPN, VACUUM FLOORS again immediately before installotion of carpeting. Check concrete surfaces to insure that no "dusting" through installed carpet will occur. CARPET INSTALLATION: COMPLY with manufacturer's recommendations for seam locations and direction of carpet; maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay of pile. At doors, center seams under doors; do not place seams in traffic direction at doorways. EXTEND carpet under open -bottomed obstructions and under removable flanges and furnishings, and into alcoves and closets of each space. Provide cut-outs where required, and bind cut edges properly where not concealed by protective edge guards or overlapping flanges. Fit sections of carpet into each space prior to application of adhesive, Trim edges and butt cuts with seaming cement. APPLY adhesive uniformly to substrate in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Butt carpet edges tightly together to form seams without gaps. Roll entire carpet area lightly to eliminate air pockets and ensure uniform bond. Remove any adhesive promptly from face of carpet by method which will not damage carpet face. ON COMPLETION of the installation in each area, all dirt, carpet scraps, etc,, must be removed from the surface of the carpet. Any soiling spots or excessive adhesive on the carpet shall be removed with the proper spot remover. DO NOT walk on or move furniture onto carpet surface until installed area has all carpet tiles anchored at the perimeter and control grid lines. Do not allow construction traffic, other than as may be required to fit up specific carpeted areas, to traverse the completed work. VACUUM CARPET using commercial machine with face -beater element. Remove spots and replace carpet where spots cannot be removed. PROTECT CARPETING against damage during construction. Cover with 6 -mil thick polyethylene covering with taped joints during the construction period, wherever protection is required, so that carpet will be without any indication of deterioration, wear, or damage at the time of acceptance. Damaged carpeting will be rejected. As the carpet is laid, remove all trimmings, excess pieces of carpet and laying materials from each area as it is completed. MAINTENANCE MATERIALS: Deliver specified extra stock and usable scraps of carpet to Owner's designated storage space, properly packaged (paper wrapped) and identified. Dispose of smaller pieces as "construction waste". IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, vacuum carpet using commercial pile lifter of type recommended by carpet manufacturer. Remove spots and, replace carpet where spots cannot be removed. Remove rejected carpeting and replace with new carpeting. RESILIENT FLOORING FINISH: Apply one coot of sealer/filler to striped flooring, as recommended by flooring manufacturer. Coordinate selection of floor polish with Owner's personel or maintenance service. After application of sealer, apply initial two (2) coats of high quality, metal cross linked, acrylic floor polish, allowing at least 30 minutes drying time between applications. Polish and buff with a single disk flooring machine, until a high gloSs luster is obtained. PROTECT FLOORING against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended by tile manufacturer. SECTION 09 72 00 - WALL COVERINGS WORK INCLUDES preparation of existing wall surfaces for iristpllotion of new wallcovering, and installation of wallcovering fabric, as specified herein and as needed for a complete and proper installation. WALLCOVERING MATERIALS: Refer to Drawings for Finish Schedule or Materials -Schedule. ADHESIVE: Provide manufacturer's recommended adhesive, primer, and/or sealer, produced expressively for use with selected wallcovering on existing substrate. Provide materials which are mildew -resistant and non -staining to wallcovering. PREPARATION: Acclimatize wall covering materials by removing from packaging in area of installation not less than 24 hours before application. Remove switchplates, wall plates, and surface -mounted fixtures in areas where wallcovering is to be applied. PRIME AND SEAL substrates in accordance with wall covering manufacturer's recommendations for type of substrate. Apply surface sealer to gypsum drywall which will permit subsequent removal of wall covering without damage to paper facing. VINYL WALL COVERING INSTALLATION: Place wallcovering panels consecutively in order cut from rolls, including filling of spaces above or below openings. Hang by reversing alternate strips if necessary, except on match patterns. Apply adhesive to back of wallcovering and place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install seams plumb, and at least 6" away from corners. Horizontal seams are not permitted. Overlap seams and double -cut to assure tight closure. Roll, brush, or use broad knife to remove air bubbles, wrinkles, blisters, and other defects. Cut wallcovering evenly to edges of wall penetrations. Trim selvages as required to assure color uniformity and pattern match. CLEAN-UP: Remove excess adhesive along finished seams while it is still wet using warm water and clean sponge, and wipe dry. Replace removed plates oncl fiTxtures: vertTy cut edges oC wait eovchngs arta completely gonc0e0_ R.c.mc:AT surplus materials, rubbish, and debris resulting from wall covering installation upon completion of Work, and leave areas of installation in nebt clean condition. SECTION 09 91 00 - PAINTING WORK INCLUDES surface preparation and pointing or finishing of surfaces exposed to view, throughout the Project and in accordance with requirements herein. Except where a natural finish or a material is specifically noted as a surface not to be painted, paint or finish all exposed surfaces whether, or not pointing is designated in the Drawings. Where items or surfaces are not specifically mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent materials or areas. PAINTING NOT REQUIRED: Unless otherwise )ndicated, painting is not required on plastic laminate, prefinished sheet metal, plumbing fixtures, electrical equipment (excluding exposed distribution tObinet(s) or electrical devices. Painting is not required on surfaces such as walls or ceilings in concealed or inaccessible areas. Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate and similar finished materials will not require finish painting, except as otherwise indicated in the finish hardware schedule. Do not paint over code -required labels or equipment identification labels. PROVIDE PRIMERS and undercoat points produced by,, the same manufacturer as the finish coats. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits. PREPARE surfaces and apply coatings in strict accordance with the coating manufacturer's recommendations. USE ONLY SKILLED painters for mixing and applying paint. Quality workmanship is required. In the acceptance or rejection of finish painting, no allowance will be made for the painters' lack of skill or in adequate lighting during painting operations. DELIVER MATERIALS to job site in original, new and unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove rags and water daily. Take all precautions to ensure that workmen and Work areas are adequately protected from fire hazards and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing and application of points. JOB CONDITIONS: Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are within recommended range permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions. Do not apply paint when relative humidity exceeds 85%, or to damp or wet surfaces. MATERIAL QUALITY: Provide best quality grade of various types of coatings as regularly manufactured by acceptable point materials manufacturers. Materials not displaying manufacturers identification as a standard, best -grade product will not be acceptable. SURFACE PREPARATION: Clean surfaces of dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, or other conditions otherwise detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in accordance with paint manufacturer's printed instructions for each particular substrate condition. REMOVE hardware, accessories, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place and not to be finish -painted, or provide surface -applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Remove, if necessary, for complete painting of items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting of each space or area, reinstall removed items. CLEAN WOOD SURFACES of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before application of primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. PRIME, STAIN, OR SEAL WOOD to be painted immediately upon delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. When transparent finish is required, bcckprime with spar varnish. Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet wall construction occurs on backside. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately upon delivery or after installation, if unit is cut in the field. CLEAN NONGALVANIZED FERROUS -METAL SURFACES that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Pointing Council. TOUCH UP SHOP -APPLIED PRIME COATS that have been damaged. Wire -brush, clean with solvents recommended by the point manufacturer, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. MATERIALS PREPARATION: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Maintain containers used in mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Stir material before application to produce o mixture of uniform density; stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material before usinv. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and only within recommended limits. APPLICATION: Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions, Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of durable paint film, SCHEDULING: Apply first -coat material to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does ncit deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and applicatibn of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. APPLY PAINT to completely cover previously painted surfaces, to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, lap marks, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. THE NUMBER OF COATS and film thickness required is the same regardless of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. Sand between applications where sanding is required to produce an even smooth surface in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. APPLY ADDITIONAL PAINT coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through final coat of paint, until paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Give special attention to insure that surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. PAINT INTERIOR SURFACES of ducts, where visible through registers or grilles with a flat, nonspecular black paint. Point back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. MINIMUM COATING THICKNESS: Apply materials at not less than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide a total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. PRIME COATS: Before application of finish coats, apply a prime coot of material as recommended by the manufacturer to material that is required to be painted or finished and has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to assure a finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: The Owner reserves the right to engage the services of an independent testing laboratory to sample the point material being used. Samples of material delivered to the project may be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in the presence of the Contractor. The testing laboratory will perform appropriate tests as required by the Owner. If test results show material being used does not comply with specified requirements, the Contractor may be directed to stop painting, remove noncomplying paint, pay for testing, repaint surfaces coated with rejected paint, and remove rejected point from previously painted surfaces if, upon repainting with specified paint, the two coatings are noncompatible. CLEAN-UP: During the progress of the Work, remove from site discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags at end of each work day. Upon completion of painting Work, clean window glass and other paint -spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint or otherwise damage finish strfaces. Touchup and restore all damaged or defaced painted surfaces after completion of Work of other trades. PROTECT work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Owner. Provide wet paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work after completion of painting operations. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced pointed surfaces. PAINT MATERIALS SCHEDULE: (RE: www.paintinfo.com for MPI's "Approved Product List") INTERIOR DRYWALL: SATIN LATEX ENAMEL (Class A: 5-5-0) Primer Coat: MPI # 50 - Interior Latex Primer Sealer 2 Finish Coats: MPI # 52 - Interior Latex "Eggshell -like" sheen Apply finish coats with roller, unless otherwise indicated INTERIOR METAL: SATIN ALKYD ENAMEL (Class A: 5-5-0) First Coat: MPI # 79 - Alkyd Anti -Corrosive Metal Primer Note: Primer not required to be applied in field on pre -primed items 2nd & 3rd Coats: MPI # 51 - Interior Alkyd, Eggshell Brush apply finish coats unless otherwise indicated INTERIOR PAINTED WOOD ck MDF: SATIN ALKYD (Class A: 5-5-0) Prime Coat: MPI # 45 - Interior Alkyd Primer Sealer 2nd ck 3rd Coats: MPI # 51 - Interior Alkyd, Eggshell Brush apply finich coat c unlegg otherwiN indicated SECTION 10 00 00 - MISC. SPECIALTIES PROVIDE the following specialties where noted on the Drawings and as specified herein. Install specialty items furnished by others, as indicated on the drawings. TOILET ACCESSORIES (where required): Provide units as indicated in the Drawings. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS (FE): Provide manufacturer s standard 10 lb, 4A-60BC rated units at location(s) indicated on the Drawings, and as approved or as otherwise directed by authorities having jurisdiction. COORDINATION: Coordinate with other Sections to assure that the locations of miscellaneous specialties does not conflict with other related items, Examine and inspect installation of floor or wall finishes, and other conditions that affect installation of miscellaneous specialties. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALL the work of this Section according to manufacturers' instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate as recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. SET EACH ITEM securely in place, leveled and adjusted to the correct working height. Anchor to supporting substrate where indicted and where required for sustained operation and use without shifting or dislocation. Conceal anchorages where possible. SECURE MIRRORS TO WALLS in concealed, tamperproof manner with special hangers, toggle bolts, or screws. Set units plumb, level, and square at locations indicated, according to manufacturer's instructions for type of substrate involved. INSTALL GRAB BARS to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, complying with ASTM F 446. ADJUST units for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. Replace damaged or defective items. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces strictly according to manufacturer's recommendations after removing temporary labels and protective coatings. SECTION 10 14 00 - SIGNAGE PROVIDE signage indicated herein as required for complete and proper installation. SEPARATE CONTRACT: The Owner will arrange for other signage to be provided by a separate contractor. Coordinate with that entity regarding field dimensions, shop drawings, site access, scheduling, power requirements, and other items necessary for timely installation of all project signs. a Bik.- a) 3 ADA SIGNAGE: 8 x 8 x 1/8 inch minimum radius cornered Pictorial Symbol Signs, with 1/32" raised pictogram symbols, 1/32" x 5/8" high upper case raised letter text, and with 1/32" Grade II Braille text. Text and pictogram to be white on dark colored sign panel with matte finish. Provide double sided 1/32" thick Scotchmount tape for attaching at 60" above floor to center of sign on the wall adjacent to the latch side of a door: 1 each RESTROOM (at Employee Restroom) 1 ea: MEN or WOMEN (os applicable at multiple toilet rooms) PRESSURE SENSITIVE VINYL (PSV): "220 Scotchcal" by 3M or equal 2 mil minimum thickness, opaque, non-reflecting, cast PVC film with pressure sensitive adhesive backing, suitable for exterior as well as interior applications, colors as noted in material -color schedule. Die -cut copy characters from PSV, and mount on paper backing sheet. BUILDING NUMBERS: 8" high white reverse -mount to interior side of gloss facing main street (comply with local code and regulations) REAR SERVICE ENTRANCE DOOR: Provide PSV signage indicating Company Name, Suite/Space Number, and receiving hours (verify exact text with Owner's representative. Coordinate Service Entrance Door signoge with Landlord requirements, when applicable. INSTALL signage in accordance with the approved shop drawings, to be level, plumb, and at height indicated, free from distortion or other defects of appearance. Remove and reinstall sig nage materials that do not comply with these requirements. MOUNT plastic laminate signs directly to face of door. Use double -sided foam tape to mount to smooth non -porous surfaces. Install ADA signs centered at 60 inches abocre finiShed floor on strike side of door frame. CLEAN soiled sign surfaces and protect units from damage unitl acceptance by the Owner. SECTION 10 14 00 - SIGNAGE PROVIDE sig nage indicated herein as required for a complete and proper installation. SEPARATE CONTRACT: The Owner will arrange for other signage to be provided by a separate contractor. Coordinate with that entity regarding field dimensions, shop drawings, site access, scheduling, power requirements, and other items necessary for timely installation of all project signs. ADA SIGNAGE: 8 x 8 x 1/8 inch minimum radius cornered Pictorial Symbol Signs, with 1/32" raised pictogram symbols, 1/32" x 5/8" high upper case raised letter text, and with 1/32" Grade II Braille text. Text and pictogram to be white on dark colored sir panel with matte finish. Provide double sided 1/32" thick Scotchrnount tape for attaching at 60" above floor to center of sign on the wall adjacent to the latch side of a door: 1 each RESTROOM (at Employee Restroom) 1 ea: MEN or WOMEN (as applicable at multiple toilet rooms) PRESSURE SENSITIVE VINYL (PSV): "220 Scotchcal" by 3M or equal 2 mil minimum thickness, opaque, non-reflecting, cast PVC film with pressure sensitive adhesive backing, suitable for exterior as well as interior applications, colors as noted in material -color schedule. Die -cut copy characters from PSV, and mount on paper backing sheet. BUILDING NUMBERS: 8" high white reverse -mount to interior side of glass facing main street (comply with local code and regulations) REAR SERVICE ENTRANCE DOOR: Provide PSV signage indicating Company Name, Suite/Space Number, and receiving hours (verify exact text with Owner's representative. Coordinate Service Entrance Door signage with Landlord requirements, when applicable. INSTALL signage in accordance with the approved shop drawings, to be level, plumb, and at height indicated, free from distortion or other defects of appearance. Remove and reinstall signage materials that do not comply with these requirements. MOUNT plastic laminate signs directly to face of door. Use double -sided foam. tope to mount to smooth non -porous surfaces. Install ADA signs centered at 60 inches above finished floor on strike side of door frame. CLEAN soiled sign surfaces and protect units from damage unitl acceptance by the Owner. SECTION 10 14 00 - SIGNAGE PROVIDE signage indicated herein as required for complete and proper installation. SEPARATE CONTRACT: The Owner will arrange for other signage to be provided by a separate contractor. Coordinate with that entity regarding field dimensions, shop drawings, site access, scheduling, power requirements, and other items necessary for timely installation of all project signs. a ADA SIGNAGE: 8 x 8 x 1/8 inch minimum radius cornered Pictorial Symbol Signs, with 1/32" raised pictogram symbols, 1/32" x 5/8" high upper case raised letter text, and with 1/32" Grade II Braille text. Text and pictogram to be white on dark colored sign panel with matte finish. Provide double sided 1/32" thick Scotchmount tape for attaching at 60 above floor, to center of sign on the wall adjacent to the latch side of a door: 1 each RESTROOM (at Employee Restroom) 1 ea: MEN or WOMEN (as applicable at multiple toilet rooms) PRESSURE SENSITIVE VINYL (PSV): "220 Scotched" by 3M or equal 2 mil minimum thickness, opaque, non-reflecting, cost PVC film with pressure sensitive adhesive backing, suitable for exterior as well as interior applications, colors as noted in material -color schedule. Die -cut copy characters from PSV, and mount on paper backing sheet. BUILDING NUMBERS: 8" high white reverse -mount to interior side of glass facing main street (comply with local code and regulations) REAR SERVICE ENTRANCE DOOR: Provide PSV signage indicating Company Name, Suite/Space Number, and receiving hours (verify exact text with Owner's representative. Coordinate Service Entrance Door signage with Landlord requirements, when applicable. INSTALL signage in accordance with the approved shop drawings, to be level, plumb, and at height indicated, free from distortion or other defects of appearance. Remove and reinstall signage materials that do not comply with these requirements. MOUNT plastic laminate signs directly to face of door. Use double -sided foam tope to mount to smooth non -porous surfaces. Install ADA signs centered at 60 inches above finished floor on strike side of door frame. CLEAN soiled sign surfaces and protect units from damage unitl acceptance by the Owner, SECTION 12 32 00 - MANUFACTURED CASEWORK PROVIDE prefinished, manufactured casework and countertops where indicated on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as necessary for complete installation. The intent of this Section is to provide readily available "stock" prefinished units from local retail home -supply stores, or through the Contractors other rtormal sources. COMPLY WITH the Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturing Association (KCMA) Quality Standard A161.1 for cabinets, and KCMA A161.2 for plastic -laminate countertops. COORDINATE layout and installation of blocking and reinforcement in partitions for support of casework. CASEWORK MATERIALS: Do not use adhesives or other materials that contain urea formaldehyde, and as follows: PARTICLEBOARD: ANSI A208.1, Grade M -2 -Exterior Glue MEDIUM -DENSITY FIBERBOARD: ANSI A208.2, Grade MD HARDBOARD: AHA A135.4, Class 1 Tempered PLASTIC LAMINATE: High-pressure decorative laminate complying with NEMA LD 3 - Post -formed Grade HGP - in medium blue color with a decorative pattern to obscure staining. THERMOSET DECORATIVE PANELS: Particleboard or medium -density fiberboard 'finished both sides with thermally fused, melamine -impregnated decorative Paper complying with LMA SAT -1 -'in ilwhiteu color typically EDGE BANDING: PVC or polyester edge banding complying with LMA EDG-1 - color to match exposed panels. CABINET HARDWARE: Provide Manufacturer's standard units complying with BHMA 4156.9, including back -mounted decorative wire pulls Or plastic knobs, and decorative semi -concealed (wraparound) butt hinges or pivot (knife) hinges (at Contractor's option). Provide epoxy -coated -metal, self-closing drawer guides; designed to prevent rebound when drawers are closed; with nylon -tired, ball-bearing rollers. CABINET FABRICATION: REVEAL OVERLAY DESIGN (door and drawer faces partially covering cabinet fronts), of either face -frame or frameless style (at Contractor's option), and as follows: DOOR AND DRAWER FRONTS: 1/2 -inch -thick thermoset decorative panels CABINET ENDS: 5/8 -inch thick Thermoset decorative panels BACK, TOP, AND BOTTOM RAILS: 3/4 -by -2 -1/2 -inch solid wood, interlocking with end panels and rabbeted to receive top and bottom panels. Back rails secured under pressure 'with' glue and with mechanical fasteners. WALL -HUNG -UNIT BACK PANELS: 3/16 -inch -thick plywood fastened to rear edge of end panels and to top and bottom rails. DRAWERS: Fabricate with exposed fronts fastened to subfront with mounting screws from interior of body, with 1/2 inch thick the'rmoset decorative panel subfrorits, backs and sides, and 1/4 -inch -thick prefinished hardboard drawer bottoms. SHELVES: 5/8 -inch thick thermoset decorative panel PLASTIC -LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS: Rolled, self -edged or raised marine edge with rolled front (Contractor's option) on 3/4 -inch thick particleboard substrate with integral one-piece curved -top post -formed back -splash. Cover exposed edge of backsplash with plastic -laminate finish. INSTALL CABINETS with no variations in flushness of adjoining surfaces; use concealed shims. Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings and are aligned. Install cabinets and countertop level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8 feet. Fasten cabinets to adjacent units and to backing. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, at ends and not less than 24 inches OC with No. 10 wafer -head screws sized for 1 -inch penetration into wood framing, blocking, or hanging strips. Fasten plastic -laminate countertops by screwing through corner blocks of base units into underside of countertop. ADJUST CABINETS AND HARDWARE so doors and drawers are centered in openings and operate smoothly without warp or bind. Lubricate operating hardware as recommended by manufacturer. CLEAN CASEWORK on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up factory -applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs,including the overall -layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed, constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any repmduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. 0 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments psed for any port of this Project which do not bear the Architects seol. The Architects services ore undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the kchitect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is o single component of an integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described, Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all lows, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities honing jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work until all permits end required approvals ore obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work instated by others constitutes acceptance of that iVork, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face ol a material unless otherwise indicated, CNIMIAIE & MEASURE dmensions - DO NOT SCIE drawings unless duke directed. projecttitle <44 gicnCI-LE1(_) Wes IZ-IC`').§3 LI_I—Icso 0:1 e.NC-4 1: Nffsw Lu Z f! ce LU K--1 245 014 0( w Z = 97 0 os c,,c,1 project number 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: REVEVVED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JA I\ 18 2013 City g Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION pro e RECEIVE'D CITY OF it PAAPt A IJAW 0 7 2013 "EFIM1T CENTLi- onalseal drawingtitle SPECIFICATIONS drawlngnumber SP102 LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS MECHANICAL SYMBOLS HVAC NOTES THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT MODIFY, ATTACH TO, OR HANG ANY LOADS FROM THE LANDLORD'S DUCTWORK, WATER LINES, SPRINKLER LINES, CONDUIT, OR BRIDGING. 2. ACCESS TO BUILDING ROOF IS RESTRICTED TO LANDLORD'S PERSONNEL AND LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED CONTRACTORS. NO TENANT CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR WILL BE PERMITTED ON THE ROOF. 3. THE PENETRATION OF THE ROOF DECK AND THE INSTALLATION OF ALL FLASHING AND CURBING FOR TENANT RELATED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE BY LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT TENANT'S EXPENSE. 4. TENANT SHALL USE LANDLORD'S AUTHORIZED CONTRACTOR FOR FIRE ALARM TO THE MALL'S MAIN SYSTEM. 5. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT DEVIATE FROM APPROVED DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT OBTAINING PRIOR 'WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM TENANT, LANDLORD'S TENANT COORDINATOR, AND THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND/OR OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY. 6. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO ANY SLAB DEMOLITION TO PREVENT DISTURBANCE OF LANDLORD'S BELOW—GRADE UTILITIES. ON COMPLETION OF BELOW—GRADE WORK, TENANT SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR RECONSTRUCTION AND PATCHING OF THE SLABON—GRADE SYSTEM, INCLUDING GRAVEL LAYERS, VAPOR BARRIER, AND CONCRETE. TENANT SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD TO PROVIDE OPPORTUNITY FOR SPECIAL INSPECTION AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION BY LANDLORD OF BELOW GRADE WORK PRIOR TO THE COVERING UP OF SUCH WORK. NOTE: THIS IS A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS, ETC. ARE NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS. PIPING HVAC EQUIPMENT & DUCTWORK 18"x18" RG 18"x18"- 15.100 DUANE S. HENDERSON 111E - --- 11 u111 ILIAL 411 111 Lai Gfl 1111 10 CD iii 295 CFN TYP II 11 III 1N III 111 III 111 II —1 _ r 1 Iq f I in I lin n l I III I ` I NII I III 1 t...-..., ....1 UI L_._ ...1 III L. , ill.... 18"x18" SUPPLY AND RETURN UP TO RTU. TRANSITION TO CURB CONNECTION AS REQUIRED. tit_ dli II 414 01 .i z 111 TYP 11 Iii III I nto 11 III III III II I NI III II� L 12"x12" 10" CD 295 CFM 10" CD 295 CFM DV I III I II I liI 10"D 8' II 111 � lttt--* all ap ilL L® RTU IIIri��I Ii II = I s II La....) I 10" CD 295 CFM 9I�----I 4u l 1111 IJfII II i 11 I i1 it l II tl '11 11 11 II II OO 251 0 18"xl 2" 10" CD 295 CFM TYP 10" CD 295 CFM HVAC PLAN SCALE: 1 /4"=1'-0" I i -.._L .1 6" ?t \ OC 8"x8" N 4 C J -+c 6"/ CD 1100—CFfv,.1 6"0 I. 6"0 6" CDT -- 50 D 1----.50 CFM 6"0 N N 15.110 (15.108) 6" CD 80 CFM CD CONDENSATE DRAIN (CD) ACD AUXILIARY CONDENSATE DRAIN (ACD) RL REFRIGERANT LIQUID (RL) RD REFRIGERANT DISCHARGE (HOT GAS) (RD) RS REFRIGERANT SUCTION (RS) HWS HEATING HOT WATER SUPPLY (HWS) — HWR— — HEATING HOT WATER RETURN (HWR) CWS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY (CWS) — CWR— — CHILLED WATER RETURN (CWR) HS HEAT PUMP SUPPLY (HS) — — — —HR— — — — HEAT PUMP RETURN (HR) LPS LOW PRESSURE STEAM SUPPLY (LPS) — LPC— — LOW PRESSURE STEAM CONDENSATE (LPC) EXISTING PIPING TO BE REMOVED EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN DIRECTION OF FLOW I� BALL VALVE 1�4 CONTROL VALVE I THREE—WAY CONTROL VALVE SHUTOFF VALVE ti CHECK VALVE 3� BALANCING VALVE WITH PRESSURE PORTS TRIPLE DUTY VALVE WITH PRESSURE PORTS —� WATER METER I I STRAINER SOLENOID VALVE PRESSURE GAUGE THERMOMETER PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE TEST PLUG UNION 'FLANGE CONNECTION to ELBOW UP +-� ELBOW DOWN lOr TEE UP rr TEE DOWN REDUCER I NOTE• ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONS. SEE SECTION 15250 OF THE SPECIFICATION FOR DUCTWORK TO RECEIVE INSULATION OR LINER. Jr N IN Jr N I!\ Jr Ex2 0--$1 l Jr RD FD EXISTING DUCTWORK OR EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN EXISTING DUCTWORK OR EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED BRANCH DUCT WITH 45' RECTANGLE—ROUND BRANCH FITTING AND MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES RETURN, EXHAUST, OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT UP RETURN, EXHAUST, OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT DOWN SUPPLY AIR DUCT UP SUPPLY AIR DUCT DOWN EQUIPMENT WITH FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION 10" CSD -1 300 CFM NECK SIZE, TYPE, CFM OF SUPPLY DIFFUSER OR REGISTER MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER SQUARE TO ROUND TRANSITION DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR (SD=SUPPLY/RD=RETURN) FIRE DAMPER FIRE SMOKE DAMPER SD SMOKE DAMPER VD VOLUME DAMPER MD MOTORIZED DAMPER BD BACKDRAFT DAMPER CO2 HS PS CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR HUMIDITY SENSOR PULL STATION SP STATIC PRESSURE SENSOR ITS) TEMPERATURE SENSOR O HUMIDISTAT O THERMOSTAT ANNOTATION ABBREVIATIONS AFF BAS BD CFM DDC DX EA FFA FFB GPM IN WC MAX MBH ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM BACKDRAFT DAMPER CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL DIRECT EXPANSION EXHAUST AIR FROM FLOOR ABOVE FROM FLOOR BELOW GALLONS PER MINUTE INCHES OF WATER COLUMN MAXIMUM 1000 BTU PER HOUR MC MIN NC OA RA SA SD TFA TFB TYP UNO W/ W/0 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MINIMUM NOISE CRITERIA OUTSIDE AIR RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR SMOKE DUCT DETECTOR TO FLOOR ABOVE TO FLOOR BELOW TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE WITH WITHOUT (15.100) MECHANICAL PLAN CALLOUT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER SECTION CUT DESIGNATION 1. EACH CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR HAVING THOROUGH KNOWLEDGE OF ALL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AS THEY RELATE TO THIS WORK. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE ALLOWED DUE TO LACK OF THIS KNOWLEDGE. 2. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION IN ALL RESPECTS READY FOR INTENDED USE AND IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 3. SPRINKLER HEAD AND LIGHTING FIXTURE LOCATIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER DIFFUSER LOCATIONS. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR. 4. DUCTWORK IDENTIFICATION AND INSTALLATION TO ADHERE TO GOVERNING CODES. 5. DUCT SIZES ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. IF DUCT LINING IS REQUIRED INCREASE DUCT SIZE TO MAINTAIN ORIGINAL INSIDE DIMENSIONS. 6. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED SHEET—METAL, DESIGNED, SHOP FABRICATED AND INSTALLED TO SMACNA STANDARDS. DUCTBOARD IS NOT PERMITTED. 7. TYPICAL BRANCH FITTING DETAILS ARE APPLICABLE THROUGHOUT. 8. FURNISH AND INSTALL VOLUME/BALANCE DAMPERS AT ALL BRANCH DUCTS TO DIFFUSERS. LOCATE DAMPERS A MINIMUM 4'-0" AWAY FROM DIFFUSERS. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS AS REQUIRED. 9. PROVIDE FIRE SEAL WHERE PIPING AND DUCTWORK PENETRATE FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY. 10. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING BASED ON APPROPRIATE SEISMIC ZONE REQUIREMENTS PER SMACNA PUBLISHED SEISMIC DETAILS, LOCAL AND NATIONAL CODES. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY INCLUDES STRUCTURAL ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATION ON DETAILS SUBMITTED FOR PERMITTING. 11. INSTALL VTR'S, EXHAUST FANS, AND FLUES A MINIMUM 5'-0" FROM PARAPET OR OUTSIDE WALL AND 10'-0" FROM EQUIPMENT WITH AN OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE. 12. ALL TEMPERATURE SENSORS, FAN SWITCHES, AND SPEED CONTROLS SHALL BE MOUNTED 43 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR FOR ADA ACCESSIBILITY. 13. PROVIDE A COMPLETE TEST AND BALANCE FOR HVAC SYSTEM. TEST TO BE PERFORMED BY LAND LORD APPROVED TEST AND BALANCE COMPANY. AIR BALANCE SHALL BE WITHIN 10% OF SCHEDULED AIRFLOWS. 14. PROVIDE SHEET METAL COLLAR WHERE DUCTWORK PENETRATES DEMISING WALL. 15. EXISTING DUCTWORK MAY BE REUSED IF IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION AND NET FREE AREA EQUALS OR EXCEEDS THAT INDICATED ON THE DRAWING. CONSULT LISTED ENGINEER FOR QUESTIONABLE DUCTWORK SIZES. DEMOLITION NOTES REMOVE ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK, AIR DEVICES AN CONTROLS NOT BEING REUSED PER PLANS. CAP OFF AND REMOVE ALL DWV AND WATER PIPING NOT BEING REUSED. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WITH LANDLORD. KEYNOTES 15.100 PROVIDE NEW THERMOSTAT COMPATIBLE WITH RTU CONTROLS. MOUNT 43" A.F.F. COORDINATE AS REQUIRED. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 15.108 REMOVE EXISTING INDOOR AIR HANDLING UNIT, ASSOCIATED CONDENSER ON ROOF, AND ALL ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK AND DIFFUSERS. REFERENCE LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS ON THIS SHEET. 15.109 PROVIDE NEW RTU. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH STRUCTURAL AND ARCHITECTURAL DISCIPLINES. REFERENCE LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS ON THIS SHEET. 15.110 CONNECT NEW EXHAUST DUCT TO EXISTING EXHAUST DUCT THROUGH ROOF IN THIS AREA. FIELD VERIFY SYSTEM TYPE, SIZE, AND COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD AS REQUIRED. p r3�oc3 4/3;404 040 —Ku% EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. RECEIVED CRY CSF Tllwrtnwry ./f I JAN 0 7 2013 PERMIT CENTEih HENDERSON ENGINEERS_ 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KS 66214 TEL 913142 5000 FAX 913 742 5001 www.hei-eng.com 1250002493 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER:1754 EXPIRES 06/30/13 THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, siteconditions existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for ay r part of this Project which do not bear the Architect's seal. The Architects services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of an integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable, Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals are obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated. C.ALCULIIE & MEASURE dmensalls - DO NOT SCALE drawings unless otherwise directed. p r o j e c t t i t l e , o_A J W o. Q W c CVn W ,=< 1QUJZE / Ce LI 14 ouw MF(7)I- W Do§ O p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal wing MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN d r a w i n g n u m b e r M 1 DUANE S. HENDERSON PARALLEL TO STRUCTURE ROOF FASTEN ER albe, OPTIONAL ROUTING IN CONCEALED AREAS ANGLE OR UNISTRUT ROUND SUPPLY AIR DUCT PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE TWIST STRAP 16 GA. GALV. STEEL BAND (2" WIDE) ROUND DUCT NOTES: 1. FOR DUCTS LARGER THAN 36"0, USE TWO HANGER RODS, WIRES OR STRAPS TO SUPPORT DUCT FROM EACH SIDE. \N ROOF BOLT AND NUT (MAX. 36"0) SHEET METAL SCREW (MAX. 24"0) FASTENER TYPES LOADS MUST BE HUNG WITHIN 6" OF PANEL POINTS ROUND DUCT SUPPORT DETAIL NO SCALE ALLOWABLE ANCHOR ZONE FINISHED SLAB NO PENETRATION ZONES FOR HANGER ATTACHMENTS EQ HANGER STRAP SEE NOTE 1 1" MIN. NO PENETRATION ZONES FOR HANGER ATTACHMENTS 60" MAX SHEET METAL SCREWS SEE NOTE 2. (TYP) NOTES: 1. USE THREADED ROD FOR ALL DUCTS LARGER THAN 60" WIDE. OUTSIDE AIR REQUIREMENTS FTOP UNIT SCHEDULE (ELECTRIC HEAT) RI I OUTSIDE AIR REQUIREMENTS PER IMC 2009 TABLE 403.3 MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL NOMINAL TONNAGE SUPPLY FAN COOLING COIL 90F HEATING COIL MIN ' 0/A CFM MIN. EER MCA MOCP V/PH DISC. TYPE WEIGHT LBS NOTES CFM MAX HP ESP (IN) REFR. TYPE TH (MBH) SH (MBH) EAT LAT LAT (DB) MIN. OUT. (MBH) NOM. INPUT (KW) DB WB DB WB RTU 1 CARRIER 50HCA06 5 2,000 1.2 0.7 R410A 67.75 67.75 83 62 51 50 82 55 16 500 12.5 63.4 70 208/3 FLA 716 ALL MODEL NUMBERS SHALL )NOT BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE AND MATERIAL SHALL NOT BE ORDERED BY MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBERS ONLY. REVIEW THE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION, NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS TO DETERMINE THE EXACT MATERIAL AND ACCESSORIES TO BE ORDERED. THE MANUFACTURERS LISTED ARE THE BASIS FOR THE DESIGN. NOTES: A. PROVIDE 100% OUTDOOR AIR DRY-BULB ECONOMIZER WITH BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPER. B. EQUIPMENT SIZED FOR 90 'F AMBIENT TEMPERATURE. C. PROVIDE 2", 30% EFFICIENT PLEATED THROWAWAY AIR FILTERS. D. SPECIFIED FAN ESP ACCOUNTS FOR DUCT LOSSES EXTERNAL TO UNIT. E. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD INSULATED ROOF CURB WITH MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 14". F. PROVIDE WITH 7 -DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT WITH STAGED HEATING AND COOLING CAPABILITY AS REQUIRED FOR OPERATION OF AUXILIARY HEATING, COOLING AND ECONOMIZER CONTROLS. G. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED SMOKE DETECTORS IN RETURN AIR UNIT PLENUM. H. PROVIDE FACTORY MOUNTED DISCONNECT SWITCH. I. STARTERS FOR ALL MOTORS SHALL BE FURNISHED INTEGRAL WITH UNIT. J. COORDINATE SIZE OF CONDUCTOR TERMINATION LUGS WITH CONDUCTOR SIZES SHOWN ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. K. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DIRECT DRIVE INDOOR FAN MOTOR. L. PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED ON UNIT FOR FIELD WIRING. M. COOLING COIL LAT IS LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE OF COIL. N. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED LOUVERED HAIL GUARD. 0. FIELD INSTALL MANUFACTUERER PROVIDED HEATER TO MEET OR EXCEED SCHEDULED MINIMUM MBH OUTPUT. NOMINAL KW IS BASED ON LISTED MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PRODUCT. COORDINATE EQUIPMENT POWER SUPPLY WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IF DIFFERENT FROM THAT SCHEDULED. OUTSIDE AIR REQUIREMENTS AREA PURPOSE PR I JECT DESIGN C I NDITIDNS OUTSIDE AIR REQUIREMENTS PER IMC 2009 TABLE 403.3 SPACE SERVED SUMMER MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE SUMMER MAXIMUM RH % WINTER MINIMUM TEMPERATURE WINTER MINIMUM RH% OUTSIDE AIR 90F 26% OF 20% SALES FLOOR 72F 50% 72F NA STORAGE 72F 50% 72F NA TOILET 72F NA 72F 35% -- SALES ALCOVE 99 OUTSIDE AIR REQUIREMENTS AREA PURPOSE GROSS FLOOR AREA OUTSIDE AIR REQUIREMENTS PER IMC 2009 TABLE 403.3 SYSTEM NUMBER ACTUAL OUTSIDE AIR (CFM PER UNIT) SERVICE (SQ. FT) CFM PER SQ. FT CFM REQD. CFM PER PERSON PEOPLE PER 1000 SQ. FT NO. OF PEOPLE CFM REQD. EXHAUST CFM SUPPLY SUPPLY RETURN TITUS TITUS TITUS TM SA -AA 250 -AA 5OF CEILING DIFFUSER CEILING DIFFUSER CEILING DIFFUSER RTU 1 500 SALES FLOOR 1,545 0.12 185 7.5 15 23 174 -- SALES ALCOVE 99 0.12 12 7.5 15 1 11 -- STORAGE 75 0.15 11 -- -- -- -- -- TOILET 74 -- -- -- -- -- -- 75 TOTAL = 500 SUB TOTALS = 208 185 75 NOMINAL REQUIRED OUTSIDE AIR = 393 DISRTIBUTION EFFECTIVENESS= 0.8 TOTAL OUTSIDE AIR REQUIRED= 492 METALLIC OR NON-METALLIC BAND OVER INSULATION (TYPICAL) HIGH EFFICIENCY TAKEOFF EXTERNALLY INSULATED, WITH VOLUME DAMPER AND DAMPER LOCK WITH EXTENSION FOIL TAPE AT INSULATION / JOINT SEE NOTE 1. PRE -INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT AS REQUIRED, INSTALL PERMANENTLY SEALED AND SUPPORTED TO PREVENT KINKING AND SHARP TURNS METALLIC OR NON-METALLIC BAND (TYPICAL) CEILING DIFFUSER WITH VOLUME DAMPER, FIRE DAMPER OR COMBINATION VOLUME/FIRE DAMPER AS SCHEDULED 2. SHEET METAL SCREWS MAY BE OMITTED IF HANGER STRAP IS CONTINUOUS AND LOOPS UNDER ENTIRE DUCT. RECTANGULAR DUCT SUPPORT CONCRETE DECK DETAIL NO SCALE CEILING INSULATED DUCT - FOR FIRE RATED CEILINGS, PROVIDE FIRE RATED JACKET TO COMPLETELY COVER DIFFUSER CONE. SEAL FOIL TO CONE WITH FIBER REINFORCED TAPE. PROVIDE 1" THICK, R-6 FIBERGLASS INSULATION TO COMPLETELY COVER DIFFUSER CONE WHERE SCHEDULED OF SPECIFIED. L .IIIDNIm1111111011111 a11101111II )III1u111111IIIhi• REMOVE NOTE(S) FOR FIRE JACKET AND/OR CONE INSULATION IF NOT APPLICABLE TO PROJECT. SEE NOTE 2. PROVIDE 1 /2" THICK INSULATION INTERNAL TO SLOT OR FOIL BACKED MINERAL WOOL INSULATION EXTERNAL TO SLOT; SEAL FOIL TO SLOT WITH FIBER REINFORCED FOIL BACKED TAPE T -BAR ARRANGEMENT PER SCHEDULE WITH GRID FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS NOTES: 1. EXTEND RIGID METAL DUCT SO THAT MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH DOES NOT EXCEED 5'-0". PROVIDE RIGID 90' ELBOW WHERE REQUIRED TO KEEP FLEXIBLE DUCT WITHIN 5'-0" LENGTH LIMITATION. 2. PROVIDE RIGID ROUND -TO -OVAL TRANSITION WHEN PLENUM HAS OVAL CONNECTION. LAY -IN AND SLOT TYPE CEILING DIFFUSER DETAIL NO SCALE ELECTRICAL WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FAN HOUSING ADJUSTABLE MOUNTING BRACKETS ALL -THREAD ROD TO STRUCTURE EXHAUST DUCT RE: MECHANICAL PLAN BACKDRAFT DAMPER SECURE ANCHOR STRAPS TO CURB WITH STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS FLEX CONNECTOR ISOLATOR BUSHING WITH FLANGED NUT CEILING EXHAUST GRILLE PROVIDED WITH EXHAUST FAN CEILING MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN NO SCALE 0 HEIGHT AS SPECIFI ce 0 DUCT SEALING MATERIAL SHEET METAL FLASHING RECEIVER WOOD NAILER - OMIT WHERE NOT ALLOWED BY LOCAL BUILDING CODE HIGH -DOMED, CAPPED, GASKETED FASTENERS (APPROX. 18" O.C. AND MINIMUM TWO FASTENERS PER SIDE) 1", 22 GA. ANCHOR STRAP NEAR EACH CORNER (MIN. 4 REQUIRED) -ROOFTOP UNIT BASE RAIL SHEET METAL COUNTERFLASHING II` - FILL ENTIRE CURB SPACE, ALTERNATING LAYERS OF 2", 3# DENSITY, RIGID, ACOUSTICAL FIBER BOARD AND 5/8" SHEETROCK. JEXTENSION OF FIELD PLIES ABOVE HEAD OF CANT (NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY) SPECIFIED MEMBRANE BASE FLASHING APPROX. 4" L CAULK OPENING AROUND DUCT X. J X LOOP ANCHOR STRAP AND5 BOLT TO STEEL SUPPORT J SPECIFIED ROOF MEMBRANE COVERBOARD INSULATION THERMAL INSULATION ROOF DECK FORT WITH NET WEIGHT UNDER 1,000 LBS MAY BEAR ON METAL DECK FOR RTU WITH NET WEIGHT OVER 1,000 LBS CURB SHALL BEAR ON STEEL FRAMING FRAME CURB AND DECKING WITH STEEL NOTES ANGLE. COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL UR ENGINEER. 1. CUT METAL DECKING TO ALLOW CURB INSTALLATION ON STEEL FRAMING. AFTER CURB IS SET IN PLACE, TRIM REMAINING METAL DECKING AND INSTALL WITHIN CURB. TACK WELD DECKING TO SUPPORT STEEL. DO NOT WELD INTERIOR DECKING 'TO ROOF CURB. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CROSS FRAMING TO SUPPORT INTERIOR DECKING AND FILL MATERIAL AS REQUIRED. 2. LOCATE ANCHOR STRAPS NEAR EACH OF FOUR UNIT CORNER POINTS. SECURE STRAPS TO JOISTS OR FRAMING ANGLE. KEEP STRAP AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE. ANCHORED ROOF CURB DETAIL NO SCALE � t"'5•- 003 ROOFTOP HVAC UNIT AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE MARK • MARK TYPE SERVICE MANUFACTURER MODEL STYLE FRAME TYPE FACE SIZE NOTES CD CD1 RG 1.7 SUPPLY SUPPLY RETURN TITUS TITUS TITUS TM SA -AA 250 -AA 5OF CEILING DIFFUSER CEILING DIFFUSER CEILING DIFFUSER LAY -IN SURFACE LAY -IN 24" 10" 24" X X X 24" 10" 24" A,B,C,D A,B,D,E,F A,B,D GENERAL INFORMATION (ALL DEVICES): 1. CONTRACTOR MUST SELECT SCHEDULED MATERIALS OR APPROVED EQUAL. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ARE TITUS, CARNES, AND E.H. PRICE. NOTES: A. ALL ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION B. BRANCH DUCT SIZE SHALL BE SAME AS DIFFUSER NECK SIZE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. C. DAMPER AT TAKEOFF TO DEVICE. D. STANDARD WHTIE BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. E. SUPPORT DEVICE INDEPENDENT OF DUCTWORK. F. OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER IN NECK. SEALING MATERIAL SHEET METAL FLASHING RECEIVER WOOD NAILER - OMIT WHERE NOT ALLOWED BY LOCAL BUILDING CODE HIGH -DOMED, CAPPED, GASKETED FASTENERS (APPROX. 18" O.C. AND MINIMUM TWO FASTENERS PER SIDE) 1", 22 GA. ANCHOR STRAP NEAR EACH CORNER (MIN. 4 REQUIRED) -ROOFTOP UNIT BASE RAIL SHEET METAL COUNTERFLASHING II` - FILL ENTIRE CURB SPACE, ALTERNATING LAYERS OF 2", 3# DENSITY, RIGID, ACOUSTICAL FIBER BOARD AND 5/8" SHEETROCK. JEXTENSION OF FIELD PLIES ABOVE HEAD OF CANT (NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY) SPECIFIED MEMBRANE BASE FLASHING APPROX. 4" L CAULK OPENING AROUND DUCT X. J X LOOP ANCHOR STRAP AND5 BOLT TO STEEL SUPPORT J SPECIFIED ROOF MEMBRANE COVERBOARD INSULATION THERMAL INSULATION ROOF DECK FORT WITH NET WEIGHT UNDER 1,000 LBS MAY BEAR ON METAL DECK FOR RTU WITH NET WEIGHT OVER 1,000 LBS CURB SHALL BEAR ON STEEL FRAMING FRAME CURB AND DECKING WITH STEEL NOTES ANGLE. COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL UR ENGINEER. 1. CUT METAL DECKING TO ALLOW CURB INSTALLATION ON STEEL FRAMING. AFTER CURB IS SET IN PLACE, TRIM REMAINING METAL DECKING AND INSTALL WITHIN CURB. TACK WELD DECKING TO SUPPORT STEEL. DO NOT WELD INTERIOR DECKING 'TO ROOF CURB. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CROSS FRAMING TO SUPPORT INTERIOR DECKING AND FILL MATERIAL AS REQUIRED. 2. LOCATE ANCHOR STRAPS NEAR EACH OF FOUR UNIT CORNER POINTS. SECURE STRAPS TO JOISTS OR FRAMING ANGLE. KEEP STRAP AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE. ANCHORED ROOF CURB DETAIL NO SCALE � t"'5•- 003 ROOFTOP HVAC UNIT EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE MARK • MANUFACTURER ' MODEL TYPE SONES CFM - SP V/PH/HZ WATTS NOTES EF -1 COOK GC -144 CEILING 1.7 75 0.5" 120/1/60 70 A GENERAL INFORMATION (ALL UNITS) 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL CHOOSE A SCHEDULED UNIT OR A COMPARABLE UNIT OF A DIFFERENT MANUFACTURER. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A BACKDRAFT DAMPER IN THE DISCHARGE SIDE DUCTWORK OF EACH FAN. 3. SUPPLY FAN WITH MANUFACTURER PROVIDED FAN SPEED CONTROLLER. NOTES: A. SWITCH WITH LIGHTING. SEALING MATERIAL SHEET METAL FLASHING RECEIVER WOOD NAILER - OMIT WHERE NOT ALLOWED BY LOCAL BUILDING CODE HIGH -DOMED, CAPPED, GASKETED FASTENERS (APPROX. 18" O.C. AND MINIMUM TWO FASTENERS PER SIDE) 1", 22 GA. ANCHOR STRAP NEAR EACH CORNER (MIN. 4 REQUIRED) -ROOFTOP UNIT BASE RAIL SHEET METAL COUNTERFLASHING II` - FILL ENTIRE CURB SPACE, ALTERNATING LAYERS OF 2", 3# DENSITY, RIGID, ACOUSTICAL FIBER BOARD AND 5/8" SHEETROCK. JEXTENSION OF FIELD PLIES ABOVE HEAD OF CANT (NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY) SPECIFIED MEMBRANE BASE FLASHING APPROX. 4" L CAULK OPENING AROUND DUCT X. J X LOOP ANCHOR STRAP AND5 BOLT TO STEEL SUPPORT J SPECIFIED ROOF MEMBRANE COVERBOARD INSULATION THERMAL INSULATION ROOF DECK FORT WITH NET WEIGHT UNDER 1,000 LBS MAY BEAR ON METAL DECK FOR RTU WITH NET WEIGHT OVER 1,000 LBS CURB SHALL BEAR ON STEEL FRAMING FRAME CURB AND DECKING WITH STEEL NOTES ANGLE. COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL UR ENGINEER. 1. CUT METAL DECKING TO ALLOW CURB INSTALLATION ON STEEL FRAMING. AFTER CURB IS SET IN PLACE, TRIM REMAINING METAL DECKING AND INSTALL WITHIN CURB. TACK WELD DECKING TO SUPPORT STEEL. DO NOT WELD INTERIOR DECKING 'TO ROOF CURB. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CROSS FRAMING TO SUPPORT INTERIOR DECKING AND FILL MATERIAL AS REQUIRED. 2. LOCATE ANCHOR STRAPS NEAR EACH OF FOUR UNIT CORNER POINTS. SECURE STRAPS TO JOISTS OR FRAMING ANGLE. KEEP STRAP AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE. ANCHORED ROOF CURB DETAIL NO SCALE � t"'5•- 003 ROOFTOP HVAC UNIT • 0 0/ RETURN AIR DUCT RECEIVED flirty C..»F TIJKW14A JAN ©7 20131 ng#TRRB DETAIL 2/M2 SUPPLY AIR DUCT CEILING CANVAS CONNECTION (TYPICAL) NOTES: 1. PROVIDE OPENING THROUGH ROOF AND ROOF DECK INSULATION NO LARGER THAN REQUIRED TO ALLOW DUCTS TO PASS THROUGH. REFER TO PLANS FOR DUCT SIZES. TRANSITION AS REQUIRED IN ROOF CURB TO RTU SUPPLY AND RETURN OPENINGS. 2. PROVIDE SLOPED ROOF CURB TO INSTALL ROOFTOP UNIT LEVEL TO ENSURE PROPER DRAINAGE. COORDINATE ROOF SLOPE WITH ARCHITECTURAL. FLASH AND COUNTER FLASH ROOF PENETRATIONS, ETC. TO ENSURE WEATHER TIGHT INSTALLATION. ROOFTOPS UNIT WITH DUCTWORK DETAIL NO SCALE ARA']`E �F� MITgND EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. HENDERSON ENGINEERS_ 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KS 66214 TEL 913 742 5000 FAX 913 742 5001 www.hei-eng.com 1250002493 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER: 1754 EXPIRES 06/30/13 U s 0 N 0 (.0 Y cc 0a- Z CC w O • 0 0 N. w ci) LLI W UJ O rn THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. M Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the onginal, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions existing construction elements, or any documents drawings or oilier instruments used for an part of this Project which do not bear the Architect's seal. The Architect s services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of an integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY RI all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals are obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDI11ONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless othernise indicated. CALCUUIE & MEASURE dimensions - DO NOT SCALE drawings unless demise directed. p r o j e c t t i t l e J C., J igrno. WdAnce 9 o.�k � w Z � w w i ,„ Z = o cn w cn CJ iCe w Z w U 0 CD CO CO Co CO O>� pro o e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS d r a w i n g n u m b e r M2 UUANt S. HLNULKSUN 15A: Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning: 15A GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 15A GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS UNDER DIVISION ONE AND THE GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE A PART OF THIS SECTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL BECOME THOROUGHLY ACQUAINTED WITH ITS CONTENTS AS TO DIVISION ORSECTION. THE WORK REQUIRED REQUIREMENTS THAT AFFECT THIS DIV N Q UNDER THIS SECTION INCLUDES MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES, TRANSPORTATION, SERVICES, AND LABOR REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE ENTIRE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR THE PROJECT ARE COMPLEMENTARY, AND PORTIONS OF THE WORK DESCRIBED IN ONE SHALL BE PROVIDED AS IF DESCRIBED IN BOTH. IN THE EVENT OF DISCREPANCIES, NOTIFY THE ENGINEER AND REQUEST CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK INVOLVED. 15A DEFINITIONS FURNISH: THE TERM "FURNISH" IS USED TO MEAN "SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS." INSTALL: THE TERM "INSTALL" IS USED TO DESCRIBE OPERATIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE INCLUDING THE ACTUAL "UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, ERECTION, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO DIMENSION, FINISHING, CURING, PROTECTING, CLEANING, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS." PROVIDE: THE TERM "PROVIDE" MEANS "TO FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE." FURNISHED BY OWNER OR FURNISHED BY OTHERS: THE ITEM WILL BE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER OR OTHERS. IT IS TO BE INSTALLED AND CONNECTED UNDER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION, COMPLETE AND READY FOR OPERATION, INCLUDING ITEMS INCIDENTAL TO THE WORK, INCLUDING SERVICES NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION. THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE INCLUDED UNDER THE GUARANTEE REQUIRED BY THIS DIVISION. ENGINEER: WHERE REFERENCED IN THIS DIVISION, "ENGINEER" IS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL FOR THE WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, AND IS A CONSULTANT TO, AND AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF, THE ARCHITECT, AS DEFINED IN THE GENERAL AND/OR SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. WHEN USED IN THIS DIVISION, IT MEANS INCREASED INVOLVEMENT BY, AND OBLIGATIONS TO, THE ENGINEER, IN ADDITION TO INVOLVEMENT BY, AND OBLIGATIONS TO, THE "ARCHITECT". AHJ: THE LOCAL CODE AND/OR INSPECTION AGENCY (AUTHORITY) HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. THE TERMS "APPROVED EQUAL", "EQUIVALENT", OR "EQUAL" ARE USED SYNONYMOUSLY AND SHALL MEAN "ACCEPTED BY OR ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENGINEER AS EQUIVALENT TO THE ITEM OR MANUFACTURER SPECIFIED". THE TERM "APPROVED" SHALL MEAN LABELED, LISTED, OR BOTH, BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY (E.G. UL, ETL, CSA), AND ACCEPTABLE TO, THE AHJ OVER THIS PROJECT. 15A PREBID SITE VISIT PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE SITE OF THE PROPOSED WORK AND BECOME FULLY INFORMED AS TO THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE DONE. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED SUFFICIENT JUSTIFICATION TO REQUEST OR OBTAIN EXTRA COMPENSATION OVER AND ABOVE THE CONTRACT PRICE. 15A MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP PROVIDE NEW MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, AND APPARATUS UNDER THIS CONTRACT UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED HEREIN, OF BEST QUALITY NORMALLY USED FOR THE PURPOSE IN GOOD COMMERCIAL PRACTICE, AND FREE FROM DEFECTS. MODEL NUMBERS LISTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE NOT NECESSARILY INTENDED TO DESIGNATE THE REQUIRED TRIM, WRITTEN DESCRIPTIONS OF THE TRIM GOVERN MODEL NUMBERS. PIPE, PIPE FITTINGS, PIPE SPECIALTIES AND VALVES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED IN PLANTS LOCATED IN THE UNITED STATES. WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL PROVIDE A NEAT AND "WORKMANLIKE" APPEARANCE WHEN COMPLETED, TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE THE FINEST POSSIBLE BY EXPERIENCED MECHANICS. INSTALLATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND LAWS. THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION SHALL FUNCTION AS DESIGNED AND INTENDED WITH RESPECT TO EFFICIENCY, CAPACITY, NOISE LEVEL, ETC. ABNORMAL NOISE CAUSED BY RATTLING EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTS, AIR DEVICES, AND SQUEAKS IN ROTATING COMPONENTS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. IN GENERAL, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE OF COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE IN QUALITY. LIGHT DUTY AND RESIDENTIAL TYPE EQUIPMENT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. REMOVE FROM THE PREMISES WASTE MATERIAL PRESENT AS A RESULT OF WORK, INCLUDING CARTONS, CRATING, PAPER, STICKERS, AND/OR EXCAVATION MATERIAL NOT USED IN BACKFILLING, ETC. CLEAN EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO PRESENT A NEAT AND CLEAN INSTALLATION AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK. REPAIR OR REPLACE PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO THE SATISFACTION OF AUTHORITIES AND REGULATIONS HAVING JURISDICTION. 15A COORDINATION COORDINATE WORK WITH THAT OF OTHER TRADES SO THAT THE VARIOUS COMPONENTS OF THE SYSTEMS WILL BE INSTALLED AT THE PROPER TIME, WILL FIT THE AVAILABLE SPACE, AND WILL ALLOW PROPER SERVICE ACCESS TO THOSE ITEMS REQUIRING MAINTENANCE. COMPONENTS WHICH ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT REGARD TO THE ABOVE SHALL BE RELOCATED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL PROVIDE CHASES AND OPENINGS IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF THE SYSTEMS SPECIFIED HEREIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH INFORMATION WHERE CHASES AND OPENINGS ARE REQUIRED. KEEP INFORMED AS TO THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES ENGAGED IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT, AND EXECUTE WORK IN A MANNER AS TO NOT INTERFERE WITH OR DELAY THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. FIGURED DIMENSIONS SHALL BE TAKEN IN PREFERENCE TO SCALE DIMENSIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE HIS OWN MEASUREMENTS AT THE BUILDING, AS VARIATIONS MAY OCCUR. CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ERRORS THAT COULD HAVE BEEN AVOIDED BY PROPER CHECKING AND INSPECTION. PROVIDE MATERIALS WITH TRIM THAT WILL PROPERLY FIT THE TYPES OF CEILING, WALL, OR FLOOR FINISHES ACTUALLY INSTALLED. MODEL NUMBERS LISTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE NOT INTENDED TO DESIGNATE THE REQUIRED TRIM. 15A ORDINANCES AND CODES WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL, AT A MINIMUM, BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH APPLICABLE NATIONAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES HAVING JURISDICTION. EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND ASSOCIATED INSTALLATION WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH CURRENT APPLICABLE CODES ADOPTED BY THE LOCAL AHJ INCLUDING ANY AMENDMENTS AND STANDARDS AS SET FORTH BY THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL), OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION (OSHA), AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME), AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING ENGINEERS (ASHRAE), AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI), AMERICAN SOCIETY OF TESTING MATERIALS (ASTM) AND OTHER NATIONAL STANDARDS AND CODES WHERE APPLICABLE. WHERE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE REFERENCED CODES, STANDARDS, ETC., THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. PROCURE AND PAY FOR PERMITS AND LICENSES REQUIRED FOR THE ACCOMPLISHMENT OF THE WORK HEREIN DESCRIBED. WHERE REQUIRED, OBTAIN, PAY FOR AND FURNISH CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION TO OWNER. CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR VIOLATIONS OF THE LAW. 15A PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS STORE AND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS DELIVERED TO JOB SITE. COVER WITH WATERPROOF, TEAR—RESISTANT, HEAVY TARP OR POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT FROM PLASTER, DIRT, PAINT, WATER, OR PHYSICAL DAMAGE. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN DAMAGED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WILL BE REJECTED, AND CONTRACTOR IS OBLIGATED TO FURNISH NEW EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL OF A LIKE KIND. KEEP PREMISES BROOM CLEAN FROM FOREIGN MATERIAL CREATED DURING WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. PIPING, EQUIPMENT, ETC. SHALL HAVE A NEAT AND CLEAN APPEARANCE AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK. PLUG OR CAP OPEN ENDS OF DUCTWORK AND PIPING SYSTEMS WHILE STORED AND INSTALLED DURING CONSTRUCTION WHEN NOT IN USE TO PREVENT THE ENTRANCE OF DEBRIS INTO THE SYSTEMS. 15A SUBSTITUTIONS THE BASE BID SHALL INCLUDE ONLY THE PRODUCTS FROM MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICALLY NAMED IN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. NO SUBSTITUTION WILL BE CONSIDERED PRIOR TO RECEIPT OF BIDS UNLESS WRITTEN REQUEST FOR APPROVAL TO BID HAS BEEN RECEIVED BY THE ENGINEER AT LEAST TEN CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS. EACH SUCH REQUEST SHALL INCLUDE THE NAME OF THE MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT FOR WHICH IT IS TO BE SUBSTITUTED AND A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE INCLUDING DRAWINGS, CUTS, PERFORMANCE AND TEST DATA AND OTHER INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR AN EVALUATION. A STATEMENT SETTING FORTH CHANGES IN OTHER MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT OR OTHER WORK THAT INCORPORATION OF THE SUBSTITUTE WOULD REQUIRE SHALL BE INCLUDED. THE BURDEN OF PROOF OF THE MERIT OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE IS UPON THE PROPOSER. THE ENGINEER'S DECISION OF APPROVAL OR DISAPPROVAL TO BID OF A PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION SHALL BE FINAL. THE TERMS "APPROVED", "APPROVED EQUAL", AND "EQUAL" REFER TO APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER AS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE BID. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED THAT ARE NOT BID AS AN ALTERNATE. NO MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO AWARD OF CONTRACT. COORDINATE AND VERIFY WITH OTHER TRADES WHETHER OR NOT THE SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT CAN BE INSTALLED AS SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS WITHOUT MODIFICATION TO ASSOCIATED SYSTEMS OR ARCHITECTURAL OR ENGINEERING DESIGN. INCLUDE ADDITIONAL COSTS FOR ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING DESIGN FEES IN BID IF DRAWING MODIFICATIONS ARE REQUIRED BECAUSE OF SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT. 15A SHOP DRAWINGS UPON BEING AWARDED A CONTRACT, SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL, SIX (6) COPIES OF MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, ITEMS REQUIRING COORDINATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS AND SHEET METAL DUCTWORK FABRICATION DRAWINGS. BEFORE SUBMITTING SHOP DRAWINGS AND MATERIAL LISTS, VERIFY THAT EQUIPMENT SUBMITTED IS MUTUALLY COMPATIBLE AND SUITABLE FOR THE INTENDED USE, AND WILL FIT THE AVAILABLE SPACE AND ALLOW AMPLE ROOM FOR MAINTENANCE. HIGHLIGHT, MARK, LIST OR INDICATE THE MATERIALS, PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND ACCESSORIES THAT ARE BEING PROPOSED. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AS EARLY AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT THE PROJECT SCHEDULE. ALLOW FOR TWO WEEKS ENGINEER REVIEW TIME PLUS MAILING TIME PLUS A DUPLICATION OF THIS TIME FOR RESUBMITTAL IF REQUIRED. SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL NOT CONTAIN HEI'S FIRM NAME OR LOGO, NOR SHALL IT CONTAIN THE HEI'S ENGINEERS' SEAL AND SIGNATURE. THEY SHALL NOT BE COPIES OF HEI'S WORK PRODUCT. IF THE CONTRACTOR DESIRES TO USE ELEMENTS OF SUCH PRODUCT, REFER TO PARAGRAPH "ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES" FOR PROCEDURES TO BE USED. THE ENGINEER'S CHECKING AND SUBSEQUENT APPROVAL OF SUCH SHOP DRAWINGS WILL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS IN DIMENSIONS, DETAILS, SIZE OF MEMBERS, QUANTITIES, OMISSIONS OF COMPONENTS OR FITTINGS; COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS; OR FOR COORDINATING ITEMS WITH ACTUAL BUILDING CONDITIONS. PROCEED WITH THE PROCUREMENT AND INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT ONLY AFTER RECEIVING APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS RELATIVE TO EACH ITEM. CATALOG DATA SHALL BE PROPERLY BOUND, IDENTIFIED, INDEXED AND TABBED IN A 3—RING BINDER. LABEL THE CATALOG DATA WITH THE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION ACRONYM OR NUMBER AS USED ON THE DRAWINGS AND INCLUDE PERFORMANCE CURVES, CAPACITIES, SIZES, WEIGHTS, MATERIALS, FINISHES, WIRING DIAGRAMS, ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS AND DEVIATIONS FROM SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS. FOR EQUIPMENT WITH MOTOR STARTERS OR VFDS, INCLUDE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATINGS. MARK OUT INAPPLICABLE ITEMS. SHOP DRAWINGS WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW IF THE ABOVE MENTIONED REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT MET. REFER TO DIVISION 1 FOR ACCEPTANCE OF ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS FOR THIS PROJECT. FOR ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE DOCUMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER THAT THE SHOP DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN POSTED. IF ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ARE NOT DEFINED IN DIVISION 1, CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE THE WEBSITE, USER NAME AND PASSWORD INFORMATION NEEDED TO ACCESS THE SUBMITTALS. FOR SUBMITTALS SENT BY E—MAIL, CONTRACTOR SHALL COPY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVES. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW THE ENGINEER REVIEW TIME AS SPECIFIED ABOVE IN THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY THE DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO PURCHASE THE MATERIALS AND/OR EQUIPMENT IN THE ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL AND SHALL CLEARLY INDICATE THE MATERIALS, PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND ACCESSORIES BEING PROPOSED. GENERAL PRODUCT CATALOG DATA NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED TO BE PART OF THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT WILL BE REJECTED AND RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW. 15A ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES IN PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS OR RECORD DRAWINGS, CONTRACTOR MAY, AT HIS OPTION, OBTAIN ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES IN AUTOCAD OR DXF FORMAT ON 3.5 INCH FLOPPY DISK, 100 MB ZIP DISK OR CD—ROM DISK, AS DESIRED, FROM THE ENGINEER FOR A SHIPPING AND HANDLING FEE OF $200 FOR A DRAWING SET UP TO 12 SHEETS AND $15 PER SHEET FOR EACH ADDITIONAL SHEET. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT FOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION AND ENGINEER FOR THE NECESSARY RELEASE AGREEMENT FORM AND TO SPECIFY SHIPPING METHOD AND DRAWING FORMAT. IN ADDITION TO PAYMENT, ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION AND ENGINEER'S RELEASE AGREEMENT FORM MUST BE RECEIVED BEFORE ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES WILL BE SENT. 15A WARRANTIES WARRANT EACH SYSTEM AND EACH ELEMENT THEREOF AGAINST ALL DEFECTS DUE TO FAULTY WORKMANSHIP, DESIGN OR MATERIAL FOR A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, UNLESS SPECIFIC ITEMS ARE NOTED TO CARRY A LONGER WARRANTY IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS OR MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WARRANTY EXCEEDS 12 MONTHS. REMEDY ALL DEFECTS, OCCURRING WITHIN THE WARRANTY PERIOD(S), AS STATED IN THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1. WARRANTIES SHALL INCLUDE LABOR AND MATERIAL. MAKE REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENTS WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE OWNER. PERFORM THE REMEDIAL WORK PROMPTLY, UPON WRITTEN NOTICE FROM THE ENGINEER OR OWNER. AT THE TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, DELIVER TO THE OWNER ALL WARRANTIES, IN WRITING AND PROPERLY EXECUTED, INCLUDING TERM LIMITS FOR WARRANTIES EXTENDING BEYOND THE ONE YEAR PERIOD, EACH WARRANTY INSTRUMENT BEING ADDRESSED TO THE OWNER AND STATING THE COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM. 15A CUTTING AND PATCHING PERFORM CUTTING OF WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. OBTAIN PERMISSION FROM THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CUTTING. DO NOT CUT OR DISTURB STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE ARCHITECT. CUT HOLES AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH WALLS, FLOORS, ETC. AS REQUIRED BY WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. PATCHING SHALL MATCH THE ORIGINAL MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION. REPAIR AND REFINISH AREAS DISTURBED BY WORK TO THE CONDITION OF ADJOINING SURFACES IN A MANNER SATISFACTORY TO THE ARCHITECT. 15A ROUGH—IN COORDINATE WITHOUT DELAY ROUGHING—IN WITH GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. CONCEAL PIPING AND CONDUIT ROUGH—IN EXCEPT IN UNFINISHED AREAS AND WHERE OTHERWISE SHOWN. 15A STRUCTURAL STEEL STRUCTURAL STEEL USED FOR SUPPORT OF EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL BE NEW, CLEAN, AND CONFORM TO ASTM DESIGNATION A-36. SUPPORT MECHANICAL COMPONENTS FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. DO NOT SUPPORT MECHANICAL COMPONENTS FROM CEILINGS, OTHER MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, AND OTHER NON—STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. 15A ACCESS DOORS PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN CEILINGS, WALLS, ETC. WHERE INDICATED OR REQUIRED FOR ACCESS OR MAINTENANCE TO CONCEALED VALVES AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION. PROVIDE CONCEALED HINGES, SCREWDRIVER—TYPE LOCK, ANCHOR STRAPS; MANUFACTURED BY MILCOR, ZURN, TITUS, OR EQUAL. OBTAIN ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL OF TYPE, SIZE, LOCATION AND COLOR BEFORE ORDERING. 15A PENETRATIONS SEAL ELEVATED FLOOR, EXTERIOR WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WATERTIGHT AND WEATHERTIGHT WITH NON—SHRINK, NON—HARDENING COMMERCIAL SEALANT. PACK WITH MINERAL WOOL AND SEAL BOTH ENDS WITH MINIMUM OF 1/2" OF SEALANT. SEAL AROUND PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES. COORDINATE FIRE RATINGS AND LOCATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRE STOPPINGS. PROVIDE A PRODUCT SCHEDULE FOR UL LISTING, LOCATION, WALL OR FLOOR RATING AND INSTALLATION DRAWING FOR EACH PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEM. PROVIDE PREFABRICATED ROOF CURBS MANUFACTURED BY CUSTOM CURB, INC., PATE COMPANY, THYCURB OR APPROVED EQUAL. PROVIDE ROOF CURB WITH FACTORY INSTALLED WOOD NAILER; WELDED, 18 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL SHELL, BASE PLATE AND FLASHING; 1-1/2" THICK, 3 POUND RIGID INSULATION; FULLY MITERED 3—INCH RAISED CANT; COVER OF WEATHER -RESISTANT, WEATHER—PROOF MATERIAL AND PIPE COLLAR OF WEATHER—RESISTANT MATERIAL WITH STAINLESS STEEL PIPE CLAMPS. PROVIDE BOX FRAMES FOR RECTANGULAR OPENINGS WELDED 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL ATTACHED TO FORMS AND OF A MAXIMUM DIMENSION ESTABLISHED BY THE ARCHITECT. NOTIFY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR ARCHITECT BEFORE INSTALLING ANY BOX OPENINGS NOT SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL OR STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. SEAL ELEVATED CONCRETE SLAB WITH WATER PROOF MEMBRANE PENETRATIONS WITH "WALL PIPES" AND WATER PROOF SEALANT. SECURE WATERPROOF MEMBRANE FLASHING BETWEEN "WALL PIPE" CLAMPING FLANGE AND CLAMPING RING. PROVIDE CAST IRON "WALL PIPES" WITH INTEGRAL WATERSTOP RING MANUFACTURED BY JOSAM, JAY R. SMITH, WADE, WATTS OR ZURN. 15A AIR FILTERS PROVIDE FARR 30/30, PLEATED, THROWAWAY TYPE FILTERS, OR SIMILAR AS MANUFACTURED BY AMERICAN AIR FILTER, FLANDERS OR APPROVED EQUAL, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. AIR UNITS SHALL HAVE NEW FILTERS INSTALLED WHEN THEY ARE OPERATED BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE. IF HVAC EQUIPMENT IS USED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ONE SET OF FILTERS WHEN THE UNIT IS STARTED AND REPLACE FILTERS WHEN NEEDED, BUT NOT LESS THAN EVERY MONTH. ON THE DAY OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN THE UNIT AND PROVIDE A NEW SET OF FILTERS IN THE UNIT. 15A ELECTRICAL WIRING LINE VOLTAGE WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY DIVISION 16. LINE VOLTAGE CONTROL AND INTERLOCK WIRING FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED BY DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR. LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE DIVISION 15 CONTRACTOR. FURNISH WIRING DIAGRAMS TO THE DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER EQUIPMENT HOOKUP. COORDINATE WITH THE DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR THE ACTUAL WIRE SIZING AMPS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (FROM THE EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE) TO ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION. 15A FINAL TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS PERFORM TEST READINGS ON FANS, UNITS, COILS, ETC. AND ADJUST EQUIPMENT TO DELIVER SPECIFIED AMOUNTS OF AIR. PREPARE TESTING AND BALANCING REPORT LOG SHOWING AIR SUPPLY QUANTITIES, AIR ENTERING AND LEAVING TEMPERATURES AND PRESSURES, FAN AND UNIT TEST READINGS, MOTOR VOLTAGE AND AMP DRAWS, ETC., AND SUBMIT SIX COPIES OF THE FINAL COMPILATION OF DATA TO THE ARCHITECT FOR EVALUATION AND APPROVAL BEFORE FINAL INSPECTION OF THE PROJECT. BALANCE AIR SYSTEMS TO WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 10 PERCENT FOR TERMINAL DEVICES AND BRANCH LINES AND PLUS OR MINUS 5 PERCENT FOR MAIN DUCTS AND AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT OF THE AMOUNT OF AIR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. FURTHER ADJUSTMENTS SHALL BE MADE TO OBTAIN UNIFORM TEMPERATURE IN SPACES. ADJUST EQUIPMENT TO OPERATE AS INTENDED BY THE SPECIFICATION. ALIGN BEARINGS AND REPLACE BEARINGS THAT HAVE DIRT OR FOREIGN MATERIAL IN THEM WITH NEW BEARINGS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. BALANCE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN THE REPORT ANY IMPROPERLY INSTALLED OR MISSING BALANCING DEVICES THAT WOULD NEGATIVELY IMPACT THE SYSTEM OPERATION. ADJUST THERMOSTATS AND CONTROL DEVICES TO OPERATE AS INTENDED. ADJUST BURNERS, PUMPS, FANS, ETC. FOR PROPER AND EFFICIENT OPERATION. CERTIFY TO ARCHITECT THAT ADJUSTMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE AND THAT SYSTEM IS OPERATING SATISFACTORILY. FURTHER ADJUSTMENTS SHALL BE MADE TO OBTAIN UNIFORM TEMPERATURE IN SPACES. CALIBRATE, SET, AND ADJUST AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS. CHECK PROPER SEQUENCING OF INTERLOCK SYSTEMS, AND OPERATION OF SAFETY CONTROLS. 15A EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS PROVIDE NECESSARY EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES THAT ARE NOT PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER OR OWNER TO COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF COOKING EQUIPMENT, WASHING EQUIPMENT, ETC., FURNISHED BY OTHERS, IN LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND/OR DESCRIBED IN THE GENERAL NOTES TO THIS CONTRACTOR. EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES NOT PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER MAY INCLUDE FLUES, VENTS, INTAKES, ASSOCIATED ROOF JACKS AND CAPS TO OUTDOORS, DAMPERS, IN—LINE FANS, ROOF FANS, CONTROL INTERLOCKS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION OF THE COMPLETE SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECT ROUGH—IN DIMENSIONS, AND SHALL VERIFY SAME WITH ARCHITECT AND/OR EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PRIOR TO SERVICE INSTALLATIONS. 15A MISCELLANEOUS REMODELING WORK REMOVE ALL UNUSED EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING AND ASSOCIATED SUPPORTS. CAP DUCTWORK AND PIPING AT MAINS AND SEAL AIR AND WATER TIGHT. PROVIDE ITEMS OF HVAC SYSTEMS MODIFICATION REQUIRED BECAUSE OF BUILDING. REMODELING, AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS OR NECESSARY FOR PROPER OPERATION. MATCH EXISTING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES WHEN MODIFYING EXISTING SYSTEMS UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. COORDINATE ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECT. SEAL AIRTIGHT EXISTING DUCTWORK REQUIRED TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE OR NOT IN USE AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK. CAP AND SEAL WEATHERTIGHT EXISTING ROOF CURBS AND ROOF OPENINGS TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE AS A RESULT OF EQUIPMENT REMOVAL. CLEAN AND REBALANCE EXISTING DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES INTENDED FOR REUSE AS REQUIRED OR AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. CLEAN AND REFURBISH EXISTING HVAC EQUIPMENT INTENDED FOR REUSE AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION INCLUDING REPLACEMENT OF FILTERS, BELTS, MOTORS, REMOTE CONTROLS, AND SAFETY INTERLOCKS. 15A BUILDING OPERATION COMPLY WITH THE SCHEDULE OF OPERATIONS AS OUTLINED IN THE ARCHITECTURAL PORTIONS OF THIS SPECIFICATION. BUILDING SHALL BE IN CONTINUOUS OPERATION. ACCOMPLISH WORK REQUIRING INTERRUPTION OF BUILDING OPERATION AT A TIME WHEN THE BUILDING IS NOT IN OPERATION, AND ONLY WITH WRITTEN APPROVAL OF BUILDING OWNER AND/OR TENANT. COORDINATE INTERRUPTION OF BUILDING OPERATION WITH THE OWNER AND/OR TENANT A MINIMUM OF SEVEN DAYS IN ADVANCE OF WORK. 15A MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PRE—PRINTED, SEMI—RIGID SNAP—ON OR PERMANENT ADHESIVE, PRESSURE—SENSITIVE VINYL PIPE MARKERS. COLOR CODE PIPE MARKERS TO COMPLY WITH ANSI A13.1. INSTALL PIPE MARKERS ON EACH HVAC PIPING SYSTEM AND INCLUDE ARROWS TO SHOW NORMAL DIRECTION OF FLOW. LOCATE PIPE MARKERS AND COLOR BANDS WHEREVER PIPING IS EXPOSED TO VIEW IN OCCUPIED SPACES, MACHINE ROOMS, ACCESSIBLE MAINTENANCE SPACES (SHAFTS, TUNNELS, PLENUMS) AND EXTERIOR NON—CONCEALED LOCATIONS. PROVIDE PLASTIC LAMINATE OR BRASS VALVE TAG ON EVERY VALVE, COCK AND CONTROL DEVICE IN EACH HVAC PIPING SYSTEM; EXCLUDE CHECK VALVES, VALVES WITHIN FACTORY—FABRICATED EQUIPMENT UNITS, AND SHUT—OFF VALVES AT HVAC TERMINAL DEVICES AND SIMILAR ROUGH—IN CONNECTIONS OF END—USE FIXTURES AND UNITS. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD LAMINATED PLASTIC, COLOR CODED EQUIPMENT MARKERS. CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING COLOR CODE: GREEN FOR COOLING; YELLOW FOR HEATING; YELLOW/GREEN FOR COMBINATION COOLING AND HEATING; BROWN FOR ENERGY RECLAMATION; BLUE FOR OTHER EQUIPMENT TYPES. CONFORM TO ANSI A13.1 FOR HAZARDOUS EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE STENCILED SIGNS FOR EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION OR WHERE DISTANCE OF REQUIRED IDENTIFICATION REQUIRES LETTERING LARGER THAN 1 INCH HEIGHT. STENCIL PAINT SHALL BE EXTERIOR TYPE, OIL—BASED, ALKYD ENAMEL, MINIMUM 1-1/4 INCH HEIGHT OR GREATER AS REQUIRED FOR LONG OR BLACK COLOR FOR BEST CONTRAST. DISTANCE IDENTIFICATION, WHITE PROVIDE DUCT MARKERS OR PROVIDE STENCILED SIGNS AND ARROWS INDICATING DUCTWORK SERVICE AND FLOW DIRECTION IN BLACK OR WHITE LETTERING FOR BEST CONTRAST WITH DUCT OR INSULATION COLOR. LOCATE MARKERS MAXIMUM 50 FEET ALONG EACH DUCT SIDE AND WITHIN 5 FEET OF ALL CONTROL AND BALANCING DAMPERS OR BRANCH DUCTS MORE THAN 25 FEET LENGTH AND WITHIN 5 FEET ON EACH SIDE OF WALL, FLOOR, AND CEILING PENETRATIONS. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL MARKERS IN CONGESTED AREAS OR AT MULTIPLE DUCT RUNS AS REQUIRED FOR CLARITY. 15A SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS SEISMIC PROTECTION FOR SEISMIC CONCERNS OF ALL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRIC SYSTEMS EXCEPT FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS MUST MEET MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF 2009 IBC FOR BUILDINGS CLASSIFIED AS SEISMIC USE GROUP II AND SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D. SEISMIC PROTECTION OF WATER PIPES FOR FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF NFPA 13. SEISMIC RESTRAINTS, ISOLATORS, AND ISOLATION MATERIALS SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER, SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER AND SHALL BE BY AMBER/BOOTH COMPANY, INC., KINETICS NOISE CONTROL, INC., LOOS & COMPANY, INC., MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR UNI—STRUT. RESTRAINING DEVICES SHALL HAVE A PRE—APPROVAL NUMBER FROM CALIFORNIA OSHPD OR OTHER RECOGNIZED GOVERNMENT AGENCY SHOWING MAXIMUM RESTRAINT RATINGS. THE REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC PROTECTION MEASURES TO BE APPLIED TO MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, AND/OR FEDERAL CODES AND WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS, THE MOST STRINGENT SHALL APPLY. ALL ANCHOR CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURE FOR SUPPORT OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, REGARDLESS OF THE NEED FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINTS, SHALL BE SHOWN ON SHOP DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING THE TYPE AND LOCATION OF SEISMIC RESTRAINTS REQUIRED FOR THE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ELEMENTS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS BASED ON THE SEISMIC CODE CRITERIA STATED ABOVE, THE SIZE AND WEIGHT OF THE SUPPORTED ELEMENT AND THE DISTANCE FROM STRUCTURE THAT THE ELEMENT WILL BE INSTALLED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT DESCRIPTIVE CATALOG DATA OF SEISMIC RESTRAINTS, SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING THE TYPES, LOCATIONS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS OF SEISMIC RESTRAINTS AND CALCULATIONS SHOWING THAT THE SEISMIC RESTRAINTS MEET THE SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS TO THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND TO THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. CALCULATIONS SHALL BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, LICENSED IN THE STATE OF THE PROJECT LOCATION AND EMPLOYED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE SEISMIC RESTRAINT PRODUCTS. CALCULATIONS SHALL INCLUDE DEAD LOADS, STATIC SEISMIC LOADS AND CAPACITY OF MATERIALS UTILIZED FOR CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURE. 15A DUCT INSULATION, DUCTWORK, ACCESSORIES, FLUES AND FANS 15A DUCT INSULATION PROVIDE DUCT LINER IN RECTANGULAR SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK. LINER SHALL BE 1--1/2" THICK 2 POUND DENSITY FIBERGLASS, MINIMUM R-5.0 CERTAINTEED CORP. "TOUGHGARD" OR EQUIVALENT OWENS—CORNING OR KNAUF LONG TEXTILE FIBER DUCT LINER. LINER SURFACE SHALL SERVE AS A BARRIER AGAINST INFILTRATION OF DUST AND DIRT, SHALL MEET ASTM C 1338 FOR FUNGI RESISTANCE AND SHALL BE CLEANABLE USING DUCT CLEANING METHODS AND EQUIPMENT OUTLINED BY NORTH AMERICAN INSULATION MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NAIMA) DUCT CLEANING GUIDE. INSTALL WITH LINER ADHESIVE AND MECHANICAL FASTENERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. DUCTWORK SIZES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. INCREASE SHEET METAL BY LINER THICKNESS IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WHERE LINER IS INSTALLED. COVER CONCEALED, RIGID DUCTWORK WITH 2" THICK, 3/4 POUND DENSITY, MINIMUM R-5.0 DUCT WRAP, CERTAINTEED OR EQUIVALENT OWENS—CORNING OR KNAUF WITH HEAVY—DUTY FOIL—SCRIM—KRAFT FACING, AND WITH JOINTS TAPED WITH 3" WIDE FOIL TAPE AS FOLLOWS: A. ROUND AND RECTANGULAR SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK. COVER OUTDOOR AIR, EXHAUST AIR AND RELIEF AIR PLENUMS CONNECTED TO EXTERIOR LOUVERS WITH 1-1/2" THICK, 1.5 POUND DENSITY, RIGID FIBERGLASS INSULATION CONFORMING TO ASTM C612, CLASS 1. INSULATING MATERIALS, ADHESIVES, COATINGS, ETC., SHALL NOT EXCEED FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 50 PER ASTM E 84. CONTAINERS FOR MASTICS AND ADHESIVES SHALL HAVE U.L. LABEL. 15A DUCTWORK PROVIDE GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK AND HOUSINGS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. CONSTRUCT DUCTWORK INCLUDING FITTINGS AND TRANSITIONS IN CONFORMANCE WITH CURRENT SMACNA STANDARDS RELATIVE TO GAUGE, BRACING, JOINTS, ETC. MINIMUM THICKNESS OF DUCT SHALL BE 26—GAUGE SHEET METAL. REINFORCE HOUSINGS AND DUCTWORK OVER 30" WITH 1-1/4" ANGLES NOT LESS THAN 5'-6" ON CENTERS, AND CLOSER IF REQUIRED FOR SUFFICIENT RIGIDITY TO PREVENT VIBRATION. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL RUNS OF DUCT FROM STRAP IRON HANGERS ON CENTERS NOT TO EXCEED 8'-0". DO NOT SUPPORT CEILING GRID, CONDUITS, PIPES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. FROM DUCTWORK. COORDINATE ROUTING OF DUCTWORK WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS SUCH THAT PIPING, ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, AND ASSOCIATED SUPPORTS ARE NOT ROUTED THROUGH THE DUCTWORK. CONSTRUCT SUPPLY DUCTS TO MEET SMACNA POSITIVE PRESSURE OF 2" W.G. CONSTRUCT RETURN, OUTDOOR AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK UPSTREAM OF FANS TO MEET SMACNA NEGATIVE PRESSURE OF 1" W.G. CONSTRUCT EXHAUST DUCTWORK DOWNSTREAM OF FANS TO MEET SMACNA POSITIVE PRESSURE OF 1" W.G. SEAL DUCTWORK WITH HEAVY LIQUID SEALANT, HARDCAST IRONGRIP 601, DESIGN POLYMER DP 1010 , UNITED MCGILL DUCT SEALER OR APPROVED EQUAL, APPLIED ACCORDING TO SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. FOR DUCTS WITH PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION OF 2" W.G. AND GREATER SEAL LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE DUCTWORK JOINTS AIRTIGHT TO MEET SMACNA CLASS B. FOR DUCTS WITH PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION LESS THAN 2" W.G. SEAL TRANSVERSE JOINTS AIRTIGHT TO MEET SMACNA CLASS C. TAPES AND MASTICS SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 181A. PROVIDE RADIUS ELBOWS, TURNS, AND OFFSETS WITH A MINIMUM CENTERLINE RADIUS OF 1-1/2 TIMES THE DUCT WIDTH. WHERE SPACE DOES NOT PERMIT FULL RADIUS ELBOWS, PROVIDE SHORT RADIUS ELBOWS WITH A MINIMUM OF TWO CONTINUOUS SPLITTER VANES. VANES SHALL BE THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE BEND. PROVIDE MITERED ELBOWS WHERE SPACE DOES NOT PERMIT RADIUS ELBOWS, WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, OR AT THE OPTION OF THE CONTRACTOR WITH THE ENGINEER'S APPROVAL. MITERED ELBOWS LESS THAN 45 DEGREES SHALL NOT REQUIRE TURNING VANES. MITERED ELBOWS 45—DEGREES AND GREATER SHALL HAVE SINGLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES OF SAME GAUGE AS DUCTWORK, RIGIDLY FASTENED WITH GUIDE STRIPS IN DUCTWORK. VANES FOR MITERED ELBOWS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL SUPPLY AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK AND IN RETURN AND OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK THAT HAS AN AIR VELOCITY EXCEEDING 1000 FPM. DO NOT INSTALL VANES IN GREASE DUCTWORK. DUCTS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO FANS, FAN CASINGS AND FAN PLENUMS BY MEANS OF FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS. FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS SHALL BE NEOPRENE COATED GLASS CLOTH CANVAS CONNECTIONS, DURO—DYNE, ELGEN, VENTFABRIC OR EQUAL. FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING NOT HIGHER THAN 50. MAKE AIRTIGHT JOINTS AND INSTALL WITH MINIMUM 1-1/2" SLACK. (3-003 SFp p AIN AAp MT''WO Qi„.., 44 NOTE: EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS—BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. RECEIVED CITv OF'r1 lsru�rq,lA JAN 0 7 2013 PERMIT CENTER ��HENDERSON ENGINEERS 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KS 66214 TEL 913 742 5000 FAX 913 742 5001 www.hei-eng.com 1250002493 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER: 1754 EXPIRES 06/30/13 O N Co Co c Y C.5' CC Q O CL Y Z Cr • W in Q N • O d0- O O N. W a) H Cl) LLl W O) Q co J• W 3 O� J a LO 10 C5) O T THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions existing construction elements, or any documents drawings or other instruments used for an part of this Project which do not bear the Architect's seal. The Architect s services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of an integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals are obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDMONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SNOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated. CALCUUIE & MEASURE dimensions — DO NOT SCALE doings unless demise directed. p r o j e c t t i t l e co co Cr p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal drawing t I e MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS d r a w i n g n u m b e r MP1 PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS, MANUFACTURED BY RUSKIN, GREENHECK, NAILOR INDUSTRIES, CESCO, LOUVERS Sc DAMPERS, POTTORFF OR APPROVED EQUAL, WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND WHEREVER NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE CONTROL OF AIR FLOW. SPLITTER DAMPERS SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY LOCKING QUADRANTS; PROVIDE YOUNG REGULATOR OR VENTLOK END BEARINGS FOR THE DAMPER ROD. RECTANGULAR VOLUME DAMPERS SHALL BE OPPOSED BLADE INTERLOCKING TYPE. ROUND VOLUME DAMPERS SHALL BE BUTTERFLY TYPE CONSISTING OF CIRCULAR BLADE MOUNTED TO A SHAFT. DAMPER LEAKAGE FOR OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS SHALL NOT EXCEED 4.0 CFM/SQUARE FOOT IN FULL CLOSED POSITION AT 1" WG PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL ACROSS DAMPER. REFERENCE MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBER FOR OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS IS RUSKIN MODEL CD -50. PROVIDE FLEXMASTER MODEL STO OR EQUAL 45 DEGREE RECTANGULAR/ROUND SIDE TAKEOFF FITTING WITH MODEL SLBO DOUBLE BEARING DAMPER WITH INSULATION BUILD OUT FOR ROUND DUCTWORK BRANCH TAKEOFFS TO INDIVIDUAL AIR DEVICES. OMIT DAMPER AT TAKEOFF FITTING WHEN DAMPER IS LOCATED DOWNSTREAM OF TAKEOFF. WHERE ACCESS TO DAMPERS THROUGH A HARD CEILING IS REQUIRED, PROVIDE A METROPOLITAN AIR TECHNOLOGY MODEL RT -250 OR EQUAL BY YOUNG'S REGULATOR CONCEALED, CABLE OPERATED VOLUME DAMPER WITH REMOTE OPERATOR. DAMPER SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE THROUGH THE DIFFUSER FACE OR FRAME WITH STANDARD 1/4" NUTDRIVER OR FLAT SCREWDRIVER. CABLE ASSEMBLY SHALL ATTACH TO DAMPER AS ONE PIECE WITH NO LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT. POSITIVE, DIRECT, TWO—WAY DAMPER CONTROL SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH NO SLEEVES, SPRINGS OR SCREW ADJUSTMENTS TO COME LOOSE AFTER INSTALLATION. SUPPORT CABLE ASSEMBLY TO AVOID BENDS AND KINKS IN CABLE. ROUND OR OVAL DUCTWORK SHALL BE SEMCO, UNITED, WESCO OR EQUAL, SHEETMETAL, WITH SMOOTH INTERIOR SURFACE, WITH LOW PRESSURE (DUCT PRESSURE CLASS UP TO AND INCLUDING 2" W.G.) ROUND DUCTWORK GAUGES PER THE FOLLOWING TABLE (REFERENCE SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS FOR GAUGES WHEN PRESSURES EXCEED 2" W.G.): SIZE 14" & UNDER 15" THRU 26" 28" THRU 36" 38" THRU 50" 52" THRU 60" DUCT GAUGE 26 24 22 20 18 FITTING GAUGE 24 22 20 20 18 LINDAB SPIROSAFE, LEWIS & LAMBERT OR APPROVED EQUAL FACTORY— MANUFACTURED ROUND DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR SPECIFIED ROUND BRANCH DUCTWORK, AT CONTRACTORS OPTION. HEAVY LIQUID JOINT SEALANT MAY BE OMITTED ON FACTORY—MANUFACTURED ROUND DUCTWORK. LOW PRESSURE (DUCT PRESSURE CLASS UP TO AND INCLUDING 2" W.G.) FITTINGS 24" IN DIAMETER AND LESS SHALL BE PREFABRICATED, SPOTWELDED AND INTERNALLY SEALED. CONTINUOUSLY WELD FITTINGS LARGER THAN 24" IN DIAMETER. FITTING GAUGE SHALL BE 22 GAUGE FOR 36" FITTINGS AND UNDER, 20 GAUGE FOR LARGER SIZES. 90 DEGREE TEE'S SHALL BE CONICAL TYPE. SEAL LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE DUCTWORK JOINTS AIRTIGHT WITH HEAVY LIQUID SEALANT APPLIED ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE GAUGE THICKNESS IN MEDIUM PRESSURE (DUCT PRESSURE CLASS 3" TO 6" W.G.) DUCTWORK AS RECOMMENDED BY SMACNA. 15A FLEXIBLE DUCT LOW PRESSURE (DUCT PRESSURE CLASS UP TO AND INCLUDING 2" W.G.) AND MEDIUM PRESSURE (DUCT PRESSURE CLASS 2.1" TO 6" W.G.) FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE FLEXMASTER TYPE 8B, THERMAFLEX TYPE G—KM, M—KE, OR EQUAL (FIRE RETARDANT POLYETHYLENE) PROTECTIVE VAPOR BARRIER, U.L.181 CLASS 1, ACOUSTICAL. INSULATED DUCT, R-5.0 FIBERGLASS INSULATION. PROVIDE CPE LINER WITH STEEL WIRE HELIX MECHANICALLY LOCKED OR PERMANENTLY BONDED TO THE LINER. FLEXIBLE DUCT RUNS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 FEET IN LENGTH, AND SHALL BE INSTALLED FULLY EXTENDED AND STRAIGHT AS POSSIBLE AVOIDING TIGHT TURNS. INSTALL FLEXIBLE DUCT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. SUPPORT FLEXIBLE DUCT AT MAXIMUM 5 FEET ON CENTER AND WITHIN 6 INCHES OF BENDS. BENDS SHALL NOT EXCEED A CENTERLINE RADIUS OF ONE DUCT DIAMETER. DUCT SAG SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2 INCH. SUPPORTING MATERIAL IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH THE DUCT SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1-1/2 INCHES IN WIDTH. CONNECT FLEXIBLE DUCT TO RIGID METAL DUCT OR AIR DEVICES AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. AT A MINIMUM, INSTALL TWO WRAPS OF DUCT TAPE AROUND THE INNER CORE CONNECTION AND A METALLIC OR NON—METALLIC CLAMP OVER THE TAPE AND TWO WRAPS OF DUCT TAPE OR A CLAMP OVER THE OUTER JACKET. DUCT CLAMPS SHALL BE LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL -181B AND MARKED 181B—C. DUCT TAPE SHALL BE LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 181B AND MARKED 181B— FX. 15A AIR DEVICES PROVIDE AIR DEVICES AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS, MANUFACTURED BY CARNES, E.H. PRICE, KRUEGER, NAILOR INDUSTRIES, TITUS, OR TUTTLE & BAILEY. SELECT AIR DEVICES TO LIMIT ROOM NOISE LEVEL TO NO HIGHER THAN NC -30 UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. PROVIDE DEVICES WITH A SOFT PLASTIC GASKET TO MAKE AN AIRTIGHT SEAL AGAINST THE MOUNTING SURFACE. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION, FRAME, AND MOUNTING TYPE OF AIR DEVICES WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. SUBMIT COMPLETE SHOP DRAWINGS INCLUDING INFORMATION ON NOISE LEVEL, PRESSURE DROP, THROW, CFM FOR EACH AIR DEVICE, STYLES, BORDERS, ETC. CLEARLY MARKED WITH SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT NUMBER. SUBMIT SAMPLES OF EACH AIR DEVICE AS REQUESTED BY THE ENGINEER. PROVIDE CEILING MOUNTED AIR DEVICES OF LAY—IN OR SURFACE MOUNTED TYPE AS REQUIRED TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH CEILING CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE CEILING DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES WITH WHITE ENAMEL FINISH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 15A EXHAUST AIR SYSTEMS PROVIDE CEILING MOUNTED EXHAUST FANS AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR EQUAL COOK, GREENHECK, CARNES, TWIN CITY FANS, ACME OR PENNBARRY COMPLETE WITH ISOLATED BLOWER UNIT AND CEILING GRILLE. PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH, BACKDRAFT DAMPER, DISCHARGE DUCT, AND NEOPRENE VIBRATION ISOLATORS WITH ALL—THREAD HANGING RODS. 15A HVAC EQUIPMENT 15A ROOFTOP UNITS (ELECTRIC HEAT) 3-25 TONS PROVIDE ELECTRIC COOLING, ELECTRIC HEATING ROOFTOP UNITS AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS, MANUFACTURED BY TRANE, CARRIER, AAON, JOHNSON CONTROLS, MCQUAY, LENNOX OR YORK, COMPLETE WITH FACTORY INSTALLED DIRECT—DRIVE HERMETIC COMPRESSORS WITH INTERNAL SPRING VIBRATION ISOLATION, BUILT—IN MOTOR THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION, CRANKCASE HEATER, AND LOW PRESSURE SWITCHES; DIRECT EXPANSION COOLING AND CONDENSING COILS, MINIMUM SEER OR EER RATING (COOLING) AS REQUIRED BY THE APPLICABLE ENERGY CODE OR GREATER IF SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS; CENTRIFUGAL EVAPORATOR BLOWER; AIR FILTER RACK WITH 2? THICK THROWAWAY FILTERS PROPELLER TYPE CONDENSER FAN; ELECTRIC HEAT MODULES CONSTRUCTED OF HEAVY-DUTY NICKEL CHROMIUM ELEMENTS (UL LISTED) WITH CODE REQUIRED INTEGRAL SAFETY FEATURES AND CONTROLS INCLUDING AUTOMATIC RESET HIGH LIMIT; COMPLETE FACTORY INSTALLED MICRO—PROCESSOR CONTROLS INCLUDING ANTI—SHORT CYCLE TIMERS, TIME DELAY RELAYS AND MINIMUM ?ON? TIME CONTROLS; BUILT—IN THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION ON MOTORS AND COMPRESSORS; 100 PERCENT OUTDOOR AIR DRY—BULB ECONOMIZER WITH BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPER.; WEATHERTIGHT HOUSING CONSTRUCTED OF ZINC COATED, HEAVY GAUGE, GALVANIZED STEEL WITH WEATHER—RESISTANT BAKED ENAMEL FINISH; MINIMUM INSULATED DOWNFLOW STANDARD ROOF CURB WITH MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 12 INCHES FOR ROOFS WITH NO INSULATION, 14? FOR ROOFS WITH INSULATION OR AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS; SINGLE POINT ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTION. PROVIDE SLOPED ROOF CURB AS REQUIRED TO MATCH SLOPE OF ROOF STRUCTURE SO THAT UNIT IS INSTALLED LEVEL. PROVIDE GUARDS OR LOUVERED PANELS TO PROTECT THE CONDENSER COIL FROM HAIL OR OTHER DAMAGE. PROVIDE A 125 VAC, 20 AMP DUPLEX CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE MOUNTED TO UNIT READY FOR FIELD WIRING WITH A COVER UL LISTED FOR WET AND DAMP LOCATIONS WHEN IN USE. PROVIDE HONEYWELL OR EQUAL ELECTRONIC PROGRAMMABLE TYPE THERMOSTAT, SEVEN— DAY MODEL, MANUAL CHANGEOVER, SWITCHING SUBBASE, MULTI—STAGE AS REQUIRED TO MATCH UNIT COOLING/HEATING STAGING. PROVIDE UL LISTED SMOKE DETECTORS AS REQUIRED BY CODE TO SHUT DOWN ROOFTOP UNIT UPON DETECTION OF SMOKE. FACTORY—INSTALL SMOKE DETECTORS IN ROOF TOP UNIT SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR PLENUMS PROVIDE UNIT COMPLETE WITH MANUFACTURER'S ONE YEAR GUARANTEE ON COMPONENTS PLUS AN ADDITIONAL FOUR YEAR GUARANTEE ON THE COMPRESSORS AND HEAT EXCHANGERS. DUANE S. HENDERSON 15A TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 15A GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PROVIDE A SYSTEM OF TEMPERATURE CONTROLS INCLUDING THERMOSTATS, CONTROL PANELS, TIME SWITCHES, OVERRIDE TIMERS, DAMPER MOTORS, AND RELAYS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE DESIRED SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. PROVIDE INTEGRATED WIRING DIAGRAMS SHOWING INTERCONNECTIONS BETWEEN FIELD INSTALLED EQUIPMENT AND PACKAGE WIRING FURNISHED WITH THE HVAC EQUIPMENT. CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE SIZED TO ACCOMMODATE THE VOLTAGE DROP ASSOCIATED WITH THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE CONTROL DEVICE AND THE CONTROLLER. PROVIDE SUPERVISION AND ON—JOB CHECKOUT SERVICE AS REQUIRED TO ENSURE THAT INSTALLATION MEETS REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFICATION. THE SYSTEM SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FOLLOWING THE ACCEPTANCE OF THE SYSTEM BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. CORRECT DEFECTS OCCURRING DURING THIS PERIOD AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 15A SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 15A ROOFTOP UNIT CONTROL (FIXED DRY BULB ECONOMIZER) DURING OCCUPIED HOURS, OPERATE ROOFTOP UNIT SUPPLY FAN CONTINUOUSLY AND OPEN OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER TO MINIMUM POSITION TO MAINTAIN MINIMUM VENTILATION. CYCLE STAGE(S) OF COOLING AND HEATING TO MAINTAIN ROOM THERMOSTAT SET POINT (75 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT COOLING, 72 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT HEATING). ENABLE DRY BULB TYPE OUTDOOR AIR ECONOMIZER FOR FIRST STAGE COOLING TO MAINTAIN DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE SET POINT (55 DEGREES F, ADJUSTABLE) WHEN OUTDOOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURE REACHES 60 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT OR BELOW AND OPERATE MECHANICAL COOLING AS NEEDED TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE. OPEN MOTORIZED DAMPER IN RELIEF LOUVER WHEN SPACE PRESSURE EXCEEDS 0.1? W.C.. RETURN THE ECONOMIZER TO MINIMUM POSITION WHEN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 60 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT OR WHEN DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE DROPS BELOW 50 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL SHUTDOWN UNIT UPON ALARM. DURING UNOCCUPIED HOURS, CYCLE THE ROOFTOP UNIT SUPPLY FAN AND COOLING OR HEATING SYSTEM TO MAINTAIN UNOCCUPIED SETBACK TEMPERATURE SET POINTS. OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER SHALL BE CLOSED DURING UNOCCUPIED HOURS. 15A TENANT RESTROOM EXHAUST FAN CONTROL EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE INTERLOCKED WITH RESPECTIVE RESTROOM LIGHT SWITCH AND BE ENERGIZED WHEN LIGHT SWITCH IS ?ON? AND DE—ENERGIZED WHEN LIGHT SWITCH IS ?OFF?. 063 NOTE: EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS—BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. RECEIVED env OF Tt I leW11.A JAN 07 20131 ("4: '4 IT C NTEII (JENGINEERSHENDERSON 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KS 66214 TEL 913 742 5000 FAX 913 742 5001 www.hei-eng.com 1250002493 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER: 1754 EXPIRES 06/30/13 O_ N CO CD -- i Z2 CC i N < 0 V o � g 2 .• W Lo O CV ,— 0 co 0 • 1_ M I- 0 Ocn W...le. T Z - W ap VQ c - s J • M LU O -E J a i in im O ,— THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the onginal, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or oilier instruments used for any part of ills Project which do not bear the Architect's seal. The Architect s services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of an integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Constmction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals are obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDRIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated. CALCULATE & MEASURE dimensions - DO WI SCAII drawings unless otherwise directed, p r o j e c t t i t l e .p N -‹Q w C/1 o. Q 9w2nce„,_ii, QLUZE1::uE oef LJ Z 0Uw WQc"'—it_Z = o cn O0§ O 00 c..) CV p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS d r a w i n g n u m b e r MP2 DUANE S. HENDERSON SECTION 158: PLUMBING: 15B GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 15B GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REQUIREMENTS UNDER DIVISION ONE AND THE GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE A PART OF THIS SECTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO BECOME THOROUGHLY ACQUAINTED WITH ITS CONTENTS AS TO REQUIREMENTS THAT AFFECT THIS DIVISION OR SECTION. WORK REQUIRED UNDER THIS SECTION INCLUDES MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES, TRANSPORTATION, SERVICES AND LABOR REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE ENTIRE PLUMBING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THE SPECIFICATIONS AND THE DRAWINGS ARE COMPLEMENTARY, AND ANY PORTION OF WORK DESCRIBED IN ONE SHALL BE PROVIDED AS IF DESCRIBED IN BOTH. IN THE EVENT OF DISCREPANCIES ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF SAME PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK INVOLVED, IN ORDER THAT CORRECT PROGRESS OF THE WORK MAY BE PERFORMED. 15B DEFINITIONS FURNISH: "TO SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS." INSTALL: "TO PERFORM ALL OPERATIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE ACTUAL UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLING, ERECTING, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO DIMENSION, FINISHING, CURING, PROTECTING, CLEANING, TESTING, COMMISSIONING, STARTING UP AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS, COMPLETE, AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE." PROVIDE: "TO FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE." FURNISHED BY OWNER OR FURNISHED BY OTHERS: "AN ITEM FURNISHED BY THE OWNER OR UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OR CONTRACTS, AND INSTALLED UNDER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION, COMPLETE, AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE, INCLUDING ALL ITEMS AND SERVICES INCIDENTAL TO THE WORK NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION. INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION UNDER THE WARRANTY REQUIRED BY THIS DIVISION." ENGINEER: WHERE REFERENCED IN THIS DIVISION, "ENGINEER" IS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL FOR THE WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, AND IS A CONSULTANT TO, AND AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF, THE ARCHITECT, AS DEFINED IN THE GENERAL AND/OR SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. WHEN USED IN THIS DIVISION, IT MEANS INCREASED INVOLVEMENT BY, AND OBLIGATIONS TO, THE ENGINEER, IN ADDITION TO INVOLVEMENT BY, AND OBLIGATIONS TO, THE "ARCHITECT". AHJ: THE LOCAL CODE AND/OR INSPECTION AGENCY (AUTHORITY) HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. NRTL: NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY, AS DEFINED AND LISTED BY OSHA IN 29 CFR 1910.7 (E.G., UL, ETL, CSA), AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ OVER THIS PROJECT. THE TERMS "APPROVED EQUAL", "EQUIVALENT", OR "EQUAL" ARE USED SYNONYMOUSLY AND SHALL MEAN "ACCEPTED BY OR ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENGINEER AS EQUIVALENT TO THE ITEM OR MANUFACTURER SPECIFIED". THE TERM "APPROVED" SHALL MEAN LABELED, LISTED, OR BOTH, BY AN NRTL, AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ OVER THIS PROJECT. 15B PREBID SITE VISIT PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE SITE OF THE PROPOSED WORK AND BECOME FULLY INFORMED AS TO THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE DONE. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED SUFFICIENT JUSTIFICATION TO REQUEST OR OBTAIN EXTRA COMPENSATION OVER AND ABOVE THE CONTRACT PRICE. 15B MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, AND APPARATUS PROVIDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE NEW UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED HEREIN, OF BEST QUALITY NORMALLY USED FOR THE PURPOSE IN GOOD COMMERCIAL PRACTICE, AND FREE FROM DEFECTS. MODEL NUMBERS LISTED IN SPECIFICATIONS OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE NOT NECESSARILY INTENDED TO DESIGNATE THE REQUIRED TRIM, WRITTEN DESCRIPTIONS OF THE TRIM GOVERN MODEL NUMBERS. PIPE, PIPE FITTINGS, PIPE SPECIALTIES AND VALVES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED IN PLANTS LOCATED IN THE UNITED STATES. WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL PROVIDE A NEAT AND "WORKMANLIKE" APPEARANCE WHEN COMPLETED, TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE THE FINEST POSSIBLE BY EXPERIENCED MECHANICS. INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE MADE IN A MANNER THAT WILL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND LAWS. INSTALLATION SHALL FUNCTION AS DESIGNED AND INTENDED WITH RESPECT TO EFFICIENCY, CAPACITY, AND NOISE LEVEL, ETC. ABNORMAL NOISE CAUSED BY RATTLING EQUIPMENT OR PIPING AND SQUEAKS IN ROTATING COMPONENTS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE OF COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE IN QUALITY. LIGHT DUTY AND RESIDENTIAL GRADE EQUIPMENT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. REMOVE FROM THE PREMISES WASTE MATERIAL PRESENT AS A RESULT OF HIS WORK, INCLUDING CARTONS, CRATING, PAPER, STICKERS, AND/OR EXCAVATION MATERIAL NOT USED IN BACKFILLING, ETC. CLEAN PIECES OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO PRESENT A NEAT AND CLEAN INSTALLATION AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK. REPAIR OR REPLACE PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO THE SATISFACTION OF AUTHORITIES AND REGULATIONS HAVING JURISDICTION. 15B COORDINATION COORDINATE WORK WITH THAT OF OTHER TRADES SO THAT THE VARIOUS COMPONENTS OF THE SYSTEMS WILL BE INSTALLED AT THE PROPER TIME, WILL FIT THE AVAILABLE SPACE, AND WILL ALLOW PROPER SERVICE ACCESS TO THOSE ITEMS REQUIRING MAINTENANCE. COMPONENTS WHICH ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT REGARD TO THE ABOVE SHALL BE RELOCATED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. UNLESS NOTED ELSEWHERE, GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL PROVIDE CHASES AND OPENINGS IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF THE SYSTEMS SPECIFIED HEREIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH INFORMATION REGARDING CHASES AND OPENINGS WHEN REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP INFORMED AS TO THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES ENGAGED IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT, AND SHALL EXECUTE HIS WORK IN SUCH A MANNER AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH OR DELAY THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. FIGURED DIMENSIONS SHALL BE TAKEN IN PREFERENCE TO SCALED DIMENSIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE HIS OWN MEASUREMENTS AT THE BUILDING, AS VARIATIONS MAY OCCUR. CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ERRORS WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN AVOIDED BY PROPER CHECKING AND VERIFICATION. PROVIDE MATERIALS WITH TRIM THAT WILL PROPERLY FIT THE TYPES OF CEILING, WALL, OR FLOOR FINISHES ACTUALLY INSTALLED. MODEL NUMBERS LISTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE NOT INTENDED TO DESIGNATE THE REQUIRED TRIM. 15B ORDINANCES AND CODES WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL, AT A MINIMUM, BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH APPLICABLE NATIONAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES HAVING JURISDICTION. EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND ASSOCIATED INSTALLATION WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH CURRENT APPLICABLE CODES ADOPTED BY THE LOCAL AHJ INCLUDING ANY AMENDMENTS AND STANDARDS AS SET FORTH BY THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL), OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION (OSHA), AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME), AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING ENGINEERS (ASHRAE), AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI), AMERICAN SOCIETY OF TESTING MATERIALS (ASTM) AND OTHER NATIONAL STANDARDS AND CODES WHERE APPLICABLE. WHERE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE REFERENCED CODES, STANDARDS, ETC., THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. PROCURE AND PAY FOR PERMITS AND LICENSES REQUIRED FOR THE ACCOMPLISHMENT OF THE WORK HEREIN DESCRIBED. WHERE REQUIRED, OBTAIN, PAY FOR AND FURNISH CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION TO OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY VIOLATION OF THE LAW. MAINTAIN NECESSARY SIGNAL LIGHTS AND GUARDS FOR THE SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC. 15B PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL STORE AND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL AFTER DELIVERY TO JOB SITE. COVER WITH WATERPROOF, TEAR—RESISTANT, HEAVY TARP OR POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT FROM PLASTER, DIRT, PAINT, WATER, OR PHYSICAL DAMAGE. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL DAMAGED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WILL BE REJECTED, AND CONTRACTOR IS OBLIGATED TO FURNISH NEW EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL OF A LIKE KIND AT HIS OWN EXPENSE. KEEP PREMISES BROOM CLEAN OF FOREIGN MATERIAL CREATED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. PIPING, EQUIPMENT, ETC. SHALL HAVE A NEAT AND CLEAN APPEARANCE AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK. PLUG OR CAP OPEN ENDS OF PIPING SYSTEMS DURING CONSTRUCTION WHEN NOT IN USE, TO PREVENT THE ENTRANCE OF DEBRIS INTO THE SYSTEMS. KEEP THE MANUFACTURER—PROVIDED PROTECTIVE COVERINGS ON FLOOR DRAINS, FLOOR SINKS AND TRENCH DRAINS DURING CONSTRUCTION. REMOVE COVERINGS AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK AND POLISH EXPOSED SURFACES. 15B SUBSTITUTIONS THE BASE BID SHALL INCLUDE ONLY THE PRODUCTS FROM MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICALLY NAMED IN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. NO SUBSTITUTION WILL BE CONSIDERED PRIOR TO RECEIPT OF BIDS UNLESS WRITTEN REQUEST FOR APPROVAL TO BID HAS BEEN RECEIVED BY THE ENGINEER AT LEAST TEN CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS. EACH SUCH REQUEST SHALL INCLUDE THE NAME OF THE MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT FOR WHICH IT IS TO BE SUBSTITUTED AND A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE INCLUDING DRAWINGS, CUTS, PERFORMANCE AND TEST DATA AND OTHER INFORMATION A NECESSARY FOR AN EVALUATION. A STATEMENT SETTING FORTH CHANGES IN OTHER MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT OR OTHER WORK THAT INCORPORATION OF THE SUBSTITUTE WOULD REQUIRE SHALL BE INCLUDED. THE BURDEN OF PROOF OF THE MERIT OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE IS UPON THE PROPOSER. THE ENGINEER'S DECISION OF APPROVAL OR DISAPPROVAL TO BID OF A PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION SHALL BE FINAL. THE TERMS "APPROVED", "APPROVED EQUAL", OR "EQUAL", REFER TO APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER AS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE BID. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED THAT ARE NOT BID AS AN ALTERNATE. NO MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO AWARD OF CONTRACT. COORDINATE AND VERIFY WITH OTHER TRADES WHETHER OR NOT THE SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT CAN BE INSTALLED AS SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS WITHOUT MODIFICATION TO ASSOCIATED SYSTEMS OR ARCHITECTURAL OR ENGINEERING DESIGN. - INCLUDE ADDITIONAL COSTS FOR ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING DESIGN FEES IN BID IF DRAWING MODIFICATIONS ARE REQUIRED BECAUSE OF SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT. 15B SHOP DRAWINGS UPON BEING AWARDED A CONTRACT, SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL, SIX (6) COPIES OF MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, ITEMS REQUIRING COORDINATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS AND SHEET METAL DUCTWORK FABRICATION DRAWINGS. BEFORE SUBMITTING SHOP DRAWINGS AND MATERIAL LISTS, VERIFY THAT EQUIPMENT SUBMITTED IS MUTUALLY COMPATIBLE AND SUITABLE FOR THE INTENDED USE, AND WILL FIT THE AVAILABLE SPACE AND ALLOW AMPLE ROOM FOR MAINTENANCE. HIGHLIGHT, MARK, LIST OR INDICATE THE MATERIALS, PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND ACCESSORIES THAT ARE BEING PROPOSED. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AS EARLY AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT THE PROJECT SCHEDULE. ALLOW FOR TWO WEEKS ENGINEER REVIEW TIME PLUS MAILING TIME PLUS A DUPLICATION OF THIS TIME FOR RESUBMITTAL IF REQUIRED. SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL NOT CONTAIN HEI'S FIRM NAME OR LOGO, NOR SHALL IT CONTAIN THE HEI'S ENGINEERS' SEAL AND SIGNATURE. THEY SHALL NOT BE COPIES OF HEI'S WORK PRODUCT. IF THE CONTRACTOR DESIRES TO USE ELEMENTS OF SUCH PRODUCT, REFER TO PARAGRAPH "ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES" FOR PROCEDURES TO BE USED. THE ENGINEER'S CHECKING AND SUBSEQUENT APPROVAL OF SUCH SHOP DRAWINGS WILL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS IN DIMENSIONS, DETAILS, SIZE OF MEMBERS, QUANTITIES, OMISSIONS OF COMPONENTS OR FITTINGS; COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS; OR FOR COORDINATING ITEMS WITH ACTUAL BUILDING CONDITIONS. PROCEED WITH THE PROCUREMENT AND INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT ONLY AFTER RECEIVING APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS RELATIVE TO EACH ITEM. CATALOG DATA SHALL BE PROPERLY BOUND, IDENTIFIED, INDEXED AND TABBED IN A 3—RING BINDER. EACH ITEM OR MODEL NUMBER SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED AND ACCESSORIES INDICATED. LABEL THE CATALOG DATA WITH THE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION ACRONYM OR NUMBER AS USED ON THE DRAWINGS AND INCLUDE PERFORMANCE CURVES, CAPACITIES, SIZES, WEIGHTS, MATERIALS, FINISHES, WIRING DIAGRAMS, ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS AND DEVIATIONS FROM SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS. FOR EQUIPMENT WITH STARTERS OR VFDS, INCLUDE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATINGS. MARK OUT INAPPLICABLE ITEMS. SHOP DRAWINGS WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW IF THE ABOVE MENTIONED REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT MET. 15B ELECTRONIC DRAWINGS IN PREPARATION OF SHOP OR RECORD DRAWINGS, CONTRACTOR MAY, AT HIS OPTION, OBTAIN ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES IN AUTOCAD OR DXF FORMAT FROM THE ENGINEER FOR A SHIPPING AND HANDLING FEE OF $200 FOR A DRAWING SET UP TO 12 SHEETS AND $15 PER SHEET FOR EACH ADDITIONAL SHEET. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT FOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE AND SEND THE FORM ATTACHED AT THE END OF THIS SECTION ALONG WITH A CHECK MADE PAYABLE TO HENDERSON ENGINEERS, INC. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDICATE THE DESIRED SHIPPING METHOD AND DRAWING FORMAT ON THE ATTACHED FORM. IN ADDITION TO PAYMENT, ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION AND ENGINEER'S RELEASE AGREEMENT FORM MUST BE RECEIVED BEFORE ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES WILL BE SENT. 15B WARRANTIES COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 1 AND GENERAL CONDITIONS TO DETERMINE WHAT THE ACTUAL REQUIREMENTS ARE, AND MODIFY THE FOLLOWING AS REQUIRED SO AS TO NOT CONTRADICT THEM. WARRANT EACH SYSTEM AND EACH ELEMENT THEREOF AGAINST ALL DEFECTS DUE TO FAULTY WORKMANSHIP, DESIGN OR MATERIAL FOR A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, UNLESS SPECIFIC ITEMS ARE NOTED TO CARRY A LONGER WARRANTY IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS OR MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WARRANTY EXCEEDS 12 MONTHS. REMEDY ALL DEFECTS, OCCURRING WITHIN THE WARRANTY PERIOD(S), AS STATED IN THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1. WARRANTIES SHALL INCLUDE LABOR AND MATERIAL. MAKE REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENTS WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE OWNER. PERFORM THE REMEDIAL WORK PROMPTLY, UPON WRITTEN NOTICE FROM THE ENGINEER OR OWNER. AT THE TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, DELIVER TO THE OWNER ALL WARRANTIES, IN WRITING AND PROPERLY EXECUTED, INCLUDING TERM LIMITS FOR WARRANTIES EXTENDING BEYOND THE ONE YEAR PERIOD, EACH WARRANTY INSTRUMENT BEING ADDRESSED TO THE OWNER AND STATING THE COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM. 15B EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING PERFORM EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. TRENCHES SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT WIDTH. CRIB OR BRACE TRENCHES TO PREVENT CAVE—IN OR SETTLEMENT. DO NOT EXCAVATE TRENCHES CLOSE TO COLUMNS AND WALLS OF NEW BUILDING WITHOUT PRIOR CONSULTATION WITH THE ARCHITECT. USE PUMPING EQUIPMENT IF REQUIRED TO KEEP TRENCHES FREE OF WATER. BACKFILL TRENCHES IN MAXIMUM 6" LAYERS OF WELL—TAMPED DRY EARTH IN A MANNER TO PREVENT FUTURE SETTLEMENT. EXCAVATION AS HEREIN SPECIFIED SHALL BE CLASSIFIED AS COMMON EXCAVATION. COMMON EXCAVATION SHALL COMPRISE THE SATISFACTORY REMOVAL AND DISPOSITION OF MATERIAL OF WHATEVER SUBSTANCES AND OF EVERY DESCRIPTION ENCOUNTERED, INCLUDING ROCK, IF ANY, WITHIN THE LIMITS OF THE WORK AS SPECIFIED AND SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. EXCAVATION SHALL BE PERFORMED TO THE LINES AND GRADES INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. EXCAVATED MATERIALS WHICH ARE CONSIDERED UNSUITABLE FOR BACKFILL, AND SURPLUS OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL WHICH IS NOT REQUIRED FOR BACKFILL, SHALL BE DISPOSED OF BY THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS OWN EXPENSE AND RESPONSIBILITY, AND TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT. 158 COINCIDENTAL DAMAGE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR STREETS, SIDEWALKS, DRIVES, PAVING, WALLS AND FINISHES ETC. THAT HE DAMAGES IN THE COURSE OF THIS PROJECT. REPAIR MATERIALS SHALL MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. REPAIR WORK SHALL MEET REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND MEET THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT. 15B CUTTING AND PATCHING OBTAIN PERMISSION FROM THE ARCHITECT BEFORE CUTTING WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, ETC. AS REQUIRED BY THE PROJECT. DO NOT DISTURB STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE ARCHITECT. CUT HOLES AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH WALLS, FLOORS, ETC. AS REQUIRED BY WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. PATCHING SHALL MATCH ORIGINAL MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION. REPAIR AND REFINISH AREAS DISTURBED BY WORK TO THE CONDITION OF ADJOINING SURFACES IN A MANNER SATISFACTORY TO THE ARCHITECT. 15B ROUGH—IN BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATE WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS REGARDING ROUGH—IN WITH GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. CONCEAL PIPING, CONDUIT AND ROUGH—IN EXCEPT IN UNFINISHED AREAS AND WHERE OTHERWISE SHOWN. 15B STRUCTURAL STEEL STRUCTURAL STEEL USED FOR PIPE SUPPORTS, EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS, ETC., SHALL BE NEW AND CLEAN, AND SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM DESIGNATION A-36. SUPPORT PLUMBING EQUIPMENT AND PIPING FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. DO NOT SUPPORT PLUMBING EQUIPMENT AND PIPING FROM CEILINGS, OTHER MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, AND OTHER NON—STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. 15B ACCESS DOORS PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN CEILINGS AND WALLS WHERE INDICATED OR REQUIRED FOR ACCESS TO CONCEALED VALVES AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION. PROVIDE CONCEALED HINGES, SCREWDRIVER—TYPE LOCK, ANCHOR STRAPS; MANUFACTURED BY MILCOR, ZURN, TITUS, OR EQUAL. OBTAIN ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL OF TYPE, SIZE, LOCATION, AND COLOR BEFORE ORDERING. 15B PENETRATIONS PROVIDE SLEEVES FOR PIPES PASSING THROUGH ABOVE GRADE CONCRETE OR MASONRY WALLS, CONCRETE FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS. SLEEVES ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR CORE DRILLED HOLES IN EXISTING MASONRY WALLS, CONCRETE FLOORS OR ROOFS. PROVIDE 10 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL SLEEVES FOR SLEEVES 6" AND SMALLER. PROVIDE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL SLEEVES FOR LARGER THAN 6". SCHEDULE 40 PVC SLEEVES ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR INSTALLATION IN AREAS WITHOUT RETURN AIR PLENUMS. SEAL ELEVATED FLOOR, EXTERIOR WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WATERTIGHT AND WEATHERTIGHT WITH NON—SHRINK, NON—HARDENING COMMERCIAL SEALANT. PACK WITH MINERAL WOOL AND SEAL BOTH ENDS WITH MINIMUM OF 1/2" OF SEALANT. SEAL AROUND PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES. COORDINATE FIRE RATINGS AND LOCATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRE STOPPINGS. PROVIDE A PRODUCT SCHEDULE FOR UL LISTING, LOCATION, WALL OR FLOOR RATING AND INSTALLATION DRAWING FOR EACH PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEM. EXTEND PIPE INSULATION FOR INSULATED PIPE THROUGH FLOOR, WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS, INCLUDING FIRE RATED WALLS AND FLOORS. THE VAPOR BARRIER SHALL BE MAINTAINED. SIZE SLEEVE FOR A MINIMUM OF 1" ANNULAR CLEAR SPACE BETWEEN INSIDE OF SLEEVE AND OUTSIDE OF INSULATION. SEAL CONCRETE OR MASONRY EXTERIOR WALL PENETRATIONS BELOW GRADE WITH "WALL PIPES" AND MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS. PROVIDE CAST IRON "WALL PIPES" WITH INTEGRAL WATERSTOP RING MANUFACTURED BY JOSAM, JAY R. SMITH, WADE, WATTS OR ZURN. PROVIDE MODULAR MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS, MANUFACTURED BY THUNDERLINE / LINK SEAL, CALPICO, INC. AND METRAFLEX. SEAL ELEVATED CONCRETE SLAB WITH WATER PROOF MEMBRANE PENETRATIONS WITH "WALL PIPES" AND WATER PROOF SEALANT. SECURE WATERPROOF MEMBRANE FLASHING BETWEEN "WALL PIPE" CLAMPING FLANGE AND CLAMPING RING. PROVIDE CAST IRON "WALL PIPES" WITH INTEGRAL WATERSTOP RING MANUFACTURED BY JOSAM, JAY R. SMITH, WADE, WATTS OR ZURN. PROVIDE SLEEVES FOR HORIZONTAL PIPE PASSING THROUGH OR UNDER FOUNDATION. SLEEVES SHALL BE CAST IRON SOIL PIPE TWO NOMINAL PIPE SIZES LARGER THAN THE PIPE SERVED. PROVIDE SCHEDULE 40 PVC PIPE SLEEVES FOR VERTICAL PRESSURE PIPE PASSING THROUGH CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE. SLEEVES SHALL BE ONE NOMINAL PIPE SIZE LARGER THAN THE PIPE SERVED AND TWO PIPE SIZES LARGER THAN PIPE SERVED FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPES WITH RESTRAINING RODS. SEAL WATER—TIGHT WITH SILICONE CAULK. PROVIDE 1/2" THICK CELLULAR FOAM INSULATION AROUND PERIMETER OF NON—PRESSURE PIPE PASSING THRU CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE. INSULATION SHALL EXTEND TO 2" ABOVE AND BELOW THE CONCRETE SLAB. 15B ELECTRICAL WIRING LINE VOLTAGE WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY DIVISION 16. LINE VOLTAGE CONTROL AND INTERLOCK WIRING FOR PLUMBING SYSTEMS SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED BY DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR. LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE DIVISION 15 CONTRACTOR. FURNISH WIRING DIAGRAMS TO THE DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER EQUIPMENT HOOKUP. COORDINATE WITH THE DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR THE ACTUAL WIRE SIZING AMPS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT (FROM THE EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE) TO ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION. 15B ALTERNATES REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL PORTION OF THE SPECIFICATION FOR LIST OF ALTERNATES. APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THE BASE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL APPLY TO ALL WORK REQUIRED BY THE ALTERNATE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. DETERMINE WHETHER OR NOT AND HOW EACH ALTERNATE AFFECTS WORK. INCLUDE LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND TRANSPORTATION SERVICES NECESSARY FOR AND INCIDENTAL TO THE COMPLETION OF WORK UNDER EACH PARTICULAR ALTERNATE. FURNISH SEPARATE BID FOR EACH ALTERNATE APPLICABLE TO WORK, STATING THE AMOUNT TO BE ADDED OR DEDUCTED FROM THE BASE BID. 15B MISCELLANEOUS REMODELING WORK PROVIDE ITEMS OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS MODIFICATION REQUIRED BECAUSE OF BUILDING REMODELING, AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR NECESSARY FOR PROPER OPERATION. MATCH EXISTING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES WHEN MODIFYING EXISTING SYSTEMS. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECT. EXISTING FLOOR DRAINS REQUIRED TO BE ABANDONED OR NOT IN USE AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK SHALL BE SEALED GAS—TIGHT. CLEAN TRAP OF DEBRIS AND FILL WITH SILICONE. REMOVE GRATE AND FILL DRAIN BODY WITH GROUT. IN THE FINISHED PORTIONS OF THE 0 BUILDING THEY SHALL BE COVERED WITH FLOOR MATERIAL MATCHING ADJACENT AREA. ANY FLOOR DEPRESSIONS RESULTING FROM ABANDONED FLOOR DRAINS SHALL BE LEVELED BEFORE FINAL FLOOR FINISHING. NEW FLOOR DRAINS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE EXISTING SANITARY DRAINAGE SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED. SAW—CUT EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW UNDERFLOOR LINES, AND PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING SUB—FLOOR. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR FINISH FLOOR PATCHING REQUIREMENTS. EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS TO BE REUSED SHALL BE CLEANED, REPAIRED, PROVIDED WITH NEW WASHERS, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO PUT THEM INTO GOOD OPERATING CONDITION. PATCH HOLES WEATHER—TIGHT IN EXISTING ROOFS CAUSED BY REMOVAL OF PLUMBING ITEMS SUCH AS PIPING. MAKE CONNECTION OF NEW PIPE TO SIMILAR EXISTING WASTE, WATER AND GAS PIPE USING STANDARD FITTINGS AND JOINING PRACTICES. 15B BUILDING OPERATION COMPLY WITH THE SCHEDULE OF OPERATIONS AS OUTLINED IN THE ARCHITECTURAL PORTIONS OF THIS SPECIFICATION. BUILDING WILL BE IN OPERATION DURING NORMAL WORK—DAY HOURS. ACCOMPLISH WORK REQUIRING INTERRUPTION OF BUILDING OPERATION AT A TIME WHEN THE BUILDING IS NOT IN OPERATION, AND ONLY WITH WRITTEN APPROVAL OF BUILDING OWNER AND/OR TENANT. COORDINATE INTERRUPTION OF BUILDING OPERATION WITH THE OWNER AND/OR TENANT A MINIMUM OF SEVEN DAYS IN ADVANCE OF WORK. 158 SYSTEM TESTING AND ADJUSTING UPON COMPLETION OF EACH PHASE OF THE INSTALLATION, TEST EACH SYSTEM IN CONFORMANCE WITH LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS AND AS NOTED BELOW. FURNISH LABOR AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO TEST PLUMBING WORK INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, AND ASSUME COSTS INVOLVED IN MAKING THE TESTS, AND REPAIRING AND/OR REPLACING DAMAGE RESULTING THEREFROM. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, THREE (3) WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO MAKING PLUMBING SYSTEM TESTS. LEAVE CONCEALED WORK UNCOVERED UNTIL THE REQUIRED TESTS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED, BUT IF NECESSARY DUE TO CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURE, TESTS ON PORTIONS OF THE WORK MAY BE MADE, AND WHEN SATISFACTORY, THE WORK MAY BE CONCEALED. TEST PIPING BEFORE INSULATION IS INSTALLED, AND BEFORE BACKFILL. PIPES, JOINTS, FLANGES, VALVE STEMS, ETC., SHALL BE LEAK TIGHT. REPAIR OR REPLACE SYSTEM DEFECTS WITH NEW MATERIALS. CAULKING OF DEFECTIVE JOINTS, CRACKS OR HOLES WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. REPEAT TESTS AFTER DEFECTS HAVE BEEN ELIMINATED. MAKE TESTS IN THE PRESENCE OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY AND/OR THE OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE. UPON COMPLETION OF THE SYSTEMS INSTALLATION, AND PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER, MAKE GENERAL OPERATING TESTS TO DEMONSTRATE THAT EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE IN PROPER WORKING ORDER, AND ARE FUNCTIONING IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. AS A PART OF THESE TESTS, OPEN EVERY WATER OUTLET TO ENSURE COMPLETE SYSTEM FLUSHING, REMOVE AND CLEAN FAUCET AERATORS, CLEAN STRAINERS, LIGHT PILOT LIGHTS, AND OPERATE EVERY PIECE OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO DEMONSTRATE PROPER FUNCTIONING. TEST THE DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEM BY PLUGGING OPENINGS WITH TEST PLUGS, EXCEPT THOSE AT THE TOP OF THE STACKS. FILL THE SYSTEM WITH WATER; TEST RESULTS WILL BE SATISFACTORY IF THE WATER LEVEL REMAINS STATIONARY FOR NOT LESS THAN ONE (1) HOUR. SUBJECT THE DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEM TO A PRESSURE OF AT LEAST TEN (10) FEET OF WATER. IF LEAKS DEVELOP, REPAIR THEM AND REPEAT THE TEST. TEST THE DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM BY FILLING IT WITH WATER AND THEN ISOLATING THE SYSTEM FROM ITS SOURCE. KEEP THE SYSTEM CLOSED FOR A PERIOD OF TWENTY—FOUR HOURS, WITH NO FIXTURE BEING USED. THE PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL FOR THIS TEST PERIOD SHALL NOT EXCEED 10 PSIG. TEST WATER PIPING TO A 125 PSI HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE. FOR LOW PRESSURE NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS, SUBJECT THE PIPE TO 10 PSIG AIR PRESSURE FOR A PERIOD OF ONE HOUR. THE RESULTANT PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL FOR THIS PERIOD SHALL BE 0 PSIG. TEST PER GAS COMPANY REQUIREMENTS WHERE REQUIRED. 15B GUARANTEE THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, AND CONNECTION OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. BY SIGNING THE CONTRACT, THE CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE HAS ACQUAINTED HIMSELF WITH THE SITE AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED, AND THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS PERTAINING THERETO, AND HE INDICATES THAT HE WILL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS AND INTENT OF PERTINENT DOCUMENTS IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. GUARANTEE THAT THE PLUMBING INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT IS FREE OF DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF JOB ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER. THIS SHALL INCLUDE A GUARANTEE OF FREE CIRCULATION OF LIQUIDS THROUGHOUT THE SYSTEM AS INTENDED WITHOUT LEAKS, EXCESSIVE NOISE, OR WATER HAMMER. GUARANTEE DEFECTS OCCUR.DURING THE ONE YEAR PERIOD REPAIR OR REPLACE SUCH DEFECTS AT NO EXPENSE TO THE OWNER, AND TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER, ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. 15B PLUMBING PIPING 15B PIPING MATERIALS MATERIALS SPECIFIED OR NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS ARE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF LOCAL CODE AUTHORITIES. VERIFY APPROVAL BEFORE INSTALLING ANY MATERIAL OR JOINING METHOD. DOMESTIC WATER (COLD, AND HOT WATER): DOMESTIC WATER PIPING INSTALLED ABOVE THE FLOOR SLAB INSIDE THE BUILDING SHALL BE TYPE "L" HARD TEMPER COPPER TUBE WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS AND SOLDERED CONNECTIONS MADE UP WITH 95/5 SOLDER. BRAZED MECHANICALLY FORMED TEE CONNECTIONS (T—DRILL) MAY BE USED IN COPPER LINES WHERE APPROVED BY CODE; CONNECTION SHALL BE MADE WITH BRAZED SILVER SOLDER (SILFOS) JOINTS IN CONFORMANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. UNDERGROUND DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE TYPE "K" SOFT TEMPER COPPER TUBING WITH FLARED COPPER ALLOY FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS, OR TYPE "K" HARD TEMPER COPPER TUBING WITH CONVENTIONAL WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS AND SILVER SOLDER (SILFOS) JOINTS. INSTALL AS FEW UNDERGROUND COPPER PIPING JOINTS AS POSSIBLE. AT BUILDING SERVICE ENTRANCE, NO JOINTS SHALL BE INSTALLED UNDER OR WITHIN 5 FEET OF THE BUILDING. INSTALL DOMESTIC WATER PIPING BELOW GRADE OUTSIDE BUILDING AT ADEQUATE DEPTH TO PREVENT FREEZING. UNDERGROUND DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 3" AND LARGER SHALL BE CLASS 52 DUCTILE IRON MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI / AWWA STANDARD C151/A21.51. PIPING SHALL BE DOUBLE CEMENT LINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI / AWWA STANDARD C104/A21.4. FITTINGS SHALL HAVE MECHANICAL JOINTS. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, PIPE JOINTS IN STRAIGHT RUNS (NOT AT FITTINGS) AND NOT INSTALLED UNDER OR WITHIN 5 FEET OF THE BUILDING SLAB MAY BE PUSH—ON JOINTS. JOINTS SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI 21.11. INTERIOR WASTE AND VENT ABOVE AND BELOW SLAB: WASTE AND VENT PIPE ABOVE SLAB INSIDE BUILDING SHALL BE HUBLESS CAST IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS, MEETING ASTM A888 AND CISPI 301, MANUFACTURED BY AB & I FOUNDRY, CHARLOTTE OR TYLER PIPE AND BEARING THE TRADEMARK OF THE CISPI AND NSF. ABOVE GRADE VENT PIPING 1 1/2" AND SMALLER MAY BE SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE WITH THREADED COUPLINGS. CONNECTIONS TO PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT: 1-1/4" AND LARGER WASTE CONNECTIONS FROM FIXTURE TRAPS TO CAST IRON PIPE SHALL BE "DWV" COPPER WITH WROUGHT COPPER DRAINAGE PATTERN FITTINGS WITH COPPER SWEAT OR COMPRESSION JOINTS AT FIXTURE TRAP CONNECTIONS AND THREADED JOINTS AT CONNECTIONS TO CAST IRON PIPE. 15B PIPING AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION DOMESTIC COLD WATER, HOT WATER, INDIRECT AND CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE (WITHIN BUILDING) 1" ONE—PIECE FIBERGLASS COVERING WITH FIRE—RESISTANT JACKET WITH SELF— SEALING LAP TO PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS VAPOR BARRIER BY CERTAINTEED, OWENS—CORNING OR ARMSTRONG. FOR HOT PIPING, PROVIDE PIPE HANGERS AND RISER CLAMPS SIZED FOR THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPING. BUTT INSULATION TO HANGER OR RISER CLAMP FOR VERTICAL PIPE. SEAL EXPOSED INSULATION WITH INSULATION SEALER. EXCEPTION FOR VERTICAL PIPING: PROVIDE CLAMPS SIZED FOR THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF THE VERTICAL PIPE AND EXTEND CLAMP THROUGH INSULATION. SEAL PENETRATIONS OF INSULATION AND VAPOR BARRIER WITH WET COAT OF VAPOR BARRIER LAP CEMENT. FOR COLD PIPING AT HANGERS PROVIDE 8" LONG SECTIONS OF HIGH DENSITY, HIGH TEMPERATURE CALCIUM SILICATE BY JOHNS—MANVILLE, FIBERGLASS BY KNAUF, OR 8" LONG STYROFOAM BILLETS BY DOW OR FLEXIBLE UNICELLULAR PIPING INSULATION MEETING ASTM C 534-01A, TYPE I WITH INTEGRAL HIGH DENSITY PIPE SUPPORTS AND ENCASED IN STEEL INSULATION SHIELD BY COOPER B—LINE / ARMACELL OR APPROVED EQUAL. INSULATION SHALL BE CONTINUOUS ALONG THE PIPE SURFACE, EXCEPT AT VALVES, UNIONS, AND WHERE PIPING IS EXPOSED AT FIXTURES. PROVIDE 1" FIBERGLASS INSULATION ON VENT PIPING WITHIN SIX FEET OF VENT THROUGH THE OF ROOF. PROVIDE FIBERGLASS INSULATION ON DOMESTIC COLD AND HOT WATER PIPES INSTALLED IN WALLS AND CHASES. PROVIDE FIBERGLASS INSULATION ON DOMESTIC COLD AND HOT WATER PIPES INSTALLED IN WALLS AND CHASES. PROVIDE INSULATION PROTECTION SHIELD AT EACH HANGER FOR INSULATED PIPING. COVER FITTINGS WITH ZESTON, KNAUF, OR EQUAL ONE—PIECE. PVC PREMOLDED INSULATING COVERS. FITTING COVERS, JACKETS AND ADHESIVES SHALL NOT EXCEED FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT RATING OF 50 PER ASTM E84. AT ALL ELBOWS AND TEES, FILL VOIDS BETWEEN COVERS AND PIPING WITH FIBERGLASS INSULATION AND TAPE JOINTS. INSTALL PIPE INSULATION IN COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. WHERE PREMOLDED INSULATING FITTINGS ARE NOT APPROVED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES, MITER INSULATION AT FITTINGS. 15B PIPING JOINTS COPPER TUBING: JOINTS IN HARD TEMPER TUBING SHALL BE SOLDERED JOINTS USING LEAD— FREE 95/5 SOLDER EXCEPT WHERE TUBING IS INSTALLED BELOW GRADE OR BELOW THE BASE SLAB, IN WHICH CASE JOINTS SHALL BE SOLDERED WITH SILVER SOLDER (SILFOS). JOINTS IN SOFT TEMPER COPPER TUBING SHALL BE OF THE FLARED TYPE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE FITTING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. THREADED STEEL PIPE: THREADED JOINTS SHALL BE FULL AND CLEAN, CUT WITH NOT MORE THAN THREE (3) THREADS EXPOSED BEYOND THE FITTINGS. MAKE JOINTS TIGHT WITH GRAPHITE BASE PIPE JOINT COMPOUND AND PAINT EXPOSED THREADS OF FERROUS PIPE WITH ACID— RESISTING PAINT AFTER PIPING HAS BEEN TESTED AND PROVEN TIGHT. NO CAULKING, LAMP— WICK OR OTHER MATERIAL WILL BE PERMITTED FOR CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE JOINTS. CAST IRON PIPE: JOINTS IN HUBLESS PIPE SHALL BE STANDARD CISPI 310 NSF CERTIFIED BY ANACO, IDEAL, MISSON OR TYLER. JOINTS IN STORM PIPING, INCLUDING CONNECTIONS TO ROOF DRAINS, SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY COUPLINGS MEETING ASTM C1540 AND FM 1680, ANACO HUSKY #SD -4000 OR CLAMP—ALL "HI TORQUE" 125 IN. LB. PIPE ADAPTERS: MAKE CONNECTION OF NEW WASTE PIPE TO NEW OR EXISTING DISSIMILAR WASTE PIPE USING ADAPTER COUPLINGS. PROVIDE FERNCO, PROFLEX 3000 SERIES OR MISSION FLEXSEAL MR56 SERIES WITH NEOPRENE ADAPTER GASKET WITH STAINLESS STEEL SHIELD AND HOSE CLAMPS FOR CONNECTING DISSIMILAR PIPES ABOVE GRADE. PROVIDE FERNCO, 1056 SERIES OR MISSION SEWER COUPLINGS WITH NEOPRENE ADAPTER GASKET AND HOSE CLAMPS FOR CONNECTING DISSIMILAR PIPES BELOW GRADE AND COAT STAINLESS STEEL BANDS WITH MASTIC. 15B PIPING INSTALLATION GENERAL: CLEAN PIPE THOROUGHLY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. REAM ENDS OF PIPE TO REMOVE BURRS. CUT PIPE ACCURATELY TO MEASUREMENTS TAKEN ON THE JOB. INSTALL WITH ADEQUATE CLEARANCE FOR INSTALLATION OF COVERINGS WHERE REQUIRED. PIPE SHALL NOT BE SPRUNG OR BENT. NEATLY ALIGN PIPE, CONNECT IT SECURELY, AND SUPPORT IT FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE WITH HANGERS AS SPECIFIED BELOW. PROVIDE CHROME—PLATED ESCUTCHEONS ON PIPES PASSING THROUGH CEILINGS, FLOORS OR WALLS OF FINISHED SPACES. RUN PIPES FREELY THROUGH FLOOR AND WALL PENETRATIONS USING PIPE SLEEVES. DO NOT GROUT IN PLACE UNLESS REQUIRED FOR STRUCTURAL FIRE INTEGRITY. INSTALL PIPE CONCEALED IN FINISHED SPACES WHEREVER POSSIBLE. USE A DIELECTRIC UNION WHERE FERROUS AND COPPER PIPE CONNECT. DIELECTRIC UNION SHALL HAVE A ZINC—PLATED STEEL BODY, A THREADED NYLON INSERT, AND INSULATING PRESSURE GASKET. NO FERROUS METAL— TO—COPPER CONNECTION MADE WITHOUT INSULATING UNIONS WILL BE ALLOWED. b1oo3 Abfr %pa 44 NOTE: EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS—BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. RECEIVED My oF,'I JKwIt A JAN 0 7 20131 PERMIT CENTER 1IJENGINEERS 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KS 66214 TEL 913 742 5000 FAX 913 742 5001 www.hei-eng.com 1250002493 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER:1754 EXPIRES 06/30/13 0 N O co C/) Y CC a- 0 Z W 0 • O O ti W U) W Z W O O THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the onginal, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H . KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for any part of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architecf s services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of an integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the landlord, it applicable. Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals are obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation, DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated, CALCUMIE 8 MEASURE dmisiam - DO NOT SCALE drawings unless otherwise directed p r o j e c t t i t l e 1.61 rA r QC LU z W U O p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal w i n g t"4' t I e MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS d r a w i n g n u m b e r MP3 HANGER & SUPPORTS: PIPE HANGERS SHALL BE AS DESCRIBED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS BY B— LINE OR EQUAL BY ANVIL, MICHIGAN, TRUSCON, OR UNISTRUT. CONNECT HANGERS TO THE STRUCTURE WITH SIDE BEAM CONNECTORS AND ALL THREAD HANGER RODS. PROVIDE ENGINEERED SUPPORT STRUTS BETWEEN JOISTS AND OTHER STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A RIGID HANGING INSTALLATION. DO NOT HANG PIPES FROM OTHER PIPES, CONDUIT OR DUCTWORK. PROVIDE HANGER RODS AND SPACE HANGERS AT INTERVALS AS SPECIFIED IN "HANGER SPACING". PROVIDE SUPPORT WITHIN 1' OF EACH ELBOW AND TEE. PROVIDE SUPPORTS WITHIN 1' OF EACH EQUIPMENT CONNECTION. PROVIDE TWO NUTS ON THREADED SUPPORTS TO SECURELY FASTEN THE SUPPORT. INSTALL HANGER TYPES OR SUPPORTS FOR VARIOUS PIPING AS FOLLOWS: COPPER TUBE: ADJUSTABLE BAND HANGERS FOR BARE COPPER TUBE 3" AND SMALLER SHALL BE B— LINE #B3170 CT COPPER PLATED ADJUSTABLE BAND SWIVEL RING TYPE. ADJUSTABLE BAND HANGERS FOR INSULATED COPPER TUBE AND 3" SMALLER SHALL BE B—LINE #83170 NF ADJUSTABLE BAND SWIVEL RING TYPE. CLEVIS HANGERS FOR INSULATED COPPER TUBE 4" AND LARGER SHALL BE B—LINE #83100 GALVANIZED STEEL CLEVIS TYPE. SUPPORT EXPOSED COPPER TUBE 2" AND SMALLER TO WALLS OR IN CHASES WITH B—LINE #B3198RCT COPPER COATED EXTENSION SPLIT RING PIPE CLAMPS, 3/8" THREADED ROD AND B— LINE #B3199CT CEILING FLANGES. SUPPORT COPPER TUBE IN CHASES AND WALLS AT PLUMBING FIXTURES WITH PLASTIC OR COPPER BRACKETS SECURED TO STRUCTURE AND U—BOLTS SIZED TO BARE ON THE PIPE. RISER CLAMPS TO SUPPORT VERTICAL COPPER TUBE SHALL BE B—LINE #B3373CT COPPER COATED STEEL, CUT INSULATION, SEAL VAPOR BARRIER, AND ATTACH TO BARE TUBE. STEEL PIPE: ADJUSTABLE BAND HANGERS FOR 2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE B—LINE #B3170 NF ADJUSTABLE BAND SWIVEL RING TYPE. CLEVIS HANGERS FOR 2-1/2" AND LARGER SHALL BE B -- LINE #B3100 GALVANIZED STEEL CLEVIS TYPE. RISER CLAMPS TO SUPPORT VERTICAL PIPE SHALL BE B—LINE #B3373 GALVANIZED STEEL. CAST IRON PIPE: ADJUSTABLE BAND HANGERS FOR 2" AND SMALLER. CLEVIS HANGERS FOR 3" AND LARGER SHALL BE B—LINE #B3100 GALVANIZED STEEL CLEVIS TYPE. RISER CLAMPS TO SUPPORT VERTICAL PIPE SHALL BE B—LINE #B3373 GALVANIZED STEEL. INSULATION PROTECTION SHIELDS: B—LINE #B3151 OF 18 GAUGE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL. SHIELD SHALL COVER HALF OF THE CIRCUMFERENCE OF THE PIPE AND SHALL BE OF LENGTH INDICATED BY MANUFACTURER FOR PIPE SIZE AND THICKNESS OF INSULATION. HANGER SPACING, ROD SIZES & CONNECTORS: CONNECT RODS TO STEEL BEAMS OR JOISTS WITH B— LINE #83031 OR #B3033BEAM CLAMPS AS REQUIRED. CONNECT RODS TO CONCRETE WITH B— LINE #3014 MALLEABLE IRON SINGLE TYPE INSERTS WITH MALLEABLE IRON NUT. CONNECT RODS IN WOOD CONSTRUCTION WITH B—LINE #B3058 SIDE BEAM CONNECTORS. HANG AND SUPPORT PIPING WITH SPACING AND ROD SIZES AS FOLLOWS: COPPER TUBE: 1-1/2" AND SMALLER — EVERY 6' WITH 3/8"HANGER RODS; 2" EVERY 10' WITH 3/8"HANGER EVERY 102-1/2" WITH 5/8"HANGEREVERY RO RODS' WITH . PPORT/8" VERT CALER RODS; 3" EVERY COPPER TUBE EVERY 10'0 WITH 1/2" RODS, 4" STEEL PIPE: 1" AND SMALLER — EVERY 8' WITH 3/8" HANGER RODS; 1-1/4" TO 2" EVERY 10' WITH 3/8" HANGER RODS; 2-1/2" AND 3" EVERY 10' WITH 1/2" HANGER RODS, 4" EVERY 10' WITH 5/8" HANGER RODS. SUPPORT VERTICAL STEEL PIPE EVERY 10'. CAST IRON PIPE: EVERY 10' AND WITHIN 1' OF EACH JOINT. 2" AND SMALLER WITH 3/8" HANGER RODS; 3" WITH 1/2" HANGER RODS; 4" WITH 5/8" HANGER RODS; 6" WITH 3/4" HANGER RODS; 8" AND LARGER WITH 7/8" HANGER RODS. SUPPORT VERTICAL CAST IRON PIPE EVERY 15'. BELOW GROUND INSTALLATION FOR SOIL AND WASTE: INSTALL SOIL AND WASTE PIPING TO A UNIFORM SLOPE OF NOT LESS THAN 1/8" PER FOOT FOR PIPING 4" OR LARGER, AND NOT LESS THAN 1/4" PER FOOT FOR PIPING 3" OR SMALLER. LAY PIPE AT UNIFORM SLOPE, FREE FROM SAGS, WITH HUB END UPSTREAM. MAKE CHANGES IN DIRECTION FROM HORIZONTAL TO VERTICAL, AT FIXTURE BRANCHES AND OTHER BRANCH CONNECTIONS WITH SANITARY "TEES" OR SHORT SWEEP "ELLS". MAKE CHANGES IN DIRECTION FROM VERTICAL TO HORIZONTAL OR HORIZONTAL TO HORIZONTAL WITH LONG RADIUS FITTINGS, LONG SWEEPING "ELLS", COMBINATION "Y AND 1/8 BEND" FITTINGS, OR 45 DEGREE "ELLS" (1/8 BEND FITTINGS), 1/6 BEND OR 1/16 BEND AND "Y" FITTINGS. INSTALL PIPE WITH THE BARREL OF THE PIPE ON FIRM, SOLID EARTH FOR ITS ENTIRE LENGTH, AND EXCAVATE HOLES FOR THE PIPE BELLS. LAY PIPE IN A STRAIGHT LINE AND INSTALL WITH UNIFORM GRADE TO LINE WITH BATTEN BOARDS SET NOT MORE THAN 24'-0" APART. CLOSE OPEN ENDS OF PIPE WITH A STOPPER WHEN PIPE LAYING IS NOT IN PROGRESS. CENTER SPIGOTS ACCURATELY IN BELLS FOR UNIFORM CAULKING. PROVIDE A SMOOTH AND UNIFORM INVERT IN THE SYSTEM. DRILLING OR TAPPING OF SOIL AND WASTE LINES, AND SADDLE HUBS AND BANDS ARE NOT PERMITTED. LOCATE AND INSTALL SOIL AND WASTE LINES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. DETERMINE EXACT LOCATIONS IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO MAINTAIN PROPER CLEARANCE. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY BUILDING DRAIN PIPE, VERIFY ELEVATION OF CONNECTION POINT OF EXISTING SEWER, SERVICE LINE OR EXISTING TENANT CONNECTIONS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. IF THE INSTALLATION WILL NOT TIE INTO THE INDICATED INVERT ELEVATION POINT WHILE MAINTAINING PROPER FALL, NOTIFY ARCHITECT SO THAT AN ALTERNATIVE MAY BE DETERMINED. ABOVE GROUND INSTALLATION FOR SOIL AND WASTE: INSTALL SOIL AND WASTE PIPING TO A UNIFORM SLOPE OF NOT LESS THAN 1/8" PER FOOT FOR PIPING 4" OR LARGER, AND NOT LESS THAN 1/4" PER FOOT FOR PIPING 3" OR SMALLER. LAY PIPE AT UNIFORM SLOPE FREE FROM SAGS. SUPPORT PIPE WITHIN 12" OF EACH JOINT. MAKE CHANGES IN DIRECTION FROM HORIZONTAL TO VERTICAL, AT FIXTURE BRANCHES AND OTHER BRANCH CONNECTIONS WITH SANITARY "TEES" OR SHORT SWEEP "ELLS". MAKE CHANGES IN DIRECTION FROM VERTICAL TO HORIZONTAL OR HORIZONTAL TO HORIZONTAL WITH LONG RADIUS FITTINGS, LONG SWEEPING "ELLS", COMBINATION "Y AND 1/8 BEND" FITTINGS, OR 45 DEGREE "ELLS" (1/8 BEND FITTINGS), 1/6 BEND OR 1/16 BEND AND "Y" FITTINGS. PROVIDE A SMOOTH AND UNIFORM INVERT IN THE SYSTEM. DRILLING OR TAPPING OF SOIL AND WASTE LINES, AND SADDLE HUBS AND BANDS ARE NOT PERMITTED. LOCATE AND INSTALL SOIL AND WASTE LINES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. DETERMINE EXACT LOCATIONS IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO MAINTAIN PROPER CLEARANCE. PLUMBING VENT: CONNECT PLUMBING VENT PIPES TO FIXTURE DRAIN PIPES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY THE INSTALLATION PRACTICES ADOPTED AND ENFORCED BY LOCAL CODES OFFICIAL, AND EXTEND VENT PIPES FULL SIZE THROUGH THE ROOF LINE. GRADE PIPE TO A UNIFORM SLOPE SO AS TO DRAIN BACK BY GRAVITY TO THE DRAINAGE PIPING SYSTEM. VENTS PASSING THROUGH THE ROOF SHALL BE MINIMUM 3" SIZE EXCEPT IN TROPICAL CLIMATES, PER LOCAL CODES. TURN FLASHING DOWN INTO STACKS AT LEAST 2", AND EXTEND FLASHING 24" IN ALL DIRECTIONS FROM THE PIPE AT THE ROOF LINE. APPLY WHITE LEAD PIPE DOPE ON MALE STEEL PIPE THREADS. VENT LINES SHALL BE AIR AND WATER TIGHT. VENT FLOOR DRAINS INDIVIDUALLY OR CONNECT THEM TO A HORIZONTALLY VENTED LINE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. DOMESTIC WATER: ARRANGE COLD, HOT, AND HOT WATER RECIRCULATION PIPING TO DRAIN AT THE LOWEST POINT IN EACH SYSTEM. INSTALL AT LEAST ONE PIPE UNION ADJACENT TO ALL SHUTOFF VALVES, AT CONNECTION POINTS OF EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT, AND ELSEWHERE IN THE SYSTEM WHERE REQUIRED TO ALLOW PROPER MAINTENANCE. PROVIDE UNIONS OF THE GROUND JOINT TYPE. MAKE ALLOWANCE FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION WHERE REQUIRED BY THE INSTALLATION. WHERE WATER PIPING OCCURS IN EXTERIOR WALLS, HOLD PIPE AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO THE INTERIOR FACE OF WALL AND INSTALL INSULATION BATT OR OTHER INSULATION (MINIMUM R8) BETWEEN PIPING AND THE EXTERIOR WALL FACE. 158 PIPING SANITIZATION SANITIZE THE ENTIRE DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM (COLD, HOT, AND HOT WATER RETURN) WITH A SOLUTION CONTAINING NOT LESS THAN 50 PPM AVAILABLE CHLORINE. KEEP SOLUTION IN THE SYSTEM FOR A MINIMUM OF 24 HOURS, WITH EACH VALVE BEING OPERATED SEVERAL TIMES DURING THE PERIOD. AFTER COMPLETION, FLUSH SYSTEM WITH CITY WATER UNTIL CHLORINE RESIDUAL IS LOWERED TO INCOMING CITY WATER LEVEL. 15B PLUMBING SPECIALTIES 15B AIR CHAMBERS. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS. AND TRAPS PROVIDE CONVENTIONAL "P" TYPE TRAP, WATER—SEALED SELF—CLEANING DESIGN. FULL "S" TRAPS OR TRAP STANDARDS SHALL BE USED ONLY WHERE SPECIFICALLY CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS OR ELSEWHERE IN THIS SPECIFICATION. TRAP WATER SEALS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 2", AND DEEP SEAL TRAPS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE SPECIFIED OR INDICATED. EACH TRAP NOT INTEGRAL WITH THE FIXTURE OR FLOOR DRAIN OR INSTALLED BELOW THE BASE SLAB SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN ACCESSIBLE CLEANOUT OF ADEQUATE SIZE. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMERS WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE AND WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 15B CLEANOUTS, FLOOR DRAINS AND ROOF DRAINS CLEANOUTS, FLOOR DRAINS AND ROOF DRAINS SHALL BE BY ONE MANUFACTURER IF POSSIBLE. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ARE JOSAM, SMITH, WADE, WATTS, AND ZURN. PROVIDE LONG SWEEP FITTINGS FOR CLEANOUT EXTENSIONS; SHORT SWEEPS AT START OF RUNS OR CHANGE IN DIRECTION AND COMBINATION WYE AND EIGHT BEND FITTINGS IN HORIZONTAL RUNS. INSTALL CLEANOUTS WITH A MINIMUM OF 18" CLEAR ALL AROUND, CONSULT LOCAL CODES FOR OTHER REQUIREMENTS, FOR EASY SYSTEM MAINTENANCE. INSTALL PLUG WITH TEFLON JOINT COMPOUND. FLOOR DRAINS: SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. DUANE S. HENDERSON FLOOR CLEANOUTS: SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. INSTALL CLEANOUTS AT POINTS AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, AT THE BUILDING EXIT; AT A MINIMUM OF EVERY 50 FEET IN HORIZONTAL SOIL AND WASTE LINES; AND AT TURNS OF PIPE GREATER THAN 45 DEGREES CLEANOUTS SHALL BE FULL SIZE OF THE PIPE UP TO 4", AND 4" SIZE FOR PIPES LARGER THAN DETERMINE THE TYPE OF FLOOR COVERING TO BE USED AT EACH FLOOR CLEANOUT LOCATION AND PROVIDE TOP WITH VARIATIONS SUITABLE FOR FLOOR COVERING (CARPET MARKERS, RECESSED FOR TILE AND SCORIATED FOR UNFINISHED FLOOR). ROUGH—IN AND INSTALL EACH FLOOR CLEANOUT FLUSH WITH THE FINISHED FLOOR CONSTRUCTION. 15B VALVES BALL VALVES (MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF GATE VALVES UP TO 2"): 2" AND SMALLER NIBCO #S-685- 80—LF; TWO PIECE LEAD FREE BRONZE BODY, WITH SOLDERED ENDS, CHROME PLATED BRONZE BALL WITH CONVENTIONAL PORT, 600 PSI, BLOW—OUT PROOF STEM. 15B PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT 15B PLUMBING FIXTURES FURNISH AND INSTALL COMMERCIAL GRADE PLUMBING FIXTURES, SEE THE DRAWINGS FOR QUANTITIES AND DESCRIPTIONS. PROVIDE CHINA FIXTURES AS SCHEDULED BY AMERICAN— STANDARD OR APPROVED EQUAL BY CRANE, ELJER, GERBER, KOHLER, SLOAN VALVE CO, TOTO— KIKI OR ZURN. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL SINKS AS SCHEDULED BY ELKAY OR EQUAL BY JUST. PROVIDE ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS AS SCHEDULED BY ELKAY OR APPROVED EQUAL BY ACORN / AQUA, HALSEY TAYLOR OR HAWS. PROVIDE MOP SINKS AS SCHEDULED BY STERN— WILLIAMS OR EQUAL BY ACORN ENGINEERING CO., FIAT OR FLORESTONE. PROVIDE FIXTURES OF SAME MANUFACTURER WHERE POSSIBLE. FIXTURES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED, SET FIRM AND TRUE, CONNECTED TO REQUIRED PIPING SERVICES, THOROUGHLY CLEANED, LEFT CLEAN AND READY FOR USE. EXPOSED FITTINGS AND PIPING AT THE FIXTURES SHALL BE CHROME—PLATED, AND WATER SUPPLY PIPING SHALL BE VALVED AT EACH FIXTURE. VITREOUS CHINA FIXTURES SHALL BE OF THE BEST GRADE VITREOUS WARE, WITHOUT PIT HOLES OR BLEMISHES, AND THE OUTLINES SHALL BE GENERALLY TRUE. THE ENGINEER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REJECT ANY PIECES WHICH, IN HIS OPINION, ARE FAULTY. FIXTURES SET AGAINST WALLS SHALL HAVE GROUND BACKS AND SHALL BE CAULKED WITH SILICONE SEALANT OF A MATCHING COLOR. 15B PLUMBING FIXTURE TRIM FAUCETS AND TRIM IN CONTACT WITH DRINKING WATER SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE SAFE WATER DRINKING ACT (SWDA) LEAD—FREE STANDARDS OF ANSI/NSF STANDARD 61, SECTION 9. FIXTURE TRIM SHALL HAVE THE MANUFACTURER'S NAME STAMPED CLEARLY AND VISIBLY ON EACH ITEM. PROVIDE FAUCETS AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS: BY CHICAGO, SPEAK MEN, ZURN, OR T&S BRASS. FIXTURE P—TRAPS SHALL BE 17 GAUGE BRASS BODY WITH CLEANOUT, 17 GAUGE SEAMLESS TUBULAR WALL BEND WITH CAST BRASS SLIP NUT, SHALLOW STEEL FLANGE, ALL CHROME PLATED: BY MCGUIRE, BRASS CRAFT, DEARBORN BRASS, EBC, PROFLO, WATTS BRASS AND TUBULAR OR ZURN. LAVATORY, SINK AND WATER CLOSET SUPPLIES SHALL BE SOLID BRASS ANGLE OR STRAIGHT TYPE WITH FULL TURN BRASS STEM, WHEEL HANDLE OR LOOSE KEY TYPES AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS, SHALLOW STEEL FLANGE, 3/8" COPPER RISER FLANGE, ALL CHROME PLATED, FINAL CONNECTION AS REQUIRED: BY MCGUIRE, BRASS CRAFT, EBC, PROFLO OR ZURN. LAVATORY DRAINS SHALL BE GRID TYPE CHROME PLATED 17 GAUGE BRASS OPEN GRID WITH 1- 1/4" X 6" LONG SEAMLESS BRASS TAILPIECE AND BRASS LOCKNUT WITH HEAVY RUBBER BASIN WASHER AND FIBER FRICTION WASHER, BY MCGUIRE, BRASS CRAFT, DEARBORN BRASS, EBC, PROFLO, WATTS BRASS AND TUBULAR OR ZURN. PROVIDE HANDICAP INSULATION KITS FOR LAVATORIES AND SINKS ON EXPOSED WATER AND WASTE PIPES AND FITTINGS, INCLUDING OFFSET DRAIN AND CONTINUOUS WASTE COVERS WHERE REQUIRED: BY BROCAR, MCGUIRE, PLUMBEREX "PRO -2000", PROFLO, TRAP—WRAP OR TRU—BRO. 15B WATER HEATER WATER HEATER SHALL BE CHRONOMITE, EEMAX, CONTROLLED ENERGY CORP, PVI OR STEIBEL ELTRON WITH CAPACITY AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. UNIT SHALL BE WALL—MOUNTED, TANKLESS, POINT—OF—USE TYPE WITH THERMOSTATIC CONTROL, FLOW SWITCH, COMPLETELY PRE—WIRED AND JACKET, UL APPROVED. D t3 003 NOTE: EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS—BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. RECEIVED CITU OF Tt igeWRA JAN ©7 2013 PERMIT CENTER gJENGINEERSHENDERSON N 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KS 66214 TEL 913 742 5000 Wax 913 742 5001 www.hei-eng.cown 1250002493 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER: 1754 EXPIRES 06/30/13 O CO N Y � Y L < o 2 Z W > 1. 0 . 0) 0 CO ti M I f-- 0) W T Z O W • LU J O O O � a 0) O T THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions existing construction elements, or any documents drawings or other instruments used for gy part of this Project which do not bear the Architect's seal The Architect s services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of an integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY IR all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals are obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated, CALCUTAIE & MEASURE dimensions - DO NOT SCALE drawings unless demise directed. p r o j e c t t i t l e _J (111, J 1=C4k (L C/10 Q wde.ui .1 9OwZ� ceLJ- O/ ` z l`�/J W F— w0�'F—o c n Z = O ?)=f; co cc cc J F - p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal d r a i n g t i t I e MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS d r a w i n g n u m b e r MP4 FIRE SPRINKLER GENERAL NOTES: 1. SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGN, INSTALLATION AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. SYSTEM SHALL ALSO MEET ALL APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES, FIRE CODES AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND INSURANCE CARRIER. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID SUBMITTAL. 2. INFORMATION ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IS GENERAL INFORMATION AND FOR BID PURPOSES ONLY. LAYOUT SYSTEM, PERFORM REQUIRED CALCULATIONS AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES. 3. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL MATERIALS AND LABOR REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF COORDINATION AND TO MEET AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND INSURANCE CARRIER REQUIREMENTS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 4. MODIFY EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM. RELOCATE AND/OR PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SPRINKLERS, PIPING, HANGERS, ETC. COORDINATE WITH WALLS, CEILINGS, LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, STRUCTURE, OBSTRUCTIONS, ETC., IN AREAS AFFECTED BY SCOPE OF WORK. 5. COORDINATE SPRINKLER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS TO MINIMIZE SYSTEM IMPAIRMENT. PROVIDE FIRE WATCH AND INTERIM FIRE PROTECTION MEASURES WHERE REQUIRED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, INSURANCE CARRIER OR OWNER. 6. COORDINATE PIPE ROUTING NEAR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WITH NFPA 70. 7. COORDINATE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURES NEAR HEAT -PRODUCING SOURCES WITH NFPA 13. 8. DO NOT CONNECT MORE THAN ONE SPRINKLER TO AN EXISTING ONE - INCH OUTLET. 9. REMOVE ALL ABANDONED PIPING, FITTINGS, HANGERS, ETC. 10. FORWARD COMPLETED CONTRACTOR MATERIAL TEST CERTIFICATES TO THE OWNER. 11. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. FIRE SPRINKLER DEMOLITION NOTES: 1. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WHICH MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER OF CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 3, OWNER RETAINS RIGHTS OF SALVAGE FOR EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER THE EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO BE SALVAGED AND THE LOCATION FOR STORAGE. AVOID DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND DEVICES DURING DEMOLITION WORK AND DURING TRANSPORT TO OWNER'S DESIGNATED STORAGE LOCATION. 4. REMOVE ITEMS SHOWN HEAVY LINED AND/OR CROSSHATCHED AND/OR NOTED TO BE REMOVED. 5. PERFORM ALL WORK ACCORDING TO THE PHASING SCHEDULE FOR THIS PROJECT. PROVIDE ALL TEMPORARY DESIGN AND/OR CONFIGURATIONS THAT MEET APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS AS NECESSARY TO CONFORM TO THE REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION PHASING OF THE PROJECT. 6. ONLY THE PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING AFFECTED BY THE SCOPE OF THE PROJECT HAVE BEEN SHOWN. INFORMATION SHOWN AS EXISTING TO REMAIN IS NOT BEING MODIFIED AS A PART OF THIS PROJECT. 7. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED SO AS TO NOT INTERRUPT SERVICE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROPERLY NOTIFY THE BUILDING OWNER, LANDLORD, THE LEASER AND ADJACENT TENANTS AS APPLICABLE A MINIMUM OF 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THIS WORK. 8. REMOVE ALL UNUSED AND DEMOLISHED EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED MATERIALS FROM SITE. ABANDONING UNUSED PORTIONS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. 9. AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN FOR NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. 10. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS AND ROOFS WHERE FIRE SPRINKLER COMPONENTS ARE REMOVED AND WHERE THE EXISTING PENETRATION IS NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS. 11. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM(S) NOT ASSOCIATED WITH THE DEMOLITION SHALL BE LEFT IN SERVICE AS APPLICABLE. 12. VERIFY THAT EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN IS OPERATING PROPERLY. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER OF ANY DAMAGED AND/OR MALFUNCTIONING COMPONENTS. 13. ALL SYSTEMS TO BE LEFT IN SERVICE PRIOR TO THE END OF EACH WORKDAY. DUANE S. HENDERSON SECTION 15C: AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM: 15C GENERAL 15C GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ALL REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE A PART OF THIS SECTION. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO THOROUGHLY BECOME FAMILIAR WITH ALL ITS CONTENTS AS TO CODES AND REQUIREMENTS THAT AFFECT THIS DIVISION OR SECTION. THE WORK REQUIRED UNDER THIS SECTION INCLUDES ALL MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES, TRANSPORTATION, SERVICES, AND LABOR REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE ENTIRE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THE SPECIFICATIONS WRITTEN HEREIN AND THE ASSOCIATED DRAWINGS ARE COMPLEMENTARY, AND ANY PORTION OF THE WORK DESCRIBED IN ONE, SHALL BE PROVIDED AS IF DESCRIBED IN BOTH. IN THE EVENT OF DISCREPANCIES ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADVISE THE ENGINEER OF SAME PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK INVOLVED, IN ORDER THAT CORRECT PROGRESS OF THE WORK MAY BE ENSURED. REFER TO SECTION 15B PLUMBING FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT APPLY TO THIS INSTALLATION THAT ARE NOT WRITTEN HEREIN. 15C DEFINITIONS FURNISH: THE TERM ?FURNISH? IS USED TO MEAN ?SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS.? INSTALL: THE TERM ?INSTALL? IS USED TO DESCRIBE OPERATIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE INCLUDING THE ACTUAL ?UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, ERECTION, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO DIMENSION, FINISHING, CURING, PROTECTING, CLEANING, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS.? PROVIDE: THE TERM ?PROVIDE? MEANS ?TO FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE.? FURNISHED BY OWNER OR FURNISHED BY OTHERS: THE ITEM WILL BE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER OR OTHERS. IT IS TO BE INSTALLED AND CONNECTED UNDER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION, COMPLETE AND READY FOR OPERATION, INCLUDING ITEMS INCIDENTAL TO THE WORK, INCLUDING SERVICES NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION. THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE INCLUDED UNDER THE GUARANTEE REQUIRED BY THIS DIVISION. ENGINEER: WHERE REFERENCED IN THIS DIVISION, ?ENGINEER? IS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL FOR THE WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, AND IS A CONSULTANT TO, AND AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF, THE ARCHITECT, AS DEFINED IN THE GENERAL AND/OR SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. WHEN USED IN THIS DIVISION, IT MEANS INCREASED INVOLVEMENT BY, AND OBLIGATIONS TO, THE ENGINEER, IN ADDITION TO INVOLVEMENT BY, AND OBLIGATIONS TO, THE ?ARCHITECT?. AHJ: THE CODE AND/OR INSPECTION AGENCY (AUTHORITY) HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. THE TERMS "APPROVED EQUAL", ?EQUIVALENT?, OR "EQUAL" ARE USED SYNONYMOUSLY AND SHALL MEAN ?ACCEPTED BY OR ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENGINEER AS EQUIVALENT TO THE ITEM OR MANUFACTURER SPECIFIED?. THE TERM "APPROVED" SHALL MEAN LABELED, LISTED, OR BOTH, ' BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY (E.G. UL, ETL, CSA), AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ OVER THIS PROJECT. 15C INSPECTION OF SITE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERSONALLY INSPECT THE SITE OF THE PROPOSED WORK AND BECOME FULLY INFORMED AS TO THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE DONE. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED SUFFICIENT JUSTIFICATION TO REQUEST OR OBTAIN EXTRA COMPENSATION OVER AND ABOVE THE CONTRACT PRICE. 15C SCOPE PROVIDE COMPLETE WITH ALL RELATED ITEMS, A WET -PIPE, AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE BUILDING, OR AREA OF WORK SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE APPROVED AND STATE LICENSED FOR DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. THE WORK DONE UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE PERFORMED ONLY BY A CONTRACTOR WHOSE WORKMEN ARE EXPERIENCED AND REGULARLY ENGAGED IN THE INSTALLATION OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE CAPABLE OF PREPARING HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS AND SYSTEM LAYOUTS. PROVIDE ALL FIRE SPRINKLER ALARM DEVICES INCLUDING WATERFLOW ALARM AND VALVE TAMPER SWITCHES FOR ALL SYSTEM CONTROL VALVES. PROVIDE A NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ ON THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING AT 8? -0? ABOVE FINISHED GRADE ADJACENT TO THE FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION. COORDINATE ALL WIRING AND CONDUIT FOR A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL INSTALLATION. SYSTEM SHALL, AT A MINIMUM, BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF NFPA 13, 24, UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL), AND MUST BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER?S INSURER, THE AHJ AND ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE AND NATIONAL CODES AND STANDARDS. WHERE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE REFERENCED CODES, STANDARDS, ETC., THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. WORK SHALL INCLUDE, BUT SHALL NOT NECESSARILY BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1) ALL UNDERGROUND PIPING (WHICH PERTAINS TO THE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM) AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, INCLUDING ALL REQUIRED PIPE, VALVES, ETC., AS WELL AS THE REQUIRED PREPARATORY AND FINISHING WORK SUCH AS TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT. PROVIDE THRUST BLOCKS, SUPERVISED POST INDICATING VALVE, AND VALVE PIT AS REQUIRED OR SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 2) CONNECTION TO CITY MAIN SHALL BE A WET TAP AND SHALL INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED FITTINGS, VALVES, METER VAULTS, BACKFLOW PREVENTERS, BACKFLOW PREVENTER VAULT, ETC. PROVIDE BACKFLOW PREVENTION EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. 3) DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF A COMPLETE WET -PIPE, AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR THE AREA OF WORK SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. 4) PORTIONS OF SYSTEMS SUBJECT TO FREEZING OR TEMPERATURES BELOW 40° F SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST FREEZING AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRS AND FOR ALL COSTS INCURRED FROM DAMAGE CAUSED BY FREEZING OF THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. 5) PROVIDE OVERHEAD SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR FREEZERS AND COOLER BOXES. SPRINKLERS WITHIN COOLERS AND FREEZERS SHALL BE OF THE DRY PENDENT TYPE. 6) INSTALLATION OF THE FIRE SPRINKLER MONITORING PANEL ADJACENT TO THE SPRINKLER RISER AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. COORDINATE THE CONNECTION OF ALL INSTALLED FIRE SPRINKLER ALARM DEVICES. 15C SYSTEM DESIGN CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY DESIGN CRITERIA AND RATING HAZARDS WITH THE OWNER?S INSURER PRIOR TO DESIGNING THE SYSTEM. WATERFLOW AND PRESSURE TEST DATA SHALL BE ACQUIRED BEFORE SYSTEM IS CALCULATED AND BE DATED NOT MORE THAN 12 MONTHS PRIOR TO THE SUBMITTAL OF SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS. ARRANGEMENTS FOR AND COST OF FLOW TESTS SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED INCLUDING SUPPLY AND DEMAND GRAPH; ALL HYDRAULIC REFERENCE POINTS AND AREA OF APPLICATION SHALL APPEAR ON THE PLAN. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH AHJ ANY MINIMUM SAFETY FACTOR REQUIREMENTS. DEMAND SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 10% BELOW THE SUPPLY AT THE DEMAND POINT. PROTECT ENTIRE BUILDING, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE WITH A WET TYPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. DESIGN SYSTEM FOR LIGHT HAZARD, 0.10 GPM/SF OVER THE HYDRAULICALLY REMOTE 1500 SF AREA. INCLUDE MINIMUM 100 GPM HOSE ALLOWANCE ADDED AT THE BASE OF RISER. PROTECT ENTIRE BUILDING, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE WITH A WET TYPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. DESIGN SYSTEM FOR ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 2, 0.20 GPM/SF OVER THE HYDRAULICALLY REMOTE 1500 SF AREA. INCLUDE MINIMUM 250 GPM HOSE ALLOWANCE ADDED AT THE BASE OF RISER. PROTECT MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND STORAGE AREAS/ ROOMS WITH A WET TYPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. DESIGN SYSTEM FOR ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 1, 0.15 GPM/SF OVER THE HYDRAULICALLY REMOTE 1500 SF AREA OR ENTIRE AREA, WHICHEVER IS SMALLER. INCLUDE MINIMUM 250 GPM HOSE ALLOWANCE ADDED AT THE BASE OF RISER. RESTAURANT SEATING AREAS MAY BE DESIGNED FOR LIGHT HAZARD DENSITY WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE AHJ. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS, THE FINAL SYSTEM DESIGN, AND THE LAYOUT OF ALL COMPONENTS OF THE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED FOR APPROVAL BY THE OWNER?S INSURER AND THE AHJ. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING SYSTEM LAYOUT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS. CHANGES TO SYSTEM DESIGN DUE TO LACK OF COORDINATION SHALL BE PAID FOR BY THIS CONTRACTOR. DESIGNS REQUIRING CUTTING OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS FOR PASSAGE OF SPRINKLER PIPES OR HANGERS SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. WHEN DESIGN APPEARANCE OR SIMILAR ASPECTS REQUIRE CUTTING, DUE TO ECONOMY, IT SHALL BE HELD TO AN ABSOLUTE MINIMUM AND DONE ONLY WITH THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER?S WRITTEN APPROVAL. ANY EXCESSIVE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS TYPE SHALL BE IDENTIFIED DURING THE BID PERIOD.\ SPRINKLER SPACING SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA 13. EXTENDED COVERAGE SPRINKLERS SHALL NOT BE USED IN UNFINISHED (SHELL) SPACES. THE HYDRAULIC AREA OF OPERATION SHALL NOT BE REDUCED AS ALLOWED BY NFPA 13 FOR AREAS UTILIZING QUICK RESPONSE SPRINKLERS. 15C SHOP DRAWINGS SIX (6) COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE ARCHITECT AND/OR ENGINEER, FOR HIS APPROVAL. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AS EARLY AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT THE PROJECT SCHEDULE. ALLOW FOR TWO WEEKS ENGINEER REVIEW TIME PLUS MAILING TIME PLUS A DUPLICATION OF THIS TIME FOR RESUBMITTAL IF REQUIRED. SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL NOT CONTAIN HEI?S FIRM NAME OR LOGO, NOR SHALL IT CONTAIN THE HEI?S ENGINEERS? SEAL AND SIGNATURE. THEY SHALL NOT BE COPIES OF HEI?S WORK PRODUCT. IF THE CONTRACTOR DESIRES TO USE ELEMENTS OF SUCH PRODUCT, REFER TO PARAGRAPH ?ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES? FOR PROCEDURES TO BE USED. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 13 FOR WORKING LEVEL DRAWINGS AND SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1) SUBMIT WORKING PLANS PER NFPA 13 INCLUDING LAYOUT DRAWINGS OF THE COMPLETE OVERHEAD SPRINKLER SYSTEM INDICATING RELATIONSHIP OF SPRINKLER PIPING AND SPRINKLERS TO ALL OTHER OVERHEAD ITEMS INCLUDING CEILING GRID AND TILES, LIGHT FIXTURES, DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, GRILLES, DUCTWORK, STRUCTURE, SOFFITS, OBSTRUCTIONS, ETC. LOCATION OF RISERS, PIPING, ETC., SHALL BE AS INCONSPICUOUS AS POSSIBLE AND SHALL FULFILL ALL FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS. SYSTEM DESIGN CAPABILITIES AND DEMAND SHALL ALSO BE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2) SUBMIT COMPLETE DETAILS AND SECTIONS AS REQUIRED TO CLEARLY DEFINE AND CLARIFY THE DESIGN, INCLUDING A MATERIALS LIST DESCRIBING ALL PROPOSED MATERIALS BY MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND CATALOG NUMBER. 3) HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS. 4) PRODUCT DATA FOR ALL FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM COMPONENTS. CLEARLY INDICATE COMPONENTS TO BE USED WHERE MULTIPLE COMPONENTS APPEAR ON THE SAME CUT SHEET. WHERE REQUIRED BY THE AHJ, CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER OR NICET STAMP AND SIGNATURE ON THEIR SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL. HEI IS NOT RESPONSIBLE AND WILL NOT PROVIDE THIS. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE PRODUCED USING COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN. HAND DRAWN DOCUMENTS WILL NOT BE REVIEWED OR APPROVED. REFER TO DIVISION 1 FOR ACCEPTANCE OF ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS FOR THIS PROJECT. FOR ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE DOCUMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER THAT THE SHOP DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN POSTED. IF ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ARE NOT DEFINED IN DIVISION 1, CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE THE WEBSITE, USER NAME AND PASSWORD INFORMATION NEEDED TO ACCESS THE SUBMITTALS. FOR SUBMITTALS SENT BY E-MAIL, CONTRACTOR SHALL COPY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER?S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVES. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW THE ENGINEER REVIEW TIME AS SPECIFIED ABOVE IN THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY THE DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO PURCHASE THE MATERIALS AND/OR EQUIPMENT IN THE ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL AND SHALL CLEARLY INDICATE THE MATERIALS, PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND ACCESSORIES BEING PROPOSED. GENERAL PRODUCT CATALOG DATA NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED TO BE PART OF THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT WILL BE REJECTED AND RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW. 15C ELECTRONIC DRAWINGS IN PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS OR RECORD DRAWINGS, CONTRACTOR MAY, AT HIS OPTION, OBTAIN ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES IN AUTOCAD VERSION 14, 2006 OR DXF FORMAT, AS DESIRED, FROM THE ENGINEER FOR A FEE OF $200 FOR A DRAWING SET UP TO 12 SHEETS AND $15 PER SHEET FOR A SET OF MORE THAN 12 SHEETS. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ENGINEER TO OBTAIN THE NECESSARY RELEASE AGREEMENT FORM AND TO SPECIFY SHIPPING METHOD AND DRAWING FORMAT. PAYMENT MUST BE RECEIVED BEFORE ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES WILL BE SENT. 15C RECORD DRAWINGS DURING PROGRESS OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN AN ACCURATE RECORD OF ALL CHANGES MADE IN THE INSTALLATION OF THE SYSTEM. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, ACCURATELY TRANSFER ALL RECORD INFORMATION TO THREE IDENTICAL SETS OF THE APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. INSERT ONE SET INTO EACH COPY OF THE MANUAL DESCRIBED BELOW. 15C SYSTEM MANUAL UPON COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION, AND AS A CONDITION OF ITS ACCEPTANCE, CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPILE THREE 8-1/2" BY 11" MANUALS, FIRMLY BOUND IN HEAVYWEIGHT PLASTIC OR PAPER COVER TO WITHSTAND HARD USE. LOOSE-LEAF BINDING IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. MANUALS SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE ARCHITECT, AND SHALL CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: 1) IDENTIFICATION CLEARLY VISIBLE ON OR THROUGH THE COVER, THE NAME OF THE PROJECT AND "FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM MANUAL?. 2) NEATLY TYPED INDEX AT FRONT WITH ALL EMERGENCY INFORMATION CLEARLY IDENTIFIED. 3) COMPLETE LIST OF ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS WITH MANUFACTURER'S NAMES, CATALOG NUMBERS, AND ALL DATA FOR ORDERING PARTS. 4) ONE COPY OF THE RECORD DRAWINGS, AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. 5) ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED TO SECURE EMERGENCY REPAIRS OR SERVICE. 6) TEST REPORTS AND CERTIFICATES INCLUDE ?CONTRACTOR?S MATERIAL AND TEST CERTIFICATE(S) FOR UNDERGROUND PIPING? AND ?CONTRACTOR?S MATERIAL AND TEST CERTIFICATE(S) FOR ABOVEGROUND PIPING? AS DESCRIBED IN NFPA 13. 15C GUARANTEE THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. LABOR (INCLUDING TRAVEL EXPENSES) TO TROUBLE -SHOOT, REPAIR, REPROGRAM, OR REPLACE COMPONENTS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THIS CONTRACTOR AT NO CHARGE DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD. 15C MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION 15C PRODUCTS ALL FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL BE UNDERWRITER?S LABORATORIES LISTED FOR THEIR INTENDED USE. 15C PIPING AND COMPONENTS UNDERGROUND PIPING SHALL BE CEMENT LINED DUCTILE IRON OR OTHER APPROVED OR LISTED MATERIAL, INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA AND FM STANDARDS; FIRE MAIN SHALL INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED FITTINGS AND VALVES. SPRINKLER PIPING 2-1/2" AND LARGER SHALL BE SCHEDULE 10 OR SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL. SPRINKLER PIPING 2? AND SMALLER SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40. PIPES SHALL HAVE WELDED, THREADED, OR MECHANICALLY JOINED FITTINGS, BASED ON THE PIPE MATERIAL AND SIZE PER NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS. ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVES TO SCHEDULE 10 AND SCHEDULE 40 PIPE SHALL BE MANUFACTURED TO STANDARDS RECOGNIZED BY NFPA 13. PIPE SHALL HAVE A CORROSION RESISTANCE RATING OF 1.0 OR GREATER. CRIMP -TYPE COUPLINGS SHALL NOT BE USED. THREADABLE THINWALL PIPE WITH CORROSION RESISTANCE RATING LESS THAN 1.0 NOT PERMITTED. ALL PIPING ON THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING AND/OR EXPOSED TO THE ELEMENTS SHALL BE EXTERNALLY GALVANIZED. 15C SPRINKLERS SPRINKLERS IN AREAS WITH GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS SHALL BE FULLY CONCEALED TYPE WITH COVERPLATES PAINTED TO MATCH CEILING COLOR. SPRINKLERS IN AREAS WITH SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS SHALL BE FULLY CONCEALED TYPE WITH COVERPLATES PAINTED TO MATCH CEILING COLOR. PROVIDE QUICK RESPONSE SPRINKLERS IN ALL LIGHT HAZARD AREAS. 15C SERVICE ENTRANCE FIRE PROTECTION SERVICE ENTRANCE SHALL BE LOCATED WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. THE SERVICE SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A UL LISTED BACKFLOW PREVENTER ASSEMBLY AS REQUIRED BY THE AHJ. ASSEMBLY SHALL INCLUDE APPROVED OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE (OS&Y) VALVES WITH TAMPER SWITCHES. SPRINKLER SYSTEM RISER SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN APPROVED TYPE INDICATING CONTROL VALVE WITH TAMPER SWITCH, WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH, NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE, CHECK VALVE, SYSTEM DRAIN TERMINATING OUTDOORS, GAUGES AND FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION WITH CHECK VALVE. EACH RISER SHALL MEET NFPA 13 STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCEPTABLE VALVE ARRANGEMENTS. IF BACKFLOW PREVENTER IS LOCATED AT THE SERVICE ENTRANCE AND BUILDING IS PROTECTED WITH A SINGLE RISER, SEPARATE CONTROL VALVE AND CHECK VALVE MAY BE OMITTED. PROVIDE NEXT TO THE SPRINKLER RISER, A PRINTED SHEET, PROTECTED BY GLASS OR A TRANSPARENT PLASTIC COVER, GIVING BRIEF INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING CONTROL, EMERGENCY PROCEDURE AND OTHER DATA AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 13. FOR HYDRAULICALLY DESIGNED SYSTEMS, A PLACARD MUST BE PERMANENTLY ATTACHED TO THE RISER INDICATING THE LOCATION, AND THE BASIS OF DESIGN (DISCHARGE DENSITY AND SYSTEM DEMAND). ALL CONTROL VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCHES, WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCHES AND SPRINKLER SYSTEM EQUIPMENT PANELS REQUIRING INTERCONNECTION TO THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A LINE SEIZURE TYPE AUTOMATICQ DIALER (ADEMCO OR EQUAL) AND RELATED TELEPHONE WIRING FOR REMOTE MONITORING OF FIRE SPRINKLER ALARM DEVICES AND OPERATION OF THE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. PROVIDE ROUGH BRASS SIAMESE FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION WITH TWO INDIVIDUAL TYPE DROP CLAPPER VALVES AND DRAIN, LOCATED ON BUILDING WALL WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH PIN LUG TYPE BRASS HOSE INLET CAPS WITH CHAINS. HOSE THREADS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE CHECK VALVE SIZED PER NFPA 13 WITH 3/4" BALL DRIP DRAIN PIPED TO THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING. FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION SHALL BE PERMANENTLY LABELED ?AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION?. PROVIDE STORZ FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION: UL LISTED 4?, 5? OR 6? ROUGH BRASS FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION WITH DRAIN, LOCATED WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH 30' ELBOW, AND HOSE INLET CAP WITH CHAIN. PROVIDE CHECK VALVE SIZED PER NFPA 13 WITH 3/4? BALL DRIP DRAIN PIPED TO THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING. FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION SHALL BE PERMANENTLY LABELED ?AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION?. PROVIDE A CABINET CONTAINING SPARE SPRINKLERS AND APPROPRIATE WRENCH(ES) PER NFPA 13, AT THE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SERVICE ENTRANCE AREA. 15C EXECUTION 15C PIPING AND FINISHES EXCAVATION, TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL SECTION OF THE PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS. PIPING IN AREAS HAVING CEILINGS, OTHER THAN THE UNDERSIDE OF THE ROOF DECK, SHALL BE CONCEALED. PIPING IN AREAS WITHOUT CEILINGS MAY BE EXPOSED BUT KEPT AT A MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM THE DECK. ALL PIPING SHALL BE CLEAN AND FREE OF RUST. INSTALL SYSTEM SUCH THAT ALL PIPING IS RIGIDLY SECURED AND SUPPORTED. ALL DUCTWORK, LIGHTS, STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND MAIN RUNS OF PIPING SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SPRINKLER PIPING. CUTTING OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS FOR PASSAGE OF SPRINKLER PIPES OR HANGERS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. ALL HORIZONTAL PIPING IN CEILING SPACE SHALL BE AT AN ELEVATION ABOVE THE TOP OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR OUTLETS TO ALLOW FOR ACCESS TO LIGHT FIXTURES AND AIR OUTLETS WITHOUT REMOVING HORIZONTAL PIPING. ROUTE ALL SPRINKLER PIPING AND PROVIDE ALL OFFSETS, BENDS, AND ELBOWS AROUND ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AS REQUIRED. WHERE EXPOSED PIPING PASSES THROUGH FINISH WORK, CHROME PLATED (OR OTHER FINISH ACCEPTABLE TO THE ARCHITECT) SPLIT WALL PLATES OR ESCUTCHEONS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO FIT SNUGLY AROUND THE PIPING. WHERE PIPING IS CONCEALED OR INSTALLED IN UNFINISHED AREAS, SUITABLE PLATES SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EACH PENETRATION TO ASSURE EFFECTIVENESS OF CONSTRUCTION AS A FIRE STOP. ALL OPENINGS FOR PIPING SHALL BE ANTICIPATED AND INDICATED ON THE APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. ANY ADDITIONAL CUTTING OF OPENINGS MUST HAVE THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT. PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED PARALLEL TO MAJOR BUILDING LINES. DESIGN SHALL ALLOW FOR SUITABLE DRAINAGE OF SYSTEM, ALL TO MEET WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE AFOREMENTIONED AUTHORITIES. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED. ALL DRAIN LOCATIONS REQUIRING ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SPRINKLERS IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 6 - INCHES FROM THE GRID IN ALL DIRECTIONS. SPRINKLERS IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS SHALL BE 1 FOOT FROM THE GRID IN BOTH DIRECTIONS OR CENTERED IN CEILING TILES. SPRINKLER LOCATIONS IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 15C COORDINATION Q CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE CONNECTION OF THE FIRE SPRINKLER ALARM DEVICES TO THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM OR FIRE SPRINKLER MONITORING PANEL AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE ALL SCHEDULING AND WORK WITH OTHER TRADES SO AS TO PREVENT CONFLICTS, AND TO ENSURE ORDERLY PROGRESS OF THE WORK, WITH A MINIMUM OF DELAYS. WHEN SPRINKLER PIPING IS INSTALLED WITHOUT COORDINATING WITH OTHER TRADES AND CONFLICTS OCCUR, SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE RELOCATED AS REQUIRED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER TO RESOLVE THE CONFLICTS. 15C PENETRATIONS SEAL ALL FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR, WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WATERTIGHT AND WEATHERTIGHT. CAULK AROUND FIRE PROTECTION PENETRATIONS WITH 3M CP -25, OR APPROVED EQUAL FIRE BARRIER CAULK (THICKNESS AS REQUIRED AND RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER) TO MAINTAIN FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF FIRE - RATED ASSEMBLIES. 15C TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE THE AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, AS SOON AS POSSIBLE, WHEN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION ALLOWS. FOLLOWING SYSTEM INSTALLATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PLACE THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE. AFTER THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN PLACED IN SERVICE FOR CONTINUOUS USE, WATER CHARGES, IF ANY WILL BE PAID BY OWNER. UPON COMPLETION OF THE SYSTEMS INSTALLATION, AND PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY THE ENGINEER AND OWNER, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE GENERAL OPERATING TESTS TO DEMONSTRATE THAT ALL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE IN PROPER WORKING ORDER, AND ARE FUNCTIONING IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. PRIOR TO CONNECTING TO THE OVERHEAD SPRINKLER PIPING, THE UNDERGROUND MAIN SHALL BE FLUSHED THOROUGHLY AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 24. SECURE ALL REQUIRED APPROVALS OF THE FLUSHING OPERATION. ABOVE GROUND PIPING SHALL BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13. ALL SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE HYDROSTATICALLY TESTED AT A MINIMUM PRESSURE OF 200 -PSI FOR A MINIMUM 2 -HOUR PERIOD OF TIME. CORRECT ANY FAULTY OR LEAKING JOINTS AND PIPE. THE USE OF ANY SUBSTANCE OR MATERIAL ADDED TO THE WATER TO CORRECT LEAKS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. CAULKING OF DEFECTIVE JOINTS, CRACKS OR HOLES WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. TESTS SHALL BE REPEATED AFTER DEFECTS HAVE BEEN ELIMINATED. ALL TESTS SHALL BE MADE IN THE PRESENCE OF THE AHJ AND/OR THE OWNER?S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE. UPON COMPLETION OF EACH PHASE OF THE INSTALLATION, EACH SYSTEM SHALL BE TESTED IN CONFORMANCE WITH LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO PROPERLY TEST ALL SPRINKLER EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, AND HE SHALL ASSUME ALL COSTS INVOLVED IN MAKING THE TESTS, AND REPAIRING AND/OR REPLACING ALL DAMAGE RESULTING THEREFROM. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, THREE (3) WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO MAKING SPRINKLER SYSTEM TESTS. CONCEALED WORK SHALL REMAIN UNCOVERED UNTIL THE REQUIRED TESTS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED, BUT IF NECESSARY DUE TO CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURE, TESTS ON PORTIONS OF THE WORK MAY BE MADE, AND IF SATISFACTORY, THE WORK MAY BE CONCEALED. 15C INSTRUCTIONS AFTER COMPLETION OF ALL INSTALLATION, TESTS,ETC.,AND PRIOR TO THE FINAL ACCEPTANCE DATE, THE CONTRACTOSHALL INSTRUCT THE BUILDING OWNER AND HIS SELECTED PERSONNEL IN THE OPERATION OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND THE PROCEDURE TO CONDUCTQ Q UARTERLY MAIN DRAIN TESTS AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 25. Q SPECIAL CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO MAKE SURE THE BUILDING PERSONNEL WILL IMMEDIATELY RECOGNIZE WHETHER THE MAIN VALVE IS IN AN OPEN POSITION, WILL KNOW HOW TO DRAIN THE SYSTEM, AND WILL KNOW HOW TO TEST THE SYSTEM. THE BUILDING PERSONNEL SHALL ALSO BE MADE FAMILIAR WITH THE EXISTENCE AND CONTENTS OF THE SYSTEM MANUAL DESCRIBED IN THIS SPECIFICATION. END OF SECTION 15C (003 � pg4P0RAT130e 1.101/ vuCitimi 44 NOTE: EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. RECEIVE') env OF T1 !sewn A JAN 07 2013 'f3P Ar'x CENTER 1HENDERSON ENGINEERS 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KS 66214 TEL 913 742 5000 Fax 913 742 5001 www.hei-eng.com 1250002493 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER: 1754 EXPIRES 06/30/13 _O N co Y N CC < 0 Ill Y 0Z CC • W Lo O N • ai O(o N. CO • W W cQ • O <( J • J Cf) LU a) o � J � r1) LC) O O THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for ally part of this Project which do not bear the Architects'seal. The Architects services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of an integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project COMPLY CH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals are obtained, VERIFY ACTUAL CONDRIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated. CALCULOIE & MEASURE dimensions DO NOT SCOE drawings unless otherwise directed. p r o j e c t t i t l e CD.A --J Lil wZ � w 1iou g.) CY) I= 0 LU 0 GO JC LU r -- z LU r- 0 O CD Co CN p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal d r a i n g t i t l e MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS d r a w i n g n u m b e r MPS DUANE S. HENDERSON 3/4"CW 1 /2"CW —\/ (TP1) WATER RISER NO SCALE 2"SS HUBBED P—TRAP ABOVE FLOOR BENEATH SINK rr Iii'1747]5-1- III III 1 II ol...... ur. 1 I -->r- 1j �L r' PLUMBING SYMBOLS NOTE: THIS IS A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS, ETC. ARE NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS. PLUMBING NOTES ANNOTATION PIPING O PLUMBING PLAN NOTE CALLOUT PLUMBING EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION. (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED). REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE OR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER SECTION CUT DESIGNATION ABBREVIATIONS AFF AFG AHU BFF BFG BOP BOS BTU CPVC ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AIR HANDLING UNIT BELOW FINISHED FLOOR BELOW FINISHED GRADE BOTTOM OF PIPE BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE BRITISH THERMAL UNIT CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE DN DOWN DFU DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT DS DOWNSPOUT ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER FD FLOOR DRAIN FFA FROM FLOOR ABOVE FFB FROM FLOOR BELOW FF FINISHED FLOOR FL FLOW LINE FLA FULL LOAD AMPS FLR FLOOR GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE HD HEAD, HUB DRAIN IE INVERT ELEVATION IN WC INCHES OF WATER COLUMN JB JUNCTION BOX J—BOX JUNCTION BOX kW KILOWATT MAU MAKE—UP AIR UNIT MAX MAXIMUM MBH 1000 BTU PER HOUR MH MIN N/C N/0 ORD PDI PVC PRV RD RPM RTU SF SP SS SEWER, TDH TFA TFB TYP UL INC. UNO UPS V VCP VS VTR W/ W/O WC WS WSFU MANHOLE MINIMUM NORMALLY CLOSED NORMALLY OPEN OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN PLUMBING DRAINAGE INSTITUTE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ROOF DRAIN REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE ROOFTOP UNIT SQUARE FEET, SUPPLY FAN SUMP PUMP STAINLESS STEEL, SANITARY SOIL STACK TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD TO FLOOR ABOVE TO FLOOR BELOW TYPICAL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY VOLT(S) VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE VENT STACK VENT THROUGH ROOF WITH WITHOUT WATER COLUMN WASTE STACK WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNIT 15.202 15.201 15.203 CD 9 TYP EXISTING STRUCTURAL FOOTING. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION AND SIZE. DO NOT ALTER OR UNDERMINE EXISTING FOOTING. IWH1) C PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 1 /4"=1'—O" NORTH SCW 140' T - S — W — W - GW — — —GW— — — ST — — — —ST— — — — OST - --VBG - --VBF ID CD G — — — —G— — — — MPG — — —MPG— — — WS FP PD V t01 1r rrl DOMESTIC COLD WATER (CW) SOFTENED COLD WATER (SCW) DOMESTIC HOT WATER (HW) DOMESTIC HOT WATER RECIRC. (HWR) 140' DOMESTIC HOT WATER (140°) TRAP PRIMER LINE (T) SOIL PIPING — ABOVE FLOOR (S) SOIL PIPING — BELOW FLOOR (S) WASTE PIPING - ABOVE FLOOR (W) WASTE PIPING — BELOW FLOOR (W) GREASE WASTE — ABOVE FLOOR (GW) GREASE WASTE — BELOW FLOOR (GW) STORM DRAIN — ABOVE FLOOR (ST) STORM DRAIN — BELOW FLOOR (ST) OVERFLOW STORM DRAIN — ABOVE FLOOR (OST) VENT BELOW GRADE (VBG) VENT BELOW FLOOR (VBF) INDIRECT DRAIN (ID) CONDENSATE DRAIN (CD) NATURAL GAS (G) NATURAL GAS ON ROOF (G) MEDIUM PRESSURE NATURAL GAS (MPG) MEDIUM PRESSURE NATURAL GAS ON ROOF (MPG) WATER SERVICE (WS) FIRE PROTECTION (FP) CONDENSATE PUMP DISCHARGE (PD) EXISTING PIPING TO BE REMOVED EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN VENT PIPING (V) SQUARE FLOOR DRAIN (FS), SIZE & TYPE ROUND FLOOR DRAIN (FD), SIZE & TYPE ROOF DRAIN (RD), SIZE & TYPE BALL VALVE CONTROL VALVE SHUTOFF VALVE CHECK VALVE BALANCING VALVE WITH PRESSURE PORTS WATER METER STRAINER STRAINER WITH BLOWOFF RELIEF/SAFETY VALVE SOLENOID VALVE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE BACKFLOW PREVENTER 9 PRESSURE GAUGE I THERMOMETER UNION FLANGE CONNECTION HOSE BIBB (HB) NONFREEZE WALL HYDRANT (NW) MANUAL / AUTOMATIC AIR VENT OR VACUUM RELIEF VALVE CLEANOUT CAP 0 -II WALL CLEANOUT (WCO) FLOOR CLEANOUT (FCO) ❑o EXTERIOR CLEANOUT (ECO) ELBOW UP ELBOW DOWN TEE UP TEE DOWN K2 ELBOW UP WITH SHUT—OFF 'O X "A" t • AO VALVE (SOV) ELBOW DOWN WITH SHUT—OFF VALVE (SOV) TEE UP WITH SHUT—OFF VALVE (SOV) TEE DOWN WITH SHUT—OFF VALVE (SOV) WATER HAMMER ARRESTER (WHA) WITH PDI SIZES, (A, B, C, D, & E) RECIRCULATION PUMP P—TRAP GAS COCK TRAP PRIMER TRAP PRIMER WITH DISTRIBUTION UNIT 1. EACH CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR HAVING THOROUGH KNOWLEDGE OF ALL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AS THEY RELATE TO THIS WORK. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE ALLOWED DUE TO LACK OF THIS KNOWLEDGE. 2. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION IN ALL RESPECTS READY FOR INTENDED USE AND IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 3. COORDINATE SEWER, GAS, AND WATER CONNECTIONS WITH CIVIL AND AHJ. PROVIDE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE AND BACKFLOW PREVENTER AS SHOWN OR REQUIRED BY AHJ. 4. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAMS AND PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR ALL PIPING AND PIPE SIZES NOT SHOWN ON PLAN. 5. FIELD ADJUST WATER CLOSET FLUSHING MECHANISM FOR PROPER FLUSHING OPERATION. 6. SANITARY AND STORM SEWER PIPING SHOWN IS BASED ON 1/4" PER FOOT FALL FOR ALL PIPE SMALLER THAN 4" DIAMETER AND 1/8" PER FOOT FALL FOR PIPE 4" DIAMETER AND LARGER. 7. ALL SEWER PIPING BELOW SLAB TO BE 2" DIAMETER MINIMUM. 8. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS TO ALL CONCEALED VALVES AND CLEAN—OUTS; AND NOT ABOVE AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING. 9. PROVIDE TRAP SEAL PRIMERS AS SHOWN OR AS REQUIRED BY AHJ. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY REQUIREMENTS. 10. INSTALL VTR'S, EXHAUST FANS, AND FLUES A MINIMUM 5'-0" FROM PARAPET OR OUTSIDE WALL AND 10'-0" MINIMUM FROM EQUIPMENT WITH OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE. 11. INSTALL WATER PIPE ON INSIDE OF EXTERIOR WALL INSULATION TO PREVENT FREEZING. 12. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING BASED ON APPROPRIATE SEISMIC ZONE REQUIREMENTS PER LOCAL AND NATIONAL CODES. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY INCLUDES STRUCTURAL ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATION ON DETAILS SUBMITTED FOR PERMITTING. 13. PROVIDE FIRE SEAL WHERE PIPES PENETRATE FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY. 14. SEAL ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS WATER TIGHT TO PREVENT SEEPAGE INTO ADJOINING SPACE. 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL VIDEO/SCOPE AND JET THE EXISTING SANITARY LINES BACK TO THE LANDLORD SYSTEM AND PROVIDE A STATUS REPORT FOR THE OVERALL DISTANCE AND CONDITION. FURNISH ONE COPY OF THE FINAL REPORT WITH ONE COPY OF THE DVD TO THE LL/OPERATIONS MANAGER AND HELZBERG CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. SPRINKLER NOTES 1. PROTECT THE BUILDING BY WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS, NATIONAL FIRE CODES, AND THE LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL. 2. THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA 13, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES. BASE SYSTEM DESIGN UPON WATER FLOW TEST READINGS. PROVIDE RISER SHUT OFF VALVES (OS&Y), BACKFLOW PREVENTER, FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS, SUPERVISED FLOW, AND TAMPER SWITCHES AS REQUIRED AND IN LOCATION AS DIRECTED BY LOCAL AHJ. 3. LIGHTING, DUCTWORK, AND POWER DROP LOCATIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER FIRE PROTECTION LINES AND SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS. 4. 5. 6. PROVIDE FIRE SPRINKLER DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS. HAVE A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS WHERE REQUIRED BY AHJ. MODIFY SPRINKLER SYSTEM PER NEW LAYOUT PER APPLICABLE CODES. INSTALL FULLY RECESSED TYPE HEADS. COVER PLATE COLOR TO MATCH FINISH SURFACE COLOR. USE LANDLORD SPECIFIED CONTRACTOR FOR MODIFICATIONS AND ADDITIONS TO SPRINKLER SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE COMPLETE SYSTEM INCLUDING DESIGN AND PERMITS. KEYNOTES b(3- 6d3 (15.201) CONNECT TO EXISTING 4" SANITARY SEWER IN THIS VICINITY. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION AND DIRECTION OF FLOW AND INVERT PRIOR TO TRENCHING. COORDINATE ALL TRENCHING INVOLVED WITH SEWER ROUTING WITH LANDLORD BEFORE SUBMITTING BID. (15.202) CONNECT TO EXISTING SANITARY VENT PIPING IN THIS VICINITY. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION AND SIZE. (15.203) CONNECT TO EXISTING 3/4" DOMESTIC WATER PIPING IN THIS VICINITY. FIELD VERIFY DOMESTIC WATER PIPE LOCATION AND SIZING. (15.204) (15.205) ROUTE CONDENSATE PIPING FROM RTU THROUGH WATERPROOF PENETRATION IN THE SIDE OF RTU CURB INTO SPACE. (15.206) DISCHARGE CONDENSATE INTO HUB DRAIN BENEATH LAVATORY. OFFSET WASTE PIPE IN WALL AS REQUIRED TO AVOID STRUCTURAL FOOTING. FIELD VERIFY FOOTING LOCATION AND SIZE. NOTE: EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS—BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. RECEIVED crN OF 111WiAn iA I JAN 0 7 2013 PERMIT CENTER H ij ENGINEERSO. 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KS 66214 TEL 913 742 5000 FAX 913 742 5001 www.hei-eng.com 1250002493 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER: 1754 EXPIRES 06/30/13 THIS THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. NI Drawings, Specifications, ideas andesigns, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for any part of this Project which do not bear the Architect's seal. The Architects services am undertaken onty in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of an integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals are obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated. CALCJU1E & MEASURE dimensions - DO NOT SCALE drawings unless demise directed. p r o j e c t t i t. l e p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 d r a w i n g i s s u a n c e PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal drawing i t I e PLUMBING FLOOR FLAN d r a w i n g n u m b e r P 1 DUANE S. HENDERSON SECURE PIPE HANGER TO STRUCTURE (TYP) THREADED STEEL ROD WITH NUT AND WASHER BOTH SIDES (TYP). CLEVIS HANGER, SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SIZE HANGER FOR COLD PIPE OUTSIDE DIAMETER PLUS INSULATION THICKNESS. DO NOT PENETRATE INSULATION WITH HANGER. PROVIDE A SECTION OF HIGH DENSITY INSULATION OR STYROFOAM BILLETS AT EACH HANGER OF COLD INSULATED PIPE. INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER SCHEDULE MARK AREA SERVED MANUFACTURER MODEL V/PH/HZ KW IWH1 RESTROOM EEMAX SP3208 208/1/60 3 GENERAL INFORMATION (ALL UNITS): 1. 110'F OUTLET TEMPERATURE. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL CHOOSE A SCHEDULED UNIT OR A COMPARABLE UNIT OF A DIFFERENT MANUFACTURER. CLEVIS HANGER, SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SIZE HANGER FOR HOT PIPE OUTSIDE DIAMETER. PROVIDE SHORT j�CUT INSULATION TO INSULATION SHIELD % ��, FIT AROUND FOR LAPPING HANGER. SEAL INSULATION JACKET EXPOSED OVER HIGH DENSITY INSULATION ENDS INSULATION OR WITH JOINT SEALANT STYROFOAM BILLETS. COLD PIPE MAINTAIN VAPOR BARRIER OINSULATED PIPE HANGER DETAIL NO SCALE HOT PIPE AUTOMATIC TRAP PRIMER VALVE WITH INTEGRAL AIR GAP. INSTALL TRAP PRIMER MINIMUM 12" ABOVE FLOOR FOR EVERY 20' OF DISCHARGE PIPE. IF TRAP PRIMER IS INSTALLED IN PARTITION, PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR PER SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE DISTRIBUTION UNIT(S) WHERE MORE THAN ONE TRAP IS SERVED BY ONE TRAP PRIMER VALVE. PROVIDE FLOOR DRAIN BODY OR P—TRAP WITH THREADED TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION. PROVIDE SWEAT TO THREADED ADAPTER. BRAZE JOINT BELOW FLOOR SLAB ON GRADE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT DEPTH SAWCUT EXISTING CONCRETE WHERE REQUIRED FLOOR SLAB 7 REMOVE SURFACE MATERIAL TO LIMITS SHOWN, REPLACE WITH NEW TO MATCH EXISTING FOR CONCRETE OR ASPHALT, COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT FINAL BUILDING BASE MATERIALS SUBGRADE LEVEL ATV \\i ii/\7 DEPTH PER ARCHITECT UNDISTURBED EARTH OR GRAVEL BUILDING FILL SUB BASE FILL MATERIAL SEE NOTE 3. PLASTIC PIPE MARKER OR',/ WARNING TAPE EXTERIOR \\//\\// TO BUILDING ONLY. /\\�\\ FILTER FABRIC. SEE NOTE 1. j\ \ 4" CONCRETE PIPE PROTECTION COMPACT IN MAXIMUM 8" LAYERS LOOSE (LIFTS) SLAB WHERE REQUIRED. SEE NOTE 2. PIPING WITH OR WITHOUT INSULATION BOTTOM OF TRENCH \\\\\\/\ j /\/ / /\ j BEDDING MATERIAL BACKFILL HAND PLACED AND TAMPED -- /i\. MINIMUM 6" COVER OVER TOP 6V OF THE LARGEST PIPE EXCAVATION/\/jA\/,/�BEDDING MATERIAL MINIMUM NOTES: 1. PROVIDE FILTER FABRIC LINER FOR TRENCH WHEN BUILDING FILL IS GRAVEL IN LIEU OF NATURAL SOIL. 2. VERIFY WITH LOCAL CODE AND OWNER FOR SPECIFIC LOCATION AND CONCRETE COLOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3. TRENCH WALL MAY BE VERTICAL TO MAXIMUM OF 4—FEET DEEP IF ALLOWED BY OSHA REQUIREMENTS AND/OR SOIL ENGINEER, ARCHITECT AND CIVIL ENGINEER. OTHERWISE, PROVIDE A MINIMUM SIDE SLOPE OF 1 TO 1 UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY SOILS ENGINEER OR CIVIL ENGINEER. 6" DEPTH PLASTIC PIPE IN TRENCH DETAIL NO SCALE CONNECT 1/2" PIPE (WITHOUT SHUT—OFF VALVE IN BRANCH) TO TRAP PRIMER VALVE OFF TOP OF COLD WATER SUPPLY OR VALVED BRANCH PIPE. INSULATE PIPE UPSTREAM OF TRAP PRIMER, BUT NOT DOWNSTREAM. INSTALL TRAP PRIMER LINE(S) DOWNSTREAM OF TRAP PRIMER OR DISTRIBUTION UNIT USING 1/2" SOFT COPPER TUBING: INSTALL WITHOUT KINKS, AND SLOPE CONTINUOUSLY TOWARDS FLOOR DRAIN. CONCEAL PIPE(S) IN PARTITION OR CHASE IN FINISHED AREAS. TRAP PRIMER AND PIPES MAY BE INSTALLED EXPOSED IN UNFINISHED, NON—PUBLIC AREAS. IF PIPE IS BELOW FLOOR SLAB ON GRADE, PROVIDE 1/2" ELASTOMERIC INSULATION FROM PRIMER CONNECTION TO 1" ABOVE FLOOR SLAB. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMERS WHERE SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS, AND WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC: ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS AND PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. INSTALL TRAP PRIMER VALVE AND DISTRIBUTION UNIT PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. TRAP PRIMER IN/OUT WALL NO SCALE IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES, PROVIDE SPECIFIED TRAP PRIMER TO DISCHARGE INTO HUB DRAIN WITH 1/2" PIPE. ANCHOR TO WALL. INSTALL HERE (OR ABOVE CEILING PER SEPARATE DETAIL). DISCHARGE INTO HUB DRAIN WITH AIR GAP PER LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS 2" HUBBED P—TRAP. INSTALL PARALLEL TO WALL (RATHER THAN PERPENDICULAR AS SHOWN FOR CLARITY) AND ANCHOR TO WALL. INSULATE TRAP IF USED FOR CONDENSATE RECEPTOR. MINIMUM SIDE SLOPE OF TRENCH SHALL BE 1 TO 1 UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED FLOOR SLAB TRENCH AND BACKFILL PER SPECIFICATIONS (TYPICAL) —N PIPE (TYPICAL) —� INSTALL PIPING OUTSIDE OF FOUNDATION LOAD-BEARING ZONE, INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF BUILDING FLOOR SLAB DO NOT INSTALL PIPES THROUGH FOOTING PAD 3" MINIMUM TYPICAL CONCRETE ENCASEMENT EXTEND SLEEVE 12" PAST LOAD BEARING ZONE, BOTH SIDES OF FOOTING GRADE OR PAVING — BUILDING FOOTING OR FOUNDATION PROVIDE PLASTIC 12" 1 1 PARALLEL TO FOOTING INSIDE 0 \\I 1 PIPE—MARKER WARNING TAPE EXTERIOR TO BUILDING ONLY. DO NOT TRENCH UNDER DRIP LINE OF TREES. OUTSIDE GRADE OR PAVING PROVIDE SLEEVES AT PROPER ELEVATION AND LOCATION. SLEEVES SHALL BE CAST IRON SOIL PIPE TWO NOMINAL PIPE SIZES LARGER THAN PIPE. TRANSVERSE TO FOOTING 6" MINIMUM TYPICAL CONCRETE ENCASEMENT VERIFY EXCAVATION CONDITIONS (SOIL/ROCK) WITH GEOTECHNICAL REPORT AND/OR SITE INVESTIGATIONS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR OTHER CONDITIONS. DO NOT INSTALL PIPES UNDER INTERIOR BUILDING SPREAD FOOTINGS OR PILE CAPS. COORDINATE WITH AFFECTED CONTRACTORS PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK. LAVATORY OR SINK IF SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS. INDIRECT DRAIN PIPE(S) AS SHOWN ON PLANS, CONCEALED IN WALL OR CHASE PLUMBING VENT PIPE CONNECT TRAP PRIMER TO COLD WATER SUPPLY FOR FIXTURE IF INSTALLED AT SINK, PROVIDE WET VENT SECTION ONE PIPE SIZE LARGER THAN SINK OUTLET PIPE, MINIMUM 2" TYPICAL ESCUTCHEON WASTE PIPE, SAME SIZE AS WET VENT PIPE PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC: ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. PROVIDE PIPE SIZES OF INDIRECT DRAINS AS SHOWN ON PLANS, AND PIPE MATERIALS AS SPECIFIED. IF LAVATORY OR SINK IS HANDICAP ENABLED, INSTALL P—TRAP SO IT DOES NOT ENCROACH ON ADA ACCESSIBILITY SPACE. ALWAYS INSTALL IN AN EXPOSED BUT UNOBTRUSIVE LOCATION. PROVIDE PIPE INCREASER ON HUB DRAIN IF REQUIRED FOR SIZE OR QUANTITY OF INDIRECT DRAIN PIPES. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, HE MAY INSTALL HUB DRAIN ABOVE LAY—IN CEILING IF ALLOWED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES (AND TRAP PRIMER IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES). PROVIDE ENGRAVED PLASTIC LABELS ATTACHED TO WALL NEXT TO WALL PENETRATIONS: "CONDENSATE DRAIN", "OVERFLOW CONDENSATE DRAIN", "RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE", "WATER HEATER DRAIN PAN", ETCETERA AS APPROPRIATE. HUB DRAIN ABOVE FLOOR NO SCALE D l�- co. PIPE AND TRENCH LOCATION NO SCALE INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER PER SPECIFICATIONS AND SCHEDULE, MOUNT TO WALL INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. DISCONNECT SWITCH IS SPECIFIED BY ELECTRICAL LAVATORY OR SINK AS SHOWN ON PLAN FLEXIBLE RISERS TO FIXTURE FAUCET PER SPECIFICATIONS ANGLE STOP VALVES ON TWO COLD WATER SUPPLIES FINISHED FLOOR REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS, SCHEDULES, AND NOTES FOR MORE INFORMATION. PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. VERIFY CONNECTION SIZES AND LOCATIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS, AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR PIPE SIZES. INSTALL WATER HEATER CLEAR OF ADA REQUIRED SPACE FOR ADA COMPLIANT LAVATORY OR SINK. PROVIDE T&P RELIEF VALVE ON WATER HEATER OUTLET ONLY IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES, AND DISCHARGE WERE DIRECTED BY AUTHORITIES. RECEIVED CITY OF TU ►HILA JAN 0 7 2013 INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER pew CENTER NO SCALE SEPARATE HENDERSON P RMI ° :` '-` ENGINEERSN NOTE: APPROVAL EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL�DR 'SITE VI Ecaptgn AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS—BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KS 66214 TEL 913 742 5000 FAX 913 742 5001 www.hei-eng.com 1250002493 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER: 1754 EXPIRES 06/30/13 _o N 0 Cc C/) 0_ 0 Z Cr W 0 •0 0 LU I- 5 C/) Lir W W r17 THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs,, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for any part of this Project which do not bear the Architect's seal. The Architect's services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of an integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals are obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated. CALCUUIE & MEASURE dimensions — DO NOT SALE brings unless otherwise direded. p r o j e c t t i t l e _J .o �k gmo.LL 1 W Q o• LU W r— Q OUL)J w L-7,0 0o O cc) cNi x p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal d r a w i n g t I e PLUMBING SCHEDULES AND DETAILS d r a w i n g n u m b e r P2 PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE MARK FIXTURE BRANCH SIZES (MINIMUM MANUFACTURER MODEL DESCRIPTION NOTES CW HW WASTE VENT WC WATER CLOSET HANDICAP 1/2" -- 4" 2" AMERICAN STANDARD CADET PRO 215AB.104 16-1/2"H ELONGATED BOWL, 1.28 GPF. OVERSIZED 3" FLUSH VALVE PROVIDE AMERICAN STANDARD SEAT 5311.012 "LAUREL" WITHOUT COVER. A,B L1 LAVATORY 1/2" 1/2" 1 1/4" 1 1/4" AMERICAN STANDARD DECLYN 321.075 WALL HUNG, CERAMIX 2000.100 FAUCET, MAX FLOW AT 0.5 GPM, GRID STRAINER AND 1-1/4" P—TRAP A,C,D FCO FLOOR CLEANOUT -- -- -- -- ZURN Z1400 DURA—COATED CAST IRON BODY W/ "LEVEL—TROL", ADJUSTABLE TO FINISH SURFACE F FD1 FLOOR DRAIN -- -- 3" 2" ZURN ZN-415B 6", DURA—COATED CAST IRON BODY, POLISHED NICKEL BRONZE TOP, BOTTOM OUTLET, ADJUSTABLE COLLAR TP1 TRAP PRIMER -- -- -- -- ZURN Z1022 BRONZE PRIMER VALVE WITH REMOVABLE OPERATING PARTS INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER AND GASKETED ACCESS COVER. -- BALL VALVES -- -- -- -- WILKINS 850 FULL PORT BRASS BALL VALVE WITH LEVER HANDLE GENERAL NOTE (APPLIES TO ALL) 1. SCHEDULE IS COMPREHENSIVE. ALL FIXTURES MAY NOT BE USED. REFER TO DRAWINGS. NOTES: A. FIXTURES TO BE WHITE. B. MOUNT CONTROLS ON ACCESSIBLE SIDE OF TOILET. C. PROVIDE TRUBRO GUARD PROTECTIVE PIPE COVERS ON EXPOSED HOT WATER AND DRAIN D. PROVIDE WATTS SERIES USG—B MIXING VALVE OR EQUAL. E. CONTRACTOR SHALL SELECT MOP SINK AND FAUCET INDICATED OR AN APPROVED EQUAL. F. CLEANOUTS ARE TO BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE PIPES THEY SERVE, UP TO 4". LINES. FIELD VERIFY EXACT DEPTH SAWCUT EXISTING CONCRETE WHERE REQUIRED FLOOR SLAB 7 REMOVE SURFACE MATERIAL TO LIMITS SHOWN, REPLACE WITH NEW TO MATCH EXISTING FOR CONCRETE OR ASPHALT, COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT FINAL BUILDING BASE MATERIALS SUBGRADE LEVEL ATV \\i ii/\7 DEPTH PER ARCHITECT UNDISTURBED EARTH OR GRAVEL BUILDING FILL SUB BASE FILL MATERIAL SEE NOTE 3. PLASTIC PIPE MARKER OR',/ WARNING TAPE EXTERIOR \\//\\// TO BUILDING ONLY. /\\�\\ FILTER FABRIC. SEE NOTE 1. j\ \ 4" CONCRETE PIPE PROTECTION COMPACT IN MAXIMUM 8" LAYERS LOOSE (LIFTS) SLAB WHERE REQUIRED. SEE NOTE 2. PIPING WITH OR WITHOUT INSULATION BOTTOM OF TRENCH \\\\\\/\ j /\/ / /\ j BEDDING MATERIAL BACKFILL HAND PLACED AND TAMPED -- /i\. MINIMUM 6" COVER OVER TOP 6V OF THE LARGEST PIPE EXCAVATION/\/jA\/,/�BEDDING MATERIAL MINIMUM NOTES: 1. PROVIDE FILTER FABRIC LINER FOR TRENCH WHEN BUILDING FILL IS GRAVEL IN LIEU OF NATURAL SOIL. 2. VERIFY WITH LOCAL CODE AND OWNER FOR SPECIFIC LOCATION AND CONCRETE COLOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3. TRENCH WALL MAY BE VERTICAL TO MAXIMUM OF 4—FEET DEEP IF ALLOWED BY OSHA REQUIREMENTS AND/OR SOIL ENGINEER, ARCHITECT AND CIVIL ENGINEER. OTHERWISE, PROVIDE A MINIMUM SIDE SLOPE OF 1 TO 1 UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY SOILS ENGINEER OR CIVIL ENGINEER. 6" DEPTH PLASTIC PIPE IN TRENCH DETAIL NO SCALE CONNECT 1/2" PIPE (WITHOUT SHUT—OFF VALVE IN BRANCH) TO TRAP PRIMER VALVE OFF TOP OF COLD WATER SUPPLY OR VALVED BRANCH PIPE. INSULATE PIPE UPSTREAM OF TRAP PRIMER, BUT NOT DOWNSTREAM. INSTALL TRAP PRIMER LINE(S) DOWNSTREAM OF TRAP PRIMER OR DISTRIBUTION UNIT USING 1/2" SOFT COPPER TUBING: INSTALL WITHOUT KINKS, AND SLOPE CONTINUOUSLY TOWARDS FLOOR DRAIN. CONCEAL PIPE(S) IN PARTITION OR CHASE IN FINISHED AREAS. TRAP PRIMER AND PIPES MAY BE INSTALLED EXPOSED IN UNFINISHED, NON—PUBLIC AREAS. IF PIPE IS BELOW FLOOR SLAB ON GRADE, PROVIDE 1/2" ELASTOMERIC INSULATION FROM PRIMER CONNECTION TO 1" ABOVE FLOOR SLAB. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMERS WHERE SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS, AND WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC: ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS AND PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. INSTALL TRAP PRIMER VALVE AND DISTRIBUTION UNIT PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. TRAP PRIMER IN/OUT WALL NO SCALE IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES, PROVIDE SPECIFIED TRAP PRIMER TO DISCHARGE INTO HUB DRAIN WITH 1/2" PIPE. ANCHOR TO WALL. INSTALL HERE (OR ABOVE CEILING PER SEPARATE DETAIL). DISCHARGE INTO HUB DRAIN WITH AIR GAP PER LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS 2" HUBBED P—TRAP. INSTALL PARALLEL TO WALL (RATHER THAN PERPENDICULAR AS SHOWN FOR CLARITY) AND ANCHOR TO WALL. INSULATE TRAP IF USED FOR CONDENSATE RECEPTOR. MINIMUM SIDE SLOPE OF TRENCH SHALL BE 1 TO 1 UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED FLOOR SLAB TRENCH AND BACKFILL PER SPECIFICATIONS (TYPICAL) —N PIPE (TYPICAL) —� INSTALL PIPING OUTSIDE OF FOUNDATION LOAD-BEARING ZONE, INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF BUILDING FLOOR SLAB DO NOT INSTALL PIPES THROUGH FOOTING PAD 3" MINIMUM TYPICAL CONCRETE ENCASEMENT EXTEND SLEEVE 12" PAST LOAD BEARING ZONE, BOTH SIDES OF FOOTING GRADE OR PAVING — BUILDING FOOTING OR FOUNDATION PROVIDE PLASTIC 12" 1 1 PARALLEL TO FOOTING INSIDE 0 \\I 1 PIPE—MARKER WARNING TAPE EXTERIOR TO BUILDING ONLY. DO NOT TRENCH UNDER DRIP LINE OF TREES. OUTSIDE GRADE OR PAVING PROVIDE SLEEVES AT PROPER ELEVATION AND LOCATION. SLEEVES SHALL BE CAST IRON SOIL PIPE TWO NOMINAL PIPE SIZES LARGER THAN PIPE. TRANSVERSE TO FOOTING 6" MINIMUM TYPICAL CONCRETE ENCASEMENT VERIFY EXCAVATION CONDITIONS (SOIL/ROCK) WITH GEOTECHNICAL REPORT AND/OR SITE INVESTIGATIONS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR OTHER CONDITIONS. DO NOT INSTALL PIPES UNDER INTERIOR BUILDING SPREAD FOOTINGS OR PILE CAPS. COORDINATE WITH AFFECTED CONTRACTORS PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK. LAVATORY OR SINK IF SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS. INDIRECT DRAIN PIPE(S) AS SHOWN ON PLANS, CONCEALED IN WALL OR CHASE PLUMBING VENT PIPE CONNECT TRAP PRIMER TO COLD WATER SUPPLY FOR FIXTURE IF INSTALLED AT SINK, PROVIDE WET VENT SECTION ONE PIPE SIZE LARGER THAN SINK OUTLET PIPE, MINIMUM 2" TYPICAL ESCUTCHEON WASTE PIPE, SAME SIZE AS WET VENT PIPE PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC: ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. PROVIDE PIPE SIZES OF INDIRECT DRAINS AS SHOWN ON PLANS, AND PIPE MATERIALS AS SPECIFIED. IF LAVATORY OR SINK IS HANDICAP ENABLED, INSTALL P—TRAP SO IT DOES NOT ENCROACH ON ADA ACCESSIBILITY SPACE. ALWAYS INSTALL IN AN EXPOSED BUT UNOBTRUSIVE LOCATION. PROVIDE PIPE INCREASER ON HUB DRAIN IF REQUIRED FOR SIZE OR QUANTITY OF INDIRECT DRAIN PIPES. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, HE MAY INSTALL HUB DRAIN ABOVE LAY—IN CEILING IF ALLOWED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES (AND TRAP PRIMER IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES). PROVIDE ENGRAVED PLASTIC LABELS ATTACHED TO WALL NEXT TO WALL PENETRATIONS: "CONDENSATE DRAIN", "OVERFLOW CONDENSATE DRAIN", "RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE", "WATER HEATER DRAIN PAN", ETCETERA AS APPROPRIATE. HUB DRAIN ABOVE FLOOR NO SCALE D l�- co. PIPE AND TRENCH LOCATION NO SCALE INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER PER SPECIFICATIONS AND SCHEDULE, MOUNT TO WALL INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. DISCONNECT SWITCH IS SPECIFIED BY ELECTRICAL LAVATORY OR SINK AS SHOWN ON PLAN FLEXIBLE RISERS TO FIXTURE FAUCET PER SPECIFICATIONS ANGLE STOP VALVES ON TWO COLD WATER SUPPLIES FINISHED FLOOR REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS, SCHEDULES, AND NOTES FOR MORE INFORMATION. PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. VERIFY CONNECTION SIZES AND LOCATIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS, AND INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR PIPE SIZES. INSTALL WATER HEATER CLEAR OF ADA REQUIRED SPACE FOR ADA COMPLIANT LAVATORY OR SINK. PROVIDE T&P RELIEF VALVE ON WATER HEATER OUTLET ONLY IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES, AND DISCHARGE WERE DIRECTED BY AUTHORITIES. RECEIVED CITY OF TU ►HILA JAN 0 7 2013 INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER pew CENTER NO SCALE SEPARATE HENDERSON P RMI ° :` '-` ENGINEERSN NOTE: APPROVAL EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL�DR 'SITE VI Ecaptgn AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS—BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KS 66214 TEL 913 742 5000 FAX 913 742 5001 www.hei-eng.com 1250002493 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER: 1754 EXPIRES 06/30/13 _o N 0 Cc C/) 0_ 0 Z Cr W 0 •0 0 LU I- 5 C/) Lir W W r17 THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs,, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for any part of this Project which do not bear the Architect's seal. The Architect's services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of an integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals are obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated. CALCUUIE & MEASURE dimensions — DO NOT SALE brings unless otherwise direded. p r o j e c t t i t l e _J .o �k gmo.LL 1 W Q o• LU W r— Q OUL)J w L-7,0 0o O cc) cNi x p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal d r a w i n g t I e PLUMBING SCHEDULES AND DETAILS d r a w i n g n u m b e r P2 DAVID D. HAAKE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE MANUFACTURER/MODEL # LAMPS INPUT WATTS DESCRIPTION NO. TYPE VOLT A AMERLUX #MRA-1-39-T4-E-WT-120-FL-WT-FLO 1 PHILIPS CDM -TC 35/842 G8.5 BASE 120 45 CERAMIC METAL HALIDE RECESSED ADJUSTABLE LIGHT. A-1 AMERLUX 1 PHILIPS 120 45 CERAMIC METAL HALIDE RECESSED ADJUSTABLE LIGHT. P1-19 #MRA- 1 -39 -T4-E-WT- 120 -WF -WT- FLO CDM -TC 35/842 1 SPARE RELAY 4 G8.5 BASE 1 SPARE RELAY B AMERLUX 2 PHILIPS 120 90 CERAMIC METAL HALIDE RECESSED ADJUSTABLE LIGHT. P1-3 #MRA-2-39-T4-E-WT-120-FL-FL-WT-FLO CDM35/TC/842 2 S ISLAND DISPLAY LIGHTS P1-5 7 G8.5 BASE 2 BRIDAL DISPLAY LIGHTS C AMERLUX 3 PHILIPS 120 135 CERAMIC METAL HALIDE RECESSED ADJUSTABLE LIGHT. #M RA -3-39 -T4- E -WT -120- FL- FL- FL -WT- FLO CDM35/TC/842 2 BRIDAL WALL P1-11 10 G8.5 BASE 2 GENERAL SALES LIGHTS D STARFIRE 2 PHILIPS 120 128 4' RECESSED FIXTURE WITH COMBINATION OF METAL HALIDE RECESSED ADJUSTABLE LIGHT #VARF-2T4M39-2T21 E -48 -DW -W-1 CDM35/TC/842 3 AND T5 FLUORESCENT. 13 G8.5 BASE 3 SPARE RELAY 14 1 SYLVNIA-OSRAM 3 SPARE RELAY 15 FP21/835/ECO 4 SPARE RELAY E PINNACLE 1 SYLVNIA-OSRAM 120 18 2' RECESSED DIRECT WALL WASHER #EW -1 T5 -2-G 1 G -G 120-1 C -W FP 14/835/ECO 4 SPARE RELAY EM1 SURE -LITE 2 MR16 120 36 RECESSED CEILING MOUNTED MR16 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT. P1-43 #RLM4MRT2141 INCLUDED 5 135 INITIAL LUMENS PER LAMP F LSI 4 SYLVNIA-OSRAM 120/277 115 RECESSED 2X4 TROFFER P1-63 #LA125-428-SD-SS5R2-UE FP28/835/ECO 5 SPARE RELAY G METALUX 2 SYLVNIA-OSRAM 120 56 SURFACE WRAPAROUND FIXTURE. #WN-228T5-A-UNV-EBT1-U FP28/835/ECO 5 SPARE RELAY J HALPER 3 15W CFL 120 45 PENDANT ITEMS FURNISHED BY HELZBERG: (1) 24 RELAY PANEL, (1) LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHING STATION WITH FIVE ZONES (1) DUCT TEMPERATURE SENSOR #HDDP (INCLUDED) X SURE -LITE LED 120 3 CEILING/WALL AND END MOUNTED EXIT SIGN #AP7OR INCLUDED GENERAL NOTES: A. ANY PROPRIETARY, SOLE -SOURCED LIGHT FIXTURE LISTED IN THE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE SHALL BE UNIT PRICED ONLY. NO PACKAGING OR LOT PRICING OF THESE LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE ALLOWED. UNIT PRICES SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED ON THE BID FORM. B. PACKAGING OF LIGHT FIXTURES WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED OR APPROVED. C. VERIFY CEILING CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING HARDWARE AND TRIMS NEEDED TO SUIT CEILING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING. D. VERIFY QUANTITIES, MODEL NUMBERS AND DESCRIPTIONS WITH MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO PLACING ORDER. E. VERIFY FINISH AND COLOR WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PLACING ORDER. F. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND DETAILS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND ADDITIONAL MOUNTING INFORMATION. CONTACT ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF THERE ARE DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLANS. G. CATALOG NUMBERS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE AND MATERIAL SHALL NOT BE ORDERED BY MANUFACTURER AND CATALOG NUMBERS ONLY. FIRST READ THE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION, NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE CATALOG NUMBER TO DETERMINE THE EXACT MATERIAL AND ACCESSORIES TO BE ORDERED. THE MANUFACTURES LISTED ARE THE BASIS FOR THE DESIGN. H. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LIGHT FIXTURES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. I. REFER TO DIVISION 16 SPECIFICATIONS FOR ACCEPTABLE LAMP AND BALLAST MANUFACTURERS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. J. SEASON (BURN IN) CERAMIC METAL HALIDE AND PULSE -START METAL HALIDE LAMPS FOR 100 HOURS PRIOR TO TURNOVER OF PROJECT TO OWNER. K. REFER TO LIGHTING CONTACTOR SCHEDULE AND PANELBOARD SCHEDULES FOR CONTROL INFORMATION. 111 II 111 ill rl...__J iii I. �-16.103 P1 16.10 16.108 P1 17 16.104 F PANEL P1 L --PROVIDE TOWER FOR EXHAUST -r____,! HOD AND F N. I 6.105(TYP) 16.104 19 P1 16.108 16.104 ' P1 16.108 LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=V-0" LIGHTING PLAN NOTES: 16.100 WESTECH 5 -BUTTON CONTROL PAD: VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SEE ELEVATION 3/E3, FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 16.101 LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCH STATION FOR LIGHTS CONTROLLED BY LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL. PROVIDE CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS NECESSARY FOR PROPER OPERATION. SEE DETAIL 3/E2. 16.103 J-BOX/RECEPTACLE FOR CABINET LIGHTING MOUNTED AT +60" AFF. CONNECT TO MILLWORK WITH WHIP FOR LIGHT FIXTURE PROVIDED WITH MILLWORK. COORDINATE WITH HELZBERG CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 16.104 J- BOX IN SOFFIT BEHIND SIGNS. CONNECTIONS TO SIGNS BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, SEE ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. 16.105 MOUNT J- BOX FOR SECURITY EQUIPMENT FLUSH WITH CEILING. SECURITY EQUIPMENT AND WIRING PROVIDED BY OTHERS. 16.106 SPEAKER: SHOWN FOR INFORMATION ONLY, NO WORK REQUIRED. 16.107 NIGHT LIGHTS/EMERGENCY LIGHTS TO BE CIRCUITED AHEAD OF ALL LIGHTING CONTROLS. 16.108 LIGHTING CIRCUIT CONTROLLED BY LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL LCP-1. REFER TO SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET. LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL: LCP-1 DESCRIPTION CIRCUIT # RELAY # LOCAL SWITCH MASTER SWITCH T/C ZONE PC ZONE SIGNAGE SOUTH P1-15 1 1 1 SIGNAGE WEST P1-17 2 1 1 SIGNAGE SW P1-19 3 1 1 SPARE RELAY 4 1 1 SPARE RELAY 5 1 1 W ISLAND DISPLAY LIGHTS P1-3 6 2 2 S ISLAND DISPLAY LIGHTS P1-5 7 2 2 BRIDAL DISPLAY LIGHTS P1-7 8 2 2 SPARE RELAY 9 2 2 BRIDAL WALL P1-11 10 2 2 GENERAL SALES LIGHTS P1-1 11 3 3 SPARE RELAY 12 3 3 SPARE RELAY 13 3 3 SPARE RELAY 14 3 3 SPARE RELAY 15 4 4 SPARE RELAY 16 4 4 SPARE RELAY 17 4 4 SPARE RELAY 18 4 4 INTERNAL DISPLAY CASE LIGHTS P1-43 19 5 5 INTERNAL DISPLAY CASE LIGHTS P1-51 20 5 5 INTERNAL DISPLAY CASE LIGHTS P1-63 21 5 5 SPARE RELAY 22 5 5 SPARE RELAY 23 5 5 SPARE RELAY 24 5 5 COMMENTS: 1. ZONES 1-5 SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHES. 2. ZONE 1 SHALL BE REQUIRED TO BE "ON" FROM DUSK TO 12AM. 3. ALL ZONES SHALL HAVE TIMECLOCK CONTROL THROUGH BAS SYSTEM (PROVIDED BY HELZBERG) - WITH 2 HR OVERRIDE ITEMS FURNISHED BY HELZBERG: (1) 24 RELAY PANEL, (1) LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHING STATION WITH FIVE ZONES (1) DUCT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: LINXSPRING INC., WWW.LYNXSPRING.COM, PH:913-901-1099 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: 1. READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS OF ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH ALL OTHER DIVISIONS OF WORK AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS. PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 2. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND REPRESENT THE GENERAL SCOPE OF THE WORK. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. 3. THE INTENT OF THESE DRAWINGS IS TO INDICATE THE GENERAL EXTENT OF WORK REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT. ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, SHOWING THE LOCATION, TYPE, DEVICES, AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED. THE DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE SCALED FOR EXACT MEASUREMENTS. PROVIDE ALL FIXTURES, DEVICES, ACCESSORIES, OFFSETS, AND MATERIALS NECESSARY TO FACILITATE THE SYSTEM'S FUNCTIONING AS INDICATED BY THE DESIGN AND THE EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS. 4. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS GOVERN, WHERE THEY EXCEED CODE REQUIREMENTS. 5. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE AND BECOME FULLY ACQUAINTED WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE FACILITY. REVIEW THE GENERAL NOTES AND ALL OTHER TRADE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER, AS SPECIFIED, OF ANY CONFLICT OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. 6. PROVIDE BACK BOX WITH 1/2" CONDUIT TO ABOVE THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING AS REQUIRED FOR THE DIVISION 15 WALL MOUNTED HVAC CONTROLLERS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. THERMOSTATS, TEMPERATURE SENSORS, ETC. SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE SAME ELEVATION AS THE LIGHT SWITCHES UNLESS REQUIRED OTHERWISE. BACK BOXES FOR TEMPERATURE SENSORS SHALL BE MOUNTED VERTICALLY. 7. PROVIDE A SEPARATE CODE SIZED GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR IN ALL CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS CONTAINING LINE VOLTAGE CIRCUITS. FOR ALL 20A CIRCUITS, EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR SIZE SHALL MATCH PHASE CONDUCTOR SIZE. FOR CIRCUITS UPSIZED FOR VOLTAGE DROP INCREASE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZE PER CODE. 8. AC CABLING, MC CABLING, AND NONMETALLIC SHEATHED CABLING ARE NOT ALLOWED. 9. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT IS NOT ALLOWED, EXCEPT FOR WHIP (LESS THAN 6 FEET IN LENGTH), CONNECTION TO MOTORS, TRANSFORMERS, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT THAT PRODUCES VIBRATIONS. USE ONLY GALVANIZED STEEL FLEX. 10. ALL JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE RIGIDLY ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE OR MILLWORK. 11. REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET AND SYMBOLS LEGEND ON SHEET E4. GENERAL LIGHTING NOTES: 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COMMISSION AND DEMONSTRATE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM FOR STORE PERSONNEL. SCHEDULE WITH STORE MANAGER WHEN DEMONSTRATION SHALL TAKE PLACE. 2. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR ALL LIGHT FIXTURES/TRACK LOCATIONS.. 3. VERIFY ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS, LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS, VOLTAGE, PHASE, AMPS, HP, ETC. FOR ALL LIGHTING EQUIPMENT BEFORE PROVIDING ROUGH -IN. 4. PROVIDE ALL MOUNTING AND SUPPORT HARDWARE FOR LIGHT FIXTURES TO MEET SPECIFIED MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 5. PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL HOT CONDUCTOR FOR EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK. BYPASS CONTROL TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS POWER FOR THE BATTERY PACK. 6. ALL EXTERIOR EGRESS LIGHTING AND EXTERIOR EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTING PROVIDED BY LANDLORD. 7. LIGHT FIXTURES HAVING "NL" DESIGNATION SHALL BE WIRED IN A NORMALLY "ON" NIGHT LIGHT CONFIGURATION UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: 1. REMOVE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING, EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS AND SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT AFFECT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 3. AVOID DAMAGING EXISTING SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN DURING DEMOLITION. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED DURING WORK AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. 4. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS, CEILINGS AND ROOF WHERE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARE REMOVED AND WHERE THE EXISTING PENETRATION IS NOT USED FOR THE NEW INSTALLATION. REPAIR DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS. 5. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 1 13-0 0 3 NOTE: EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. RECEOVEL1a MTV C',''w 101A111._A JAP1 ©7 2013 et: ErµrEH jJENGINEERSHENDERSON 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KS 66214 TEL 913 742 5000 FAX 913 742 5001 www.hei-eng.com 1250002493 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER: 1754 EXPIRES 06/30/13 THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall -layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for a_nyy part of this Project which do not bear the Architect's seal. The Architect's services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of an integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve -the Contractor from providing a complete Project COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals are obtained, VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction, Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless othenhse indicated, CALCULATE & MEASURE dinlmsaos - DO NOT SCALE drawings unless ohmfse directed. p r o j e c t t i t l e CID.A co 9.1.1:1_<< L Jcit coN-Jc0LLJ-Io, w Ic:/ L -LJ Q O U z w E ( -_ D W cc-))) Z = 00 p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal d r a w i n g t i t I e LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN d r a w i n g n u m b e r El DAVID U. HAAKt NOTES: 1. ALL SYSTEM INTERNAL WIRING IS PROVIDED, FACTORY INSTALLED BY CPI, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. THIS INCLUDES FEEDERS BETWEEN PANELS P1 AS WELL. 2. ALL CIRCUITS ARE PREWIRED FROM CIRCUIT BREAKER TO TERMINAL STRIPS BY CPI. 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FOLLOWING INTERNAL LOW -VOLTAGE SYSTEM WIRING AND CONNECTIONS: A. LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCH STATION. B. INTERNAL SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSORS. LOW VOLTAGE WIRING REQUIREMENTS: 1. LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCH STATION: PROVIDE #18 AWG 11 CONDUCTOR WIRE IN 1/2"C TO LOW VOLTAGE INPUTS A,B,C,D,& E. 2. INTERNAL TEMPERATURE SENSORS/DUCT SENSORS/HVAC FLOW METER (VAV SYSTEM ONLY): PROVIDE (1) #22 AWG TWISTED PAIR IN 1/2"C TO LOW VOLTAGE INPUT F OR G. NOTE: VERIS POWER MONITORING INSTALLED ON DOOR BY CPI, OWNER SUPPLIED PHASE LOSS MONITORING SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY CPI THERMOSTAT INSTALLED IF APPLICABLE, OWNER SUPPLIED CON TROLLED LOADS - NON -CONTROLLED LOADS TERMINAL STRIP MMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMM MMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 LOW VOLTAGE INPUTS INPINPTO LYNXSPRING CONTROLLER LCP-1 PANEL P1 208Y/120V DM MD MD MD MD MD MO MO CCM MD OD MD MD MD MD MO MD MD MO MD MD MD MO MO MD MO MD MD MD MO 6O MD OLD ® MP OEM MO WM MD 6M MO CCM MD WM MED MD MD MP MD MD PANEL P1 208Y/120V (SECTION 2) PANEL P1 208Y/120V MD MD MO MOS ®- MD MD MD MD MD MO MD OM MD MO MO MD MID MD 6O OLD MD MD OEM WM 6M MD 6M MD MED MD MP MD MD MO MD MO MD MO OM FEED THRU LUGS INCOMING SERVICE fELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE CONNECTION OF INCOMING SERVICE TO PANEL P1 AS SHOWN. COMPLETE SYSTEM IS UL LISTED, VT -COMPLIES WITH CURRENT NFPA 70 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, AND IS SUPPLIED PRE -ASSEMBLED BY CPI TO BE INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. POWER/CONTROL SYSTEM NOT TO SCALE LYNXSPRING ETHERNET CONNECTION FOR EXTERNAL ACCESS LYNXSPRING LON CONNECTION FOR EXTERNAL ACCESS • D NEMA 5-20P AND 12/2+G SO CORD PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR (TYP) PLUG PROVIDED WITH BATTERY (TYP) (1) BATTERY PER OVERHEAD DOOR (TYP) WORK AREA / CEILING ADDITIONAL BATTERIES AS NECESSARY Trii BATTERY BATTERY FROM PANELBO RD/ (TYP) TO OVERHEAD DOOR (TYP) A l N 16.146 16.139 16.124 lila +4' 16.125 pIl 16.124 16.125 7P1 16.147 16.124 _>r _=== =rF UI fall 10 - 11 10l 10 II I III I I II, 1111 i1 I u l_ _Jul I_ .mm J lu 16.143 16.123 P1 1149 : h 45P 1(PART21/2) P1 - I RTU -1 16.148 116.138 (P1-45)� 16.140 16.141 I 16.1421 pP1 I AAP PN R 01111111110 INWOOD P14 16.123 A .. A ¢Id I'11F 111h 42 40 Pf DEVICE . PROVIDED WITH UNIT (16.152 P1-44 16.145 16.141 16.124 16.125 111 1111 16.148 (P1-53) P1 16.141 16.1414 nl P146 1641152 ALL ABOVE SLAB CONDUIT SERVING CASES IN THE MIDDLE OF THE SALES FLOOR TO BE 3/8" r_ FLEXIBLE CONDUIT. TYP. III IP{ IR: II u; III tai k it II 16.143 ALL ABOVE SLAB CONDUIT SERVING CASES IN THE MIDDLE OF THE SALES FLOOR TO BE 3/8" FLEXIBLE CON DUIT._TYP. li11 _ I- r kir I 1111 1gp148 ! (P111-61) PI4hlEL Pi 16.122 i 16.124 I 61 P1 5 59 P1 P 16.121 55 P1 11 Ile I In 16A48 11 (P1-53) I" 16.148 (P1-53) CPI 16.148 16.12 (P1-61) 13 it ti- 16.123 N 16.1241 116.1251 11 it II 1116.148) 1 p (P1-61 16.146 (16.152) - IP 1-48 16.145 (16.152) P1-50 (16.152) P1-52 16.145 16.145 16.141 OPOWER PLAN SCALE: 1 /4"=1'-0" 16.14.1.. 6.141 16.145 BATTERY \- SHELF SHELF 16.124 NOTES: (3) BATTERIES MAXIMUM TO BE STACKED - ONLY PROVIDED NUMBER REQUIRED. OVERHEAD DOOR BATTERY DETAIL SCALE: NTS (2) 3/4" CONDUITS CONCEALED IN WALL, (1) FOR POWER, (1) FOR TELEPHONE. 16.120 SO 1-1 1. COUNTER IS PREWIRED BY MANUFACTURER. ONLY FINAL CONNECTION REQUIRED. 2. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS AND CONFIGURATION WITH ACTUAL VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS. COUNTER ELEVATION SCALE: NTS b c3� ao 3 RESTROOM PLATFORM REPARATEF ARp Mi''TANb Rt VAC RECEIVED eRv r# - jn WI A JAN 07 20131 ...-v..14101T CENTER GENERAL POWER NOTES: 1. ALL EMPTY CONDUITS SHALL HAVE PULL STRING. 2. ALL EQUIPMENT NOTED ON PLANS SHALL BE NEW UNLESS SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT TO REUSE. 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL ALTERATIONS AND REWORK INDICATED AND/OR REQUIRED FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, INTEGRATING THE NEW WITH EXISTING AREAS. 4. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO ALL LANDLORD DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. 5. ALL POWER CONDUITS SHALL HAVE 2-#12 AND 1-#12 GROUND IN 1/2"C, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 6. ALL PANELBOARDS, SWITCHBOARDS, AND LINE VOLTAGE CONTROL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FIELD MARKED TO WARN QUALIFIED PERSONS OF POTENTIAL ELECTRIC ARC FLASH HAZARDS. MARKING SHALL BE LOCATED SO AS TO BE CLEARLY VISIBLE TO QUALIFIED PERSONS BEFORE EXAMINATION, ADJUSTING, SERVICING, OR MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT. MARKING SHALL BE SELF ADHESIVE, COMMERCIAL LABEL CONFORMING TO NEC 1,10.16 AND ANSI Z535.4 AS MANUFACTURED BY IDEAL OR APPROVED EQUAL. 7. ALL SECURITY EQUIPMENT IS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL OUTLETS, BOXES, AND PULL WIRES AS INDICATED ON PLANS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE. 8. ALL TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT IS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL OUTLETS, BOXES, COVER PLATES AND PULL WIRES AS INDICATED ON PLANS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE. 9. ALL COVER PLATES AND DEVICES SHALL BE ALMOND IN COLOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 10. PANEL CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE PROVIDED, TYPEWRITTEN AND INSTALLED ON THE INSIDE OF THE PANEL DOORS. PROVIDE CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION FOR ALL NEW PANELS AND EXISTING PANELS THAT ARE TO BE REUSED. 11. REFER TO PANELBOARD SCHEDULES ON SHEET E4 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 12. USE LANDLORD SPECIFIED CONTRACTOR FOR MODIFICATIONS AND ADDITIONS TO THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, COORDINATE ALL REQUIRED WORK FOR THIS SYSTEM WITH LANDLORD. POWER PLAN NOTES: 16.120 PROVIDE TWO FOUR -CONDUCTOR PHONE CABLES FROM THE PHONE BOARD TO THIS LOCATION. LEAVE 12' CONDUCTOR WHIP ON EACH CABLE WITH A TERMINATOR FOR EACH CABLE. 16.121 WATER HEATER: FURNISHED BY THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE POWER FOR CONNECTION. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. 16.122 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A 4'X4'X3/4" PLYWOOD PANEL MOUNTED TIGHT TO CEILING FOR THE TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT. PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES. EXTEND EXISTING LANDLORD CONDUIT (WITH PULL STRING) FROM LANDLORD TELEPHONE CLOSET TO. TENANT EQUIPMENT (FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION). 16.123 CHANNEL CUT/CORE DRILL FLOOR AND ROUTE CONDUIT TO STUB UP IN LOCATION OF ' FLOOR JUNCTION BOX SHOWN. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MOUNT JUNCTION BOX FLUSH TO FLOOR. HARDWIRE CASEWORK PROVIDED WHIP AT JUNCTION BOX TO ALLOW FOR CONNECTION OF CASEWORK WHIPS. COORDINATE TIME AND EXACT LOCATIONS WITH LANDLORD 5 DAYS IN ADVANCE PRIOR TO MAKING CHANNEL CUTS OR CORE DRILLING. COORDINATE ALL TRENCHING WITH MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER. 16.124 RUN ONE CONDUIT DOWN STEEL COLUMN OR IN WALL TO FLOOR FOR CONNECTION TO CASE LIGHTS/RECEPTACLES/MOTORS. CONDUIT TO RUN CONTINUOUS WITH NO JUNCTION BOXES UNLESS NOTED. 16.125 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO CONNECT FACTORY PROVIDED WHIPS BETWEEN CASES AS REQUIRED BY CASEWORK MANUFACTURER. CONNECT ONE CIRCUIT TO CASEWORK LIGHTS AND LAMP RECEPTACLE, AND ONE CIRCUIT TO RECEPTACLES. ALL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE PER CASEWORK MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. 16.126 PROVIDE 1/2"C WITH PULL STRING TO ABOVE CEILING FOR SECURITY CONTROLS. 16.128 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED ON WALL AT 9'-0" AFF FOR MONITOR. 16.129 J -BOX FOR MONITOR MOUNTED AT 9'-0" AFF. 16.130 RECEPTACLES FOR THE SECURITY AND TELEPHONE SYSTEMS. SEE THE ELEVATIONS ON SHEET E3 DETAILS #2,3&4 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, RELATIVE LOCATION, AND EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 16.135 PROVIDE RECEPTACLE FOR OWNER PROVIDED JEWELRY CLEANER. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER PERSONNEL. 16.138 PROVIDE CONDUIT AND WIRING FOR DUCT MOUNTED SENSOR IF APPLICABLE. RE: 3/E2 16.139 PROVIDE 1/2"C WITH WIRE FOR THERMOSTAT AND SPACE SENSOR CONTROL WIRING. 16.140 PROVIDE 3' WHIP WITH CIRCUITRY FOR RECEPTACLES TO BE RECESSED MOUNTED IN BACK OF MILLWORK AS SHOWN. PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION AND INSTALLATION OF DEVICES AS REQUIRED ONCE MILLWORK IS SET. COORDINATE WITH MILLWORK INSTALLER. 16.141 MOTORIZED ROLLING GRILLE: PROVIDE TOGGLE SWITCH ON MOTOR AND CONTROL WIRING FOR KEYED SWITCH. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 16.142 PROVIDE BLACK COVERPLATES AND DEVICES AT THIS LOCATION. 16.143 PROVIDE POWER FOR FLOOR MOUNTED DISPLAY CASES AT 2" AFF. CONNECT TO PROVIDED JUNCTION BOXES ON DISPLAY CASES USING WHIPS. COORDINATE EXACT ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH FURNITURE SUPPLIED. 16.145 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AND SINGLE GANG MUD RING FOR ROLLING GRILLE EMERGENCY EGRESS LEVER. JUNCTION BOX TO BE MOUNTED AT 48" AFF. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 16.146 PROVIDE WHIP TO INTERNAL RECEPTACLE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER PERSONNEL. 16.147 PROVIDE WHIP TO CABINET LIGHT AT +58" AFF. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER PERSONNEL. 16.148 PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLES AT DISPLAY ISLAND AND BRIDAL ISLAND AS INDICATED. CONNECT TO DISPLAY CASE CIRCUITRY. COORDINATE COLOR AND LOCATION WITH OWNER. 16.152 ROUTE POWER FOR THE OVERHEAD DOOR FROM FRONT ENTRANCE TO SPACE ABOVE THE RESTROOM. RE 4/E2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. NOTE: EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. HENDERSON ENGINEERS_ 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KS 66214 TEL 913 742 5000 Fax 913 742 5001 www.hei-eng.com 1250002493 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER: 1754 EXPIRES 06/30/13 THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions existing construction elements, or any documents drawings or other instruments used for any part of this Project which do not bear the Architect's seal. The Architects services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of an integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve -the Contractor from providing a complete Project, COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals are obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDI11ONS and dimensions prior to construction, Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated. CALO[AIE & MEASURE dimensions - 00 NT SCALE dmiings unless Anise directed. p r o j e c t t i t l e p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal POWER FLOOR PLAN d r a w i n g n u m b e r E2 cn cn CC CC CC 0 00 0000 I— I— I— I— CEILING LINE SHELVING UNIT SOUND SYSTEM POWER REFER O TO E2 C EXTEND 1 "C FROM EXISTING TELEPHONE TO ABOVE SECURITY EQUIP. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION OF CONDUIT WITHIN SPACE. O 18" MONITOR REFER. TO E2 O O C THIS EQUIPMENT TO BE LOCATED ABOVE SAFE STOP CONDUITS 6". ABOVE SHELVING UNIT REFER TO E2 O O O O SWITCHER VCR FINISHED FLOOR SAFE 4 SAFE NTS ELEVATION SCALE: CEILING LINE Lu z 0 w (I) 0 0 w z J INDEP 4TH INDEP 3RD LINE N w z J _ rn 0 w Z Z J r!I U Z J J� ww m w 2 ma as REFER C TO E2 T r T T T WESTECH O WESTECH CONTROLLER 4�� WESTECH CONTROL PANEL RJ 11 RJ 31 WESTECH SURGE PROTECTOR FINISHED FLOOR O O O O ATT REFER TO E2. WESTECH CONTROL PAD (SEE SHEET El, NOTE 16.100 FOR EXACT LOCATION.) WESTECH ALARM SOUNDER ATT SURGE PROTECTOR C3) CALEECURITYNTS ELEVATION S: CEILING LINE NOTES: 1. ELECTRIAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL EQUIPMENT IN A MANNER TO MINIMIZE SPACE THAT THIS EQUIPMENT TAKES UP ON WALL.(SPACE IS LIMITED) 2. VERIFY EXACT ROUTE FOR INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE SERVICES IN THE FIELD WITH MALL BUILDING ENGINEER. INTEGRATED PANELBOARD SYSTEM FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. MUST BE MOUNTED ON PLYWOOD BACKERBOARD PER LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. INCOMING ELECTRICAL SERVICE FINISHED FLOOR LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL 'LCP-1' PANEL 'P1' (SECTION 1) PANEL 'P1' (SECTION 2) C C2).CPIALE: PANEL ELEVATION SC T R iirlf Iii RIO D5 -- D6 V4 2 PORT BISCUIT JACK: L,\BEL D5, D6 V9 PROVIDE PRE—WIRE FOR PEOPLE COUNTER TO BE INSTALLED BY OTHERS. CENTER WITH ENTRY AREA, TYP II °__AIR 4 lit,:: 4 kat 41 7u _® _lt..... ixc- rtl ilq - 'tll�m X14 II 0( �10f..... 1101 1 i III " I Ill I I in I ° 1111 Jllll__J10!__J114:_.... J�. lu III CHANNEL CUT OR CORE DRILL FLOOR TO ROUTE CONDUIT UNDERNEATH WHERE SHOWN. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS PER KEYED NOTE 16.123/E2. _� lI II I I II II 11 a N N 2 PORT BI�CU LABEL D1, it i II II 1 � n 11 D1 D2 V4 V8 Il it _._IBJ BLANK DEVICES TO BE INSTALLED IN MILLWORK 411 it: ... 11 7271 l l� + D77`V1 WESTECH ROUTER ADTRA MOUNT JACKS SECURr TO P 2 PORT BISCUIT JACK,, LABEL D3, D4—N D3 D4 V4 V8 Ina as IR- .. III 1 III i pi I Rik VD14 VD14 SPECIAL SYSTEMS FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1 /4"=1'-0" broo3 NOTE: EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS—BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL . BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. RECEIVED CITr OF TUKWILA JAN 0 7 2013 PERMIT CENTER /1HENDERSON ENGINEERS 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KS 66214 TEL 913 742 5000 FAX 913 742 5001 www.hei-eng.com 1250002493 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER: 1754 FXPIRFC OA /3fl/1 O Co Co Y • Zr; O z cc • W O N • O � Co M H W a� J • J CO W O -E J In O THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. M Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for any part of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architect's services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of an integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described, Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project COMPLY Willi all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals are obtained, VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction, Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of o material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation, IIIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated. CALCUUIE & MEASURE dimensions - CO NOT RE drarings unless Arise directed, p r o j e c t t i t l e p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal d r a i n g title SPECIAL SYSTEMS FLOOR PLAN d r a w i n g n u m b e r E3 SPECIAL SYSTEMS SCHEDULE LABEL DESCRIPTION CABLE D1 P.O.S. — ROUTE FROM HUB TO BISCUIT JACK BELOW CASHWRAP. DATA (CAT 5e) D2 SPARE — ROUTE FROM HUB TO BISCUIT JACK BELOW CASHWRAP. DATA (CAT 5e) D3 P.O.S. — ROUTE FROM HUB TO BISCUIT JACK BELOW CASHWRAP. DATA (CAT 5e) D4 SPARE — ROUTE FROM HUB TO BISCUIT JACK BELOW CASHWRAP. DATA (CAT 5e) D5 P.O.S. — ROUTE FROM HUB TO BISCUIT JACK BELOW CASHWRAP. DATA (CAT 5e) D6 SPARE — ROUTE FROM HUB TO BISCUIT JACK BELOW CASHWRAP. DATA (CAT 5e) D7—D8 ROUTE FROM HUB TO WALL JACK DATA (CAT 5e) Dl1 INSTALL WITH RJ45 AT EACH END. ROUTE FROM HUB TO ADT DEVICE ABOVE SAFE. DATA (CAT 5e) D12 INSTALL WITH RJ45 AT EACH END. ROUTE FROM HUB TO MUSIC BOX. DATA (CAT 5e) D13 INSTALL WITH RJ45 AT EACH END. ROUTE FROM HUB TO ENERGY MGMT PANEL AND MAKE CONNECTION TO TRIDIUM DEVICE WITH PANEL. DATA (CAT 5e) D14 ROUTE FROM HUB AT PHONE BOARD TO DEVICE AT EACH STOREFRONT ENTRY SOFFIT DATA (CAT 5e) V1 6 BUTTON PHONE: LINES 1 AND 2 PROGRAMMED NOT TO RING. VOICE (CAT 3) V2 6 BUTTON PHONE: LINES 1 AND 2 TO RING. VOICE (CAT 3) V3 LINE 3 FOR FAX. VOICE (CAT 3) V4 LINE 3 FOR SPARE FAX AND P.O.S. VOICE (CAT 3) V5 LINE 5 VOICE (CAT 3) V6 18 BUTTON SPEAKERPHONE: MOUNT AT 60" AFF. LINES 1 AND 2. VOICE (CAT 3) V7 LOCATED UNDER REMOTE P.O.S., BISCUIT JACK WITH LINES 1 AND 2 ACTIVE. VOICE (CAT 3) V8 LOCATED UNDER REMOTE P.O.S., BISCUIT JACK WITH LINES 1 AND 2 ACTIVE. VOICE (CAT 3) V9 LOCATED UNDER REMOTE P.O.S., BISCUIT JACK WITH LINES 1 AND 2 ACTIVE. VOICE (CAT 3) V10 LOCATED UNDER REMOTE P.O.S., BISCUIT JACK WITH LINES 1 AND 2 ACTIVE. VOICE (CAT 3) broo3 NOTE: EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS—BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL . BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. RECEIVED CITr OF TUKWILA JAN 0 7 2013 PERMIT CENTER /1HENDERSON ENGINEERS 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KS 66214 TEL 913 742 5000 FAX 913 742 5001 www.hei-eng.com 1250002493 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER: 1754 FXPIRFC OA /3fl/1 O Co Co Y • Zr; O z cc • W O N • O � Co M H W a� J • J CO W O -E J In O THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. M Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for any part of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architect's services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of an integrated set of Construction Documents, General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described, Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project COMPLY Willi all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals are obtained, VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction, Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of o material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation, IIIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated. CALCUUIE & MEASURE dimensions - CO NOT RE drarings unless Arise directed, p r o j e c t t i t l e p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal d r a i n g title SPECIAL SYSTEMS FLOOR PLAN d r a w i n g n u m b e r E3 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS NOTE: THIS IS A MASTER LEGEND AND NOT ALL SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS, ETC. ARE NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS. ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE & RISER CIRCUITING & WIRING I 800A 1 3P 200AS 3P 200AF FRS PANELBOARD (SEE SCHEDULES) TRANSFORMER TYPE AND RATINGS AS SHOWN SWITCH RATING AS SHOWN FUSED SWITCH RATING,POLES AND FUSE TYPE AS SHOWN .ITX# MULTI -SECTION PANELBOARD (SEE SCHEDULES) SHIELDED TRANSFORMER TYPE AND RATINGS AS SHOWN I 225A CIRCUIT BREAKER C3P RATINGS AS SHOWN E;`MI CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION - SEE CIRCUIT SCHEDULE GROUND FAULT RELAY ST SHUNT TRIP UTILITY METER (AS REQUIRED BY UTILITY) UTILITY METER -$ TVSS w rzi CURRENT TRANSFORMER RATING AS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR GROUND CONNECTION GROUND ROD CONTACT (OPEN OR CLOSED) HEATER MOTOR BLOCK LOAD KW OR KVA CONDUIT CONCEALED CONDUIT IN/UNDER FLOOR/GROUND CONSTRUCTION - - -- - EXPOSED CONDUIT \J \/ FLEXIBLE CONDUIT LOW VOLTAGE CABLE (NOT ROUTED IN CONDUIT) CONDUIT TURNING DOWN p CONDUIT TURNING UP CONNECTION POINT OR EQUIPMENT TERMINATION --■ EQUIPMENT TERMINATION Short -Circuit and Voltage Drop Calculations v2.09.02 Distances are for calculation purposes only and shall not be used for contractor takeoffs nor bidding - Contractor shall notify Engineer of any field condition that results in a change of 10% or greater circuit distance The following calculations are based on the "Point -by -Point' method where: ISC (2) = ISC(1) x M(1) M= 1/(1+0 Feedeh (30) = 1.732 x L x Iso XFMR: f (30) = IP(sca)x Vp x 1.73 x f4Z IS(sca)= Vp x M x IPfsca) VOLTAGE DROP (30): ISC (1) = short circuit current at fault point 1 C x E WIRE NO. 100,000 x KVA Vs %VD= ((R x cos(arccos(pf)) + X x sin (arccos(pf))) x L/f x I x 1.73) / E ISC (2) = short circuit current at fault point 2 Feederf (10)= 2 x L x Isc XFMR: f (10)= IP(sca)x Vp x %Z VOLTAGE DROP (10): 1 C x E 1,044 100,000 x KVA %VD= ((R x cos(arccos(pf)) + X x sin(arcoos(pf))) x 2 x L/# x I) / E L = Length of circuit E = Line to line volts IP = Primary short circuit current %VD CUM= Cumulative Voltage Drop from Fault Point 1 to. Fault Point # C = "C" Factor from Bussman table where "C" = 1 / impedance per linear foot Vp = Primary voltage R= resistance in ohms per LF Feeder Types = IS= Secondary short circuit current X= reactances in ohms per LF NM - Non Magnetic Conduit, M - Magnetic Conduit, FB - Feeder Busway, PB - Plug-in Busway, TX - Transformer Vs= Secondary voltage Fault 12 400 Source Source Feeder 2 3 5 L -L Circuit Load Circuit Conductor Conductor Transformer 1 1 20 20 FAULT VOLTAGE TOTAL Fault Point Bus/Feeder Phase (Fault Isc Conduit Material 136.83 ///7 Conductor Busway Volts Length Power Load Resistance Reactance Impedence, / /4 RCPT-SOURCPT-GENERAL SYSTEM Degree 97 SPARE //765 CURRENT DROP V.D. Point (F#) Description 12 Point) (amps) Type CU or AL # Wire/Bus Size „ C value C value E L Factor(pf) A R X Z/ 0 Type kVA Rise Z V sec f M Isc %VD %VD CUM (F#) 1 Utility Service Point 46262 at the tenant metering switchboard 20 208Y/120V - 3 phase Source Isc + 6X Motor Contribution = 46382 7/&,/; 1 7/, - / Motor Contribution 20 The connected full load motor amps (includes compressors) on the system 1,200 12 2 TO P1 3 46382 46382 M CU 1 Set(s) of 1/0 AWG 8925 SIGNAGE - SW SPARE 208 150 0.9 120 0.000120 0.000055 0.451027 20 20 12 / 360 7/1 ./ '/t7 `t% 7" 7 6.491 0.13 6191 1.98% 1.98% 2 3 TO RTU1 3 2 6191 M CU 1 Set(s) of 6 AWG 2425 / j/2 ` 208 50 0.85 48 0.000490 0.000064 0.554811 /// 20 1 1 1.063 0.48 3001 0.90% 2.88% 3 LIGHTING WIRING DEVICES & OUTLETS STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS SIGNALING SIGNALING BELL SIGNALING BUZZER LV TRANSFORMER ABBREVIATIONS A AMPERES, AIR (COMPRESSED) A/C AIR CONDITIONING AF AMPERE FUSE AFC ABOVE FINISHED CEILING AFC' ARC FAULT' CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER AFEA AREA FOR EVACUATION ASSISTANCE AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE Al ANALOG INPUT AIC AMPERE INTERRUPTING CURRENT AL ALUMINUM AO ANALOG OUTPUT AP ACCESS PANEL ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR BFG BELOW FINISHED GRADE BI BINARY INPUT BKR BREAKER BO BINARY OUTPUT C CONDUIT CD CANDELA CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER CAN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CKT CIRCUIT CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER CU COPPER, CONDENSING UNIT CVD CUMULATIVE VOLTAGE DROP DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL DI DIGITAL INPUT, DUCTILE IRON DN DOWN DPDT DOUBLE -POLE, DOUBLE -THROW DPST DOUBLE -POLE, SINGLE -THROW EM EMERGENCY EPO EMERGENCY POWER OFF ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FBO FURNISHED BY OTHERS/OWNER FCA FAULT CURRENT AMPS FF FINISHED FLOOR FLA FULL LOAD AMPS FLR FLOOR FVNR FULL -VOLTAGE, NON -REVERSING GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER GFR GROUND FAULT RELAY G GROUND GND GROUND GRS GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL HOA HAND -OFF -AUTOMATIC IG ISOLATED GROUND ISC SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT JB JUNCTION BOX J -BOX JUNCTION BOX kcmil 1000 CIRCULAR MILS KK KIRK KEY kV KILOVOLT kVA KILOVOLT -AMPS kVAR KILOVOLT -AMPS REACTIVE kW KILOWATT kWH KILOWATT-HOUR LF LINEAR FEET MAN MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM MAX MCA MCB MCC MD MDP MFR MG MH MIN MLO MOCP MAXIMUM MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MOTORIZED DAMPER MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL MANUFACTURER MOTOR GENERATOR MANHOLE MINIMUM MAIN LUGS ONLY MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION MSB MAIN SWITCHBOARD MSWB MAIN SWITCHBOARD MS/TP MASTER SLAVE/TOKEN PASSING - COMMUNICATION TRUNK MTD MOUNTED N/A NOT APPLICABLE N/C NORMALLY CLOSED NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NL NIGHT LIGHT N/O NORMALLY OPEN OC ON CENTER OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR PDU POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT PH, 0 PHASE PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE PNL PANEL PNLBD PANELBOARD PROVIDE FURNISH AND INSTALL PT POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER PTZ PAN, TILT, ZOOM QTY QUANTITY RCPT RECEPTACLE RLA RUNNING LOAD AMPS RTU ROOFTOP UNIT SD SMOKE DETECTOR, SUPPLY DUCT SF SQUARE FEET, SUPPLY FAN SPOT SINGLE -POLE, DOUBLE -THROW SPST SINGLE -POLE, SINGLE -THROW SS STAINLESS STEEL, SANITARY SEWER, SOIL STACK ST SHUNT TRIP, STEAM TRAP SWBD SWITCHBOARD TL TWISTLOCK TR TAMPER RESISTANT TX TRANSFORMER TYP TYPICAL U/F UNDERFLOOR U/G UNDERGROUND UH UNIT HEATER U/S UNDERSLAB UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. UNO UPS V VAC VD VDC VFD w WP WR XP UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY VOLT(S) VOLTS ALTERNATING CURRENT VOLTAGE DROP VOLTS DIRECT CURRENT VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE WIRE WEATHER PROOF COVER WEATHER RESISTANT EXPLOSION -PROOF A 0 0 LIGHT FIXTURE a SEE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE a = SWITCHED BY SWITCH "a" A = LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE "A" NL = NIGHT LIGHT = WALL MOUNT O = ARROW INDICATES AIMING DIRECTION 0> LIGHT FIXTURE WITH NIGHT LIGHT EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE WITH EMERGENCY LIGHTING BATTERY PACK OR CONNECTED TO EMERGENCY SOURCE LIGHT FIXTURE WITH DUAL BALLASTS CIRCUITED SEPARATELY. (SHADING IMPLIES EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE) V V V LIGHTING TRACK WITH LIGHT FIXTURE TYPES AS INDICATED CS) e o o MIRROR LIGHTS SITE LIGHTING FIXTURE v 0 2 EXIT SIGN - CEILING / WALL MOUNTED, ARROWS AS INDICATED. EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK LIGHT FIXTURE - CEILING/WALL MOUNTED AFEA (AREA FOR EVACUATION ASSISTANCE) SIGN - CEILING/WALL MOUNTED, ARROWS AS INDICATED. POWER EQUIPMENT & DEVICES ELECTRICAL SERVICE PANELBOARD (SURFACE OR FLUSH MOUNT) TERMINAL CABINET (SURFACE OR FLUSH MOUNT), TYPE AS NOTED PLYWOOD TERMINAL BOARD FOR TELEPHONE SYSTEM, UNO. SIZE AS NOTED. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION PAN ELBOARD /�fJ SWITCHBOARD OR MOTOR CONTROL CENTER ON HOUSEKEEPING PAD [ TRANSFORMER .O` M OTO R DISCONNECT SWITCH - "200/3/150" DENOTES AMPERES/POLE/FUSE NF= NON-FUSED CB= CIRCUIT BREAKER (200/3/CB) COMBINATION DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCH AND 30//1 MOTOR STARTER "30/3/15/1" DENOTES I3/15AMPERES/POLE/FUSE/NEMA STARTER SIZE NF= NON-FUSED CB= CIRCUIT BREAKER (30/3/CB/1) 200/3/150 CM 2 MS VFD L MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER, NEMA SIZE AS NOTED. 3 -POLE, UNO. MANUAL STARTER VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE RELAY OR CONTACTOR (IN SCHEMATICS) MAGNETIC CONTACTOR, SIZE, COIL VOLTAGE AND NUMBER OF POLES AS INDICATED (L= LIGHTING CONTACTOR, P= POWER CONTACTOR) 1:1TIME SWITCH PC PHOTOCELL • INDICATING LIGHT F® PUSH BUTTON • • STOP -START PUSH BUTTON CONTROL STATION HAND -OFF -AUTO PUSH BUTTON CONTROL STATION MUSHROOM -TYPE PUSH BUTTON OVERHEAD PADDLE FAN (i®)) 0 A 6 6 6 SINGLE POLE WALL SWITCH (NO LETTER DESIGNATION) SWITCH LETTER DESIGNATIONS AS FOLLOWS: 2 = TWO POLE WALL SWITCH 3 = THREE-WAY WALL SWITCH 4 = FOUR-WAY WALL SWITCH D = DIMMER TYPE SWITCH OS# = OCCUPANCY SENSOR (SEE OCCUP. SENSOR SCHEDULE) P = SPST PILOT LIGHT SWITCH K = KEYED LIGHT SWITCH M = MOTOR RATED SWITCH WP = WEATHER PROOF OCCUPANCY SENSOR (SEE OCCUPANCY SENSOR SCHEDULE TYPE AND MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS) # = OCCUPANCY SENSOR TYPE "#" SENSOR POWER PACK FOR LIGHTING CONTROL SENSOR AUXILIARY RELAY PACK FOR LIGHTING CONTROL SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE - NEMA 5-20R, UNO DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - NEMA 5-20R, UNO DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - NEMA 5-20R, UNO SPECIAL RECEPTACLE - NEMA TYPE AS NOTED 4$1- TWIST -LOCK TYPE RECEPTACLE CFCI OR VD GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE* Ci] FOR ISOLATED GROUND TYPE RECEPTACLE* EMERGENCY RECEPTACLE* RECEPTACLE INSTALLED 6" ABOVE COUNTER OR BACKSPLASH* RECEPTACLE INSTALLED IN CEILING* RECEPTACLE INSTALLED IN FLOOR* RECEPTACLE INSTALLED VIA DROP CORD* *DUPLEX RECEPTACLE SHOWN, SIMILAR FOR OTHERS 6wR/WP RECEPTACLE LETTER DESIGNATIONS AS FOLLOWS: C = CLOCK HANGER TYPE E = EMERGENCY POWER S = SWITCHED IG = ISOLATED GROUND TR = TAMPER RESISTANT WP = WEATHER PROOF COVER WR = WEATHER RESISTANT V MULTI -OUTLET SURFACE RACEWAY WITH NEMA 5-20R RECEPTACLES 12" ON CENTER, UNO. TELEPHONE OUTLET - FLOOR OR WALL MOUNTED. INSTALL AT SAME ELEVATION AS ADJACENT RECEPTACLE, UNO. DATA OUTLET - FLOOR OR WALL MOUNTED. INSTALL AT 0 SAME ELEVATION AS ADJACENT RECEPTACLE, UNO. MULTI -SERVICE OUTLET; TELEPHONE AND DATA - FLOOR OR v WALL MOUNTED. INSTALL AT SAME ELEVATION AS ADJACENT RECEPTACLE, UNO. MULTI -SERVICE POWER POLE WITH TELEPHONE, DATA AND POWER OUTLETS A = TYPE, SEE SCHEDULE IN SPECIFICATIONS MULTI -SERVICE FLOOR BOX WITH TELEPHONE, DATA AND POWER OUTLETS A = TYPE, SEE SCHEDULE IN SPECIFICATIONS 0A OA 0 POKE THROUGH, A = TYPE, SEE SCHEDULE IN SPECIFICATIONS CD THERMOSTAT 0 0 JUNCTION BOX/OUTLET BOX BLANK FACE GFCI FEED THROUGH DEVICE AUTOMATIC LOAD CONTROL RELAY CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION ALC (AFF, AFG, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) ELECTRICAL ALARMS ANNUNCIATOR PANELS CLOCK OUTLETS (CENTERLINE) CONTROLS (CENTERLINE) EXIT SIGNS (WALL MOUNTED, BOTTOM) INTERCOM (AFEA ONLY) INTERCOMS PANELS/PANELBOARDS (TOP) PHOTOCELLS RECEPTACLES (CENTERLINE) RECEPTACLES (EXTERIOR) RECEPTACLES (GARAGES) RECEPTACLES IN EQUIPMENT REMOTE INDICATING LIGHT (EQUIPMENT REMOTE INDICATING LIGHT SAFETY SWITCHES STARTERS SWITCHES (CENTERLINE) TELEPHONES (PUBLIC) TELEPHONE, DATA OUTLETS (CENTERLINE) TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD (BOTTOM) TELEVISION OUTLETS 48" 48" 84" 48" 80" 36" 48" 72" 144" 18" 24" 26" ROOMS 48" ROOMS) 48" (FINISHED AREAS) CEILING 48" 48" 48" 1 © 48", 1 CO 36" 18" 6" 18" ANNOTATION 0 1 ELECTRICAL PLAN NOTE CALLOUT TECHNOLOGY PLAN CALLOUT EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION (OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED) CONNECTION POINT OF NEW WORK TO EXISTING DETAIL REFERENCE UPPER NUMBER INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER LOWER NUMBER INDICATES SHEET NUMBER SECTION CUT DESIGNATION DAVID D. HAAKE EM/RL RL RL RL RL EM RL RL RL RL RL RL PANELBOARD: P1 (NEW) FAULT CURRENT: REFER TO ONE -LINE DIAGRAM EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS BUS AMPS: 225A AIC RATING: 22000 FULLY RATED ISOLATED GROUND BUS MAIN SIZE/TYPE: 150A MCB SERVES: VOLTS/PHASE: 208Y/120V, 3PH, 4W MOUNTING: SURFACE SECTION: 1 LOCATION: ELEC ROOM 1 CKT NO. DESCRIPTION VOLTAMPS/PHASE WIRE NO. BKR AMP P P BKR AMP WIRE NO. VOLTAMPS/PHASE DESCRIPTION CKT NO. A I B C A I B I C 1 LTG - GENERAL 1,044 7////:"__2/2 .2 12 20 1 1 20 12 400 72/ / 77 % RCPT -SECURITY 2 3 5 LTG - W ISLAND DISPLAY LTG - N ISLAND DIPLAY 7�7j / 1,215 /� 12 12 20 20 1 1 1 1 20 20 12 12 -/ 7 ///7 400 )" 7/0 400 RCPT -SECURITY RCPT -MONITOR 4 6 //"7 /7/0/ 1,125 128.54 - BRIDAL DISPLAY 136.83 ///7 / // j 12 200.00 SPARE CAPACITY AMPS 63 400 j! i/ / /4 RCPT-SOURCPT-GENERAL SYSTEM a0 97 SPARE //765 Z. ' 20 1 1 20 12 ;; �ij 11 13 BRIDAL WALL CASE LTG- BACK AREA/EF1 /7 , / 7/7 7 600 12 12 20 20 1 1 1 1 20 20 12 200 7/77 ,2 % 7/21 SPARE RCPT -TV 12 14 375 ;j7/ �// / 15 SIGNAGE - W j'7/0j 1,200 ii//i 12 20 1 1 20 12 7/&,/; 360 7/, - / RCPT -DESK 16 17 SIGNAGE - S 77/; / /7/7/ 1,200 12 20 1 1 20 / �/,/ 77 SPARE 18 19 21 SIGNAGE - SW SPARE 1 200 07 ,7 // .'// 12 20 1 1 1 1 20 20 12 / 360 7/1 ./ '/t7 `t% 7" 7 RCPT -BRIDAL WALL SPARE 20 22 / �// �� 23 SPARE » / : / j,//', 20 1 1 20 12 //,� / j/2 ` 180 RCPT -RTU 24 25 SPARE / /�7 /// 20 1 1 20 12 400 / ��/j SONIC CLEANER 26 27 29 SPARE SPARE Z/7/ i j2" ,, 7;'»" /7/ / 20 20 1 1 1 1 20 20 77/774! ' /, 7 / // � 7; j,. ` 7 SPARE SPARE -._. ---- - -- 28 30 31 SPARE 777 /7 /i 20 1 1 20 7// 1 71/7/ SPARE 32 33 SPARE �i ,/' j 20 1 1 20 �, „ // ,/./ SPARE 34 35 37 39 SPARE LCP1/TVSS 1 7;//7�� 12 20 15 1 3 1 3 20 60 12 6 ////:& 6,120 %7 /0� r/, /1 77//72/ 7/ 7 6,120 1,500 / .0/ // 7. WH -1 RTU -1 36 38 40 200 /'7 /77 r/,j� L ' /' 200 f _ / �; / . ////// 777/ 6,1202 41 / 77'// 200 SECTION: 43 45 2 BRIDAL CASE LTG 840 - // ' 7, '� / 12 20 1 1 20 12 1,000 _177/0 7 '1 , NW ROLL GRILLE 44 BRIDAL CASE PWR/RCPT /i, : %/ 1,390 `:/7 12 20 1 1 20 12 7' // 1,000 /2 i SW ROLL GRILLE 46 47 BRIDAL CASH WRAP /,/ 1./',, 600 12 20 1 1 20 12 /////i,,!7i/ 1,000 S ROLL GRILLE A 48 49 51 53 SMALL FLOOR DISPLAY 400 177,;, 12 20 1 1 20 12 1,000 /�/,,,� S ROLL GRILLE B .....50 NW ISLAND CASE LTG NW ISLAND CASE PWR/RCPT 7 /t- /;1,270 ,/ 475 7-77 ' /// 7 12 12 20 20 1 1 1 1 20 20 12 7 ,77 / 77! 1,000 _rir // _ S ROLL GRILLE C - SPARE 52 54 55 NW ISLAND CASH WRAP 600 7 /// % // // /� ', j 12 20 1 1 20 // %//7 SPARE 56 57 59 61 SPARE 20 1 1 20 l ,% /7 SPARE 58 N ISLAND CASH WRAP N ISLAND PWR/RCPT _;�j 1,170 / / 7'/ 600 , /: j,. / 12 12 20 20 1 1 1 1 20 20 r � lam`' % �/ f �f 77 ,�' SPARE SPARE - 62 63 N ISLAND CASE LTG /7 420 2, '/ 12 20 1 1 20 // _cif / /j� SPARE 64 65 67 69 N FLOOR DISPLAY , / 600 12 20 1 1 20 - 7/ SPARE 66 SPARE SPARE , �, ,Z'77-2/.1/ ./ / 7 // / 20 20 1 1 1 1 20 20 //// �77_.2///'' // l/r /' 7/: 7 SPARE SPARE 68 70 71 SPARE /// / /7/ 7 20 1 1 20 ;//// / 777 SPARE 72 SUBTOTAL 6,594 4,900 6,195 9,880 9,600 9,200 SUBTOTAL TOTAL PHASE A - VA 16,474 137 LOAD CONN. VA DF LOAD CONN. VA DF COOLING HEATING 18,360 1.00 0 REFRIGERATION SIGN/DISPLAY 3,600 1.00 1.25 AMPS TOTAL PHASE B - VA 14,500 1.25 AMPS 121 LIGHTING RECEPTACLES MOTORS SUPP HEAT MISC EQUIP 4,457 3,600 1,104 1,500 9,785 KITCHEN 1.00 1.0/.5 1.00 1.00 1.00 EXISTING 1.00 TOTAL PHASE C - VA 15,395 128 LARGE MOTOR 3,963 1.25 TOTAL DEMAND AMPS SHOW WINDOW 1.25 49,374 VA TOTAL PNLBD - VA 46,369 LTG TRACK 1,00 137 A AMPS 129 PANELBOARD NOTES EM - EMERG LTG HANDLE -ON CLAMP LCK - HANDLE PADLOCKABLE-OFF DEVICE FEED THRU CONNECTION: #4/0 RL - CIRCUIT CONTROLLED VIA RELAY. REFER TO LCP1 SCHEDULE ON Et LTG TRACK - TRACK LENGTH SIGN/DISPLAY - SIGNAGE & DISPLAY CASE NOTE: UTILITY TRANSFORMER: 500 KVA, 3%Z, SECONDARY 208Y/120V, PAD MOUNT AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AT SECONDARY IS: CANNOT BE DETERMINED BY UTILITY AT THIS TIME UTILITY COMPANY: PUGET SOUND ENERGY UTILITY CONTACT: (888) 225-5773 FAULT CURRENT SOURCE: INFINITE PRIMARY FAULT CURRENT INFORMATION COULD NOT BE OBTAINED AT THIS TIME. FAULT CURRENT VALUE BASED UPON SERVICE SIZE WITH A 500KVA TRANSFORMER WITH 3.0% IMPEDANCE. UTILITY TRANSFORMER EXISTING TO REMAIN mm'208Y/120V Fl • )( E2. l 3 EXISTING WIREWAY E2. F3 \1 3P 200AS - 150AF ETR LANDLORD'S DISTRIBUTION ROOM TENANT SPACE 2 (DEMO) PNLBD P1 208/120 154 F4 PNLBD P1 208/120 (SEC. 1) PNLBD P1 208/120 (SEC. 2) 1 ONE -LINE DIAGRAM SCALE: FTS EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT NOTE: THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE PRIOR TO BID TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. THIS INCLUDES VERIFYING ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT, PANELBOARDS, TIME CLOCKS, METERS, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, TRANSFORMERS, ETC. ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT WHICH IS REUSED SHALL BE REFURBISHED (CLEANED, CHECKED FOR PROPER OPERATION, ALL MARKINGS INCLUDING NAMEPLATES, PERMANENT MARKER WRITINGS, ETC. REMOVED, AND REPAINTED IF NECESSARY. ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT WHICH IS REUSED SHALL COMPLY 100% WITH THE DESIGN PRESENTED ON THESE DRAWINGS AND WITH THE OWNER'S SATIFACTION, UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE BY THE OWNER OR THE ARCHITECT. CIRCUIT SCHEDULE: ALL CONDUCTOR SIZES ARE BASED ON 75 DEG C RATED TERMINATION AND COPPER CONDUCTORS WITH TYPE THHN/THWN-2 INSULATION. WHERE ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE ALLOWED PER SPECIFICATIONS AND FOR TERMINATION OR INSULATION TYPES RATED LESS THAN 75 DEG C, MODIFY SIZES ACCORDING TO NFPA 70. [154 I 150A, (4)#1/0, (1)#6G, 1-1/2" C LE154 I 150A, (4)#1/0, (1)#6G, 1-1/2" C ONE -LINE KEYED NOTES: Trl NEW 150A MCB 120/208 VOLT 3PHASE INTEGRATED PANEL FURNISHED BY CPI. 57 EXTEND EXISTING FEEDERS TO NEW PANELBOARD J LOCATION. CJ CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH THE UTILITY THE ACTUAL SIZE OF THE TRANSFORMER AND THE IMPEDANCE. THE SECONDARY SERVICE CONDUCTOR SIZE SHALL ALSO BE VERIFIED. REPORT FINDINGS TO ENGINEER IF DIFFERENT THAN INDICATED ON THE ONE -LINE. LCK TENANT ELECTRICAL SERVICE LOAD SUMMARY TENANT OCCUPANCY TYPE: M TENANT SQUARE FOOTAGE: 1,865 SERVICE DESCRIPTION: 208Y/120V, 3PH LOAD DESCRIPTION Connected KVA Demand FACTOR Demand KVA HVAC - SUMMER 18.36 100% 18.36 HVAC - WINTER 0.00 100% 0.00 LIGHTING (PER NEC -220) 5.60 125% 6.99 RECEPTACLES 3.60 100%;50% 3.60 MOTOR LOADS 1.10 100% 1.10 LARGEST MOTOR LOAD 3.96 125% 4.95 SUPPLEMENTAL ELECTRIC HEAT 1.50 100% 1.50 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT 9.79 100% 9.79 DISPLAY CASE/SIGNAGE 2.40 125% 3.00 SHOW WINDOW / TRACK LIGHTING 0.00 PER NEC 0.00 TOTAL LOAD 46.31 KVA 49.30 TOTAL AMPACITY 128.54 AMPS 136.83 SERVICE AMPACITY 200 AMPS 200.00 SPARE CAPACITY AMPS 63 b NOTE: EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. RECEIVED CITU OF TI :Imo A IJAN 07 2013 HininbN ENGINEERS 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KS 66214 TEL9137425000 FAX9137425001 www.hei-eng.com 1250002493 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER: 1754 EXPIRES 06/30/13 _O N O O Y0 0- 00 Z IY • W O • N • OOi d - O CO M I- O C . W CO Z W ap Q� CO • J CO W OT O r J a L1) LL) O O T THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs,, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for ally part of this Project which do not bear the Architect's seal. The Architect's services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of an integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project, COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals are obtained, VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. P DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated, GLCUTATE & MEASURE &seasam - 00 i✓ T SCALE doings unless devise directed. p r o j e c t t i t I e _J.. CD �k w dgmo.) web npe,(!)-, QLUZLLI � 1� L.0 W 1- OU W !! ° c'df) E --- OO O ,...., CV c0 cc 0-5 O, J p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal d r a gtitle ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS d r a w i n g n u m b e r E4 DAVID D. HAAKE SECTION 16A GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS - REV 043012: 16A GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 16A GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ALL REQUIREMENTS UNDER DIVISION 1 AND THE GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS APPLY TO THIS SECTION AND DIVISION. WHERE THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION AND DIVISION EXCEED THOSE OF DIVISION 1, THIS SECTION AND DIVISION TAKE PRECEDENCE. BECOME THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH ALL THEIR CONTENTS AS TO REQUIREMENTS THAT AFFECT THIS DIVISION, SECTION OR BOTH. WORK REQUIRED UNDER THIS DIVISION INCLUDES ALL MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES, AND LABOR REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE ENTIRE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, OR REASONABLY INFERRED TO BE NECESSARY TO FACILITATE EACH SYSTEM'S FUNCTIONING AS IMPLIED BY THE DESIGN AND THE EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED. THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR THE PROJECT ARE COMPLEMENTARY, AND PORTIONS OF THE WORK DESCRIBED IN ONE, SHALL BE PROVIDED AS IF DESCRIBED IN BOTH. IN THE EVENT OF DISCREPANCIES, NOTIFY THE ENGINEER AND REQUEST CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK INVOLVED. DRAWINGS ARE GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS OF THE WORK UPON WHICH THE CONTRACT IS BASED. THEY SHOW THE MATERIALS AND THEIR RELATIONSHIP TO ONE ANOTHER, INCLUDING SIZES, SHAPES, LOCATIONS, AND CONNECTIONS. THEY ALSO CONVEY THE SCOPE OF WORK, INDICATING THE INTENDED GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF THE EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, OUTLETS AND CIRCUITS WITHOUT SHOWING ALL OF THE EXACT DETAILS AS TO ELEVATIONS, OFFSETS, CONTROL LINES, AND OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. USE THE DRAWINGS AS A GUIDE WHEN LAYING OUT THE WORK AND TO VERIFY THAT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT WILL FIT INTO THE DESIGNATED SPACES, AND WHICH, WHEN INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURERS' REQUIREMENTS, WILL ENSURE A COMPLETE, COORDINATED, SATISFACTORY AND PROPERLY OPERATING SYSTEM. DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC IN NATURE, SHOW THE VARIOUS COMPONENTS OF THE SYSTEMS APPROXIMATELY TO SCALE AND ATTEMPT TO INDICATE HOW THEY SHALL BE INTEGRATED WITH OTHER PARTS OF THE WORK. FIGURED DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE TO SCALED DIMENSIONS. DETERMINE EXACT LOCATIONS BY JOB MEASUREMENTS, BY CHECKING THE REQUIREMENTS OF OTHER TRADES, AND BY REVIEWING ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. CORRECT ERRORS THAT COULD HAVE BEEN AVOIDED BY PROPER CHECKING AND INSPECTION, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. SPECIFICATIONS DEFINE THE QUALITATIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, AND WORKMANSHIP UPON WHICH THE CONTRACT IS BASED. 16A DEFINITIONS WHENEVER USED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS OR DRAWINGS, THE FOLLOWING TERMS SHALL HAVE THE INDICATED MEANINGS: FURNISH: "TO SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO THE PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLING, INSTALLING, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS." INSTALL: "TO PERFORM ALL OPERATIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, AND AS REQUIRED: UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLING, ERECTING, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO DIMENSION, FINISHING, CURING, PROTECTING, CLEANING, TESTING, COMMISSIONING, STARTING UP AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS, COMPLETE, AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE." PROVIDE: "TO FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE, AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE. FURNISHED BY OWNER (OR OWNER—FURNISHED) OR FURNISHED BY OTHERS: "AN ITEM FURNISHED BY THE OWNER OR UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OR CONTRACTS, AND INSTALLED UNDER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DIVISION, COMPLETE, AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE, INCLUDING ALL ITEMS AND SERVICES INCIDENTAL TO THE WORK NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION. INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION UNDER THE WARRANTY REQUIRED BY THIS DIVISION. ENGINEER: WHERE REFERENCED IN THIS DIVISION, "ENGINEER" IS THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL FOR THE WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, AND IS A CONSULTANT TO, AND AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF, THE ARCHITECT, AS DEFINED IN THE GENERAL AND/OR SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. WHEN USED IN THIS DIVISION, IT MEANS INCREASED INVOLVEMENT BY, AND OBLIGATIONS TO, THE ENGINEER, IN ADDITION TO INVOLVEMENT BY, AND OBLIGATIONS TO, THE "ARCHITECT". AHJ: THE LOCAL CODE AND/OR INSPECTION AGENCY (AUTHORITY) HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. NRTL: NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY, AS DEFINED AND LISTED BY OSHA IN 29 CFR 1910.7 (E.G., UL, ETL, CSA), AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ OVER THIS PROJ ECT. HOMERUN: THAT PORTION OF AN ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ORIGINATING AT A JUNCTION BOX, TERMINATION BOX, RECEPTACLE OR SWITCH WITH TERMINATION AT AN ELECTRICAL PANELBOARD. NOTE: WHERE MC CABLE IS UTILIZED FOR RECEPTACLE AND/OR LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITING LOADS, THE ORIGINATING POINT OF THE HOMERUN SHALL BE AT THE FIRST LOAD IN THE CIRCUIT OR AT A JUNCTION BOX IN AN ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE IMMEDIATELY ABOVE THE FIRST LOAD. THE TERMS "APPROVED EQUAL", "EQUIVALENT", OR "EQUAL" ARE USED SYNONYMOUSLY AND SHALL MEAN "ACCEPTED BY OR ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENGINEER AS EQUIVALENT TO THE ITEM OR MANUFACTURER SPECIFIED". THE TERM "APPROVED" SHALL MEAN LABELED, LISTED, CERTIFIED, OR ALL THREE, BY AN NRTL, AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ OVER THIS PROJECT. 16A PRE—BID SITE VISIT PERSONALLY INSPECT THE SITE OF THE PROPOSED WORK AND BECOME FULLY INFORMED OF CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE DONE. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED SUFFICIENT JUSTIFICATION TO REQUEST OR OBTAIN EXTRA COMPENSATION OVER AND ABOVE THE CONTRACT PRICE. 16A MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP PROVIDE ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT NEW AND IN FIRST CLASS CONDITION. PROVIDE MARKINGS OR A NAMEPLATE FOR ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFYING THE MANUFACTURER AND PROVIDING SUFFICIENT REFERENCE TO ESTABLISH QUALITY, SIZE AND CAPACITY. ALL WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE OF THE FINEST POSSIBLE BY EXPERIENCED MECHANICS OF THE PROPER TRADE. IN GENERAL, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING QUALITY GRADE(S) FOR ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT COMMERCIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE PROVIDE ALL HOISTS, SCAFFOLDS, STAGING, RUNWAYS, TOOLS, MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK. STORE AND MAINTAIN MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT IN CLEAN CONDITION, AND PROTECTED FROM WEATHER, MOISTURE, AND PHYSICAL DAMAGE. FURNISH ONLY MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT THAT ARE LISTED, LABELED, CERTIFIED, OR ALL THREE, BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY (NRTL), WHENEVER ANY LISTING OR LABELING EXISTS FOR THE TYPES OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED. AT A MINIMUM, GENERAL WORK PRACTICES FOR ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH: NECA 1 (LATEST EDITION), "STANDARD PRACTICES FOR GOOD WORKMANSHIP IN ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION". 16A MANUFACTURERS IN OTHER ARTICLES WHERE LISTS OF MANUFACTURERS ARE INTRODUCED, SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED. WHERE A LIST IS PROVIDED, MANUFACTURERS ARE LISTED ALPHABETICALLY AND NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY RANKING OR PREFERENCE. WHERE MANUFACTURERS ARE NOT LISTED, PROVIDE PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FROM MANUFACTURERS THAT HAVE BEEN ACTIVELY INVOLVED IN MANUFACTURING THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT FOR NO LESS THAN 5 YEARS. 16A COORDINATION COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER DIVISIONS AND TRADES SO THAT VARIOUS OF..THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ARE INSTALLED AT THE PROPER TIME, FIT THE AVAILABLE SPACE, AND ALLOW PROPER SERVICE ACCESS TO ALL EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ALL DRAWINGS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CIVIL, ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, AND PLUMBING, AND TO RELEVANT EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS TO DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF CLEAR SPACES. MAKE ALL OFFSETS REQUIRED TO CLEAR EQUIPMENT, BEAMS AND OTHER STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, AND TO FACILITATE CONCEALING RACEWAYS IN THE MANNER ANTICIPATED IN THE DESIGN. PROVIDE MATERIALS WITH TRIM THAT WILL FIT PROPERLY THE TYPES OF CEILING, WALL, OR FLOOR FINISHES ACTUALLY INSTALLED. 16A ORDINANCES, CODES. AND STANDARDS COMPLY, AT A MINIMUM, WITH NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) STANDARDS, STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES, AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES FOR PERFORMANCE, WORKMANSHIP, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS. ADDITIONALLY, COMPLY WITH RULES AND REGULATIONS OF PUBLIC UTILITIES AND MUNICIPAL DEPARTMENTS AFFECTED BY CONNECTION OF SERVICES. WHERE CONFLICTS BETWEEN VARIOUS CODES, ORDINANCES, RULES, AND REGULATIONS EXIST, COMPLY WITH THE MOST STRINGENT. WHEREVER REQUIREMENTS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, OR BOTH, EXCEED THOSE OF THE ABOVE ITEMS, THE REQUIREMENTS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, OR BOTH, SHALL GOVERN. CODE COMPLIANCE, AT A MINIMUM, IS MANDATORY. CONSTRUE NOTHING IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AS PERMITTING WORK NOT IN COMPLIANCE, AT A MINIMUM, WITH THESE CODES. PROMPTLY BRING ALL CONFLICTS OBSERVED BETWEEN CODES, ORDINANCES, RULES, REGULATIONS, REFERENCED STANDARDS, AND THESE DOCUMENTS TO THE ENGINEER'S ATTENTION FOR FINAL RESOLUTION. CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY VIOLATION OF THE LAW. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN ALL NECESSARY SIGNAL LIGHTS AND GUARDS FOR THE SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS FOR WORK IN THIS DIVISION. 16A PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS STORE AND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS DELIVERED TO JOB SITE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS. FOR MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SUSCEPTIBLE TO CHANGING WEATHER CONDITIONS, DAMPNESS, OR TEMPERATURE VARIATIONS, STORE INSIDE IN CONDITION SPACES. FOR MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NOT SUSCEPTIBLE TO THESE CONDITIONS, COVER WITH WATERPROOF, TEAR—RESISTANT, HEAVY TARP OR POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT FROM PLASTER, DIRT, PAINT, WATER, OR PHYSICAL DAMAGE. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN DAMAGED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WILL BE REJECTED, AND CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH NEW EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL OF A LIKE KIND. PLUG OR CAP OPEN ENDS OF CONDUITS WHILE STORED AND INSTALLED DURING CONSTRUCTION WHEN NOT IN USE TO PREVENT THE ENTRANCE OF DEBRIS INTO THE SYSTEMS. 16A SUBSTITUTIONS INCLUDE IN THE BASE BID THE PRODUCTS SPECIFICALLY NAMED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS OR ON THE DRAWINGS. SUBMIT, IN THE FORM OF ALTERNATES, WITH BID, PRODUCTS OF ANY OTHER MANUFACTURERS FOR SIMILAR USE, PROVIDED THE DIFFERENCES IN COST, IF ANY, ARE INCLUDED FOR EACH PROPOSED ALTERNATE. PRIOR TO THE BID DATE, SUBSTITUTIONS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED UNLESS SUBMITTED FOR ENGINEER'S REVIEW, AT LEAST TEN CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS. INCLUDE THE NAME OF THE MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT FOR WHICH IT IS TO BE SUBSTITUTED AND A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE INCLUDING CUTSHEETS, PHOTOMETRIC DATA, AND ALL OTHER INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR AN EVALUATION FOR EACH SUCH REQUEST. PROVIDE FACTORY GENERATED POINT—BY—POINT CALCULATIONS FOR ALL EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURES (PHOTOMETRIC FILES SUPPLIED SO THE ENGINEER CAN GENERATE A POINT—BY—POINT DO NOT SUFFICE FOR THE POINT—BY—POINT CALCULATIONS). PROVIDE INTERIOR POINT—BY—POINT CALCULATIONS AT THE DISCRETION OF THE ENGINEER. SUBMIT A $100.00 REVIEW FEE TO THE ENGINEER WITH EACH SUCH POINT-BY—POINT CALCULATION FOR USE OF ELECTRONIC BASE FILES. AFTER THE BID DATE, PROPOSALS TO SUBSTITUTE LIGHT FIXTURES FOR THOSE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN, WILL ONLY BE CONSIDERED AS A DEDUCT. SUBMIT PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SEPARATELY, IN SUBMITTAL FORM, WITH A LIST OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS TOGETHER WITH A DEDUCT PRICE FOR EACH SUBSTITUTION. THE ENGINEER WILL THEN REVIEW THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS. THE ENGINEER WILL HAVE THE FINAL AUTHORITY AS TO WHETHER THE LIGHT FIXTURE IS AN ACCEPTABLE REPLACEMENT TO THE SPECIFIED ITEM. THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION MAY ALSO BE REJECTED BY THE ARCHITECT, THE ENGINEER OR THE OWNER FOR AESTHETIC REASONS IF FELT NECESSARY OR DESIRABLE. IN THE EVENT THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS HEREIN DESCRIBED ARE REJECTED, FURNISH THE SPECIFIED ITEM. 16A SUBMITTALS ASSEMBLE AND SUBMIT FOR ENGINEER'S REVIEW, MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCT LITERATURE FOR MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT TO BE FURNISHED, INSTALLED, OR BOTH, UNDER THIS DIVISION, INCLUDING SHOP DRAWINGS, MANUFACTURERS' PRODUCT DATA AND PERFORMANCE SHEETS, SAMPLES, AND OTHER SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY THIS DIVISION. HIGHLIGHT, MARK, LIST OR INDICATE THE MATERIALS, PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND ACCESSORIES THAT ARE BEING PROPOSED. PROVIDE THE NUMBER OF SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY DIVISION 1; HOWEVER, AT A MINIMUM, SUBMIT SEVEN (7) SETS. BEFORE SUBMITTING, VERIFY THAT ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SUBMITTED ARE MUTUALLY COMPATIBLE AND SUITABLE FOR THE INTENDED USE, FIT THE AVAILABLE SPACES, AND ALLOW AMPLE AND CODE— REQUIRED ROOM FOR ACCESS AND MAINTENANCE. SUBMITTALS SHALL CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION. SUBMITTALS NOT SO IDENTIFIED WILL BE RETURNED TO THE CONTRACTOR WITHOUT ACTION: THE PROJECT NAME. THE APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION SECTION AND PARAGRAPH. THE SUBMITTAL DATE. THE CONTRACTOR'S STAMP, WHICH SHALL CERTIFY THAT THE STAMPED DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN CHECKED BY THE CONTRACTOR, COMPLY WITH THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, AND HAVE BEEN COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES. SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL NOT CONTAIN HEI'S FIRM NAME OR LOGO, NOR SHALL IT CONTAIN THE HEI'S ENGINEERS' SEAL AND SIGNATURE. THEY SHALL NOT BE COPIES OF HEI'S WORK PRODUCT. TRANSMIT SUBMITTALS AS EARLY AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT THE PROJECT SCHEDULE. ALLOW FOR TWO WEEKS ENGINEER REVIEW TIME, PLUS MAILING TIME, PLUS A DUPLICATION OF THIS TIME FOR RESUBMITTALS, IF REQUIRED. TRANSMIT SUBMITTALS AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AFTER NOTICE TO PROCEED AND BEFORE CONSTRUCTION STARTS. THE ENGINEER'S SUBMITTAL REVIEWS WILL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS IN DIMENSIONS, DETAILS, SIZE OF MEMBERS, OR QUANTITIES; OR FOR OMITTING COMPONENTS OR FITTINGS; OR FOR NOT COORDINATING ITEMS WITH ACTUAL BUILDING CONDITIONS. REFER TO DIVISION 1 FOR ACCEPTANCE OF ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS FOR THIS PROJECT. FOR ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THE DOCUMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER THAT THE SHOP DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN POSTED. IF ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ARE NOT DEFINED IN DIVISION 1, CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE THE WEBSITE, USER NAME AND PASSWORD INFORMATION NEEDED TO ACCESS THE SUBMITTALS. FOR SUBMITTALS SENT BY E—MAIL, CONTRACTOR SHALL COPY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVES. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW THE ENGINEER REVIEW TIME AS SPECIFIED ABOVE IN THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY THE DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO PURCHASE THE MATERIALS AND/OR EQUIPMENT IN THE ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL AND SHALL CLEARLY INDICATE THE MATERIALS, PERFORMANCE CRITERIA AND ACCESSORIES BEING PROPOSED. GENERAL PRODUCT CATALOG DATA NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED TO BE PART OF THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT WILL BE REJECTED AND RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW. 16A ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES IN PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS OR RECORD DRAWINGS, CONTRACTOR MAY, AS AN OPTION, OBTAIN ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES IN AUTOCAD OR DXF FORMAT FROM THE ENGINEER FOR A SHIPPING AND HANDLING FEE OF $200 FOR A DRAWING SET UP TO 12 SHEETS AND $15 PER SHEET FOR EACH ADDITIONAL SHEET. CONTACT THE ARCHITECT FOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION; AND, CONTACT THE ENGINEER TO OBTAIN THE NECESSARY RELEASE AGREEMENT FORM AND TO INDICATE THE DESIRED SHIPPING METHOD AND DRAWING FORMAT. IN ADDITION TO PAYMENT,., ARCHITECT'S WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION AND ENGINEER'S RELEASE AGREEMENT FORM MUST BE RECEIVED BEFORE ELECTRONIC DRAWING FILES WILL BE SENT. 16A OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS SUBMIT FOR ENGINEER'S REVIEW, COPIES EACH OF OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION MANUALS, APPROPRIATELY BOUND INTO MANUAL FORM INCLUDING APPROVED COPIES OF THE FOLLOWING, REVISED IF NECESSARY TO SHOW SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT AS ACTUALLY INSTALLED. PROVIDE THE NUMBER OF SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY DIVISION 1; HOWEVER, AT A MINIMUM, SUBMIT THREE (3) SETS, AND INCLUDE, AT A MINIMUM, THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: MANUFACTURERS' CATALOGS AND PRODUCT DATA SHEETS WIRING DIAGRAMS MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS PARTS LISTS TEST REPORTS AS DEFINED IN NETA ATS FOR THE SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT PROVIDED OR FURNISHED OR INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. NAMES, ADDRESSES, TELEPHONE NUMBERS, AND E—MAIL ADDRESSES OF LOCAL CONTACTS FOR WARRANTEE SERVICES AND SPARE PARTS. SUBMIT MANUALS PRIOR TO REQUESTING THE FINAL PUNCH LIST AND BEFORE ANY REQUESTS FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. ALSO PROVIDE ADEQUATE VERBAL INSTRUCTIONS OF SYSTEM OPERATIONS TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AT THE COMPLETION OF, AND BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF, THE WORK. 16A WARRANTIES WARRANT EACH SYSTEM AND EACH ELEMENT THEREOF AGAINST ALL DEFECTS DUE TO FAULTY WORKMANSHIP, DESIGN OR MATERIAL FOR A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, UNLESS SPECIFIC ITEMS ARE NOTED TO CARRY A LONGER WARRANTY IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS OR MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WARRANTY EXCEEDS 12 MONTHS. REMEDY ALL DEFECTS, OCCURRING WITHIN THE WARRANTY PERIOD(S), AS STATED IN THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1. ALSO WARRANT THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL ITEMS: ALL RACEWAYS ARE FREE FROM OBSTRUCTIONS, HOLES, CRUSHING, OR BREAKS OF ANY NATURE. ALL RACEWAY SEALS ARE EFFECTIVE. THE ENTIRE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM IS FREE FROM ALL SHORT CIRCUITS AND UNWANTED OPEN CIRCUITS AND GROUNDS. THE ABOVE WARRANTIES SHALL INCLUDE LABOR AND MATERIAL. MAKE REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENTS WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE OWNER. PERFORM THE REMEDIAL WORK PROMPTLY, UPON WRITTEN NOTICE FROM THE ENGINEER OR OWNER. AT THE TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, DELIVER TO THE OWNER ALL WARRANTIES, IN WRITING AND PROPERLY EXECUTED, INCLUDING TERM LIMITS FOR WARRANTIES EXTENDING BEYOND THE ONE YEAR PERIOD, EACH WARRANTY INSTRUMENT BEING ADDRESSED TO THE OWNER AND STATING THE COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM. 16A MISCELLANEOUS REMODELING WORK PROVIDE ALL DEMOLITION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND NEW ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED BECAUSE OF BUILDING REMODELING, AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR NECESSARY FOR PROPER OPERATION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION. REMOVE ALL ABANDONED CABLES AND WIRING ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND VENTILATION SHAFTS. 16A ELECTRICAL WORK 1 6A BUILDING OPERATION COMPLY WITH THE SCHEDULE OF OPERATIONS AS OUTLINED IN THE ARCHITECTURAL PORTIONS OF THIS SPECIFICATION. BUILDING SHALL BE IN CONTINUOUS OPERATION. ACCOMPLISH WORK THAT REQUIRES INTERRUPTION OF BUILDING OPERATION AT A TIME WHEN THE BUILDING IS NOT IN OPERATION, AND ONLY WITH WRITTEN APPROVAL OF BUILDING OWNER AND/OR TENANT. COORDINATE INTERRUPTION OF BUILDING OPERATION WITH THE OWNER AND/OR TENANT A MINIMUM OF 7 DAYS IN ADVANCE OF WORK. 16A COINCIDENTAL DAMAGE REPAIR ALL STREETS, SIDEWALKS, DRIVES, PAVING, WALLS, FINISHES, AND OTHER FACILITIES DAMAGED IN THE COURSE OF THIS WORK. REPAIR MATERIALS SHALL MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. ALL BACKFILLING AND REPAIRING SHALL MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE OWNER, CITY AND OTHERS HAVING JURISDICTION. REPAIR WORK SHALL BE THOROUGHLY FIRST CLASS. 16A CUTTING AND PATCHING FOLLOWING THE REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 1, CUT WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, AND OTHER PORTIONS OF THE FACILITY AS REQUIRED TO PERFORM WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. OBTAIN PERMISSION OF THE ENGINEER, OWNER, OR BOTH, BEFORE DOING ANY CUTTING. CUT ALL HOLES AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE. PATCH WALLS, FLOORS, AND OTHER PORTIONS OF THE FACILITY AS REQUIRED BY WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. ALL PATCHING SHALL BE THOROUGHLY FIRST CLASS AND SHALL MATCH THE ORIGINAL MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING FIRE RATINGS IF APPLICABLE. 16A ROUGH—IN COORDINATE WITHOUT DELAY ALL ROUGHING—IN WITH OTHER DIVISIONS. CONCEAL ALL RACEWAYS EXCEPT IN UNFINISHED AREAS AND WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 16A SUPPORT SYSTEMS 1. STEEL SLOTTED SUPPORT SYSTEMS (SLOTTED CHANNEL): COMPLY WITH MFMA-3, FACTORY—FABRICATED COMPONENTS FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY; 12—GAUGE, 1-5/8—INCH' BY 1-5/8—INCH; COOPER B—LINE, ERICO INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION, HILTI, INC., POWER—STRUT, THOMAS & BETTS CORPORATION, UNISTRUT. FINISHES: A. METALLIC COATINGS: HOT—DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION AND APPLIED ACCORDING TO MFMA-3. B. NONMETALLIC COATINGS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PVC, POLYURETHANE OR POLYESTER COATING APPLIED ACCORDING TO MFMA-3. C. PAINTED COATINGS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PAINTED COATING APPLIED ACCORDING TO MFMA-3. 2. ALUMINUM SLOTTED SUPPORT SYSTEMS (SLOTTED CHANNEL): COMPLY WITH MFMA- 3, TYPE 6063—T6, PER ASTM 8221; FACTORY—FABRICATED COMPONENTS FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY; 12—GAUGE, 1-5/8—INCH BY 1-5/8—INCH; COOPER B— LINE, ERICO INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION, HILTI, INC., POWER—STRUT, THOMAS & BETTS CORPORATION, UNISTRUT. FIELD FABRICATION: WHERE FIELD CUTTING OF STANDARD LENGTHS OF CHANNEL ARE REQUIRED, MAKE CUTS STRAIGHT AND PERPENDICULAR TO MANUFACTURED SURFACES. FOR FIELD—CUT OR DAMAGED SURFACES OF COATED CHANNELS, DRESS CUT ENDS, DAMAGED SURFACES, OR BOTH, WITH AN ABRASIVE MATERIAL (E.G., FILE, GRINDING STONE, OR SIMILAR) AND CLEANSER TO REMOVE OILS, RUST, SHARP EDGES AND SHARDS. FOR CHANNEL WITH A FACTORY—APPLIED COATING, RE—FINISH CUT EDGES WITH A COATING COMPATIBLE WITH THE FACTORY FINISH AND AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER (E.G., MANUFACTURER'S TOUCH—UP PAINT OR ZINC—RICH COLD—GALVANIZING COMPOUND, AS APPLICABLE). 16A PENETRATIONS COORDINATE SLEEVE SELECTION AND APPLICATION WITH SELECTION AND APPLICATION OF FIRE—STOPPING SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 7 SECTION "THROUGH— PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS." ROOFS: COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH ENGINEER, OWNER, AND AS APPLICABLE, THE ROOFING CONTRACTOR PROVIDING A ROOF WARRANTY. KEEP ALL RACEWAY PENETRATIONS WITHIN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CURBS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 15 WORK. FLASH AND COUNTERFLASH ALL OPENINGS THROUGH ROOF, AND/OR PROVIDE PRE— FABRICATED MOLDED SEALS COMPATIBLE WITH THE ROOF CONSTRUCTION INSTALLED, OR AS REQUIRED BY THE ENGINEER, OWNER, OR ROOFING CONTRACTOR. ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS SHALL BE LEAKTIGHT AT THE TERMINATION OF THE WORK AND SHALL NOT VOID ANY NEW OR EXISTING ROOF WARRANTIES. WALLS AND FLOORS: SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES 1. STEEL PIPE SLEEVES: ASTM A 53/A 53M, TYPE E, GRADE B, SCHEDULE 40, GALVANIZED STEEL, PLAIN ENDS AND DRIP RINGS. 2. CAST—IRON PIPE SLEEVES: CAST OR FABRICATED "WALL PIPE," EQUIVALENT TO DUCTILE—IRON PRESSURE PIPE, WITH PLAIN ENDS AND INTEGRAL WATERSTOP, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. SLEEVES FOR RECTANGULAR OPENINGS: GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL WITH MINIMUM 0.138 INCH THICKNESS AND OF WIDTH AND LENGTH TO SUIT APPLICATION. 16A FIRE—STOPPING THROUGH PENETRATIONS FIRE—RESISTANT THROUGH PENETRATION SEALANTS: TWO—PART, FOAMED—IN—PLACE, SILICONE SEALANT FORMULATED FOR USE IN THROUGH—PENETRATION FIRE— STOPPING AROUND CABLES, RACEWAYS, AND CABLE TRAY PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE—RATED WALLS AND FLOORS. SEALANTS AND ACCESSORIES SHALL HAVE FIRE—RESISTANCE RATINGS INDICATED, AS ESTABLISHED BY TESTING IDENTICAL ASSEMBLIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 814, BY UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC., OR OTHER NRTL ACCEPTABLE TO AHJ. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: HILTI, INC. 3M CORP. RECTORSEAL. SPECIFY TECHNOLOGY INC. UNITED STATES GYPSUM COMPANY. SUBMITTALS SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA, MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND TECHNICAL DATA FOR EACH MATERIAL INCLUDING THE COMPOSITION AND LIMITATIONS, DOCUMENTATION OF UL FIRESTOP SYSTEMS TO BE USED AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS TO COMPLY WITH DIVISION 1. MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEERING JUDGMENT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND DRAWING DETAILS WHEN NO UL SYSTEM IS AVAILABLE FOR AN APPLICATION. ENGINEERING JUDGMENT SHALL INCLUDE BOTH PROJECT NAME AND CONTRACTOR'S NAME WHO WILL INSTALL FIRESTOP SYSTEM AS DESCRIBED IN DRAWINGS. SUBMIT MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS PROVIDED WITH PRODUCT DELIVERED TO JOB—SITE. 16A ACCESS DOORS PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN CEILINGS AND WALLS, WHERE INDICATED OR REQUIRED FOR ACCESS OR MAINTENANCE TO CONCEALED EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION. PROVIDE CONCEALED HINGES, SCREWDRIVER—TYPE LOCK, AND ANCHOR STRAPS. MANUFACTURED BY MILCOR, ZURN, TITUS, OR EQUAL. OBTAIN ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL OF TYPE, SIZE, LOCATION AND COLOR BEFORE ORDERING. 16A EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS PROVIDE NECESSARY EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES THAT ARE NOT PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER OR OWNER TO COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS, IN LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFIED HEREIN, OR BOTH. EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES NOT PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER MAY INCLUDE SUCH ITEMS AS FLEXIBLE CORDS AND PLUGS, AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION OF THE COMPLETE SYSTEM, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECT ROUGH—IN DIMENSIONS, AND VERIFY THEM WITH ENGINEER, OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER, OR ALL THREE, PRIOR TO ROUGH—IN AND SERVICE INSTALLATIONS. 16A CLEANING IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF DIVISION 1, REMOVE FROM THE PREMISES DIRT AND REFUSE RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK, AS REQUIRED, TO PREVENT ACCUMULATION. COOPERATE IN MAINTAINING REASONABLY CLEAN PREMISES AT ALL TIMES. IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION, MAKE A FINAL CLEANUP OF DIRT AND REFUSE RESULTING FROM THE WORK. CLEAN ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLED UNDER THIS DIVISION. REMOVE DIRT, DUST, PLASTER, STAINS AND FOREIGN MATTER FROM ALL SURFACES. TOUCH UP AND RESTORE ALL DAMAGED FINISHES TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION. 16A ADJUSTING, ALIGNING AND TESTING ADJUST, ALIGN, AND TEST ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ON THIS PROJECT PROVIDED UNDER THIS DIVISION AND ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS FOR INSTALLATION OR WIRING UNDER THIS DIVISION, FOR PROPER OPERATION. TEST ALL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT ACCORDING TO THE REQUIREMENTS IN NETA ATS (LATEST EDITION) AND ALL ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN FOLLOWING SECTIONS. MAINTAIN THE FOLLOWING ON THE PROJECT PREMISES AT ALL TIMES: A TRUE RMS READING VOLTMETER, A TRUE RMS READING AMMETER, AND A MEGOHMMETER INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTER. PROVIDE TEST DATA READINGS AS REQUESTED OR AS REQUIRED BY THE ENGINEER. 16A EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES: ENGRAVED, CONTRASTING COLOR, THREE—LAYER, LAMINATED PLASTIC INDICATING THE NAME OF THE EQUIPMENT, LOAD, OR CIRCUIT AS DESIGNATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN THE SPECIFICATIONS: FIELD—APPLIED PERMANENT EPDXY ADHESIVE, COMPATIBLE WITH THE EQUIPMENT FINISH. ATTACHMENT METHOD SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE MANUFACTURERS OF THE EQUIPMENT TO WHICH THE NAMEPLATES ARE BEING APPLIED. COLOR: BLACK BACKGROUND WITH WHITE LETTERS FOR NORMAL POWER; RED BACKGROUND WITH WHITE LETTERS FOR EMERGENCY POWER. LETTER HEIGHT: 1/2—INCH MINIMUM. 16A SYSTEM START UP PRIOR TO STARTING UP THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS: 1. CHECK ALL COMPONENTS AND DEVICES. 2. LUBRICATE ITEMS ACCORDINGLY. 3. TIGHTEN SCREWS AND BOLTS FOR CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED TORQUE—TIGHTENING VALUES. IF MANUFACTURER'S TORQUE VALUES ARE NOT INDICATED, USE THOSE SPECIFIED IN UL 486A AND UL 486B. 4. ADJUST TAPS ON EACH TRANSFORMER FOR RATED SECONDARY VOLTAGE WHEN THE TRANSFORMER IS AT MINIMUM LOAD. 5. CHECK AND RECORD BUILDING'S SERVICE ENTRANCE VOLTAGE, GROUNDING CONDITIONS, GROUNDING RESISTANCE, AND PROPER PHASING. 6. REPLACE ALL BURNED—OUT LAMPS AND LAMPS USED FOR TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION LIGHTING IN PERMANENT LIGHT FIXTURES. 7. AFTER ALL SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN INSPECTED AND ADJUSTED, CONFIRM ALL OPERATING FEATURES REQUIRED BY THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND MAKE FINAL ADJUSTMENTS AS NECESSARY. 16A EXISTING EQUIPMENT REUSE AND REMOVAL REMOVE ALL EXISTING WIRING, LIGHT FIXTURES, EXPOSED CONDUITS AND OTHER ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS NOT REUSED PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK. EXISTING RACEWAYS MAY BE REUSED IF THEIR POINTS OF TERMINATIONS ARE SUITABLE; IF THEY ARE CLEAN INSIDE WITH NO EVIDENCE OF RUST OR BURRS; IF FREE FROM CRACKS, FLATTENED SECTIONS OR SHARP BENDS; AND, IF SUITABLY LOCATED TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH OTHER TRADES OR INSTALLATIONS. CAREFULLY "FISH" ALL EXISTING CONDUITS REUSED UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO REMOVE ALL DEBRIS AND OBSTRUCTIONS, AND SWAB UNTIL ALL MOISTURE IS REMOVED. CUT, PATCH, AND REPAIR WHERE REQUIRED FOR NEW ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS, AND PATCH AND REPAIR ALL SURFACE DAMAGE RESULTING FROM THIS WORK. CUT FLUSH WITH THE FLOOR AND PLUG AT BOTH ENDS, RACEWAYS STUBBED ABOVE THE FLOOR AND NOT USED AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK. RELOCATE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS REQUIRED TO BE IN OPERATION AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE CONTRACT, IF REQUIRED, AS A RESULT OF WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT, EVEN IF NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS. 16A ALTERNATES INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES NECESSARY FOR AND INCIDENTAL TO THE COMPLETION OF ALL WORK UNDER EACH PARTICULAR ALTERNATE. FURNISH SEPARATE BIDS FOR EACH APPLICABLE ALTERNATE, STATING THE AMOUNT TO BE ADDED TO OR DEDUCTED FROM THE BASE BID FOR EACH ALTERNATE ACCEPTED. APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THE BASE SPECIFICATIONS APPLY TO ALL WORK REQUIRED BY THE ALTERNATES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL PORTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE LIST OF ALTERNATES. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES: ON ALL PANELBOARDS, SWITCHES, STARTERS, DIMMERS, SWITCHES IN, DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS AND SWITCHBOARDS. &i:Pro/C4cs <06,44 NOTE: EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS—BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. RECEIVED cm/ OF T(rxnnnt 1 JAN 0 7 2013 PERMIT CENTER tJENGINEERSHENDERSON N 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KS 66214 TEL. 913 742 5000 FAX 913 742 5001 www.hei-eng.com 1250002493 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER: 1754 EXPIRES 06/30/13 O CO C/) 0 z CC W 0 • 0 0 N- uJ H- 5 Cn LU Z LLI J L.1 CA THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 11 C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions existing construction elements, or any documents, drawings or other instruments used for any part of this Project which do not bear the Architects seal. The Architect s senates are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of an integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project COMPLY El all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals are obtained, VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated. CALCINE & MEASURE dimensions - DO NOT SCALE drawings unless Anise directed. p r o j e c t t i t I e p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 d r a w i n g i s s u a n c e PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal d .r a w i n g t i t l e ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS d r a w i n g n u m b e r E5 SECTION 16B BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS — REV 043012 16B RACEWAYS METALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING: ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING, COUPLINGS AND FITTINGS (EMT): ANSI C80.3, UL 797. ONLY STEEL PRODUCTS ALLOWED. REDUCED WALL EMT IS NOT ALLOWED FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC): ZINC -COATED STEEL OR ALUMINUM, UL 1. REDUCED—WALL FMC IS NOT ALLOWED INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC): HOT—DIP GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT: ANSI C80.6, UL 1242. LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMC): FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT WITH PVC JACKET: UL 360 RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC): HOT—DIP GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT (GRS): ANSI C80.1, UL 6. RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT (RAC): ANSI C80.5, UL 6A. PLASTIC—COATED IMC, RMC, AND FITTINGS: NEMA RN 1, UL LISTED. IMC AND RMC FITTINGS: NEMA FB 1; COMPATIBLE WITH CONDUIT TYPE AND MATERIAL, UL LISTED NON—METALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING: RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT (RNC): SCHEDULE 40 PVC, 90 DEG C RATED, NEMA TC— 2, UL 651; FITTINGS: NEMA TC 3, TC 6; UL 514, COMPATIBLE WITH CONDUIT/TUBING TYPE AND MATERIAL, UL LISTED. $PT - 16B RACEWAY INSTALLATION ABOVE GROUND USE INSTALL ALL CIRCULAR RACEWAYS CONCEALED ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS OR CONCEALED IN WALLS OR FLOORS WHEREVER POSSIBLE EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED. PROVIDE GRS FOR ALL CONDUITS RUN EXPOSED TO WEATHER, OR EXPOSED TO OTHER HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS. ALL OTHER RACEWAY MAY BE EMT WHERE APPROVED BY LOCAL CODE. USE COMPRESSION TYPE FITTINGS FOR EMT, WITH ALL FITTINGS UL LISTED FOR THE ENVIRONMENT IN WHICH THEY ARE USED. EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS USE FMC FOR FINAL CONNECTION TO EACH MOTOR AND TRANSFORMER, AND TO ANY DEVICE THAT WOULD OTHERWISE TRANSMIT MOTION, VIBRATION, OR NOISE. USE LFMC WHERE EXPOSED TO LIQUIDS, VAPORS OR SUNLIGHT, AND TO CONNECT TO KITCHEN AND FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE ALL FMC AND LFMC WITH AN INSULATED BONDING CONDUCTOR. USE ONLY METAL RACEWAYS FOR ALL POWER WIRING FROM THE OUTPUT OF VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES TO THEIR RESPECTIVE MOTORS. GENERAL RACEWAY INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS INSTALL RACEWAYS PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO BUILDING LINES. INSTALL RACEWAYS TO REQUIREMENTS OF STRUCTURE AND TO REQUIREMENTS OF ALL OTHER WORK ON THE PROJECT; TO CLEAR ALL OPENINGS, DEPRESSIONS, PIPES, DUCTS, REINFORCING STEEL, AND OTHER IMMOVABLE OBSTACLES. INSTALL RACEWAYS SET IN FORMS FOR CONCRETE STRUCTURE IN SUCH A MANNER THAT INSTALLATION WILL NOT AFFECT THE STRENGTH OF THE STRUCTURE. EXCEPT WHERE APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE ENGINEER, INSTALL NO RACEWAY IN A SLAB—ON—GRADE. LOCATE RACEWAY BELOW GRANULAR FILL BELOW SLABS—ON— GRADE. INSTALL RACEWAYS CONTINUOUS BETWEEN CONNECTIONS TO OUTLETS, BOXES AND CABINETS WITH A MINIMUM POSSIBLE NUMBER OF BENDS AND NOT MORE THAN THE EQUIVALENT OF FOUR 90—DEGREE BENDS BETWEEN CONNECTIONS. USE MANUFACTURED ELBOWS FOR ALL 45— AND 90—DEGREE BENDS, UNLESS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER IN ADVANCE. MAKE OTHER BENDS SMOOTH AND EVEN AND WITHOUT FLATTENING RACEWAY OR FLAKING GALVANIZING OR ENAMEL. RADII OF BENDS SHALL BE AS LONG AS POSSIBLE AND NEVER SHORTER THAN THE CORRESPONDING TRADE ELBOW. USE LONG RADIUS ELBOWS FOR ALL UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS, WHERE NECESSARY OR INDICATED. SECURELY FASTEN RACEWAYS IN PLACE WITH APPROVED STRAPS, HANGERS AND STEEL SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED. ATTACH RACEWAY SUPPORTS TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. HANG SINGLE RACEWAYS FOR FEEDERS WITH MALLEABLE SPLIT RING HANGERS WITH ROD AND TURNBUCKLE SUSPENSION FROM INSERTS SPACED NOT OVER 10 FEET APART IN CONSTRUCTION ABOVE. CLAMP GROUPS OF HORIZONTAL FEEDER RACEWAYS TO STEEL CHANNELS THAT ARE SUSPENDED FROM INSERTS SPACED NOT OVER 10 FEET APART IN CONSTRUCTION ABOVE. SECURELY CLAMP VERTICAL FEEDER RACEWAYS TO STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE. INSTALL CABLE CLAMPS FOR SUPPORT OF VERTICAL FEEDERS WHERE REQUIRED. ADD RACEWAY SUPPORTS WITHIN 12 INCHES OF ALL BENDS, ON BOTH SIDES OF THE BENDS. DO NOT SUPPORT RACEWAYS FROM SUSPENDED CEILING COMPONENTS. REAM RACEWAY ENDS, THOROUGHLY CLEAN RACEWAYS BEFORE INSTALLATION, AND KEEP CLEAN AFTER INSTALLATION. PLUG OR COVER OPENINGS AND BOXES AS REQUIRED TO KEEP RACEWAYS CLEAN DURING CONSTRUCTION AND FISH ALL RACEWAYS CLEAR OF OBSTRUCTIONS BEFORE PULLING CONDUCTORS WIRES. PROVIDE RACEWAYS OF AMPLE SIZE FOR PULLING OF WIRE AND NOT SMALLER THAN CODE REQUIREMENTS AND NOT LESS THAN 1/2—INCH IN SIZE, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. HOMERUNS CONTAINING MORE THAN ONE BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3/4— INCH IN SIZE. PROTECT ALL RACEWAY INSTALLATIONS AGAINST DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION. REPAIR ALL RACEWAYS DAMAGED OR MOVED OUT OF LINE AFTER ROUGHING—IN TO MEET ENGINEER'S APPROVAL WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALIGN AND INSTALL TRUE AND PLUMB ALL RACEWAY TERMINATIONS AT PANELBOARDS, SWITCHBOARDS, MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT AND JUNCTION BOXES. INSTALL APPROVED EXPANSION/DEFLECTION FITTINGS WHERE RACEWAYS PASS THROUGH (IF EMBEDDED) OR ACROSS (IF EXPOSED) EXPANSION JOINTS. ALSO WHEN USING RNC OR RAC IN EXPOSED ENVIRONMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC AND EXPANSION/CONTRACTION PROPERTIES OF RNC OR RAC. INSTALL A PULL WIRE IN EACH EMPTY RACEWAY THAT IS LEFT FOR INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS OR CABLES UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OR CONTRACTS. USE POLYPROPYLENE OR MONOFILAMENT PLASTIC LINE WITH NOT LESS THAN 200—LB TENSILE STRENGTH. LEAVE AT LEAST 24 INCHES OF SLACK AT EACH END OF PULL WIRE. MAKE ALL JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS IN A MANNER THAT WILL ENSURE MECHANICAL STRENGTH AND ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY. 16B BUSHINGS AND LOCKNUTS RIGIDLY TERMINATE CONDUITS ENTERING SHEET METAL ENCLOSURES TO THE ENCLOSURE WITH A BUSHING AND LOCKNUT ON THE INSIDE AND A LOCKNUT OR AN APPROVED HUB ON THE OUTSIDE. CONDUIT SHALL ENTER THE ENCLOSURE SQUARELY. PROVIDE BUSHINGS AND LOCKNUTS MADE OF GALVANIZED MALLEABLE IRON WITH SHARP, CLEAN—CUT THREADS. WHERE EMT ENTERS A BOX, PROVIDE APPROVED EMT COMPRESSION CONNECTORS. USE INSULATED, GROUNDING, OR COMBINATION, BUSHINGS WHEREVER CONNECTION IS SUBJECT TO VIBRATION OR MOISTURE, WHEN REQUIRED BY NFPA 70, OR BOTH. 16B CONDUCTORS AND CABLES CONDUCTOR MATERIAL: ANNEALED (SOFT) COPPER COMPLYING WITH ICEA S-95-658/NEMA WC70; COMPACT STRANDED, ALUMINUM ALLOY (M-8000 SERIES), COMPLYING WITH ICEA 5-95-658/NEMA WC70; NO. 2 AWG OR LARGER ONLY. ALCAN STABILOY OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. TERMINATIONS: TINNED, COMPRESSION TYPE ONLY; UL—LISTED FOR COPPER AND ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS AT 75 DEGREES C MINIMUM. INCREASE THE RACEWAY SIZE AS REQUIRED, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER, TO ACCOMMODATE THE INCREASED SIZE OF THE ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS. ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR SIZE SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE AMPERE RATING OF THE SCHEDULED COPPER CONDUCTORS AT 75 DEGREES C. OPTION APPLIES ONLY FOR FEEDERS OR SERVICES NO. 2 AWG AND LARGER (BASED ON COPPER CONDUCTORS): SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS FEEDERS TO SWITCHBOARDS FEEDERS TO PANELBOARDS EXCEPTION: APARTMENT UNIT LOAD CENTER FEEDER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER; ALUMINUM IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. FEEDERS TO MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS FEEDERS TO TRANSFORMERS CIRCUITS SUPPLYING INDIVIDUAL MOTORS HAVING A RUNNING LOAD CURRENT LARGER THAN 100 AMPERES. APPLY A ZINC BASED, ANTI—OXIDIZING COMPOUND TO CONNECTIONS. WHERE ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS TERMINATE IN MAIN LUGS IN PANELBOARDS OR SWITCHBOARDS, USE HYDRAULIC—COMPRESSION TYPE CONNECTORS WITH A ZINC BASE, ANTI—OXIDIZING COMPOUND. USE COMPRESSION TOOLS OF THE TYPE THAT WILL NOT RELEASE UNLESS THE CORRECT PRESSURE HAS BEEN APPLIED. MEASURE THE TEMPERATURE OF ALL ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS AT ALL SPLICES AND TERMINATIONS. MAKE EACH TEST UNDER TYPICAL BUILDING LOAD CONDI— TIONS AFTER THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED AND IN OPERATION FOR A MINIMUM OF TWO WEEKS. REPLACE ALL JOINTS OR SPLICES INDICATING EXCESSIVE HEATING. TAKE MEASUREMENTS WITH A NON—CONTACT TYPE INFRARED THERMOMETER, WITH TARGET SIZE NOT EXCEEDING ONE INCH AT FIVE FEET AND AN ACCURACY OF TWO PERCENT OR BETTER. SUBMIT THE METER SPECIFICATIONS AND CALIBRATION DATE WITH THE TEST RESULTS. CONDUCTOR INSULATION TYPES: 90—DEGREE C—RATED, TYPE THHN/THWN-2 OR XHHW-2 COMPLYING WITH ICEA 5-95-658/NEMA WC70. SIZES OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES INDICATED OR SPECIFIED ARE IN AMERICAN WIRE GAGE (AWG — BROWN AND SHARPE). ALL FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS NO. 8 AWG AND LARGER: STRANDED. ALL CONDUCTORS, NO. 10 AWG AND SMALLER: SOLID COPPER ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING: NOT SMALLER THAN NO. 12 AWG. IF NO CONDUCTOR SIZE IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR A BRANCH CIRCUIT, PROVIDE CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT SIZED PER NFPA 70 AND BASED ON THE INDICATED BRANCH CIRCUIT OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE (OCPD) RATING AND NUMBER OF POLES. WHERE NO CIRCUIT SIZE (I.E., CONDUCTORS AND OCPD) IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR A BRANCH CIRCUIT, PROVIDE THREE NO. 12 AWG CONDUCTORS, IN 3/4—INCH RACEWAY, AND A 20A CIRCUIT BREAKER. CONTROL WIRING: STRANDED COPPER CONDUCTORS, 600V INSULATION, OF THE PROPER TYPE, SIZE AND NUMBER AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH SPECIFIED FUNCTION. MINIMUM SIZE: NO. 14 AWG, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. FLEXIBLE CORDS AND CABLES: STRANDED COPPER CONDUCTORS FOR ALL, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SPECIAL PURPOSE CONDUCTORS AND CABLES, SUCH AS LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL AND SHIELDED INSTRUMENT WIRING: UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE SYSTEM EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. TYPE MC CABLE: 600V, UNJACKETED; ANSI E119 AND E814, UL STANDARDS 44 OR 83 (AS APPLICABLE), AND 1569, NFPA 70 ARTICLE 330; ALUMINUM OR GALVANIZED STEEL INTERLOCKED ARMOR; THHN— OR XHHW—INSULATED CONDUCTORS; COLOR CODE: ICEA METHOD 1, WITH GREEN INSULATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR 16B INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES INSTALL ALL WIRING IN APPROVED RACEWAY AND ENCLOSURES, EXCEPT: WHERE SPECIFIED OR INDICATED FOR LOW—VOLTAGE WIRING WHERE SPECIFIED OR INDICATED FOR DIRECT—BURIED CABLES WHERE TYPE MC CABLE IS INDICATED OR SPECIFIED AS ACCEPTABLE. INSTALL ALL CONDUCTORS AND CABLE IN RACEWAYS CONTINUOUS WITHOUT TAPS OR SPLICES. SPLICE OR TAP ONLY IN APPROVED BOXES AND ENCLOSURES WITH APPROVED SOLDERLESS CONNECTORS, OR CRIMP CONNECTORS AND TERMINAL BLOCKS FOR CONTROL WIRING, AND KEEP TO THE MINIMUM REQUIRED. INSULATE ALL SPLICES, TAPS, AND JOINTS AS REQUIRED BY CODES. ALL MATERIALS USED TO TERMINATE, SPLICE OR TAP CONDUCTORS: DESIGNED FOR, PROPERLY SIZED FOR, AND UL LISTED FOR THE SPECIFIC APPLICATION AND CONDUCTORS INVOLVED, AND INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, USING THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED TOOLS. WHERE WIRING IS INDICATED AS INSTALLED, BUT THE CONNECTION IS INDICATED "FUTURE" OR "BY OTHER DIVISION, TRADES, OR CONTRACTS", LEAVE A MINIMUM 3— FOOT "PIGTAIL" AT THE BOX, TAPE THE ENDS OF THE CONDUCTORS, AND COVER THE BOX. IN GENERAL, THE DIRECTION OF BRANCH CIRCUIT "HOME RUN" ROUTING IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, COMPLETE WITH CIRCUIT NUMBERS AND PANELBOARD DESIGNATION. CONTINUE ALL SUCH "HOME RUN" WIRING TO THE DESIGNATED PANELBOARD, AS THOUGH "CIRCUIT RUNS" WERE INDICATED IN THEIR ENTIRETY. COMMON OR SHARED NEUTRALS ARE NOT ALLOWED UNLESS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS TO BE USED OR SPECIFICALLY NOTED TO BE ALLOWED. WHERE MULTI—WIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS (I.E., SHARED NEUTRAL) ARE ALLOWED, THEY SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A MEANS THAT WILL SIMULTANEOUSLY DISCONNECT ALL UNGROUNDED CONDUCTORS AT THE POINT THE BRANCH CIRCUIT ORIGINATES. MULTI—POLE BREAKERS OR 3 SINGLE POLE BREAKERS WITH A HANDLE TIE ARE TWO EXAMPLES. WHEN MULTIPLE HOME RUNS ARE COMBINED INTO A SINGLE RACEWAY SUCH THAT THE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS EXCEEDS FOUR (CONDUCTOR COUNT IS MADE UP OF ANY COMBINATION OF PHASE AND NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS), THE FOLLOWING RESTRICTIONS APPLY, WHICH ARE IN ADDITION TO THOSE IN NFPA 70: NORMAL OR NON—ESSENTIAL CIRCUITS. MAXIMUM OF 16 CONDUCTORS IN A SINGLE RACEWAY. FOR UP TO EIGHT CONDUCTORS IN A RACEWAY, MINIMUM RACEWAY SIZE: 3/4—INCH. FOR GREATER THAN EIGHT CONDUCTORS, MINIMUM RACEWAY SIZE: 1—INCH. DO NOT INSTALL ANY OTHER TYPE OF CIRCUIT IN THIS RACEWAY. THE MINIMUM WIRE SIZE FOR ALL CONDUCTORS IN THIS RACEWAY: NO. 10 AWG. ONLY 15A AND 20A BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUNS MAY BE COMBINED INTO ONE RACEWAY. GFCI CIRCUITS. DO NOT USE MULTI—CONDUCTOR CIRCUITS, WITH A SHARED NEUTRAL, FOR ANY GFCI CIRCUIT BREAKER OR RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT. EMERGENCY POWER CIRCUITS — INCLUDES ALL CIRCUITS COVERED UNDER ARTICLES 700, 701 AND 702. MAXIMUM OF EIGHT CONDUCTORS IN A SINGLE RACEWAY. MINIMUM RACEWAY SIZE: 3/4—INCH. DO NOT INSTALL ANY OTHER TYPE OF CIRCUIT IN THIS RACEWAY. ONLY 15A AND 20A BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUNS MAY BE COMBINED INTO ONE RACEWAY. FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS FED FROM GFCI CIRCUIT BREAKERS, LIMIT THE ONE—WAY CONDUCTOR LENGTH TO 100 FEET BETWEEN THE PANELBOARD AND THE MOST REMOTE RECEPTACLE OR LOAD ON THE GFCI CIRCUIT. PROPERLY IDENTIFY ALL TERMINAL BLOCKS AND WIRE TERMINALS FOR CONTROL WIRING WITH VINYL STICK—ON MARKERS OR EQUIVALENT. PROVIDE ENGINEER WITH A LIST OF PROPOSED IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO INSTALLING MARKERS. PROVIDE AN EQUIPMENT—GROUNDING CONDUCTOR, OR BONDING JUMPER, AS APPLICABLE, IN ALL FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS, SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 70 TABLES 250.66 OR 250.122, AS APPLICABLE, UNLESS INDICATED AS LARGER ON THE DRAWINGS. WIRING SHALL HAVE INSULATION OF THE PROPER COLOR TO MATCH COLOR CODE SYSTEM IN THE TABLE BELOW UNLESS THERE IS A COLOR SYSTEM CURRENTLY IN USE BY THE FACILITY, IN WHICH CASE THE COLORS ARE TO MATCH THE EXISTING SYSTEM. IN LARGER SIZES, WHERE PROPERLY COLORED INSULATION IS NOT AVAILABLE, USE VINYL PLASTIC ELECTRICAL TAPE OF THE APPROPRIATE COLOR AROUND EACH CONDUCTOR AT ALL TERMINATION POINTS, JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES. SYSTEM VOLTAGE 240V AND UNDER, INCLUDES — 208Y/120, 120/240, 120/208, 240D/120 SYSTEMS PHASE A — BLACK PHASE B — RED PHASE C — BLUE NEUTRAL — WHITE EQUIPMENT GROUND GREEN ISOLATED GROUND — GREEN W/YELLOW STRIPE. MC CABLE SHALL NOT BE USED FOR ANY USE NOT LISTED ABOVE. EXAMPLES OF THOSE USES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO: HOMERUNS TO PANELBOARDS. WHERE EXPOSED TO VIEW. WHERE EXPOSED TO DAMAGE. HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS. WET LOCATIONS. WHEN RESTRICTED OTHERWISE. WHEN SPECIFICALLY DISALLOWED BY THE LOCAL AHJ. WHEN SPECIFICALLY DISALLOWED BY THE LANDLORD. CIRCUITS THAT CAN BE SUPPLIED BY AN EMERGENCY OR STANDBY POWER SOURCE. EMERGENCY, OPERATING AND ICU ROOMS. 16B JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES. CABINETS AND WIREWAYS PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES, PULL BOXES, CABINETS AND WIREWAYS WHEREVER NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF VARIOUS ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ACCORDING TO NFPA 70 AND WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. SIZE AS REQUIRED FOR THE SPECIFIC FUNCTION OR AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 70, WHICHEVER IS LARGER. CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE OF A NEMA DESIGN SUITABLE FOR THE ENVIRONMENT INSTALLED. JUNCTION BOXES INSTALLED BEHIND WALL CASES, AND IN OR ON OTHER STORE FIXTURES, EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, SHALL BE 4—INCH SQUARE OR LARGER, WITH GALVANIZED COVERS. HORIZONTALLY MOUNT JUNCTION BOXES UNDER CENTER FIXTURES (AND CASES), HANDY BOXES OR 4—INCH SQUARE BOXES WITH TOPS OF BOXES NOT MORE THAN 3- 1/2 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. SIZE JUNCTION BOXES TO ADEQUATELY CONTAIN ALL REQUIRED CONDUCTORS AND SPLICES. 16B OUTLET BOXES ALL OUTLETS INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURE, SWITCH, RECEPTACLE, AND SIMILAR OUTLETS: NATIONAL ELECTRICAL, APPLETON, STEEL CITY, RACO, OR APPROVED EQUAL, GALVANIZED STEEL KNOCKOUT BOXES, SUITABLE IN DESIGN TO THE PURPOSE THEY SERVE AND THE SPACE THEY OCCUPY. SIZE AS REQUIRED FOR THE SPECIFIC FUNCTION OR AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 70, WHICHEVER IS LARGER. SET ALL OUTLET BOXES IN WALLS, COLUMNS, FLOORS, OR CEILINGS SO THEY ARE FLUSH WITH THE FINISHED SURFACE, ACCURATELY SET, AND RIGIDLY SECURED IN POSITION. PROVIDE PLASTER RINGS, EXTENSION RINGS AND/OR MASONRY RINGS AS REQUIRED FOR FLUSH MOUNTING. PROVIDE APPROVED CAST OUTLET BOXES, WITH HUBS AND WEATHERPROOF COVERS, IN ALL AREAS SUBJECT TO DAMP, WET, OR HARSH CONDITIONS. 16B OUTLET LOCATIONS COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF OUTLET BOXES. OUTLETS ARE ONLY APPROXIMATELY LOCATED ON THE SMALL SCALE DRAWINGS. USE GREAT CARE IN THE ACTUAL LOCATION BY CONSULTING THE VARIOUS LARGE SCALE DETAILED DRAWINGS USED BY OTHER DIVISION TRADES, AND BY SECURING DEFINITE LOCATIONS FROM THE ARCHITECT. 16B MOUNTING HEIGHTS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, INSTALL WIRING DEVICES AS INDICATED BELOW (NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE BOTTOM OF THE OUTLET BOX UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE): RECEPTACLES: VERTICALLY ALIGNED WITH THE GROUND SLOT MOUNTED AT THE TOP: 16 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. HORIZONTALLY ALIGNED, WITH NEUTRAL SLOT MOUNTED AT THE TOP: 16 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. FOR 36—INCH HIGH COUNTER TOPS: 44 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, VERTICALLY ALIGNED. FOR 34—INCH HIGH COUNTER TOPS: 40 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, VERTICALLY ALIGNED. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND JANITORS CLOSETS: 44 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, VERTICALLY ALIGNED. GARAGES: 24 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, VERTICALLY ALIGNED. WEATHERPROOF EXTERIOR RECEPTACLES: 24 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED GRADE, VERTICALLY ALIGNED. GFCI RECEPTACLES: SAME AS GENERAL RECEPTACLES ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES: SAME AS GENERAL SPD RECEPTACLES: SAME AS GENERAL RECEPTACLES CLOCK RECEPTACLES: 84 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. CONCRETE BLOCK WALLS: DIMENSIONS ABOVE MAY BE ADJUSTED SLIGHTLY, AS REQUIRED TO COMPENSATE FOR VARIABLE JOINT DIMENSIONS, SUCH THAT BOTTOM OR TOP OF BOXES, AS APPLICABLE, ARE AT BLOCK JOINTS. SWITCHES: GENERAL: 46 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. ABOVE COUNTERS: SAME AS FOR RECEPTACLES. CONCRETE BLOCK WALLS: 40 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (DIMENSION MAY BE ADJUSTED SLIGHTLY, AS REQUIRED TO COMPENSATE FOR VARIABLE JOINT DIMENSIONS, SUCH THAT BOTTOM OF BOXES ARE AT BLOCK JOINTS). WALLS WITH WAINSCOTING: 6 INCHES MINIMUM ABOVE WAINSCOTING, BUT NOT EXCEEDING 48 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET BOXES: GENERAL: MATCH MOUNTING HEIGHT OF ADJACENT WIRING DEVICE LISTED ABOVE. WALL—MOUNTED TELEPHONE: 40 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. FOR OTHER THAN WIRING DEVICES, REFER TO PARAGRAPHS, ARTICLES, SECTIONS, DIVISIONS, OR DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS. 16B WIRING DEVICES THE CATALOG NUMBERS LISTED FOR WIRING DEVICES ARE GENERALLY FOR 20A RATED DEVICES. WHERE 15A RATED DEVICES ARE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED FOR CIRCUIT RATING LIMITATIONS, PROVIDE WIRING DEVICES EQUIVALENT TO THOSE SPECIFIED FOR 20A, BUT RATED FOR 15A. ALL RECEPTACLES LOCATED OUTDOORS OR IN DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS: SHALL BE LISTED AS 'WEATHER RESISTANT', DESIGNATED BY A 'WR' ON THE FACEPLATE. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING WIRING DEVICES WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED. MINOR CHANGES RELATIVE TO THE LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MAY BE MADE TO COMPLY WITH STRUCTURAL AND BUILDING REQUIREMENTS AS DETERMINED IN THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE ALL WIRING DEVICES OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AND NOT MIXED ON THE PROJECT, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT POSSIBLE. PROVIDE COLOR OF TOGGLES AND RECEPTACLES AS REQUESTED BY THE ENGINEER: REFER TO DETAIL SHOWING RECEPTACLES TABLE. EMERGENCY SHUNT RELAY OR AUTOMATIC LOAD CONTROL RELAY: UL LISTED TO STANDARD 924 AS EMERGENCY LIGHTING AND POWER EQUIPMENT. CONNECT EMERGENCY SHUNT RELAY IN PARALLEL WITH A WALL SWITCH. LOSS OF NORMAL POWER SHALL CAUSE RELAY TO AUTOMATICALLY SHUNT EMERGENCY POWER TO LIGHTING CIRCUIT REGARDLESS OF WALL SWITCH POSITION. EMERGENCY LIGHTING CIRCUIT SHALL CONTINUE TO OPERATE AT FULL POWER UNTIL NORMAL POWER HAS BEEN RESTORED. PROVIDE A TWO—GANG JUNCTION BOX WITH SEPARATION BARRIER AND PLASTER RING FOR THE EMERGENCY SHUNT RELAY, AND INSTALL IT ADJACENT TO ITS ASSOCIATED LIGHT SWITCH. PROVIDE LIGHTING CONTROLS AND DESIGN MODEL GR2001 E/S, EMERGENCY SHUNT RELAY, OR EQUIVALENT BY BODINE . Typo of Device Hubbell Duplex Receptacles Pass & Seymour — Commercial L.vlton Grade Cooper Wlrfng Device Duplex Receptacle BR20 CR20 CR20 CR20 Duplex Receptacle — Tamper resistant BR2OTR BR2OWR IG2OCR TR20 WR2OTRW IG5362 TBR20 WBR20 5362—IG TRCR20 WRBR20 IG5362 Duplex Receptacle — Weather resistant Isolated Ground (IG) Receptacle GFCI Receptacle GF2OLA 2095 7899—H VGF20 GFCI Receptacle — Weather resistant GFCI Receptacle — Tamper resistant and weather resistant GFTR20 GFTR20 2095TRWR 2095TRWR W7899 W7899—T WRVGF20 TWRVGF20 Quad/4—Plex HBL 420 420H 21254 N/A Single Pole Switch Double Pole Switch DS120 DS220 DS230 CS20AC1 CS2OAC3 CSB1-20 CSB2-20 CSB3-20 CSB120 CSB220 CSB320 Three—way Switch 16B SWITCH AND OUTLET COVER PLATES SWITCH AND OUTLET PLATES: COLORED, SMOOTH NYLON; BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE WIRING DEVICES, WHEREVER POSSIBLE. VERIFY DESIRED MATERIALS AND COLORS WITH ENGINEER BEFORE INSTALLATION. SWITCH PLATES IN UNFINISHED ROOMS AND SPACES: STAMPED STEEL, CADMIUM PLATED. INSTALL GROUPS OF SWITCHES UNDER ONE GANGED—PLATE, USUALLY HORIZONTALLY; OR, WHERE REQUIRED BY DETAILS, VERTICALLY. SET ALL COVER PLATES PLUMB, PARALLEL, AND FINISHED FLUSH WITH THE WALL. 16B WEATHERPROOF COVER PLATES PROVIDE GFCI RECEPTACLES FOR DESIGNATED WEATHERPROOF RECEPTACLES, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. FOR EXTERIOR UNATTENDED, WET LOCATIONS OR OTHER LOCATIONS AS INDICATED: IN—USE NEMA 3R RECESSED OR FLUSH MOUNT, UL—LABELED PLATES MOLDED FROM A CLEAR HIGH IMPACT ULTRAVIOLET STABILIZED POLYCARBONATE MATERIAL FOR EASY VERIFICATION THAT CORDS ARE PLUGGED IN AND THAT THE GFCI IS FUNCTIONING. BACK BOX MUST BE SUITABLE FOR CONDUIT CONNECTING. COORDINATE BACK BOX WITH WALL DEPTH. INTERMATIC WP1000RC/HRC OR EQUAL. FOR ATTENDED WET OR DAMP LOCATIONS: WEATHERPROOF COVER PLATES, UL— LISTED FOR WET LOCATIONS WITH COVER(S) CLOSED; DIE—CAST ALUMINUM OR TYPE 302 STAINLESS STEEL; SINGLE—COVER FOR SWITCHES AND VERTICALLY MOUNTED RECEPTACLES; DOUBLE—COVER FOR HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED RECEPTACLES; SELF—CLOSING COVERS. COVER PLATES: BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE WIRING DEVICES; COMPLYING WITH NFPA 70 406.8 (A) OR (B) REQUIREMENTS FOR ATTENDED OR UNATTENDED USE AS APPLICABLE. 16B ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND GROUNDING 16B ELECTRICAL SERVICE SEE DRAWINGS FOR TYPE, SIZE, VOLTAGE, PHASE, AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE, OR ARRANGE WITH THE SERVING UTILITY FOR INSTALLATION TO PROVIDE, A RECORDING VOLTMETER AT THE SERVICE POINT, ON THE FIRST DAY THE FACILITY IS OPEN FOR BUSINESS, FOR A 24—HOUR VOLTAGE TEST. IF VOLTAGE AND REGULATION ARE NOT WITHIN ACCEPTABLE LIMITS, ARRANGE WITH THE UTILITY FOR PROPER VOLTAGE. SUBMIT TO THE OWNER A REPORT OF MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM VOLTAGE AND A COPY OF THE RECORDING VOLTMETER CHART. 16B CONNECTION TO SERVING UTILITIES PROVIDE RACEWAYS, TERMINATIONS, METERING PROVISIONS, AND MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT, AS REQUIRED, FOR ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE SERVICES FOR CONNECTION BY THE SERVING UTILITY, IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND OF THE SERVING UTILITY INVOLVED. VERIFY ALL SERVICE TERMINATIONS AND CONNECTION POINTS IN THE FIELD AND WORK IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE UTILITY INVOLVED IN THE INSTALLATION OF ALL SERVICES. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE UTILITY CONNECTION BUT NOT FURNISHED BY THE SERVING UTILITY. NOTIFY THE UTILITY COMPANIES INVOLVED WITHIN TWO WEEKS AFTER NOTICE TO PROCEED, OF ALL REQUIRED INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR THE UTILITY TO SUPPLY THE PROJECT WITHOUT DELAY. PAY ALL CHARGES OF THE SERVING UTILITY FOR THE ELECTRICAL SERVICE(S). 16B GROUNDING PERMANENTLY AND EFFECTIVELY GROUND AND BOND THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION IN A THOROUGH AND EFFICIENT MANNER, AND IN CONFORMANCE, AT A MINIMUM, WITH NFPA 70, OR THESE DOCUMENTS, WHERE THEY EXCEED CODE REQUIREMENTS. USE BARE OR INSULATED CONDUCTORS, AS SPECIFIED HEREIN,' AND OTHER MATERIALS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 16B DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT 16B POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS — CIRCUIT BREAKER. 1200A BUS OR SMALLER PANELBOARDS: SQUARE D TYPE I—LINE, SIEMENS TYPES S4 OR S5, CUTLER—HAMMER TYPE POW—R—LINE 4, OR GENERAL ELECTRIC TYPES CCB OR AV -1; DEAD FRONT DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS WITH NUMBER AND SIZES OF CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS; WHERE INSTALLED AS SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT, PERMANENTLY LABEL AS SUITABLE FOR USE AS SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT; FULLY RATED FOR THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, UNLESS SERIES RATING IS INDICATED; HINGED, LOCKABLE FRONT DOOR THAT COVERS THE CIRCUIT BREAKER HANDLES. CIRCUIT BREAKERS: QUICK—MAKE, QUICK—BREAK, INDICATING TYPE; ENGRAVED NAMEPLATES FOR CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION OF EACH CIRCUIT BREAKER. PROVIDE A TYPEWRITTEN CARD DIRECTORY INDICATING EXACTLY WHAT EACH CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS ON THE INSIDE FACE OF THE DOOR FOR CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION. 16B LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS PANELBOARDS: SQUARE D TYPE NQOD OR NF, AS APPLICABLE, BASED ON VOLTAGE AND AMPERE RATINGS AND REQUIRED SHORT—CIRCUIT INTERRUPTING RATINGS AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR APPROVED EQUAL BY SIEMENS, CUTLER HAMMER, OR GENERAL ELECTRIC; COMPLETE WITH BOLT—ON THERMAL MAGNETIC, MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ASSEMBLED IN A DEAD—FRONT FINISHED CABINET CONTAINING A TYPEWRITTEN CARD DIRECTORY INDICATING EXACTLY WHAT EACH CIRCUIT BREAKER CONTROLS; FULLY—RATED AND WITH THE INTEGRATED SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATINGS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PLUG—IN TYPE BREAKERS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. ALL TWO AND THREE POLE BREAKERS: COMMON TRIP TYPE. BREAKERS USED AS SWITCHES FOR 120V OR 277V LIGHTING CIRCUITS: APPROVED FOR THE PURPOSE AND MARKED "SWD". BREAKERS USED FOR THE PROTECTION OF HVAC AND REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT: HACR TYPE. 16B CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN EXISTING PANELBOARDS AND SWITCHBOARDS PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKERS, FOR INSTALLATION IN EXISTING PANELBOARDS AND SWITCHBOARDS, OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER, TYPE AND SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT INTERRUPTING RATINGS AS THE EXISTING PANELBOARD[AND SWITCHBOARD CIRCUIT BREAKERS. 16B SERIES RATINGS ON SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS LABEL SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS WITH A UL INTEGRATED SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING. WHEN SERIES RATINGS ARE APPLIED WITH INTEGRAL OR REMOTE UPSTREAM DEVICES, PROVIDE LABELS COMPLYING WITH NFPA 70 ARTICLES 240.86 AND 110.22. IN ADDITION TO THE WARNING LABEL, INCLUDE, AT A MINIMUM, THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OF THE UL 67 SERIES RATINGS: br 00 3 SepA PE - APS OAScot., It NOTE: EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS—BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. RECEWER envoF r,x ,MPP ew 1 JAN ©7 2013 PEP kAlt CE.1 1E.04 /1HENDERSONENGINEERSI 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KS 66214 TEL 913 742 5000 Fax 913 742 5001 www.hei-eng.com 1250002493 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER: 1754 EXPIRES 06/30/13 0 N Co CO C/) 0 cr 0 Z Cr w 0 • O O I\ w I- CA w LU J LU O In O THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the onginal, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions existing construction elements, or any documents drawings or oilier instruments used for any part of this Project which do not bear the Architect's seal. -Elie Architects services are undertaken on' in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of an integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals are obtained, VERIFY ACTUAL CONDU1ONS and dimensions prior to construction, Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation, DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated. CADRE & MEASURE d'mensio s – DO NOT SCALE drawings unless demise directed. p r o j e c t t i t l e -i „ 0 ---J r.',.. gWI 0`• w w de ce cn � gJ ao O wz�� A ' w LL' Q 14 OU6 E WaFp_ = 9,O O O cdo N p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS d r a w i n g n u m b e r E6 1. SIZE AND TYPE OF UPSTREAM DEVICE. 2. BRANCH DEVICES THAT CAN BE USED. 3. UL SERIES SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING. WHEN THERE IS NOT ENOUGH ROOM IN THE EQUIPMENT TO SHOW ALL THE LEGITIMATE SERIES RATED COMBINATIONS, REFERENCE A BULLETIN SUPPLIED WITH THE PANELBOARD, PER UL 67. SERIES RATINGS SHALL COVER ALL TRIP RATINGS OF INSTALLED FRAMES. 16B DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCHES DISCONNECT (SAFETY) SWITCHES: SQUARE D, SIEMENS, CUTLER HAMMER, OR GENERAL ELECTRIC FUSED OR NON—FUSED (AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED) NEMA KS1, HEAVY DUTY, EXTERNALLY OPERATED, VISIBLE—BLADE SAFETY SWITCHES; NEMA ENCLOSURE TYPE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR SUITABLE FOR THE ENVIRONMENT IN WHICH INSTALLED. BASED ON FUSIBLE SWITCH AND FUSE SIZES INDICATED, INCLUDE CLASS R, J, OR L FUSE PROVISIONS AS APPLICABLE. WHERE INDICATED, PROVIDE FUSIBLE SWITCHES PERMANENTLY LABELED AS SUITABLE FOR USE AS SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT, WITH INTEGRAL AND SEPARATE NEUTRAL AND GROUND ASSEMBLIES, SUITABLE FOR THE SIZES OF CONDUCTORS INDICATED. DO NOT DOUBLE—LUG ANY TERMINATIONS NOT SPECIFICALLY LISTED AS SUITABLE FOR MORE THAN ONE CONDUCTOR. PROVIDE SWITCHES WHERE NOT FURNISHED WITH THE STARTING EQUIPMENT, AT ALL OTHER POINTS REQUIRED BY NFPA 70, AND WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 16B SURGE—PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPD) PROVIDE SPD LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITIONS OF UL 1283 AND 1449, INCLUDING THE HIGHEST FAULT CURRENT OF SECTION 37.3 (UL RECOGNIZED FOR INTEGRAL). SPD SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: UL 1449 RATINGS: THE SYSTEM PERFORMANCE RATINGS SHALL BE BASED ON THE UL 1449 LISTING RATINGS FOR IEEE C62.41 CATEGORY C3 IMPULSE WAVEFORMS OF 6KV 1.2 X 50 MICROSECONDS, 3KA, 8 X 20 MICROSECOND WAVESHAPES. THE MAXIMUM UL 1449 LISTED SURGE RATING FOR EACH AND/OR ALL OF THE SPECIFIED PROTECTION MODES SHALL NOT BE EXCEEDED. MAXIMUM SURGE CURRENT CAPABILITY (SINGLE PULSE RATED) PER PHASE SHALL BE: SERVICE ENTRANCE SWITCHBOARDS, SWITCHGEAR: 240KA. DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS, PANELBOARDS USED FOR SERVICE ENTRANCE & MCC: 120 KA. BRANCH PANELBOARDS: 80KA (NON—MODULAR IS ACCEPTABLE). UL 1449 LISTED AND RECOGNIZED COMPONENT SUPPRESSION VOLTAGE RATINGS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE FOLLOWING: VOLTAGE 208Y/120 480Y/277 L— N 330V 700V L—G 330V 700V N—G 330V 700V SPD SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM EMI/RFI FILTERING OF —50DB AT 100KHZ. INDICATORS: THE SPD SHALL USE LED INDICATORS THAT PROVIDE INDICATION OF SUPPRESSION COMPONENT FAILURE IN ALL PROTECTION MODES INCLUDING N—G, AS WELL AS OPTICALLY ISOLATED N/C DRY CONTACTS FOR REMOTE MONITORING. TRANSIENT COUNTER: A TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE COUNTER SHALL BE INCLUDED TO TOTALIZE TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGES WHICH DEVIATE FROM THE SINE WAVE ENVELOPE BY MORE THAN 125V. THE READOUT SHALL BE AT LEAST A SIX DIGIT LCD LOCATED ON THE UNIT'S HINGED FRONT COVER. THE COUNTER SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A BATTERY BACK—UP TO RETAIN MEMORY WHEN POWER IS NOT PRESENT. A PUSH—BUTTON SWITCH ON THE DISPLAY'S FACE—PLATE SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR MANUAL COUNTER RESET. MANUFACTURERS: CUTLER HAMMER, GENERAL ELECTRIC, SIEMENS, SQUARE D, APT, SURGE SUPPRESSION INCORPORATED. SWITCHBOARD, SWITCHGEAR, PANELBOARD AND MCC INTERNALLY MOUNTED SPD: FACTORY INSTALLED, UL— LABELED BY, AND AT THE FACILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. EXTERNALLY MOUNTED SPD (ONLY ALLOWED WHERE NOTED ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS): INSTALL WITH CONDUCTORS AS SHORT AND STRAIGHT AS POSSIBLE. TWIST THE SPD INPUT CONDUCTORS TOGETHER TO REDUCE INPUT CONDUCTOR INDUCTANCE. FOLLOW THE SPD MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION PRACTICES AND COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES. WARRANTY: THE MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE A MINIMUM FULL FIVE YEAR PARTS, LABOR, TRAVEL WARRANTY FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AGAINST ANY PART FAILURE, EXCLUDING BREAKERS, WHEN INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, UL LISTING REQUIREMENTS, AND ALL APPLICABLE NATIONAL OR LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES. MANUFACTURER SHALL MAKE AVAILABLE LOCAL, NATIONAL FIELD ENGINEERING SERVICE SUPPORT. WHERE DIRECT FACTORY EMPLOYED SERVICE ENGINEERS ARE NOT LOCALLY AVAILABLE, TRAVEL TIME FROM THE FACTORY OR NEAREST DISPATCH CENTER SHALL BE STATED. THOROUGHLY FACTORY TEST THE SPECIFIED SYSTEM BEFORE SHIPMENT. TESTING OF EACH SYSTEM SHALL INCLUDE, BUT SHALL NOT BE LIMITED TO, QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS, DIELECTRIC VOLTAGE WITHSTAND TESTS AT TWICE RATED VOLTAGE PLUS 1000V PER UL REQUIREMENTS, AND OPERATIONAL AND CALIBRATION TESTS. 16B FUSES PROVIDE EACH CIRCUIT AND SET OF FUSE CLIPS THROUGHOUT THE WORK WITH BUSSMANN, FERRAZ SHAWMUT, OR LITTLEFUSE FUSES, SIZES AND TYPES AS REQUIRED OR INDICATED. ALL FUSES LARGER THAN 600A: UL CLASS L, SIMILAR TO TYPE KRP—C BUSSMANN LOW PEAK OR EQUAL. FUSES USED TO PROTECT MOTORS: UL CLASS RK5, BUSSMANN FUSETRON OR EQUAL. FUSES USED TO PROTECT ALL OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT: UL CLASS RK1, DUAL ELEMENT, BUSSMANN LPS/LPN OR EQUAL. ALL FUSED DEVICES SHALL BE LABELED AS TO TYPE AND SIZE OF FUSE REQUIRED. FURNISH THREE SPARE FUSES OF EACH SIZE AND TYPE USED ON THE PROJECT (EXCEPT FOR MAIN SWITCH FUSES, FURNISH ONE SPARE), NEATLY CONTAINED IN A PROPERLY LABELED CABINET. DAVID D. HAAKE TRANSFORMERS 75 KVA AND LARGER SHALL BE FLOOR MOUNTED UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. TRANSFORMERS 45 KVA AND SMALLER MAY BE WALL MOUNTED WHERE WALL CONSTRUCTION IS SUITABLE FOR THE LOAD. FLOOR MOUNTED TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE SECURELY BOLTED TO A 4 INCH HOUSE KEEPING PAD WITH VIBRATION ISOLATION PADS. WALL MOUNTED OR SUSPENDED TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE A MEANS OF ISOLATING VIBRATION FROM THE SUPPORT. TRANSFORMERS UP THROUGH 1000 KVA SHALL BE MOUNTED ON ELASTOMERIC VIBRATION ISOLATION PADS. PAD SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF NEOPRENE, RUBBER, GLASS FIBER, OR A COMBINATION THEREOF. PADS SHALL BE "RIBBED" OR "WAFFLED" IN TEXTURE. PADS SHALL BE SELECTED FOR SMALLEST DUROMETER (HARDNESS), PREFERABLY LESS THAN 50. DEFLECTION OF PAD SHALL BE .25" STATIC MINIMUM. STACK PADS UNTIL THE DESIRED DEFLECTION IS ACHIEVED. MAKE FINAL CONDUIT CONNECTIONS TO TRANSFORMERS WITH FLEXIBLE CONDUIT, WITH AT LEAST 6 INCHES OF SLACK IN ALL DIRECTIONS. TRANSFORMER ENCLOSURES: FULLY ENCLOSED (EXCEPT FOR VENTILATION OPENINGS), NEMA 2, DRIP—PROOF, FABRICATED OF HEAVY GAUGE SHEET STEEL CONSTRUCTION PROVIDE ENERGY—EFFICIENT TRANSFORMERS COMPLYING WITH NEMA TP -1, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA TP -2. K—RATED -TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND BE LISTED FOR 115 DEGREE C RISE. MANUFACTURERS: SQUARE D, CUTLER HAMMER, GENERAL ELECTRIC, HAMMOND, ACME OR SIEMENS 16B FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS SHALL BE: SQUARE D CLASS 2510, TYPE F GENERAL ELECTRIC CR101 SIEMENS MSF SERIES WESTINGHOUSE MST SERIES CUTLER HAMMER 9101 SERIES MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS FOR FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER SINGLE PHASE MOTORS SHALL CONSIST OF A MANUALLY OPERATED TOGGLE SWITCH EQUIPPED WITH MELTING ALLOY TYPE OVERLOAD RELAY. THERMAL UNIT SHALL BE OF ONE PIECE CONSTRUCTION AND INTERCHANGEABLE. STARTER SHALL BE INOPERATIVE IF THERMAL UNIT IS REMOVED. PROVIDE FLUSH MOUNTED UNITS IN FINISHED AREAS AND SURFACE MOUNTED UNITS IN UNFINISHED AREAS. STARTERS SHALL HAVE NEMA I GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, AND BE RATED FOR THE MOTOR HORSEPOWER REQUIRED. PROVIDE MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS WITH AN INTEGRAL PILOT LIGHT. 16B MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS MOTOR STARTING SWITCHES SHALL BE: SQUARE D CLASS 2510, TYPE M GENERAL ELECTRIC CR1062 SIEMENS MS SERIES WESTINGHOUSE MST SERIES CUTLER HAMMER 9115 OR A302 SERIES MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS SHALL CONSIST OF A MANUALLY OPERATED SWITCH EQUIPPED WITH MELTING ALLOY TYPE THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAYS. THERMAL UNIT SHALL BE OF ONE PIECE CONSTRUCTION AND INTERCHANGEABLE. STARTER SHALL BE INOPERATIVE IF THERMAL UNIT IS REMOVED. PROVIDE FLUSH MOUNTED UNITS IN FINISHED AREAS AND SURFACE MOUNTED UNITS IN UNFINISHED AREAS. STARTERS SHALL HAVE NEMA I GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, AND BE RATED FOR THE MOTOR HORSEPOWER REQUIRED. PROVIDE MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS WITH AN INTEGRAL PILOT LIGHT. 16B MOTOR STARTING SWITCHES MOTOR STARTING SWITCHES SHALL BE: SQUARE D CLASS 2510, TYPE K GENERAL ELECTRIC TC2000 SERIES SIEMENS MS SERIES WESTINGHOUSE MST SERIES CUTLER HAMMER 9115 SERIES MOTOR STARTING SWITCHES SHALL CONSIST OFA TOGGLE OPERATED TWO OR THREE POLE SWITCH. CONTACTS SHALL BE DOUBLE BREAK SILVER ALLOY, VISIBLE FROM BOTH SIDES OF THE SWITCH AND SHALL HAVE A DIRECT LINKAGE TO THE OPERATOR FOR POSITIVE BREAK. PROVIDE FLUSH MOUNTED UNITS IN FINISHED AREAS AND SURFACE MOUNTED UNITS IN UNFINISHED AREAS. STARTERS SHALL HAVE NEMA I GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, AND BE RATED FOR THE MOTOR HORSEPOWER REQUIRED. PROVIDE HANDLE GUARD WITH LOCKING PROVISIONS. 16B LIGHT FIXTURES. LAMPS AND BALLASTS 16B LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS LIGHT FIXTURES SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS REPRESENT GENERAL ARRANGEMENTS ONLY. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE EXACT LOCATIONS. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH ALL OTHER TRADES BEFORE INSTALLATION TO AVOID CONFLICTS. COORDINATE LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS IN MECHANICAL ROOMS WITH FINAL INSTALLED PIPING AND DUCTWORK LAYOUTS. 16B LIGHT FIXTURES PROVIDE LIGHT FIXTURES AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS, INCLUDING ALL LAMPS, ALL NECESSARY ACCESSORIES, MATERIAL AND LABOR TO SECURELY HANG, CLEAN, AND MAKE LIGHT FIXTURES COMPLETELY READY FOR USE. LIGHT FIXTURE MODEL NUMBERS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS SHOW ONLY THE MANUFACTURER, GRADE AND STYLE OF LIGHT FIXTURES REQUIRED. PROVIDE: ALL HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE REQUIRED TO INSTALL LIGHT FIXTURES; PROPER TRIM TO FIT EACH CEILING CONDITION ACTUALLY ENCOUNTERED; ADDITIONAL TIE WIRES CONNECTED TO STRUCTURE TO CONFORM TO SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS WHERE REQUIRED BY THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE. PACKAGING OF LIGHT FIXTURES WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. ONLY THOSE LUMINARES LISTED IN THE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE, OR APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUBSTITUTIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS, WILL BE ACCEPTED. WHERE THE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE INDICATES AN ALLOWANCE FOR A SPECIFIC LIGHT FIXTURE, THE PRICE IS A CONTRACTOR PRICE. INCLUDE ALL ADDITIONAL COSTS FOR FREIGHT, LAMPS, AND INSTALLATION OF LIGHT FIXTURE AND LAMPS. INSTALL FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES HUNG IN CONTINUOUS ROWS ON CHANNEL STRUTS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR THIS PURPOSE. SURFACE—MOUNT ALL FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES LOCATED IN AREAS WITH A CEILING BUT WITHOUT SUSPENDED CEILINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE RIGID METAL SPACERS FINISHED IN WHITE ENAMEL BETWEEN THE TOP OF EACH LIGHT FIXTURE AND THE CEILING ABOVE TO MAINTAIN A 1-1/2—INCH SPACE. SPACERS SHALL BE APPROVED BEFORE INSTALLATION. INSTALL ALL FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES LOCATED IN AREAS WITHOUT CEILINGS IMMEDIATELY BELOW THE ROOF—FRAMING MEMBERS, OR SUSPENDED FROM CHAIN HANGERS SUITABLE IN LENGTH TO PROVIDE THE INDICATED MOUNTING HEIGHT. HANGERS: "HYDEE" HANGER TYPE FOR OUTLET BOX MOUNTING, COMPLETE WITH GROUNDING RECEPTACLE, PLUG, 3—WIRE CORD AND NECESSARY CHAIN. THROUGH WIRING OF RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES, IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS, IS NOT PERMITTED. CONNECT EACH LIGHT FIXTURE BY A WHIP TO A JUNCTION BOX. PROVIDE CABLE WHIPS OF SUFFICIENT LENGTHS TO ALLOW FOR RELOCATING EACH LIGHT FIXTURE WITHIN A 5—FOOT RADIUS OF ITS INSTALLED LOCATION, BUT NOT EXCEEDING 6 FEET IN UNSUPPORTED LENGTHS. 16B EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS AND EXIT SIGNS DESCRIPTION: SELF—CONTAINED UNITS COMPLYING WITH UL 924. BATTERY: SEALED, MAINTENANCE—FREE, LEAD—ACID TYPE. THE BATTERIES SHALL BE OF SUITABLE RATING AND CAPACITY TO SUPPLY AND MAINTAIN AT NOT LESS THAN 87 1/ 2 PERCENT OF THE NOMINAL BATTERY VOLTAGE FOR THE TOTAL LAMP LOAD ASSOCIATED WITH THE UNIT FOR A PERIOD OF AT LEAST 1 1/ 2 HOURS, OR THE UNIT EQUIPMENT SHALL SUPPLY AND MAINTAIN NOT LESS THAN 60 PERCENT OF THE INITIAL EMERGENCY ILLUMINATION FOR A PERIOD OF AT LEAST 1 1/ 2 HOURS. CHARGER: FULLY AUTOMATIC, SOLID—STATE TYPE WITH SEALED TRANSFER RELAY. OPERATION: RELAY AUTOMATICALLY TURNS LAMP ON WHEN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT VOLTAGE DROPS TO 80 PERCENT OF NOMINAL VOLTAGE OR BELOW. LAMP AUTOMATICALLY DISCONNECTS FROM BATTERY WHEN VOLTAGE APPROACHES DEEP—DISCHARGE LEVEL. WHEN NORMAL VOLTAGE IS RESTORED, RELAY DISCONNECTS LAMPS FROM BATTERY, AND BATTERY IS AUTOMATICALLY RECHARGED AND FLOATED ON CHARGER. TEST PUSH BUTTON: PUSH—TO—TEST TYPE, IN UNIT HOUSING, SIMULATES LOSS OF NORMAL POWER AND DEMONSTRATES UNIT OPERABILITY. LED INDICATOR LIGHT: INDICATES NORMAL POWER ON. NORMAL GLOW INDICATES TRICKLE CHARGE; BRIGHT GLOW INDICATES CHARGING AT END OF DISCHARGE CYCLE. WIRE GUARD: HEAVY—CHROME—PLATED WIRE GUARD PROTECTS LAMP HEADS OR FIXTURES. REMOTE TEST: SWITCH IN HAND—HELD REMOTE DEVICE AIMED IN DIRECTION OF TESTED UNIT INITIATES CODED INFRARED SIGNAL. SIGNAL RECEPTION BY FACTORY— INSTALLED INFRARED RECEIVER IN TESTED UNIT TRIGGERS SIMULATION OF LOSS OF ITS NORMAL POWER SUPPLY, PROVIDING VISUAL CONFIRMATION OF EITHER PROPER OR FAILED EMERGENCY RESPONSE. INTEGRAL SELF—TEST: FACTORY—INSTALLED ELECTRONIC DEVICE AUTOMATICALLY INITIATES CODE -REQUIRED TEST OF UNIT EMERGENCY OPERATION AT REQUIRED INTERVALS. TEST FAILURE IS ANNUNCIATED BY AN INTEGRAL AUDIBLE ALARM AND FLASHING RED LED. 16B LAMPS PROVIDE LAMPS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR ALL LIGHT FIXTURES; OR, IF NOT INDICATED, AS RECOMMENDED BY THE LIGHT FIXTURE MANUFACTURER. IN ALL CASES, LAMPS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE SPECIFIED LIGHT FIXTURE. ACCEPTABLE LAMP MANUFACTURERS: GENERAL ELECTRIC, OSRAM/SYLVAN IA, PHILIPS, OR VENTURE. ALL FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE MINIMUM OF 3500 DEGREES K, WITH A MINIMUM COLOR—RENDERING INDEX OF 70, UNLESS NOTED OR DIRECTED OTHERWISE. ALL FLUORESCENT LAMPS IN SALES AREAS SHALL BE 3000 DEGREES K WITH A COLOR— RENDERING INDEX OF 80. ALL METAL HALIDE LAMPS IN SALES AREAS SHALL BE COATED, 3000 DEGREES K WITH A COLOR—RENDERING INDEX OF 70. INCANDESCENT LAMPS: TYPE AND WATTAGE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS; RATED 130V UNLESS OTHERWISE SCHEDULED OR SPECIFIED. 16B BALLASTS FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: LOW HEAT TYPE; THERMALLY PROTECTED AGAINST OVERHEATING; ETL—CBM, CLASS P TO MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 410-73 (E) OF THE NFPA 70 AS A MINIMUM; COMPLY WITH THE NATIONAL BALLAST ENERGY LAW; 90—PERCENT POWER FACTOR OR GREATER; SOUND LEVELS NOT EXCEEDING CLASS A AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS. BALLASTS IN INDOOR LOCATIONS SHALL HAVE DISCONNECTING MEANS EITHER INTERNAL OR EXTERNAL TO THE LUMINAIRE. INDOOR FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: ELECTRONIC TYPE SUITABLE FOR OPERATION OF T8 LAMPS; TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION LESS THAN 20 PERCENT; FREQUENCY OF OPERATION OF 20 KHZ OR GREATER WITH NO VISIBLE FLICKER; LINE TRANSIENT WITHSTAND RATINGS AS DEFINED IN ANSI/IEEE C62.41, CATEGORY A; MANUFACTURERS: ADVANCE REL/VEL SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL BY MAGNETEK, MOTOROLA, OR OSRAM. EXTERIOR AND LOW TEMPERATURE FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: SHALL BE ELECTRONIC TYPE SUITABLE FOR OPERATION OF F72T12/HO AND F96T12/HO LAMPS; SHALL HAVE A TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION LESS THAN 20 PERCENT; SHALL HAVE A FREQUENCY OF OPERATION OF 20 KHZ OR GREATER AND OPERATE WITH NO VISIBLE FLICKER; SHALL WITHSTAND LINE TRANSIENTS AS DEFINED IN ANSI/IEEE C62.41, CATEGORY A; SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM STARTING TEMPERATURE OF —20 DEGREES F; AND SHALL BE ADVANCE REL/VEL SERIES OR EQUAL OF MAGNETEK OR MOTOROLA. EXTERIOR AND LOW TEMPERATURE FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: SHALL BE MAGNETIC TYPE SUITABLE FOR OPERATION OF T12 LAMPS; SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM STARTING TEMPERATURE OF 0 DEGREES F FOR RAPID START LAMPS AND A MINIMUM STARTING TEMPERATURE OF —20 DEGREES F FOR 800MA AND 1500MA LAMPS; AND SHALL BE ADVANCE REL SERIES OR EQUAL OF MAGNETEK. COMPACT FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: SHALL BE THERMALLY PROTECTED AGAINST OVERHEATING; SHALL BE CLASS P; SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 90 PERCENT POWER FACTOR; SOUND LEVELS SHALL NOT. EXCEED CLASS A AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS; AND SHALL BE LOW HEAT TYPE. ALL BALLASTS SHALL BE BY ADVANCE. BALLASTS FOR 36W THRU 55W LAMPS SHALL BE MARK V ELECTRONIC TYPE. HIGH—INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID) BALLASTS (INCLUDES HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM (HPS) AND METAL HALIDE (MH)): SHALL HAVE A PGREATER THAN PERCENT; COMPLY WITH UNDERWRITERS LABORATORYNCTOR (UL) ER A 1029; PROVIDE NORMAL OPERATION AND LIGHT OUTPUT WITH THE INPUT VOLTAGE IS WITHIN ±10 PERCENT OF NOMINAL BALLAST RATING (EXCEPT HPS LAMPS SMALLER THAN 250W WHICH MUST HAVE THE INPUT VOLTAGE WITHIN +5 PERCENT); SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM STARTING TEMPERATURE OF —20 DEGREES F. PROVIDE ENCAPSULATED AND REMOTE TYPES WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. EMERGENCY FLUORESCENT BALLASTS: SHALL BE BODINE B50 OR IOTA 1-232 FOR FOUR—FOOT FLUORESCENT LAMPS; SHALL BE BODINE B30 OR IOTA 1-160 FOR EIGHT— FOOT FLUORESCENT LAMPS; OR AS NOTED ON THE FIXTURE SCHEDULE OR ELSEWHERE ON THE DRAWINGS. 16B MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL 16B WIRING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PROVIDE ALL RACEWAYS AND POWER WIRING FOR ALL DIVISION 15 EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PUMPS, WATER HEATERS, AND HVAC EQUIPMENT, AND ALL LINE—VOLTAGE CONTROL AND INTERLOCK WIRING NOT PROVIDED UNDER DIVISION 15. CONNECT PER MANUFACTURERS' WIRING DIAGRAMS. COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 15 FOR DISCONNECTS FURNISHED WITH EQUIPMENT, AND PROVIDE ALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES AS REQUIRED. AFTER INSTALLING WIRING, VERIFY THAT EACH MOTOR LOAD HAS THE CORRECT PHASE ROTATION. VERIFY THE ACTUAL "MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION" (MOCP) DEVICE RATINGS AND "MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY" (MCA) CONDUCTOR SIZING FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FROM THE EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE. BASE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS ON ACTUAL REQUIRED AMPERAGES, WHICH MAY VARY SOMEWHAT FROM THE CONDUCTOR AND EQUIPMENT SIZES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS; HOWEVER, IN NO CASE, REDUCE THE SIZE OF CONDUCTORS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS WITHOUT AUTHORIZATION FROM THE ENGINEER. PROVIDE PROPERLY SIZED ELECTRICAL WIRING AND EQUIPMENT WITHOUT EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF ALL CHANGES REQUIRED IN THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION DUE TO EQUIPMENT VARIANCES SO THAT THE EFFECTS ON FEEDERS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, PANELBOARDS, FUSES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS CAN BE CHECKED PRIOR TO PURCHASING AND INSTALLATION. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING WITH DIVISION 15 TO VERIFY THE ACTUAL AMPACITIES AND CORRECT SIZES OF ALL CONDUCTORS AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES FOR ALL EQUIPMENT, AND CORRECT OVERLOAD HEATERS FOR ALL MOTORS, WHEN STARTERS ARE PROVIDED UNDER DIVISION 16. 16B WIRING OF THERMOSTATS. TIME AND TEMPERATURE CONTROLS PROVIDE ALL RACEWAYS, POWER WIRING, AND LINE—VOLTAGE CONTROL AND INTERLOCK WIRING NOT PROVIDED UNDER DIVISION 15, FOR ALL THERMOSTATS, TEMPERATURE CONTROL DEVICES, AND CONTROLS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, NIGHT—STATS, WATER HEATER INTERLOCKS, TIME SWITCHES AND OVERRIDE TIMERS. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL DIAGRAMS. LOW—VOLTAGE CONDUCTORS FOR THERMOSTATS AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM MAY BE RUN EXPOSED ABOVE FINISHED ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS, IF APPROVED AND LISTED FOR THIS PURPOSE, BUT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT WITHIN WALLS AND WHERE EXPOSED IN THE WORK AREAS. 16B TELEPHONE SYSTEM PROVISIONS PROVIDE INCOMING TELEPHONE SERVICE RACEWAYS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY THE SERVING TELEPHONE COMPANY. PROVIDE 3/4—INCH THICK PLYWOOD BOARD, FIRE—RETARDANT—TREATED AND STAMPED FRT, SECURELY ANCHORED TO THE WALL, AT THE LOCATION AND OF THE SIZE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE FLUSH MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLET BOXES WITH 1—INCH EMT STUB—UP CONCEALED TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE AT LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 16B DATA SYSTEM PROVISIONS PROVIDE FLUSH MOUNTED DATA OUTLET BOXES WITH 1—INCH CONDUIT STUB—UP CONCEALED TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE AT LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 16B PHOTO CONTROL THE PHOTO CONTROL SHALL: PROVIDE AUTOMATIC SWITCHING FOR LIGHTING LOADS USING A THERMAL DESIGN WITH BUILT—IN DELAY TO ENSURE THAT THE CONTROLLED LIGHTING DOES NOT SWITCH OFF DUE TO AMBIENT LIGHT OR LIGHTNING STRIKING THE PHOTOCELL. HAVE A RATING BASED ON UL TESTING AT 50% POWER FACTOR FOR BALLAST LOADS, BE UL LISTED, AND MEET ALL APPLICABLE AGENCY REQUIREMENTS BE STEM—MOUNTING TYPE WITH ALL NECESSARY MOUNTING HARDWARE AND INSTRUCTIONS; HAVE A HOUSING CONSTRUCTED OF HIGH IMPACT POLY— CARBONATE; PHOTO CONTROL COMPONENTS CONSISTING OF A METAL FILM RESISTOR, DUAL TEMPERATURE COMPENSATING BI—METAL BLADES, SNAP ACTION CONTACT BLADES, CHEMICALLY TREATED/POLYMER ENCAPSULATED CADMIUM SULFIDE PHOTOCELL AND SILVER ALLOY CONTACTS TO ENSURE RELIABLE 5 YEAR MANUFACTURER WARRANTED OPERATION. PHOTO CONTROL SHALL BE 100% FACTORY TESTED FOR FUNCTION WITHIN MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFIED LIGHT LEVELS. BE FROM THE SAME MANUFACTURER OF AND TOTALLY COMPATIBLE WITH THE TIME SWITCHES SPECIFIED ABOVE. 16B MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND CONNECTIONS ALL WIRING AND CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BAKERY EQUIPMENT, DELI EQUIPMENT, MEAT ROOM EQUIPMENT, KITCHEN EQUIPMENT, CHECKSTAND AND SCANNERS, EXHAUST HOOD FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM, ETC. INSTALL SCAN SYSTEM ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION CABLE IN UNDERFLOOR DLICT (CABLE PROVIDED BY OTHERS). ALL RACEWAYS, AND ALL WIRING AND CONNECTIONS OF DEVICES TO ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM THAT ARE NOT THE RESPONSIBILITY OF DIVISION 15. ALL WIRING AND CONNECTIONS OF EXIT DOOR ALARMS. 16B EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING NEW EQUIPMENT, COMPATIBLE WITH, OR OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS, THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL AND SYSTEM, AT LOCATIONS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING CODES, THE LANDLORD, OR ALL THREE, AND CONNECT TO THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL: 1. ADDITIONAL INITIATING DEVICES, INDICATING APPLIANCES, AND INTERCONNECTING CIRCUITS. 2. ADDITIONAL ZONE MODULES REQUIRED BY NEW ZONING. 3. NEW AMPLIFIERS AND OTHER EQUIPMENT THAT MAY BE REQUIRED TO INCORPORATE THE NEW INITIATING DEVICES AND INDICATING APPLIANCES INTO THE EXISTING SYSTEM. 4. A NEW ZONE MAP, INCLUDING ALL EXISTING ZONES AND ALL NEW ZONES, FRAMED, MOUNTED UNDER GLASS, AND INSTALLED ADJACENT TO THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. HORN/STROBES SHALL MEET ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT. WHERE ACCEPTABLE TO THE AHJ, PLENUM RATED CABLES MAY BE USED ABOVE SUSPENDED ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS. 11/14 API. 7WOlirk NOTE: EXISTING CONDITIONS WERE TAKEN FROM ORIGINAL DRAWINGS & SITE VISITS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS—BUILT" CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS. CAREFULLY COORDINATE NEW WORK AND DEMOLITION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. RECEIVED CIN OF rt r+R^+Arrt JAN 0 7 2013 PERMIT CENTS N MHENDERSON ENGINEERSN 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KS 66214 TEL 913 742 5000 FAX 913 742 5001 www.hei-eng.com 1250002493 WA. CORPORATE NUMBER: 1754 EXPIRES 06/30/13 O 1C.1 O Y CD YCC > • O a. oY Z g. W O N . 0) O CD CO F- O C/) • W - O T • O Q •J Co W a) a -c J 0 - Lr) rn rn 0) O THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or prepared under his direct supervision as an instrument of service and is intended for use only on this project. All Drawings, Specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall layout, form, arrangement, and composition of spaces and elements portrayed constitute the original, unpublished Work of the Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of the information contained herein without the written consent of the Architect is strictly prohibited. © 2013 H.C. KLOVER ARCHITECT THE ARCHITECT DISCLAIMS responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions existing construction elements, or any documents drawings or other instruments used for any part of this Project which do not bear the Architect's sealThe Architects services are undertaken only in the interest of the Project Owner. No obligation is assumed by the Architect for the benefit of any other entity. RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single component of an integrated set of Construction Documents. General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract, General Requirements, Specifications and other Drawings may affect the Work described. Failure to review and integrate the design intent of the whole of the Construction Documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all lows, codes, ordinances and regulations with authorities having jurisdiction and with requirements of the Landlord, if applicable. Do not start Work until all permits and required approvals are obtained. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of all existing conditions. Application of a material or equipment item to Work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS SHOWN are to finish face of a material unless otherwise indicated. CALO LAZE & MEASURE dimensions – DO NOT TM drain; unless otherrisee &rested. p r o j e c t t i t l e p r o j e c t n u m b e r 12007.042 drawingissuance PERMIT/LANDLORD/BID 01.04.13 drawingrevisions No. Description: Date: professionalseal ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS d r a w i n g n u m b e r E 7